As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 2, 2009

                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-30876
                                             1940 Act Registration No. 811-05896

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                         Pre-Effective Amendment No. __
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 54
                                                      --

                                     and/or

         REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

                                Amendment No. 56
                                              --

                                 DWS TARGET FUND
                                 ---------------
               (Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                    345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154-0004
                    ----------------------------------------
               (Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 454-6778

                                  John Millette
                                One Beacon Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02108
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                            Copy to: David A. Sturms
                               Vedder, Price P.C.
                 222 N. LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

|__|     Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
|__|     On ____________ pursuant to paragraph (b)
|__|     60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|X|      On September 1, 2009 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|__|     75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
|__|     On ____________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
|__|     On ____________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 485

         If appropriate, check the following box:
|__|     This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a
         previously filed post-effective amendment
<PAGE>


                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
                                ----------------

The Trust is a series fund with six series currently in operation: DWS Target
2010 Fund, DWS Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target 2013 Fund and
DWS Target 2014 Fund (shares of which are no longer offered and sold to the
public); and DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund.


This post-effective amendment relates only to the classes of the following
series of the Registrant:

o        DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund


This post-effective amendment is not intended to update or amend any other
Prospectuses or Statements of Additional Information of the Registrant's other
series or classes.



                                       2
<PAGE>


                               SEPTEMBER 1, 2009








                                   PROSPECTUS
                              ------------------
                                CLASSES A AND C


                       DWS LIFECOMPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND


                    (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) does not
approve or disapprove these shares or determine whether the information in this
prospectus is truthful or complete. It is a criminal offense for anyone to
inform you otherwise.


                                     RESHAPING INVESTING. [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group

<PAGE>

CONTENTS





<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW THE FUND WORKS
  4      The Fund's Main Investment
         Strategy
 12      The Main Risks of Investing in
         the Fund
 19      The Financial Warranty
         Agreement
 22      The Fund's Performance
         History
 23      How Much Investors Pay
 25      Other Policies and Information
         and Secondary Risks
 29      Who Manages and Oversees
         the Fund
 32      Financial Highlights


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND
 34      Choosing a Share Class
 39      How to Buy Class A and C
         Shares
 40      How to Exchange or Sell
         Class A and C Shares
 43      Policies You Should Know
         About
 54      Understanding Distributions
         and Taxes
 58      Appendix A
 60      Appendix B
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

HOW THE FUND WORKS

On the next few pages, you'll find information about the fund's investment
objective, the main strategies it uses to pursue that objective and the main
risks that could affect performance.

Whether you are considering investing in the fund or are already a shareholder,
you'll want to LOOK THIS INFORMATION OVER CAREFULLY. You may want to keep it on
hand for reference as well.

CLASSES A AND C shares are generally intended for investors seeking the advice
and assistance of a financial advisor.

Remember that mutual funds are investments, not bank deposits. They're not
insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Their share
prices will go up and down, and you could lose money by investing in them.

You can find DWS prospectuses on the Internet at WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM (the
Web site does not form a part of this prospectus).
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>        <C>
                                            Class A    Class C
  ticker symbol                             PROAX      PROCX
    fund number                             453        753

DWS LIFECO  MPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND
(formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


</TABLE>


            THE FUND'S MAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGY


            The Fund's Investment Goal


            DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund seeks to maximize total return
            consistent with capital preservation. The fund's investment
            strategies are designed to ensure that shareholders who hold their
            shares at the fund's maturity receive the greater of (i) the net
            asset value ("NAV") per share at inception ($10.00), or (ii) the
            highest NAV per share attained over the life of the fund, each
            subject to the adjustments described below (the "Protected High
            NAV").


            The fund seeks to achieve its objective over a ten-year investment
            horizon and is designed for investors that have a similar
            investment horizon. The fund's maturity date is November 1, 2017
            (the "Maturity Date"). There is no assurance that the fund will
            achieve its objective.

            The fund will continuously offer its shares through the Maturity
            Date, unless the Board of Trustees determines it is in the fund's
            best interests to discontinue sales, or additional sales are not
            permitted under the fund's Financial Warranty Agreement described
            below.


            The Protected High NAV

            The Protected High NAV is determined separately for each class of
            shares of the fund as of the close of regular trading on the New
            York Stock Exchange on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open
            for trading (the "Calculation Date"). The Protected High NAV is not
            necessarily the amount you paid for your shares. Once a Protected
            High NAV is established, it is continuously adjusted (decreased)
            for any dividends, distributions, and extraordinary expenses paid
            by the fund subsequent to the establishment of such Protected High
            NAV.


4 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Only shareholders who hold their shares on the Maturity Date are
            entitled to receive the Protected High NAV. See Appendix B at the
            back of this prospectus for examples illustrating how the Protected
            High NAV is determined.


            The Protected Amount

            The number of shares you own multiplied by the Protected High NAV
            for your class of shares is the amount the fund seeks to pay you on
            the Maturity Date (the "Protected Amount"). Generally, your
            Protected Amount will remain the same before and after any
            dividends or distributions paid if you reinvest all dividends and
            distributions in additional shares of the fund. Your Protected
            Amount will decrease following any dividends or distributions paid
            to you if you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash.
            Your Protected Amount will also decrease if you redeem shares
            before the Maturity Date. If you redeem your shares before the
            Maturity Date, you will do so at the then current NAV. Your
            Protected Amount may differ from, and may be less than, your
            original investment. See Appendix B at the back of this prospectus
            for examples illustrating how Protected Amounts are calculated.

            The number of shares of the fund outstanding on the Maturity Date
            of each class of shares times the Protected High NAV for that
            class, collectively, is the aggregate dollar amount the fund seeks
            to pay out to all shareholders on the Maturity Date (the "Aggregate
            Protected Amount").


            The fund has entered into a Financial Warranty Agreement (the
            "Warranty Agreement") with Main Place Funding, LLC (the "Warranty
            Provider"), pursuant to which the Warranty Provider has issued a
            stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the fund may draw
            up to $1 billion (the "Financial Warranty"), provided the terms and
            conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied. The Warranty
            Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank of America, N.A.,
            which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
            Corporation. Bank of America Corporation has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Financial
            Warranty is designed to protect the fund against certain market
            risks of the fund's dynamic asset allocation strategy. Accordingly,
            the terms, conditions and limits of the Warranty Agreement are
            intended to ensure that the risk profile of the fund does not
            change



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 5
<PAGE>


            during the warranty period and that the Warranty Provider does not
            assume any risks other than those contemplated in the Warranty
            Agreement. See "The Financial Warranty Agreement."


            The Warranty Agreement obligates the Warranty Provider to make
            payments to the fund for any shortfall between the fund's aggregate
            net assets and: (i) the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity
            Date; or (ii) the Accelerated Aggregate Protected Amount (as
            described below) in the event of an early termination of the fund.
            The obligation of the Warranty Provider is subject to the fund and
            the fund's investment advisor (the "Advisor") complying with the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.

            The Financial Warranty covers issued and outstanding shares having
            an Aggregate Protected Amount of up to $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds
            $1 billion, the Warranty Provider is not liable for the shortfall
            on shares issued in excess of $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds $1 billion and the fund draws
            upon the Financial Warranty, the Protected High NAV of all
            outstanding shares would be reduced on a pro-rata basis. The fund
            intends to limit sales or take such other actions as may be
            necessary to limit the Aggregate Protected Amount to $1 billion.

            If the Board terminates the fund before the Maturity Date,
            shareholders who hold their shares on the early termination date
            will receive the greater of: (i) the then-current NAV; or (ii) the
            net present value of the Protected High NAV ("Accelerated Protected
            High NAV"). In the event of early termination, when the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the net
            present value of the estimated remaining payments otherwise due to
            the Warranty Provider had the fund continued to its Maturity Date
            (the "Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee"). When calculating the
            Accelerated Protected High NAV and the Accelerated Financial
            Warranty Fee, net present value will be calculated using a discount
            factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
            Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with the London
            Interbank Offered Rates ("LIBOR") expressed in US dollars as of the
            date of determination.


6 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Because the commitments of the Warranty Provider are conditional
            and limited in amount, it is not completely certain that you will
            receive your Protected Amount. See "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund - Financial Warranty Risk" and "The Financial Warranty
            Agreement."


            The Fund's Principal Investment Strategies

            DYNAMIC ALLOCATION STRATEGY. The fund seeks to limit downside risk
            and lock in gains while retaining the potential for participation
            in stock market appreciation. The Advisor uses a dynamic asset
            allocation strategy, which is designed to protect a specified level
            of assets (i.e., the Aggregate Protected Amount) and ensure that
            such assets are available to shareholders on the Maturity Date. The
            Aggregate Protected Amount will change if either the Protected High
            NAV or number of outstanding shares change. So long as the fund has
            assets with a value at least equal to the net present value of the
            Aggregate Protected Amount, the fund will generally seek capital
            appreciation through stock market exposure.

            The fund allocates its assets between a managed equity portfolio
            (the "Active Component") and a managed fixed income portfolio (the
            "Reserve Component"). The fund's portfolio managers employ a
            disciplined approach through a proprietary, quantitative
            methodology to construct and rebalance the fund's portfolio. The
            portfolio managers evaluate a number of factors, including, but not
            limited to:

            -  the fund's current NAV as compared to its Protected High NAV

            -  the prevailing level of interest rates

            -  the fund's expenses

            -  the current value of the fund's assets, including investments in
               futures contracts and related margin requirements

            -  the percentage of the fund's assets allocated to the Active and
               Reserve Components

            -  the length of time remaining until the Maturity Date

            -  the volatility of the fund's assets allocated to the Active
               Component

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 7
<PAGE>

            The portfolio managers determine the percentage of the fund's
            portfolio to be allocated to the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily. The portfolio managers will review the underlying
            investments of the Active Component and the Reserve Component
            periodically.

            Because market conditions and the level of interest rates are
            subject to change and because the portfolio managers evaluate the
            fund's allocation between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component on a daily basis, it is impossible to say with any
            certainty exactly how much of the fund's assets will be allocated
            to the Active Component or the Reserve Component over any period of
            time.

            Under normal circumstances, as interest rates decline, more assets
            will be allocated to the Reserve Component because the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount increases. Conversely, if
            interest rates rise, more assets will be allocated to the Active
            Component because the net present value of the Aggregate Protected
            Amount decreases. Additionally, equity market volatility is a
            factor in determining asset allocations. Generally, as the level of
            volatility in the equity market increases, the fund may decrease
            its exposure to the Active Component, thus allocating more assets
            to the Reserve Component. On the other hand, if equity market
            volatility decreases, more assets may be allocated to the Active
            Component. In the event of a significant decline in the equity
            markets, all or substantially all of the fund's assets may be
            allocated to the Reserve Component. If this happens, such
            allocation to the Reserve Component may be irreversible. As the
            fund nears the Maturity Date, the fund generally will decrease its
            exposure to the Active Component by allocating more assets to the
            Reserve Component.

            The fund may have a higher portfolio turnover rate as compared to
            other mutual funds because of the periodic rebalancings required by
            the fund's strategy. Portfolio turnover refers to the frequency of
            portfolio transactions and the percentage of portfolio assets being
            bought and sold during the year.

            ACTIVE COMPONENT. The Active Component is designed to provide the
            fund with exposure to global equity markets through investment in
            index-based securities and other instruments.


8 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            The Active Component consists principally of futures contracts and
            securities of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) based on any of the
            indices listed below. In the future, the fund may add additional
            indices or change the selected indices listed below. The Active
            Component also includes liquid assets used to cover futures
            contracts, which may consist of US government securities, shares of
            DWS Cash Management QP Trust (the "QP Trust"), an unregistered
            money market fund managed by the Advisor, and cash and cash
            equivalents.

            -  S&P 500 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of 500
               large-capitalization US companies in a wide range of businesses,
               selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  RUSSELL 1000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index that
               contains the 1,000 largest stocks within the Russell 3000 Index,
               as determined by the Frank Russell Company. The Russell 3000
               Index contains the common stocks of the 3,000 largest US
               companies by market capitalization.

            -  RUSSELL 2000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               the common stocks of the 1,001st through 3,000th largest US
               companies by market capitalization, as determined by the Frank
               Russell Company.

            -  S&P MIDCAP 400 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised
               of 400 mid-capitalization companies in a wide range of
               businesses, selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  MSCI EAFE INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               approximately 1,000 companies from various sectors whose primary
               trading markets are developed country markets located outside
               the US and which are selected from among the larger
               capitalization companies in such markets.

            By buying futures contracts, the fund participates in equity market
            returns (gains or losses) that are roughly comparable to investing
            a portion of the fund's assets directly in stocks comprising the
            relevant index. By holding futures contracts, the fund can
            rebalance its exposure to the equity markets daily with lower
            transaction costs than if it had invested directly in stocks.
            Through the use of futures contracts, the fund may effectively
            leverage (i.e., the fund may have equity exposure greater than the
            value of its assets).


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 9
<PAGE>

            The fund may seek net equity exposure of up to 130% of total assets
            through index-based investments.

            The fund only intends to enter into futures contracts on securities
            indices that are traded on recognized US-based exchanges,
            including, but not limited to, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the
            New York Board of Trade, the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago
            Board Options Exchange. These contracts generally provide a high
            degree of liquidity and a low level of counterparty performance and
            settlement risk.

            The fund may not enter into futures contracts unless such
            transactions are either "covered" or subject to appropriate asset
            segregation requirements. Generally, the fund segregates or
            earmarks an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations
            relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a
            marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are
            contractually required to "cash-settle," the fund sets aside liquid
            assets in an amount at least equal to the fund's daily
            marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the fund's daily net liability,
            if any), rather than the contracts' notional value (i.e., the value
            of the underlying asset). By setting aside assets equal to its net
            obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the fund may
            employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund set aside
            assets equal to the futures contracts' full notional value. The
            fund bases its asset segregation policies on methods permitted by
            the staff of the SEC and may modify these policies in the future to
            comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to
            time by the SEC or its staff.

            The fund generally seeks exposure to the equities markets through
            index-based investments, including futures contracts and ETFs based
            on securities indices. The fund does not seek exposure to the
            commodities markets and is not a trading vehicle for commodities.
            The fund is registered as an investment company, and the Advisor
            has claimed an exclusion, with respect to the fund, from
            registration or regulation under the Commodities Exchange Act.

            For more information on the fund's asset segregation policies for
            futures contracts, see "Investment Policies and Techniques" in the
            fund's Statement of Additional Information.


10 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            RESERVE COMPONENT. The Reserve Component provides the fund with
            exposure to the US fixed income markets. The primary purpose of the
            Reserve Component is to protect the Aggregate Protected Amount.
            Generally, allocations to the Reserve Component will increase when
            the difference between the fund's net assets and the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount decreases. In other words,
            the greater the positive difference, or "cushion," between the
            fund's net assets less the net present value of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount, the greater the allocation to the Active
            Component. The allocation of assets to the Reserve Component may be
            substantial at times and is expected to approach 100% as the fund
            nears its Maturity Date. Under normal circumstances, the Reserve
            Component will be invested primarily in zero coupon US government
            securities, shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, and cash and
            cash equivalents. A small portion of the Reserve Component may also
            be invested in the QP Trust.

            In the future, the fund also may determine to allocate a portion of
            the Reserve Component to other DWS mutual funds or unaffiliated
            ETFs.

            US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. The fund's direct investments in US
            government securities will consist of zero coupon US government
            securities that are issued by the US Treasury, which may include
            STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
            Securities).

            SECURITIES OF OTHER REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES. The fund may
            invest in securities of other registered investment companies, in
            excess of the limits imposed under the Investment Company Act of
            1940 (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from
            the SEC. The order generally allows the fund to invest in
            securities of affiliated DWS mutual funds and securities of
            unaffiliated ETFs in excess of the 1940 Act limits. The fund
            currently may invest in shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund. The
            fund intends to invest in securities of ETFs as a means of
            achieving equity market exposure.

            DWS SHORT DURATION PLUS FUND. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's
            investment objective is to provide high income while also seeking
            to maintain a high degree of stability of shareholders' capital.
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests in securities of varying
            maturities and normally seeks to maintain


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 11
<PAGE>

            an average portfolio duration of no longer than three years. DWS
            Short Duration Plus Fund invests, under normal market conditions,
            at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated,
            at the time of purchase, within the top four long-term rating
            categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating
            organization (a "NRSRO") (or, if unrated, determined by the Advisor
            to be of similar quality).

            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in
            US dollar-denominated, domestic and foreign below investment-grade
            fixed income securities (junk bonds) rated in the fifth and sixth
            long-term rating categories by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined
            by the Advisor to be of similar quality), including those whose
            issuers are located in countries with new or emerging securities
            markets.

            In an attempt to enhance returns, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund also
            employs a global asset allocation strategy, which invests in
            instruments across domestic and international fixed income and
            currency markets. When employing this strategy, DWS Short Duration
            Plus Fund may use various derivatives to attempt to enhance
            returns.

            QP TRUST. The QP Trust is an unregistered money market fund managed
            by the Advisor. The QP Trust's investment objective is to provide
            as high a level of current income as is consistent with the
            preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. The QP
            Trust maintains a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90
            days or less and only purchases investments having remaining
            maturities of 13 months or less. Investments of the QP Trust must
            be rated in one of the two highest categories by a NRSRO (or, if
            unrated, determined by the Advisor to be of similar quality). The
            Advisor does not charge a fee for managing the QP Trust, although
            the fund will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of the QP
            Trust.


            THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND

            There are several risk factors that could hurt the fund's
            performance, cause you to lose money or cause the fund's
            performance to trail that of other investments.


12 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            General product risks


            ALLOCATION RISK. Allocation risk is the risk that the Advisor's
            proprietary strategy does not produce the desired results due to
            allocations between the Active Component and the Reserve Component.
            Investment in the Reserve Component reduces the fund's ability to
            participate as fully in upward equity market movements and
            therefore represents potential loss of opportunity compared to a
            portfolio that is more heavily invested in the equity markets. For
            example, as the fund attains new Protected High NAVs, the Advisor's
            allocation strategy may require the fund to allocate additional
            assets to the Reserve Component, decreasing the fund's upside
            equity potential. If the equity markets experience a major decline,
            the fund's assets may become largely or entirely invested in the
            Reserve Component. In fact, if the value of the Active Component
            were to decline significantly (whether within a short period of
            time, including within a single day, or over a protracted period),
            an irreversible reallocation to the Reserve Component may occur. In
            this circumstance, the fund would not participate in any subsequent
            recovery in the equity markets.


            The allocation of the fund's assets between the Active Component
            and the Reserve Component may result in additional transaction
            costs, such as brokerage commissions. This process can have an
            adverse effect on the performance of the fund during periods of
            increased equity market volatility. In addition, a high portfolio
            turnover rate, which may also have an adverse effect on the
            performance of the fund, may increase the fund's transaction costs
            and may result in the acceleration of capital gains and the
            recognition of greater levels of short-term capital gains, which
            are taxed at ordinary federal income tax rates when distributed to
            shareholders.

            STRATEGY RISK. A principal risk of the fund's dynamic allocation
            strategy is that a sudden drop in the value of the Active Component
            reduces the value of the fund's portfolio below the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount. In such a case, the fund
            would no longer be able to assure the payment of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date. Because the Advisor
            rebalances assets between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily, a principal risk of the strategy is a sudden
            intra-day market drop that occurs before the fund's equity exposure
            can be reduced.


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 13
<PAGE>

            FINANCIAL WARRANTY RISK. The Financial Warranty is designed to
            protect against certain market risks inherent in the dynamic
            allocation strategy, particularly intra-day risk. It does not
            protect against fund or Advisor operational risks or errors of the
            fund or its agents. The Warranty Agreement places investment limits
            on the fund, imposes asset coverage requirements and may limit the
            fund's ability to take certain actions, unless the Warranty
            Provider consents to such actions. Such provisions may limit the
            fund's allocation of assets to the Active Component during the life
            of the fund and/or limit the portfolio managers' ability to respond
            to changing market conditions. If the fund or the Advisor fail to
            comply with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the
            Warranty Agreement, including investment limits, the Warranty
            Provider may cause the fund to allocate all of its assets to a
            defeasance portfolio (generally consisting of zero coupon US
            government securities) or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            Financial Warranty terminates upon termination of the Warranty
            Agreement.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated, the fund's Board will take
            such action as it deems to be in the best interests of the fund,
            including (i) determining to continue the operation of the fund
            without the benefit of a financial warranty; (ii) entering into an
            alternative warranty arrangement, which may include greater costs
            to the fund; or (iii) electing to terminate the fund early.

            A shareholder's ability to receive the Protected Amount may depend
            on the financial condition of the Warranty Provider. If the
            Warranty Provider becomes insolvent or its credit deteriorates
            substantially, payment under the Financial Warranty may not be made
            or may become unlikely. In such an event, the fund could take a
            variety of actions, including replacing the Warranty Provider. In
            such circumstances, the fund may incur a higher warranty fee or the
            terms of the new warranty agreement may be less favorable than the
            current Warranty Agreement.

            EARLY TERMINATION RISK. Early termination risk is the risk that the
            fund may be terminated and your shares liquidated before the fund's
            Maturity Date. If the fund were terminated before the Maturity
            Date, a shareholder would have to locate an alternative investment
            for his or her assets, which could involve transaction expenses. In
            the event of an early termination, the fund will redeem your shares
            on the early


14 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected High
            NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
            Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
            Strategy -  The Protected Amount"). Because the Accelerated
            Protected High NAV accounts for the time value of money, it may be
            less than the current NAV per share of the fund, and it may be less
            than what you paid to purchase your shares. Generally, the longer
            the time period remaining to the Maturity Date, the greater the
            discount to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
            insufficient assets to pay the "Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount," which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
            of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
            that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider
            will be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any
            shortfall, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the
            Warranty Agreement.

            LIMITATIONS ON PROTECTED HIGH NAV. If you prefer to receive your
            dividends and distributions in cash, you should consider the
            appropriateness of investing in the fund. In addition, redemptions
            made for any reason prior to the Maturity Date will be made at the
            fund's then current NAV, which could result in a redeeming
            shareholder receiving less than the Protected High NAV (or even a
            shareholder's initial investment) for the redeemed shares. A
            shareholder's Protected Amount will be reduced by any redemptions
            made, and by any dividends and distributions received in the form
            of cash, prior to the Maturity Date.

            If the fund incurs extraordinary expenses that are not covered by
            the Warranty Agreement, the Protected High NAV will be reduced by
            the per share amount of such extraordinary expenses. Examples of
            such extraordinary expenses include legal fees or other costs of
            litigating a claim brought against the fund and income or excise
            taxes incurred by the fund.


            Investment-related risks

            FUTURES CONTRACTS RISK. The use of futures contracts in the manner
            contemplated by the fund (i.e., for return purposes and not for
            hedging purposes) allows the fund to leverage its assets because
            the use of futures contracts allows for substantially more exposure
            to the stock markets compared to


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 15
<PAGE>

            direct investments in common stock. In a futures contract, the
            fund's outlay (i.e., initial margin required to purchase the
            contract) is small relative to equity exposure obtained through the
            contract. While the use of futures contracts held by the fund can
            magnify gains, it can also magnify losses. These losses can be
            substantially more than the initial margin. See "Derivatives Risk."



            ETF RISK. An ETF is a fund that holds a portfolio of common stocks
            or bonds designed to track the performance of a securities index or
            industry sector. ETFs trade on a securities exchange and their
            shares may, at times, trade at a premium or discount to their net
            asset value. In addition, an ETF may not replicate exactly the
            performance of the index it seeks to track for a number of reasons,
            including transaction costs incurred by the ETF. ETFs incur fees
            and expenses, such as operating expenses, licensing fees, trustee
            fees and marketing expenses, which are borne proportionately by ETF
            shareholders, such as the fund. The fund will also incur brokerage
            costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs.


            INVESTMENT COMPANY SECURITIES. Because the fund currently intends
            to invest in other investment companies, including ETFs,
            shareholders will incur not only the expenses of the fund, but also
            a proportionate share of the expenses of the underlying funds held
            by the fund (including operating costs and, in the case of
            unaffiliated funds, investment management fees).

            In addition, from time to time, one or more underlying DWS funds
            may experience relatively large investments or redemptions due to
            reallocations or rebalancing of the fund or other DWS
            fund-of-funds. These transactions will affect the underlying funds
            because underlying funds that experience redemptions as a result of
            reallocations or rebalancing may have to sell securities and
            underlying funds that receive additional cash will have to invest
            such cash. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of
            these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on the
            fund's performance to the extent that the underlying funds may be
            required to sell securities or invest cash at times when they would
            otherwise not do so. To the extent that participation in the
            fund-of-funds structure becomes disruptive to the portfolio
            management of an underlying fund, such underlying fund may
            discontinue sales to the fund and other DWS funds following a
            fund-of-funds strategy.


16 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            ZERO COUPON BOND RISK. The market value of a zero coupon bond
            portfolio generally is more volatile than the market value of a
            portfolio of fixed income securities with similar maturities that
            pay interest periodically. In addition, federal income tax law
            requires that the holder of a zero coupon bond accrue a portion of
            the discount at which the bond was purchased as taxable income each
            year, even though the holder receives no interest payment on the
            bond during the year. Because the fund must distribute
            substantially all of its net income (including non-cash income
            attributable to zero coupon bonds) to its shareholders each year
            for federal income tax purposes, such accrued discount must be
            taken into account in determining the amount of taxable
            distributions to shareholders. The fund may consequently have to
            dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances
            to generate cash to satisfy such distribution requirements. These
            actions may reduce the assets to which the fund's expenses could
            otherwise be allocated and may reduce the fund's rate of return.


            The following risks may apply to DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund,
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust. Therefore, in the
            sections below, the term "fund" refers to DWS LifeCompass Protect
            2017 Fund, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust, as
            applicable.

            INTEREST RATE RISK. Generally, debt securities will decrease in
            value when interest rates rise. The longer the duration of the
            fund's debt securities, the more sensitive the fund will be to
            interest rate changes. (As a general rule, a 1% rise in interest
            rates means a 1% fall in value for every year of duration.) As
            interest rates decline, the issuers of debt securities held by the
            fund may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the fund
            to reinvest in lower-yielding debt securities and may reduce the
            fund's income. As interest rates increase, slower than expected
            principal payments may extend the average life of debt securities.
            This will have the effect of locking in a below-market interest
            rate, thereby further reducing the value of such a debt security.


            CREDIT RISK. A fund purchasing debt securities faces the risk that
            the creditworthiness of an issuer may decline, causing the value of
            the debt securities to decline. In addition, an issuer may not be
            able to make timely payments on the interest and/
            or principal on the debt security it has issued. Because the
            issuers of high-yield debt securities or junk bonds (debt


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 17
<PAGE>

            securities rated below the fourth highest category) may be in
            uncertain financial health, the prices of their debt securities can
            be more vulnerable to bad economic news or even the expectation of
            bad news, than investment-grade debt securities. In some cases,
            debt securities, particularly high-yield debt securities, may
            decline in credit quality or go into default. Because the fund may
            invest in securities not paying current interest or in securities
            already in default, these risks may be more pronounced.


            MARKET RISK. Deteriorating market conditions might cause a general
            weakness in the market that reduces the prices of securities in
            that market. Developments in a particular class of debt securities
            or the stock market could also adversely affect the fund by
            reducing the relative attractiveness of debt securities as an
            investment. Also, to the extent that the fund emphasizes debt
            securities from any given industry, it could be hurt if that
            industry does not do well.


            SECURITY SELECTION RISK. A risk that pervades all investing is the
            risk that the securities in the fund's portfolio may decline in
            value.

            LIQUIDITY RISK. Liquidity risk is the risk that a security cannot
            be sold quickly at a price that reflects the fund's estimate of its
            value.

            PRICING RISK. At times, market conditions may make it difficult to
            value some investments, and the fund may use certain valuation
            methodologies for some of its investments, such as fair value
            pricing. Given the subjective nature of such valuation
            methodologies, it is possible that the value determined for an
            investment may be different than the value realized upon such
            investment's sale. If the fund has valued its securities too
            highly, you may pay too much for fund shares when you buy into the
            fund. If the fund has underestimated the price of its securities,
            you may not receive the full market value when you sell your fund
            shares.

            DERIVATIVES RISK. Risks associated with derivatives include the
            risk that the derivative is not well correlated with the security,
            index or currency to which it relates; the risk that derivatives
            may result in losses or missed opportunities; the risk that the
            fund will be unable to sell the derivative because of an illiquid
            secondary market; the risk that a counterparty is unwilling or
            unable to meet its obligation; and the risk that the derivative
            transaction could expose the fund to the effects of leverage,


18 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            which could increase the fund's exposure to the market and magnify
            potential losses. There is no guarantee that derivatives, to the
            extent employed, will have the intended effect, and their use could
            cause lower returns or even losses to the fund. The use of
            derivatives by the fund to hedge risk may reduce the opportunity
            for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
            movements.


            FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. To the extent the fund invests in
            companies based outside the US, it faces the risks inherent in
            foreign investing. Adverse political, economic or social
            developments could undermine the value of the fund's investments or
            prevent the fund from realizing their full value. Financial
            reporting standards for companies based in foreign markets differ
            from those in the US. Additionally, foreign securities markets
            generally are smaller and less liquid than the US markets. These
            risks tend to be greater in emerging markets so, to the extent the
            fund invests in emerging markets, it takes on greater risks. The
            currency of a country in which the fund has invested could decline
            relative to the value of the US dollar, which decreases the value
            of the investment to US investors. The investments of the fund may
            be subject to foreign withholding taxes.



            THE FINANCIAL WARRANTY AGREEMENT


            To provide greater assurance that shareholders receive their
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or their Accelerated
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the fund
            has entered into the Warranty Agreement with the Warranty Provider.
            In accordance with the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider
            has issued a stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the
            fund may draw up to $1 billion (the Financial Warranty), provided
            the terms and conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied.
            Unless earlier terminated, the Warranty Agreement and the Financial
            Warranty will continue in effect until the Maturity Date.

            Bank of America Corporation (the "Guarantor") has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor's
            guarantee is not an obligation of, or guaranteed by, Bank of
            America, N.A. or any other bank and is not insured by the Federal
            Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 19
<PAGE>


            The fund and not the fund's shareholders is the holder of the
            Financial Warranty. The fund's shareholders have no direct rights
            or claims against the Warranty Provider or the Guarantor in the
            event that the Warranty Provider fails to perform its obligations
            under the Warranty Agreement.

            If the fund's assets are insufficient to pay the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or the Accelerated Aggregate
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the
            Warranty Provider will pay the fund the difference between the
            Aggregate Protected Amount or the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount, as the case may be, and the aggregate net assets of the
            fund. The Warranty Provider's obligations are subject to all of the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.


            The Warranty Agreement imposes specific reporting, monitoring and
            substantive obligations on the fund, the Advisor and indirectly on
            the fund's custodian, including investment limitations. Although
            the parties are generally afforded some opportunity to cure
            breaches, failure to do so may afford the Warranty Provider the
            ability to cause the fund to invest all of its assets in a
            "defeasance portfolio," which will generally consist of zero coupon
            US government securities, or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            fund has delegated to the Advisor responsibility for developing
            internal procedures to ensure compliance with the terms of the
            Warranty Agreement. There is no assurance that such procedures will
            detect and prevent all breaches of the Warranty Agreement.

            Subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the Warranty Provider
            generally may cause the fund to invest in a defeasance portfolio
            upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include,
            without limitation: (i) any failure to manage the fund in all
            material respects in accordance with its registration statement,
            the Warranty Agreement and applicable law; (ii) any change in the
            investment adviser to the fund without the consent of the Warranty
            Provider; (iii) a material regulatory event or litigation event
            with respect to the fund or the Advisor; (iv) the issuance of fund
            shares in excess of $1 billion; (v) a failure to pay the warranty
            fee when due; or (vi) the failure to provide continuous reporting.


20 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            In addition, subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the
            Warranty Provider may terminate the Warranty Agreement and the
            Financial Warranty prior to the Maturity Date in certain
            circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following: (i)
            any failure to manage the fund in all material respects in
            accordance with its registration statement, if such failure would
            have an adverse effect on the Warranty Provider; (ii) any change in
            the investment adviser or the custodian to the fund without the
            consent of the Warranty Provider; (iii) a failure to invest the
            fund's assets in a defeasance portfolio; or (iv) certain regulatory
            events with respect to the fund.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated by the Warranty Provider,
            the fund will not receive the benefit of the Financial Warranty,
            and shareholders may not receive their Protected Amounts. The
            Warranty Provider does not have the right to terminate the fund.


            For a more detailed explanation of the events that would allow the
            Warranty Provider to terminate the Warranty Agreement or force the
            fund into a defeasance portfolio under the Warranty Agreement or of
            the investment limitations imposed by the Warranty Agreement, see
            the Appendix to the fund's Statement of Additional Information. For
            more information about the risks associated with the Financial
            Warranty and early termination, see "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund -  Financial Warranty Risk" and "Other Policies and
            Information and Secondary Risks -  Additional Information about the
            Financial Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor." See
            also the fund's Statement of Additional Information.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 21
<PAGE>


THE FUND'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

While a fund's past performance (before and after taxes) isn't necessarily a
sign of how it will do in the future, it can be valuable for an investor to
know.

The bar chart shows the performance of Class A shares for the fund's first full
calendar year, which may give some idea of risk. The bar chart does not reflect
sales loads; if it did, total returns would be lower than those shown. The
table on the following page shows how fund performance compares to relevant
index performance (which, unlike fund performance, does not reflect fees and
expenses). The table includes the effects of maximum sales loads on fund
performance. The performance of the fund and the index information varies over
time. All figures assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions (in the
case of after-tax returns, reinvested net of assumed tax rates).

The table shows returns for Class A shares on a before-tax and after-tax basis.
After-tax returns are shown for Class A only and will vary for Class C.
After-tax returns are estimates calculated using the historical highest
marginal individual federal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of
state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax
situation and may differ from those shown in the table. After-tax returns shown
are not relevant for investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred
arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (%) AS OF 12/31 EACH YEAR - CLASS A (Results do not reflect
sales loads; if they did, total returns would be lower than those shown.)



22 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

HOW MUCH INVESTORS PAY

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold fund shares. This information doesn't include any fees that may be charged
by your financial advisor.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEE TABLE                                           CLASS A             CLASS C
<S>                                         <C>                       <C>
 SHAREHOLDER FEES, paid directly from your investment
____________________________________________________________________________________
 Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed
 on Purchases (as % of offering price)                5.75% 1             None
 Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)
 (as % of redemption proceeds)                        None 2              1.00%
 ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES, deducted from fund assets
____________________________________________________________________________________
 Management Fee 3                                    0.60%                0.60%
 Distribution/Service (12b-1) Fee
 Other Expenses 4
 Financial Warranty Fee 5                            0.57                 0.57

 TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES
 Less Expense Waiver/Reimbursement
 NET ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES6
</TABLE>



1    Because of rounding in the calculation of the offering price, the actual
     maximum front-end sales charge paid by an investor may be higher than the
     percentage noted (see "Choosing a Share Class - Class A shares").

2    The redemption of shares purchased at net asset value under the Large Order
     NAV Purchase Privilege (see "Choosing a Share Class - Class A shares") may
     be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% if redeemed
     within 12 months of purchase and 0.50% if redeemed within the following six
     months.

3    In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
     allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.60% management fee will
     decrease to 0.30%.


4    "Other Expenses" include an administrative services fee paid to the Advisor
     in the amount of 0.10% of average daily net assets.


5    In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
     allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.57% financial warranty fee
     will decrease to 0.30%.


6    Net Annual Operating Expenses include other operating expenses, which are
     capped at [___% and ____%] for Class A and Class C shares, respectively,
     through [________]. The fee caps do not include acquired fund fees and
     expenses, if any, or extraordinary expenses, brokerage, taxes and interest.


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 23
<PAGE>

Based on the costs above (including one year of capped expenses in each
period), this example helps you compare the expenses of the fund to those of
other mutual funds. This example assumes the expenses above remain the same. It
also assumes that you invested $10,000, earned 5% annual returns and reinvested
all dividends and distributions. This is only an example; actual expenses will
be different.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXAMPLE               1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
 EXPENSES, assuming you sold your shares at the end of each period
_______________________________________________________    _________
 Class A shares          $           $            $            $
 Class C shares          $           $            $            $
 EXPENSES, assuming you kept your shares
_______________________________________________________    _________
 Class A shares          $           $            $            $
 Class C shares          $           $            $            $
</TABLE>




24 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

OTHER POLICIES AND INFORMATION AND SECONDARY RISKS

           While the previous pages describe the main points of the fund's
           strategy and risks, there are a few other issues to know about:

           -  Although major changes tend to be infrequent, the fund's Board
              could change the fund's investment objective without seeking
              shareholder approval.


           -  The fund may trade actively. This could raise transaction costs
              (thus lowering return) and could mean increased taxable
              distributions to shareholders and distributions that will be
              taxable to shareholders at higher federal income tax rates.


           Additional Information about the Financial
           Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

           The Warranty Provider is Main Place Funding, LLC, a limited
           liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of
           Delaware. The Warranty Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank
           of America, N.A. and, as such, has all of the powers of Bank of
           America, N.A, other than the power to take deposits. Bank of
           America, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
           Corporation and is licensed as a national banking association by the
           Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") pursuant to the
           National Bank Act and is regulated and examined by the OCC. Bank of
           America, N.A.'s long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are
           currently rated Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")
           and A+ by each of Fitch Ratings, a division of Fitch, Inc.
           ("Fitch"), and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
           McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), each a nationally recognized
           statistical rating organization. The Warranty Provider has not
           received ratings from any ratings organization.


           Under the Warranty Agreement, the fund will pay to the Warranty
           Provider a fee at an annual rate equal to 0.57% of the average daily
           net assets of the fund. In the event that the fund becomes
           completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve Component, the
           fee payable to the Warranty Provider will be reduced to an annual
           rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets.


                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 25
<PAGE>


           Bank of America Corporation has provided an unconditional guarantee
           of the Warranty Provider's performance of its obligations under the
           Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor is organized as a Delaware
           corporation and operates as a bank holding company and financial
           services holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the
           Federal Reserve System. The Guarantor's long-term unsecured senior
           debt obligations are currently rated A2 by Moody's, A+ by Fitch, and
           A by S&P.

           The Warranty Provider, the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A have
           not participated in the organization of the fund and make no
           representations regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.


           The fund will provide you with a copy of the most recent financial
           reports of the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor, free of charge,
           upon request. To receive a copy of these reports please contact the
           fund at the telephone number or write to the fund at the address
           shown on the outside back cover of this prospectus.



           Maturity Date and Early Termination


           OPTIONS ON THE MATURITY DATE. The Board may, at the recommendation
           of the Advisor, elect to (i) continue the operation of the fund
           after the Maturity Date without the benefit of a Protected High NAV
           feature; (ii) continue the operation of the fund by setting a new
           Maturity Date with a Protected High NAV feature; (iii) terminate the
           fund as of the Maturity Date; or (iv) take any other actions the
           Board determines is in the best interests of the fund. The Board may
           take any of these actions without shareholder approval, unless
           otherwise required by law. You will receive notice of your options
           at least sixty (60) days before the Maturity Date. In all cases, you
           will have the right to redeem your shares on the Maturity Date for
           cash at the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity Date
           or the Protected High NAV (assuming the Advisor's allocation
           strategy is successful or the Financial Warranty is still in
           effect). If you elect to continue your investment in the fund after
           the Maturity Date, the Warranty Provider will contribute sufficient
           assets to the fund, if necessary, to ensure that the value of the
           remaining shareholder accounts on the Maturity Date is at least
           equal to their Aggregate Protected Amount. After making any required



26 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>

           payments under the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider is
           under no further obligation to make payments to the fund. The
           Warranty Provider may or may not issue a new financial warranty to
           the fund after the Maturity Date, and is under no present obligation
           to do so.

           You may also exchange your shares into another DWS fund on the
           Maturity Date. Please keep in mind that an exchange is a taxable
           event for federal income tax purposes, and you may be subject to a
           sales charge of the fund you exchange into.


           EARLY TERMINATION - BOARD EARLY TERMINATION. The Board may terminate
           the fund if: (i) the Board determines that the fund's asset size is
           not economically viable; (ii) the fund becomes irreversibly
           allocated to the Reserve Component; (iii) the fund's Advisor resigns
           or is terminated and the Board determines that a replacement
           investment advisor will not be appointed; or (iv) the Board
           determines that it is otherwise in the best interests of the fund to
           terminate the fund. In the event that the fund is terminated before
           its Maturity Date, you will be entitled to redeem your shares on the
           early termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected
           High NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the
           fund calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
           early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
           Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
           Strategy - The Protected Amount"). The Warranty Provider does not
           have the right to terminate the fund. Although, under certain
           circumstances, the Warranty Provider may terminate the fund's
           Financial Warranty or cause the fund to allocate all of its assets
           to the Reserve Component.


           The Accelerated Protected High NAV is equal to the net present value
           of the fund's Protected High NAV. As mentioned above, when
           calculating the Accelerated Protected High NAV, the net present
           value of the Protected High NAV will be calculated using a discount
           factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
           Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with LIBOR expressed
           in US dollars as of the date of determination. Because the
           computation accounts for the time value of money, the Accelerated
           Protected High NAV will be less than the Protected High NAV and may
           be less than the current NAV per share of the fund. The Accelerated
           Protected High NAV also may be less than what you paid to purchase
           your shares. Generally, the longer the time remaining to the
           Maturity Date, the greater the discount of the Accelerated Protected



                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 27
<PAGE>

           High NAV to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
           insufficient assets to pay the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
           Amount, which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
           of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
           that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider will
           be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any shortfall,
           up to the limits of the Financial Warranty.

           You will receive at least 60 days' prior written notice of an early
           termination. If a notice of termination is declared for the fund,
           the fund will cease selling shares to new shareholders. The notice
           will include information on the Accelerated Protected High NAV and
           the date your shares are expected to be redeemed.


           For more information

           This prospectus doesn't tell you about every policy or risk of
           investing in the fund.

           If you want more information on the fund's allowable securities and
           investment practices and the characteristics and risks of each one,
           you may want to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information (the back cover tells you how to do this).


           Keep in mind that there is no assurance that the fund will achieve
           its investment objective.

           A complete list of the fund's portfolio holdings as of the month-end
           is posted on www.dws-investments.com on or about the 15th day of the
           following month. More frequent posting of portfolio holdings
           information may be made from time to time on SAIs and shareholder
           reports are also available through the DWS Investments Web site at
           www.dws-investments.com.. The posted portfolio holdings information
           is available by fund and generally remains accessible at least until
           the date on which the fund files its Form N-CSR or N-Q with the
           Securities and Exchange Commission for the period that includes the
           date as of which the posted information is current. The fund's
           Statement of Additional Information includes a description of the
           fund's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the
           fund's portfolio holdings.



28 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>

WHO MANAGES AND OVERSEES THE FUND


           The investment advisor

           Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the
           "Advisor"), with headquarters at 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY
           10154, is the investment advisor for the fund. Under the oversight
           of the Board, the Advisor makes investment decisions, buys and sells
           securities for the fund and conducts research that leads to these
           purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor provides a full range of
           global investment advisory services to institutional and retail
           clients.

           DWS Investments is part of Deutsche Bank's Asset Management division
           and, within the US, represents the retail asset management
           activities of Deutsche Bank AG, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
           Americas, DIMA and DWS Trust Company.

           Deutsche Asset Management is a global asset management organization
           that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources,
           including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office
           network that reaches the world's major investment centers. This
           well-resourced global investment platform brings together a wide
           variety of experience and investment insight across industries,
           regions, asset classes and investing styles.

           The Advisor is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank
           AG. Deutsche Bank AG is a major global banking institution that is
           engaged in a wide range of financial services, including investment
           management, mutual funds, retail, private and commercial banking,
           investment banking and insurance.


                                         Who Manages and Oversees the Fund  | 29
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT FEE. The Advisor will receive a management fee from the
           fund.

           The fund pays the Advisor under the investment management agreement
           a fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of
           0.60% of the fund's average daily net assets. In the event that the
           fund becomes completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve
           Component, the Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its fee to
           an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets for
           the remainder of the warranty period. Additionally, in such an
           event, the financial warranty fee under the Warranty Agreement will
           be reduced to an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily
           net assets.

           A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the
           fund's investment management agreement is contained in the fund's
           shareholder report for the annual period ended April 30 (see
           "Shareholder reports" on the back cover).


           Under a separate administrative services agreement between the fund
           and the Advisor, the fund pays the Advisor a fee for providing most
           of the fund's administrative services. The fee is paid at an annual
           rate of 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the fund.



30 | Who Manages and Oversees the Fund
<PAGE>

Portfolio management

The fund is managed by a team of investment professionals who collaborate to
develop and implement the fund's investment strategy. The portfolio managers'
responsibilities include making purchase and sale decisions, portfolio
construction techniques, portfolio risk assessment, and the management of daily
cash flows in accordance with portfolio holdings.

The following people handle the day-to-day management of the fund.

Robert Wang
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1995 as portfolio manager for asset
  allocation after 13 years of experience of trading fixed income, foreign
  exchange and derivative products at J.P. Morgan.
- Global Head of Quantitative Strategies Portfolio Management: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

Inna Okounkova
Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1999 as a quantitative analyst, becoming
  an associate Portfolio Manager in 2001.
- Global Asset Allocation Portfolio Manager: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, MS, Moscow State University; MBA, University of Chicago.

William Chepolis, CFA
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1998 after 13 years of experience as vice
  president and portfolio manager for Norwest Bank, where he managed the
  bank's fixed income and foreign exchange portfolios.

- Portfolio Manager for Retail Fixed Income: New York.

- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BIS, University of Minnesota.

The fund's Statement of Additional Information provides additional information
about a portfolio manager's investments in the fund, a description of the
portfolio management compensation structure and information regarding other
accounts managed.


                                         Who Manages and Oversees the Fund  | 31
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


The financial highlights are designed to help you understand recent financial
performance. The figures in the first part of each table are for a single
share. The total return figures represent the percentage that an investor in
the fund would have earned (or lost), assuming all dividends and distributions
were reinvested. This information has been audited by __________, independent
registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund's
financial statements, is included in the fund's annual report (see "Shareholder
reports" on the back cover).



32 | Financial Highlights
<PAGE>

HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND

This prospectus offers the share classes noted on the front cover. Each class
has its own fees and expenses, offering you a choice of cost structures. The
fund offers other classes of shares in a separate prospectus. These shares are
intended for investors seeking the advice and assistance of a financial
advisor, who will typically receive compensation for those services.


THE FOLLOWING PAGES TELL YOU HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND AND WHAT TO EXPECT AS A
SHAREHOLDER. The following pages also tell you about many of the services,
choices and benefits of being a shareholder. You'll also find information on
how to check the status of your account using the method that's most convenient
for you.

If you're investing directly with DWS Investments, all of this information
applies to you. If you're investing through a "third party provider" - for
example, a workplace retirement plan, financial supermarket or financial
advisor - your provider may have its own policies or instructions and you
should follow those.

You can find out more about the topics covered here by speaking with your
FINANCIAL ADVISOR OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF YOUR WORKPLACE RETIREMENT PLAN OR
OTHER INVESTMENT PROVIDER.

Before you invest, take a moment to look over the characteristics of each share
class, so that you can be sure to choose the class that's right for you. YOU
MAY WANT TO ASK YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR TO HELP YOU WITH THIS DECISION.
<PAGE>

CHOOSING A SHARE CLASS


We describe each share class in detail on the following pages. But first, you
may want to look at the table below, which gives you a brief description and
comparison of the main features of each class. You should consult with your
financial advisor to determine which class of shares is appropriate for you.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 CLASSES AND FEATURES                         POINTS TO HELP YOU COMPARE
<S>                                          <C>
 CLASS A
                                              -  Some investors may be able to reduce
 -  Sales charge of up to 5.75% charged          or eliminate their sales charge; see
    when you buy shares                          "Class A shares"
 -  In most cases, no charge when you         -  Total annual expenses are lower than
    sell shares                                  those for Class C
 -  Up to 0.25% annual shareholder           -  Distributions are generally higher than
    servicing fee                                Class C

 CLASS C
 -  No sales charge when you buy shares       -  Unlike Class A shares, Class C shares
                                                 do not have a sales charge when
 -  Deferred sales charge of 1.00%,              buying shares, but have higher annual
    charged when you sell shares you             expenses than those for Class A
    bought within the last year                  shares and a one year deferred sales
 -  0.75% annual distribution fee and up         charge
    to 0.25% annual shareholder servicing     -  Distributions are generally lower than
    fee                                          Class A
</TABLE>



Your financial advisor will typically be paid a fee when you buy shares and may
receive different levels of compensation depending upon which class of shares
you buy. The fund may pay financial advisors or other intermediaries
compensation for the services they provide to their clients. This compensation
may vary depending on the share class and fund you buy. Your financial advisor
may also receive compensation from the Advisor and/or its affiliates. Please
see "Financial intermediary support payments" for more information.



34 | Choosing a Share Class
<PAGE>

           Class A shares

           Class A shares may make sense for long-term investors, especially
           those who are eligible for a reduced or eliminated sales charge.

           Class A shares have a 12b-1 plan, under which a shareholder
           servicing fee of up to 0.25% is deducted from class assets each
           year. Because the shareholder servicing fee is continuous in nature,
           it may, over time, increase the cost of your investment and may cost
           you more than paying other types of sales charges.

           Class A shares have an up-front sales charge that varies with the
           amount you invest:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              FRONT-END SALES          FRONT-END SALES
                                CHARGE AS %          CHARGE AS % OF YOUR
YOUR INVESTMENT            OF OFFERING PRICE 1,2       NET INVESTMENT 2
<S>                                <C>                       <C>
  Up to $50,000                    5.75%                     6.10%
$    50,000-$99,999                4.50                      4.71
$  100,000-$249,999                3.50                      3.63
$  250,000-$499,999                2.60                      2.67
$  500,000-$999,999                2.00                      2.04
  $1 million or more             see below                see below
</TABLE>


           1   The offering price includes the sales charge.

           2   Because of rounding in the calculation of the offering price,
               the actual front-end sales charge paid by an investor may be
               higher or lower than the percentages noted.


           YOU MAY BE ABLE TO LOWER YOUR CLASS A SALES CHARGE IF:


           -  you indicate your intent in writing to invest at least $50,000 in
              Class A shares (including Class A shares in other retail DWS
              funds) over the next 24 months ("Letter of Intent")


           -  the amount of Class A shares you already own (including Class A
              shares in other retail DWS funds) plus the amount you're
              investing now in Class A shares is at least $50,000 ("Cumulative
              Discount")

           -  you are investing a total of $50,000 or more in Class A shares of
              several retail DWS funds on the same day ("Combined Purchases")

                                                    Choosing a Share Class  | 35
<PAGE>

           The point of these three features is to let you count investments
           made at other times or in certain other funds for purposes of
           calculating your present sales charge. Any time you can use the
           privileges to "move" your investment into a lower sales charge
           category, it's generally beneficial for you to do so.

           For purposes of determining whether you are eligible for a reduced
           Class A sales charge, you and your immediate family (your spouse or
           life partner and your children or stepchildren age 21 or younger)
           may aggregate your investments in the DWS family of funds. This
           includes, for example, investments held in a retirement account, an
           employee benefit plan or at a financial advisor other than the one
           handling your current purchase. These combined investments will be
           valued at their current offering price to determine whether your
           current investment qualifies for a reduced sales charge.

           To receive a reduction in your Class A initial sales charge, you
           must let your financial advisor or Shareholder Services know at the
           time you purchase shares that you qualify for such a reduction. You
           may be asked by your financial advisor or Shareholder Services to
           provide account statements or other information regarding related
           accounts of you or your immediate family in order to verify your
           eligibility for a reduced sales charge.

           For more information about sales charge discounts, please visit
           www.dws-investments.com (click on the link entitled "Fund Sales
           Charge and Breakpoint Schedule"), consult with your financial
           advisor or refer to the section entitled "Purchase or Redemption of
           Shares" in the fund's Statement of Additional Information.

           IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, YOU MAY BE ABLE TO BUY CLASS A SHARES
           WITHOUT A SALES CHARGE. For example, the sales charge will be waived
           if you are reinvesting dividends or distributions or if you are
           exchanging an investment in Class A shares of another fund in the
           DWS family of funds for an investment in Class A shares of the fund.
           In addition, a sales charge waiver may apply to transactions by
           certain retirement plans and certain other entities or persons
           (e.g., affiliated persons of Deutsche Asset Management or the DWS
           funds) and with respect to certain types of investments (e.g., an
           investment advisory or agency commission program under which you pay
           a fee to an investment advisor or other firm for portfolio
           management or brokerage services).


36 | Choosing a Share Class
<PAGE>

           Details regarding the types of investment programs and categories of
           investors eligible for a sales charge waiver are provided in the
           fund's Statement of Additional Information.

           There are a number of additional provisions that apply in order to
           be eligible for a sales charge waiver. The fund may waive the sales
           charge for investors in other situations as well. Your financial
           advisor or Shareholder Services can answer your questions and help
           you determine if you are eligible.

           IF YOU'RE INVESTING $1 MILLION OR MORE, either as a lump sum or
           through one of the sales charge reduction features described above,
           you may be eligible to buy Class A shares without a sales charge
           ("Large Order NAV Purchase Privilege"). However, you may be charged
           a contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1.00% on any shares you
           sell within 12 months of owning them and a similar charge of 0.50%
           on shares you sell within the following six months. This CDSC is
           waived under certain circumstances (see "Policies You Should Know
           About"). Your financial advisor or Shareholder Services can answer
           your questions and help you determine if you're eligible.


                                                    Choosing a Share Class  | 37
<PAGE>

           Class C shares


           Class C shares may appeal to investors who aren't certain of their
           investment time horizon.


           With Class C shares, you pay no up-front sales charge to the fund.
           Class C shares have a 12b-1 plan, under which a distribution fee of
           0.75% and a shareholder servicing fee of up to 0.25% are deducted
           from class assets each year. Because of these fees, the annual
           expenses for Class C shares are higher than those for Class A shares
           (and the performance of Class C shares is correspondingly lower than
           that of Class A shares).

           Class C shares have a CDSC, but only on shares you sell within one
           year of buying them:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEAR AFTER YOU BOUGHT SHARES        CDSC ON SHARES YOU SELL
<S>                                             <C>
  First year                                    1.00%
  Second year and later                         None
</TABLE>


           This CDSC is waived under certain circumstances (see "Policies You
           Should Know About"). Your financial advisor or Shareholder Services
           can answer your questions and help you determine if you're eligible.


           While Class C shares do not have an up-front sales charge, their
           higher annual expenses mean that, over the years, you could end up
           paying more than the equivalent of the maximum allowable up-front
           sales charge.

           Orders to purchase Class C shares of $500,000 or more will be
           declined with the exception of orders received from financial
           representatives acting for clients whose shares are held in an
           omnibus account and certain employer-sponsored employee benefit
           plans.


38 | Choosing a Share Class
<PAGE>

How to BUY Class A and C Shares




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FIRST INVESTMENT                               ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS
<S>                                             <C>
 $1,000 or more for most accounts               $50 or more for most accounts and IRAs
 $500 or more for IRAs                          $50 or more for an account with an
 $500 or more for an account with an            Automatic Investment Plan
 Automatic Investment Plan

 THROUGH A FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 -  To obtain an application, contact your      -  Contact your advisor using the
    advisor                                        method that's most convenient for you

 BY MAIL OR EXPRESS MAIL (SEE BELOW)
 -  Fill out and sign an application            -  Send a check payable to "DWS
                                                   Investments" and an investment slip
 -  Send it to us at the appropriate
    address, along with an investment           -  If you don't have an investment slip,
    check made payable to "DWS                     include a letter with your name,
    Investments"                                   account number, the full name of the
                                                   fund and the share class and your
                                                   investment instructions

 BY WIRE
 -  Call (800) 621-1048 for instructions        -  Call (800) 621-1048 for instructions

 BY PHONE
 Not available                                  -  Call (800) 621-1048 for instructions

 WITH AN AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN
 -  Fill in the information on your             -  To set up regular investments from a
    application including a check for the          bank checking account call (800) 621-
    initial investment and a voided check          1048 ($50 minimum)

 USING QuickBuy
 Not available                                  -  Call (800) 621-1048 to make sure
                                                   QuickBuy is set up on your account; if
                                                   it is, you can request a transfer from
                                                   your bank account of any amount
                                                   between $50 and $250,000

 ON THE INTERNET
 Not available                                  -  Call (800) 621-1048 to ensure you have
                                                   electronic services
                                                -  Register at www.dws-
                                                   investments.com or log in if already
                                                   registered
                                                -  Follow the instructions for buying
                                                   shares with money from your bank
                                                   account
</TABLE>



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REGULAR MAIL:

First Investment: DWS Investments, PO Box 219356, Kansas City, MO 64121-9356
Additional Investments: DWS Investments, PO Box 219154, Kansas City, MO
64121-9154

EXPRESS, REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
DWS Investments, 210 West 10th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105-1614

                                           How to Buy Class A and C Shares  | 39
<PAGE>

How to EXCHANGE or SELL Class A and C Shares

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXCHANGING INTO ANOTHER FUND                    SELLING SHARES
<S>                                             <C>
                                                 Some transactions, including most for
 -  Exchanges into existing accounts:            over $100,000, can only be ordered in
    $50 minimum per fund                         writing with a signature guarantee;
 -  Exchanges into new accounts:                 please see "Signature Guarantee"
    $1,000 minimum per fund for most
    accounts
    $500 minimum for IRAs

 THROUGH A FINANCIAL ADVISOR
 -  Contact your advisor using the              -  Contact your advisor using the
    method that's most convenient for you          method that's most convenient for you

 BY PHONE                                        BY PHONE OR WIRE
 -  Call (800) 621-1048 for instructions        -  Call (800) 621-1048 for instructions

 BY MAIL OR EXPRESS MAIL
 (see previous page for address)
 Write a letter that includes:                  Write a letter that includes:
 -  the fund, class and account number          -  the fund, class and account number
    you're exchanging out of                       from which you want to sell shares
 -  the dollar amount or number of shares       -  the dollar amount or number of shares
    you want to exchange                           you want to sell
 -  the name and class of the fund you          -  your name(s), signature(s) and
    want to exchange into                          address, as they appear on your account
 -  your name(s), signature(s) and
    address, as they appear on your             -  a daytime telephone number
    account
 -  a daytime telephone number

 WITH AN AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN                WITH AN AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN
 -  To set up regular exchanges from a          -  Call (800) 621-1048 (minimum $50)
    fund account, call (800) 621-1048

 USING QuickSell
 Not available                                  -  Call (800) 621-1048 to make sure
                                                   QuickSell is set up on your account; if
                                                   it is, you can request a transfer to your
                                                   bank account of any amount between
                                                   $50 and $250,000

 ON THE INTERNET
 -  Register at www.dws-                        -  Register at www.dws-
    investments.com or log in if already           investments.com or log in if already
    registered                                     registered
 -  Follow the instructions for making on-      -  Follow the instructions for making on-
    line exchanges                                 line redemptions
</TABLE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>
TO REACH US:      WEB SITE: www.dws-investments.com
                  TELEPHONE REPRESENTATIVE: (800) 621-1048, M-F, 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. ET
                  TDD LINE: (800) 972-3006, M-F, 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. ET
</TABLE>



40 | How to Exchange or Sell Class A and C Shares
<PAGE>

           Financial intermediary support payments


           The Advisor, DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. (the "Distributor")
           and/or their affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of
           their own assets and not as an additional charge to the fund, to
           selected affiliated and unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating
           insurance companies or other financial intermediaries ("financial
           advisors") in connection with the sale and/or distribution of fund
           shares or the retention and/or servicing of fund investors and fund
           shares ("revenue sharing"). Such revenue sharing payments are in
           addition to any distribution or service fees payable under any Rule
           12b-1 or service plan of the fund, any record keeping/sub-transfer
           agency/networking fees payable by the fund (generally through the
           Distributor or an affiliate) and/or the Distributor to certain
           financial advisors for performing such services and any sales
           charge, commissions, non-cash compensation arrangements expressly
           permitted under applicable rules of the Financial Industry
           Regulatory Authority or other concessions described in the fee table
           or elsewhere in this prospectus or the Statement of Additional
           Information as payable to all financial advisors. For example, the
           Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may compensate
           financial advisors for providing the fund with "shelf space" or
           access to a third party platform or fund offering list or other
           marketing programs, including, without limitation, inclusion of the
           fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund
           "supermarket" platforms and other formal sales programs; granting
           the Distributor access to the financial advisor's sales force;
           granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's
           conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the
           financial advisor's personnel; and obtaining other forms of
           marketing support.


           The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial advisors may
           be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors:
           gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the fund
           attributable to the financial advisor, the particular fund or fund
           type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor
           and/or their affiliates and the financial advisors or any
           combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is
           determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or
           their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and may be
           different for different financial advisors based on, for example,
           the nature of the services provided by the financial advisor.


                              How to Exchange or Sell Class A and C Shares  | 41
<PAGE>


           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make
           revenue sharing payments from their own assets in connection with
           the sale and/or distribution of DWS fund shares or the retention
           and/or servicing of investors and DWS fund shares to financial
           advisors in amounts that generally range from .01% up to .50% of
           assets of the fund serviced and maintained by the financial advisor,
           .05% to .25% of sales of the fund attributable to the financial
           advisor, a flat fee of $13,350 up to $500,000, or any combination
           thereof. These amounts are subject to change at the discretion of
           the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of, or
           the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation may
           influence your financial advisor's recommendation of the fund or of
           any particular share class of the fund. You should review your
           financial advisor's compensation disclosure and/or talk to your
           financial advisor to obtain more information on how this
           compensation may have influenced your financial advisor's
           recommendation of the fund. Additional information regarding these
           revenue sharing payments is included in the fund's Statement of
           Additional Information, which is available to you on request at no
           charge (see the back cover of this prospectus for more information
           on how to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information).


           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make
           such revenue sharing payments to financial advisors under the terms
           discussed above in connection with the distribution of both DWS
           funds and non-DWS funds by financial advisors to retirement plans
           that obtain record keeping services from ADP, Inc. on the DWS
           Investments branded retirement plan platform (the "Platform") with
           the level of revenue sharing payments being based upon sales of both
           the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial advisor on the
           Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS
           funds serviced and maintained by the financial advisor on the
           Platform.

           It is likely that broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions
           for the fund will include firms that also sell shares of the DWS
           funds to their customers. However, the Advisor will not consider
           sales of DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of
           broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the DWS funds.
           Accordingly, the Advisor has implemented policies and procedures
           reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of
           DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of


42 | How to Exchange or Sell Class A and C Shares
<PAGE>

           broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the fund. In
           addition, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates will
           not use fund brokerage to pay for their obligation to provide
           additional compensation to financial advisors as described above.


POLICIES YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT

           Along with the information on the previous pages, the policies below
           may affect you as a shareholder. Some of this information, such as
           the section on distributions and taxes, applies to all investors,
           including those investing through a financial advisor.

           If you are investing through a financial advisor or through a
           retirement plan, check the materials you received from them about
           how to buy and sell shares because particular financial advisors or
           other intermediaries may adopt policies, procedures or limitations
           that are separate from those described by the fund. Please note that
           a financial advisor may charge fees separate from those charged by
           the fund and may be compensated by the fund.

           Keep in mind that the information in this prospectus applies only to
           the shares offered herein. Other share classes are described in
           separate prospectuses and have different fees, requirements and
           services.

           In order to reduce the amount of mail you receive and to help reduce
           expenses, we generally send a single copy of any shareholder report
           and prospectus to each household. If you do not want the mailing of
           these documents to be combined with those for other members of your
           household, please contact your financial advisor or call (800)
           621-1048.


           Policies about transactions

           THE FUND IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS each day the New York Stock Exchange
           is open. The fund calculates its share price for each class every
           business day, as of the close of regular trading on the New York
           Stock Exchange (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, but sometimes
           earlier, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled
           suspensions of trading). You can place an order to buy or sell
           shares at any time.


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 43
<PAGE>

           To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money
           laundering activities, federal law requires all financial
           institutions to obtain, verify and record information that
           identifies each person who opens an account. What this means to you:
           When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date
           of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you.
           Some or all of this information will be used to verify the identity
           of all persons opening an account.

           We might request additional information about you (which may include
           certain documents, such as articles of incorporation for companies)
           to help us verify your identity and, in some cases, the information
           and/or documents may be required to conduct the verification. The
           information and documents will be used solely to verify your
           identity.

           We will attempt to collect any missing required and requested
           information by contacting you or your financial advisor. If we are
           unable to obtain this information within the time frames established
           by the fund, then we may reject your application and order.

           The fund will not invest your purchase until all required and
           requested identification information has been provided and your
           application has been submitted in "good order." After we receive all
           the information, your application is deemed to be in good order and
           we accept your purchase, you will receive the net asset value per
           share next calculated, less any applicable sales charge.

           If we are unable to verify your identity within time frames
           established by the fund, after a reasonable effort to do so, you
           will receive written notification.

           With certain limited exceptions, only US residents may invest in the
           fund.

           Because orders placed through a financial advisor must be forwarded
           to the transfer agent before they can be processed, you'll need to
           allow extra time. Your financial advisor should be able to tell you
           approximately when your order will be processed. It is the
           responsibility of your financial advisor to forward your order to
           the transfer agent in a timely manner.


           INITIAL PURCHASE MINIMUMS. The minimum initial investment for Class
           A and C shares is $1,000, except for investments on behalf of
           participants in certain fee-based and wrap programs offered through
           certain financial intermediaries approved by the



44 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           Advisor, for which there is no minimum initial investment; and IRAs,
           for which the minimum initial investment is $500 per account. The
           minimum initial investment is $500 per account if you establish an
           automatic investment plan. Group retirement plans and certain other
           accounts have similar or lower minimum share balance requirements.


           SUB-MINIMUM BALANCES. The fund may close your account and send you
           the proceeds if your balance falls below $1,000 ($500 for accounts
           with an Automatic Investment Plan funded with $50 or more per month
           in subsequent investments) or below $250 for retirement accounts. We
           will give you 60 days' notice (90 days for retirement accounts) so
           you can either increase your balance or close your account (these
           policies don't apply to investors with $100,000 or more in DWS fund
           shares, investors in certain fee-based and wrap programs offered
           through certain financial intermediaries approved by the Advisor, or
           group retirement plans and certain other accounts having lower
           minimum share balance requirements).


           MARKET TIMING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES. Short-term and excessive
           trading of fund shares may present risks to long-term shareholders,
           including potential dilution in the value of fund shares,
           interference with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio
           (including losses on the sale of investments), taxable gains to
           remaining shareholders and increased brokerage and administrative
           costs. These risks may be more pronounced if the fund invests in
           certain securities, such as those that trade in foreign markets, are
           illiquid or do not otherwise have "readily available market
           quotations." Certain investors may seek to employ short-term trading
           strategies aimed at exploiting variations in portfolio valuation
           that arise from the nature of the securities held by the fund (e.g.,
           "time zone arbitrage"). The fund discourages short-term and
           excessive trading and has adopted policies and procedures that are
           intended to detect and deter short-term and excessive trading.

           The fund also reserves the right to reject or cancel a purchase or
           exchange order for any reason without prior notice. For example, the
           fund may in its discretion reject or cancel a purchase or an
           exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to the
           specific roundtrip transaction limitation described below if the
           Advisor believes that there appears to be a pattern of short-term or
           excessive trading activity by a shareholder or deems any other
           trading activity harmful or disruptive to the fund. The


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 45
<PAGE>

           fund, through its Advisor and transfer agent, will measure
           short-term and excessive trading by the number of roundtrip
           transactions within a shareholder's account during a rolling
           12-month period. A "roundtrip" transaction is defined as any
           combination of purchase and redemption activity (including
           exchanges) of the same fund's shares. The fund may take other
           trading activity into account if the fund believes such activity is
           of an amount or frequency that may be harmful to long-term
           shareholders or disruptive to portfolio management.


           Shareholders are limited to four roundtrip transactions in the same
           DWS fund (excluding money market funds) over a rolling 12-month
           period. Shareholders with four or more roundtrip transactions in the
           same DWS fund within a rolling 12-month period generally will be
           blocked from making additional purchases of, or exchanges into, that
           DWS fund. The fund has sole discretion whether to remove a block
           from a shareholder's account. The rights of a shareholder to redeem
           shares of a DWS fund are not affected by the four roundtrip
           transaction limitation.


           The fund may make exceptions to the roundtrip transaction policy for
           certain types of transactions if, in the opinion of the Advisor, the
           transactions do not represent short-term or excessive trading or are
           not abusive or harmful to the fund, such as, but not limited to,
           systematic transactions, required minimum retirement distributions,
           transactions initiated by the fund or administrator and transactions
           by certain qualified funds-of-funds.


           In certain circumstances where shareholders hold shares of the fund
           through a financial intermediary, the fund may rely upon the
           financial intermediary's policy to deter short-term or excessive
           trading if the Advisor believes that the financial intermediary's
           policy is reasonably designed to detect and deter transactions that
           are not in the best interests of the fund. A financial
           intermediary's policy relating to short-term or excessive trading
           may be more or less restrictive than the DWS funds' policy, may
           permit certain transactions not permitted by the DWS funds'
           policies, or prohibit transactions not subject to the DWS funds'
           policies.


           The Advisor may also accept undertakings from a financial
           intermediary to enforce short-term or excessive trading policies on
           behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of
           protection for the fund against such transactions. For example,
           certain financial intermediaries may have contractual, legal or


46 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           operational restrictions that prevent them from blocking an account.
           In such instances, the financial intermediary may use alternate
           techniques that the Advisor considers to be a reasonable substitute
           for such a block.

           In addition, if the fund invests some portion of its assets in
           foreign securities, it has adopted certain fair valuation practices
           intended to protect the fund from "time zone arbitrage" with respect
           to its foreign securities holdings and other trading practices that
           seek to exploit variations in portfolio valuation that arise from
           the nature of the securities held by the fund. (See "How the fund
           calculates share price.")

           There is no assurance that these policies and procedures will be
           effective in limiting short-term and excessive trading in all cases.
           For example, the Advisor may not be able to effectively monitor,
           detect or limit short-term or excessive trading by underlying
           shareholders that occurs through omnibus accounts maintained by
           broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries. The Advisor
           reviews trading activity at the omnibus level to detect short-term
           or excessive trading. If the Advisor has reason to suspect that
           short-term or excessive trading is occurring at the omnibus level,
           the Advisor will contact the financial intermediary to request
           underlying shareholder level activity. Depending on the amount of
           fund shares held in such omnibus accounts (which may represent most
           of the fund's shares) short-term and/or excessive trading of fund
           shares could adversely affect long-term shareholders in the fund. If
           short-term or excessive trading is identified, the Advisor will take
           appropriate action.

           The fund's market timing policies and procedures may be modi-
           fied or terminated at any time.

           THE AUTOMATED INFORMATION LINE IS AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY BY
           CALLING (800) 621-1048. You can use our automated phone services to
           get information on DWS funds generally and on accounts held directly
           at DWS Investments. You can also use this service to make exchanges
           and to purchase and sell shares.


           QUICKBUY AND QUICKSELL allow you to set up an electronic link
           between a DWS fund account and a bank account. Once this link is in
           place, you can move money between the two with a phone call. You'll
           need to make sure your bank has Automated Clearing House (ACH)
           services. Transactions take two to three






THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

The DWS Investments Web site can be a valuable resource for shareholders with
Internet access. Go to WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM to get up-to-date information,
review balances or even place orders for exchanges.




                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 47
<PAGE>

           days to be completed and there is a $50 minimum and a $250,000
           maximum. To set up QuickBuy or QuickSell on a new account, see the
           account application; to add it to an existing account, call (800)
           621-1048.


           TELEPHONE AND ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS. Generally, you are
           automatically entitled to telephone check redemption and exchange
           privileges, but you may elect not to have them when you open your
           account or by contacting Shareholder Services at (800) 621-1048 at a
           later date.

           Since many transactions may be initiated by telephone or
           electronically, it's important to understand that as long as we take
           reasonable steps to ensure that an order to purchase or redeem
           shares is genuine, such as recording calls or requesting personal
           security information, we are not responsible for any losses that may
           occur as a result. For transactions conducted over the Internet, we
           recommend the use of a secure Internet browser. In addition, you
           should verify the accuracy of your confirmation statements
           immediately after you receive them.


           THE FUND DOES NOT ISSUE SHARE CERTIFICATES.

           WHEN YOU ASK US TO SEND OR RECEIVE A WIRE, please note that while we
           don't charge a fee to send or receive wires, it's possible that your
           bank may do so. Wire transactions are generally completed within 24
           hours. The fund can only send wires of $1,000 or more and accept
           wires of $50 or more.


           THE FUND ACCEPTS PAYMENT FOR SHARES ONLY IN US DOLLARS by a check
           drawn on a US bank, a bank or Federal Funds wire transfer or an
           electronic bank transfer. The fund does not accept third party
           checks. A third party check is a check made payable to one or more
           parties and offered as payment to one or more other parties (e.g., a
           check made payable to you that you offer as payment to someone
           else). Checks should normally be payable to DWS Investments and
           drawn by you or a financial institution on your behalf with your
           name or account number included with the check.


           SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. When you want to sell more than $100,000 worth
           of shares or send proceeds to a third party or to a new address,
           you'll usually need to place your order in writing and include a
           signature guarantee. However, if you want money




THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

If you ever have difficulty placing an order by phone or Internet, you can send
us your order in writing.








48 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>


           transferred electronically to a bank account that is already on file
           with us, you don't need a signature guarantee. Also, generally you
           don't need a signature guarantee for an exchange, although we may
           require one in certain other circumstances.

           A signature guarantee is simply a certification of your signature -
           a valuable safeguard against fraud. You can get a signature
           guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution, including
           commercial banks, savings and loans, trust companies, credit unions,
           member firms of a national stock exchange or any member or
           participant of an approved signature guarantor program. We recommend
           stamps from members of a medallion signature guarantee program. Note
           that you can't get a signature guarantee from a notary public and we
           must be provided the original guarantee.


           SELLING SHARES OF TRUST ACCOUNTS AND BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
           ACCOUNTS may require additional documentation. Please call (800)
           621-1048 or contact your financial advisor for more information.

           WHEN YOU SELL SHARES THAT HAVE A CDSC, we calculate the CDSC as a
           percentage of what you paid for the shares or what you are selling
           them for - whichever results in the lower charge to you. In
           processing orders to sell shares, the shares with the lowest CDSC
           are sold first. Exchanges from one fund into another don't affect
           CDSCs; for each investment you make, the date you first bought
           shares is the date we use to calculate a CDSC on that particular
           investment.

           There are certain cases in which you may be exempt from a CDSC.
           These include:

           -  the death or disability of an account owner (including a joint
              owner). This waiver applies only under certain conditions. Please
              contact your financial advisor or Shareholder Services to
              determine if the conditions exist

           -  withdrawals made through an automatic withdrawal plan up to a
              maximum of 12% per year of the net asset value of the account

           -  withdrawals related to certain retirement or benefit plans

           -  redemptions for certain loan advances, hardship provisions or
              returns of excess contributions from retirement plans

                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 49
<PAGE>

           -   for Class A shares purchased through the Large Order NAV Purchase
               Privilege, redemption of shares whose dealer of record at the
               time of the investment notifies the Distributor that the dealer
               waives the applicable commission

           -  for Class C shares, redemption of shares purchased through a
              dealer-sponsored asset allocation program maintained on an
              omnibus record-keeping system, provided the dealer of record has
              waived the advance of the first year distribution and service
              fees applicable to such shares and has agreed to receive such
              fees quarterly

           In each of these cases, there are a number of additional provisions
           that apply in order to be eligible for a CDSC waiver. Your financial
           advisor or Shareholder Services can answer your questions and help
           you determine if you are eligible.


           IF YOU SELL SHARES IN A DWS FUND AND THEN DECIDE TO INVEST WITH DWS
           INVESTMENTS AGAIN WITHIN SIX MONTHS, you may be able to take
           advantage of the "reinstatement feature." With this feature, you can
           put your money back into the same class of a DWS fund at its current
           net asset value and, for purposes of a sales charge, it will be
           treated as if it had never left DWS Investments.

           You'll be reimbursed (in the form of fund shares) for any CDSC you
           paid when you sold. Future CDSC calculations will be based on your
           original investment date, rather than your reinstatement date. You
           can only use the reinstatement feature once for any given group of
           shares. To take advantage of this feature, contact Shareholder
           Services or your financial advisor.

           CLASS A TO CLASS S IN THE SAME FUND EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE. Investors
           who have invested in Class A shares through a comprehensive or
           "wrap" fee program, or other fee-based program sponsored by a
           broker-dealer, bank or registered investment adviser, may become
           eligible to invest in Class S shares. Subject to the discretion of
           the Distributor, such shareholders may exchange their Class A shares
           for Class S shares of equal aggregate value of the same fund. No
           sales charges or other charges will apply to any such exchanges.
           Investors should contact their selling and/or servicing agents to
           learn more about the details of this exchange feature.



50 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           MONEY FROM SHARES YOU SELL is normally sent out within one business
           day of when your order is processed (not when it is received),
           although it could be delayed for up to seven days. There are
           circumstances when it could be longer, including, but not limited
           to, when you are selling shares you bought recently by check  or ACH
           (the funds will be placed under a 10 calendar day hold to ensure
           good funds) or when unusual circumstances prompt the SEC to allow
           further delays. Certain expedited redemption processes (e.g.,
           redemption proceeds by wire) may also be delayed or unavailable when
           you are selling shares recently purchased or in the event of the
           closing of the Federal Reserve wire payment system. The fund
           reserves the right to suspend or postpone redemptions as permitted
           pursuant to Section 22(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
           Generally, those circumstances are when 1) the New York Stock
           Exchange is closed other than customary weekend or holiday closings;
           2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; 3) an
           emergency exists which makes the disposal of securities owned by the
           fund or the fair determination of the value of the fund's net assets
           not reasonably practicable; or 4) the SEC, by order, permits the
           suspension of the right of redemption. Redemption payments by wire
           may also be delayed in the event of a non-routine closure of the
           Federal Reserve wire payment system. For additional rights reserved
           by the fund, please see "Other rights we reserve."

           You may obtain additional information about other ways to sell your
           shares by contacting your financial advisor.


           How the fund calculates share price

           To calculate net asset value, or NAV, each share class uses the
           following equation:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C> <C>
            TOTAL ASSETS - TOTAL LIABILITIES
           -----------------------------------------    =    NAV
               TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING
</TABLE>



           The price at which you buy shares is based on the NAV per share
           calculated after the order is received and accepted by the transfer
           agent, although for Class A shares it will be adjusted to allow for
           any applicable sales charge (see "Choosing a Share Class"). The
           price at which you sell shares is also based on the NAV per share
           calculated after the order is received and accepted by the transfer
           agent, although a CDSC may be taken out of the proceeds (see
           "Choosing a Share Class").



                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 51
<PAGE>


           FOR THE UNDERLYING FUNDS IN WHICH THE FUND INVESTS, WE USE THE NAV
           OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS. FOR OTHER SECURITIES, WE TYPICALLY VALUE
           SECURITIES USING INFORMATION FURNISHED BY AN INDEPENDENT PRICING
           SERVICE OR MARKET QUOTATIONS, WHERE APPROPRIATE. However, we may use
           methods approved by the Board, such as a fair valuation model, which
           are intended to reflect fair value when pricing service information
           or market quotations are not readily available or when a security's
           value or a meaningful portion of the value of the fund's portfolio
           is believed to have been materially affected by a significant event,
           such as a natural disaster, an economic event like a bankruptcy
           filing, or a substantial fluctuation in domestic or foreign markets
           that has occurred between the close of the exchange or market on
           which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign
           exchange or market) and the close of the New York Stock Exchange. In
           such a case, the fund's value for a security is likely to be
           different from the last quoted market price or pricing service
           information. In addition, due to the subjective and variable nature
           of fair value pricing, it is possible that the value determined for
           a particular asset may be materially different from the value
           realized upon such asset's sale. It is -expected that the greater
           the percentage of fund assets that is -invested in non-US
           securities, the more extensive will be the -fund's use of fair value
           pricing. This is intended to reduce the fund's exposure to "time
           zone arbitrage" and other harmful -trading practices. (See "Market
           -timing policies and procedures.")


           TO THE EXTENT THAT THE FUND INVESTS IN SECURITIES THAT ARE TRADED
           PRIMARILY IN FOREIGN MARKETS, the value of its holdings could change
           at a time when you aren't able to buy or sell fund shares. This is
           because some foreign markets are open on days or at times when the
           fund doesn't price its shares. (Note that prices for securities that
           trade on foreign exchanges can change significantly on days when the
           New York Stock Exchange is closed and you cannot buy or sell fund
           shares. Price changes in the securities the fund owns may ultimately
           affect the price of fund shares the next time the NAV is
           calculated.)


           Other rights we reserve

           You should be aware that we may do any of the following:

           -  withdraw or suspend the offering of shares at any time

52 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>


           -  withhold a portion of your distributions and redemption proceeds
           if we have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup
           withholding or if you fail to provide us with the correct taxpayer
           ID number and certain certifications, including certification that
           you are not subject to backup withholding


           -  reject a new account application if you don't provide any
              required or requested identifying information, or for any other
              reason

           -  refuse, cancel, limit or rescind any purchase or exchange order,
              without prior notice; freeze any account (meaning you will not be
              able to purchase fund shares in your account); suspend account
              services; and/or involuntarily redeem your account if we think
              that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal
              purposes; one or more of these actions will be taken when, at our
              sole discretion, they are deemed to be in the fund's best
              interests or when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by
              governmental authority or by applicable law

           -  close and liquidate your account if we are unable to verify your
              identity, or for other reasons; if we decide to close your
              account, your fund shares will be redeemed at the net asset value
              per share next calculated after we determine to close your
              account (less sales charge, if any); you may recognize a gain or
              loss on the redemption of your fund shares and you may incur a
              tax liability

           -  pay you for shares you sell by "redeeming in kind," that is, by
              giving you securities (which typically will involve brokerage
              costs for you to liquidate) rather than cash, but which will be
              taxable to the same extent as a redemption for cash; the fund
              generally won't make a redemption in kind unless your requests
              over a 90-day period total more than $250,000 or 1% of the value
              of the fund's net assets, whichever is less

           -  change, add or withdraw various services, fees and account
              policies (for example, we may adjust the fund's investment
              minimums at any time)


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 53
<PAGE>

UNDERSTANDING DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES


           The fund intends to distribute to its shareholders virtually all of
           its net earnings. The fund can earn money in two ways: by receiving
           interest, dividends or other income from securities it holds and by
           selling securities for more than it paid for them. (The fund's
           earnings are separate from any gains or losses stemming from your
           own purchase and sale of shares.) The fund may not always pay a
           dividend or distribution for a given period.

           The fund has a regular schedule for paying out any earnings to
           shareholders. Income dividends and short-term and long-term capital
           gains are paid annually in December. Dividends or distributions
           declared to shareholders of record in the last quarter of a given
           calendar year are treated for federal income tax purposes as if they
           were received by shareholders on December 31 of that year, provided
           such dividends or distributions are paid by the end of the following
           January.

           If you purchase shares just before a distribution, you will pay the
           full price for the shares and receive a portion of the purchase
           price back as a taxable distribution. This is called "buying a
           dividend." Unless your account is a tax-deferred account, dividends
           paid to you would be included in your gross income for federal
           income tax purposes, even though you may not have participated in
           the increase in the net asset value of the fund, regardless of
           whether you reinvest the dividends. To avoid "buying a dividend,"
           check the fund's distribution dates before you invest.

           For federal income tax purposes, income and capital gains
           distributions are generally taxable. However, dividends and
           distributions received by retirement plans qualifying for
           tax-exempt treatment under federal income tax laws generally
           will not be taxable. Similarly, there generally will be no
           federal income tax consequences when a qualified retirement
           plan buys or sells fund shares.

           You can choose how to receive your dividends and distributions. You
           can have them all automatically reinvested in fund shares (at NAV),
           all deposited directly to your bank account or all sent to you by
           check, have one type reinvested and the other sent to you by check
           or have them invested in a different fund. Tell us your preference
           on your application. If you don't indicate a preference, your
           dividends and distributions will be reinvested in shares of the fund
           without a sales charge (if applicable).



THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

Because each shareholder's tax situation is unique, ask your tax professional
about the tax consequences of your investments, including any state and local
tax consequences.



54 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           Distributions are treated the same for federal income tax purposes
           whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional
           shares. Receiving your distributions in cash will reduce your
           Protected Amount at the Maturity Date. For employee-sponsored
           qualified plans, and retirement plans, reinvestment (at NAV) is the
           only option.

           Buying, selling or exchanging fund shares will usually have tax
           consequences for you (except in employer-sponsored qualified plans,
           IRAs or other tax advantaged accounts). Your sale of shares may
           result in a capital gain or loss. The gain or loss will be long-term
           or short-term depending on how long you owned the shares that were
           sold. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange is treated the
           same as a sale.

           The federal income tax status of the fund's earnings you receive and
           your own transactions in fund shares generally depend on their type:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GENERALLY TAXED AT LONG-TERM                   GENERALLY TAXED AT ORDINARY
CAPITAL GAIN RATES:                            INCOME RATES:
<S>                                            <C>
DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE FUND
THAT CONSIST OF:
- gains from the sale of                       -  gains from the sale of
  securities held by the fund for                 securities held by the fund for
  more than one year (and 60%                     one year or less (and 40% of
  of any gain on certain futures                  any gain on certain futures
  contracts regardless of the                     contracts regardless of the
  fund's holding period)                          fund's holding period)
- qualified dividend income (for               -  all other taxable income
  taxable year beginning before
  January 1, 2011)

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING FUND
SHARES
- gains from selling fund                      -  gains from selling fund
  shares held for more than                       shares held for one year or
  one year                                        less
</TABLE>


           The federal income tax treatment of any payment made by the Warranty
           Provider to the fund is uncertain. The fund may take the position
           that its right to receive payment under the Warranty Agreement is
           itself a capital asset and that the payment in termination of this
           right gives rise to capital gain rather than to ordinary income,
           although the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with this
           position.


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 55
<PAGE>

           Any investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign
           withholding taxes. In that case, the fund's yield on those
           securities would generally be decreased. Shareholders generally will
           not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to
           foreign taxes paid by the fund. In addition, any investments in
           foreign securities or foreign currencies may increase or accelerate
           the fund's recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing
           or amount of the fund's distributions. If you invest in the fund
           through a taxable account, your after-tax return could be negatively
           impacted.

           To the extent that the fund invests in certain debt obligations,
           investments in these obligations may cause the fund to recognize
           taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such obligations.
           Thus, the fund could be required at times to liquidate other
           investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

           The fund's transactions in broad based equity index futures
           contracts, exchange traded options on such indices and certain other
           futures contracts are generally considered "Section 1256 contracts"
           for federal income tax purposes. Any unrealized gains or losses on
           such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized
           at the end of each taxable year. The resulting gain or loss is
           treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term
           capital gain or loss. Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of
           Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner. As noted
           above, distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to
           you as ordinary income while distributions of long-term capital
           gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of
           how long you have held your shares of the fund.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, distributions to
           individuals and other noncorporate shareholders of investment income
           designated by the fund as derived from qualified dividend income are
           eligible for taxation for federal income purposes at the more
           favorable long-term capital gain rates. Qualified dividend income
           generally includes dividends from domestic and some foreign
           corporations. It does not include income from investments in
           fixed-income securities. In addition, the fund must meet certain
           holding period and other requirements with respect to the
           dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must
           meet certain holding period


56 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           and other requirements with respect to the fund's shares for the
           lower tax rates to apply. It is not expected that a substantial
           portion of the fund's dividends will be designated as qualified
           dividend income.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, the maximum
           federal income tax rate imposed on long-term capital gains
           recognized by individuals and other noncorporate shareholders has
           been reduced to 15%. For more information see the Statement of
           Additional Information, under "Taxes."

           The federal income tax character of distributions paid by the fund
           will be determined after the end of the fund's taxable year. The
           fund will send you detailed federal income tax information every
           January. These statements tell you the amount and the federal income
           tax classification of any dividends or distributions you received.
           They also have certain details on your purchases and sales of
           shares.

           Corporations are taxed at the same rates on ordinary income and
           capital gains, but may be eligible for a dividends received
           deduction for a portion of the income dividends they receive from
           the fund, provided certain holding period and other requirements are
           met. It is not expected that a substantial portion of the fund's
           dividends will be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

           The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are US
           persons. If you are a non-US person, please consult your own tax
           advisor with respect to the US tax consequences to you of an
           investment in the fund.


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 57
<PAGE>

APPENDIX A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Hypothetical Expense Summary



           Using the annual fund operating expense ratios presented in the fee
           tables in the fund prospectus, the Hypothetical Expense Summary
           shows the estimated fees and expenses, in actual dollars, that would
           be charged on a hypothetical investment of $10,000 in the fund held
           for the next 10 years and the impact of such fees and expenses on
           fund returns for each year and cumulatively, assuming a 5% return
           for each year. The historical rate of return for the fund may be
           higher or lower than 5% and, for money funds, is typically less than
           5%. The tables also assume that all dividends and distributions are
           reinvested. The annual fund expense ratios shown are net of any
           contractual fee waivers or expense reimbursements, if any, for the
           period of the contractual commitment. The tables reflect the maximum
           initial sales charge, if any, but do not reflect any contingent
           deferred sales charge or redemption fees, if any, which may be
           payable upon redemption. If contingent deferred sales charges or
           redemption fees were shown, the "Hypothetical Year-End Balance After
           Fees and Expenses" amounts shown would be lower and the "Annual Fees
           and Expenses" amounts shown would be higher. Also, please note that
           if you are investing through a third party provider, that provider
           may have fees and expenses separate from those of the fund that are
           not reflected here. Mutual fund fees and expenses fluctuate over
           time and actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.


           The Hypothetical Expense Summary should not be used or construed as
           an offer to sell, a solicitation of an offer to buy or a
           recommendation or endorsement of any specific mutual fund. You
           should carefully review the fund's prospectus to consider the
           investment objectives, risks, expenses and charges of the fund prior
           to investing.


58 | Appendix A
<PAGE>


                  DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund - Class A





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              MAXIMUM           INITIAL HYPOTHETICAL                 ASSUMED RATE
           SALES CHARGE:             INVESTMENT:                      OF RETURN:
               5.75%                   $10,000                            5%
                                                              HYPOTHETICAL
             CUMULATIVE        ANNUAL       CUMULATIVE          YEAR-END
           RETURN BEFORE        FUND       RETURN AFTER      BALANCE AFTER      ANNUAL FEES
              FEES AND        EXPENSE        FEES AND           FEES AND            AND
YEAR          EXPENSES         RATIOS        EXPENSES           EXPENSES         EXPENSES
<S>       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>                <C>
   1            5.00%           %               %                  $                 $
   2           10.25%           %               %                  $                 $
   3           15.76%           %               %                  $                 $
   4           21.55%           %               %                  $                 $
   5           27.63%           %               %                  $                 $
   6           34.01%           %               %                  $                 $
   7           40.71%           %               %                  $                 $
   8           47.75%           %               %                  $                 $
   9           55.13%           %               %                  $                 $
  10           62.89%           %               %                  $                 $
  TOTAL                                                                              $
</TABLE>




DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund - Class C






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              MAXIMUM           INITIAL HYPOTHETICAL                    ASSUMED RATE
           SALES CHARGE:             INVESTMENT:                         OF RETURN:
               0.00%                   $10,000                               5%
             CUMULATIVE        ANNUAL       CUMULATIVE            HYPOTHETICAL
           RETURN BEFORE        FUND       RETURN AFTER      YEAR-END BALANCE AFTER       ANNUAL
              FEES AND        EXPENSE        FEES AND               FEES AND             FEES AND
YEAR          EXPENSES         RATIOS        EXPENSES               EXPENSES             EXPENSES
<S>       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>                         <C>
   1            5.00%           %               %                       $                   $
   2           10.25%           %               %                       $                   $
   3           15.76%           %               %                       $                   $
   4           21.55%           %               %                       $                   $
   5           27.63%           %               %                       $                   $
   6           34.01%           %               %                       $                   $
   7           40.71%           %               %                       $                   $
   8           47.75%           %               %                       $                   $
   9           55.13%           %               %                       $                   $
  10           62.89%           %               %                       $                   $
  TOTAL                                                                                     $
</TABLE>




                                                                Appendix A  | 59
<PAGE>

APPENDIX B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Calculation of Protected Amount


           If you hold your fund shares until the Maturity Date, you will be
           entitled to the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity
           Date or the Protected High NAV. The amount you can expect to receive
           -  the Protected Amount -  is the product of the Protected High NAV
           for your class and the number of shares you own. If the fund is
           unable to pay the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity Date,
           the Warranty Provider, subject to the conditions and limitations of
           the Warranty Agreement, is obligated to pay the amount of any
           shortfall between the Aggregate Protected Amount and the aggregate
           net assets of the fund on the Maturity Date.

           Below are several illustrations indicating how the Protected Amount
           would be calculated under different circumstances.

           These examples relate to Class A shares and start with the following
           assumptions:

           AMOUNT OF PURCHASE: $20,000
           NET ASSET VALUE AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           PROTECTED HIGH NAV AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE, INCLUDING 5.75% SALES CHARGE:
           $10.61
           TOTAL SALES LOAD PAID AT PURCHASE: $1,150 (5.75% of $20,000)
           TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED: 1,885 (20,000/
           $10.61 per share = 1,885 shares)
           OTHER ASSUMPTIONS: You hold your shares until the Maturity Date and,
           if the fund's investment strategy is otherwise unsuccessful, there
           is no default in connection with the Warranty Agreement by either
           the fund, the Advisor or the Warranty Provider, and the Financial
           Warranty has not been terminated. Numbers are rounded.

           EXAMPLE 1: The fund's highest NAV per share attained for Class A
           shares on a Calculation Date is $11.00 per share and no dividends or
           distributions are paid after that value is reached.


60 | Appendix B
<PAGE>

           You are entitled to receive $20,735.00 on the Maturity Date, which
           is equal to the Protected High NAV times the number of shares that
           you own on the Maturity Date ($11.00 x 1,885 = $20,735.00).

           EXAMPLE 2: Make the same assumptions as in Example 1, except that
           the fund's NAV per share reaches its highest point of $10.00 per
           share on the date of your purchase, and no dividends or
           distributions are paid by the fund after this date. The net asset
           value subsequently declines to $9.00.

           The amount payable to you upon redemption at the Maturity Date would
           be $18,850 (1,885 x $10.00), the shares you purchased times the
           Protected High NAV at the time of purchase.

           Examples 3 and 4 illustrate the effects of dividends and
           distributions on your Protected Amount. Although the Protected High
           NAV will decline as dividends and distributions are paid out, this
           decline will be offset by an increase in the number of shares you
           own if you reinvest the dividends and distributions. If you redeem
           your shares prior to the Maturity Date, you will not be entitled to
           receive the Protected High NAV on those shares. If you redeem
           shares, you will then hold fewer shares, thereby reducing your
           Protected Amount. A redemption made from the fund prior to the
           Maturity Date will be made at the fund's then-current NAV per share,
           less any applicable sales charges, which may be lower than the
           Protected High NAV.

           EXAMPLE 3: Same assumptions as above, except that the Class A
           shares' highest NAV per share on a Calculation Date has previously
           reached $12.50 per share. The NAV subsequently declines to $12.00
           per share on the most recent Calculation Date, and a $1.00 dividend
           per share is declared, which you decide to reinvest. Thus, on the
           most recent Calculation Date, the NAV per share is $11.00 (remember
           the dividend is paid out of fund assets -  $12.00 - $1.00 = $11.00).


           The new Protected High NAV is the greater of:

           1.  $11.00 per share (the NAV per share on the Calculation Date),
               or:

           2.  then-current Protected High NAV ($12.50) divided by 1 plus the
               share distribution amount on the current Calculation Date
               ($1.00) plus extraordinary expenses, if any ($0.00), divided by
               the NAV per share on the current Calculation Date, ($11.00):
               ($12.50/[1 + ($1.00/$11.00)] = $11.46

                                                                Appendix B  | 61
<PAGE>

           Because $11.46 is greater than the NAV per share on the Calculation
           Date ($11.00), $11.46 becomes the new Protected High NAV. In
           addition, the reinvestment of the $1.00 dividend allows you to
           purchase an additional 171.065 shares: 1,885 (shares owned) x 1.00
           per share dividend /$11 (net asset value) = 171.065 (additional
           shares purchased), bringing your total shares owned to 1,885 +
           171.065 = 2,056.065.

           Your Protected Amount is now 2,056.065 x $11.46 = $23,562.50.

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $23,562.50
           (1,885 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $23,562.50.
           The Protected High NAV per share (due to the distribution) has
           decreased, but your Protected Amount remains the same because you
           have reinvested the distribution in more shares.

           EXAMPLE 4: We will use the same assumptions in Example 3 above,
           except that you elect to receive dividends and distributions in
           cash.

           To recalculate your Protected Amount:

           1.   Determine your total shares owned: 1,885 shares.

           2.   Determine the new Protected High NAV: $11.46.

           3.   Multiply your total shares owned by the Protected High NAV
               (1,885 x $11.46 = $21,602.10).

           Your Protected Amount is lower when you receive dividends in cash
           (see Example 3).

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $23,562.50
           (1,885 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $21,602.10.
           Your Protected Amount has decreased because you did not reinvest the
           distribution in more shares.

           Although you can perform this calculation yourself, the fund will
           calculate the Protected High NAV for each share class and publish it
           on the DWS Web site: www.dws-investments.com, together with the
           current NAV. It is possible that the fund's calculations may differ
           from a shareholder's calculation, for example, because of rounding
           or the number of decimal places used. In any case, the fund's
           calculations will be determinative.


62 | Appendix B
<PAGE>

TO GET MORE INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER REPORTS - These include commentary from the fund's management team
about recent market conditions and the effects of the fund's strategies on its
performance. They also have detailed performance figures, a list of everything
the fund owns, and its financial statements. Shareholders get these reports
automatically.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) - This tells you more about the
fund's features and policies, including additional risk information. The SAI is
incorporated by reference into this document (meaning that it's legally part of
this prospectus).


For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information about
the fund, call (800) 621-1048, or contact DWS Investments at the address listed
below. SAIs and shareholder reports are also available through the DWS
Investments Web site at www.dws-investments.com. These documents and other
information about the fund are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's
Internet site at www.sec.gov. If you like, you may obtain copies of this
information, after paying a copying fee, by e-mailing a request to
publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC at the address listed below. You can
also review and copy these documents and other information about the fund,
including the fund's SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington,
D.C. Information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling (800) SEC-0330.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DWS INVESTMENTS      SEC                     DISTRIBUTOR
-----------------    --------------------    ------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                     <C>
PO Box 219151        100 F Street, N.E.      DWS Investments Distributors,
Kansas City, MO      Washington, D.C.        Inc.
64121-9151           20549-0102              222 South Riverside Plaza
www.dws-             WWW.SEC.GOV             Chicago, IL 60606-5808
investments.com      (800) SEC-0330          (800) 621-1148
(800) 621-1048
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                    <C>
SEC FILE NUMBER:
DWS Target Fund       DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund      811-04760
</TABLE>






(09/01/08) DLCPF-1

[RECYCLE GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]
                                                          [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group
<PAGE>


                               SEPTEMBER 1, 2009








                                   PROSPECTUS
                              ------------------
                              INSTITUTIONAL CLASS


                       DWS LIFECOMPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND


                    (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) does not
approve or disapprove these shares or determine whether the information in this
prospectus is truthful or complete. It is a criminal offense for anyone to
inform you otherwise.


                                     RESHAPING INVESTING. [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group


<PAGE>

CONTENTS





<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW THE FUND WORKS
  4      The Fund's Main Investment
         Strategy
 12      The Main Risks of Investing in
         the Fund
 19      The Financial Warranty
         Agreement
 22      The Fund's Performance
         History
 23      How Much Investors Pay
 24      Other Policies and Information
         and Secondary Risks
 28      Who Manages and Oversees
         the Fund
 31      Financial Highlights


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND
 33      Buying and Selling
         Institutional Class Shares
 39      Policies You Should Know
         About
 48      Understanding Distributions
         and Taxes
 53      Appendix A
 55      Appendix B
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

HOW THE FUND WORKS

On the next few pages, you'll find information about the fund's investment
objective, the main strategies it uses to pursue that objective and the main
risks that could affect performance.

Whether you are considering investing in the fund or are already a shareholder,
you'll want to LOOK THIS INFORMATION OVER CAREFULLY. You may want to keep it on
hand for reference as well.

Remember that mutual funds are investments, not bank deposits. They're not
insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Their share
prices will go up and down, and you could lose money by investing in them.

You can find DWS prospectuses on the Internet at WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM (the
Web site does not form a part of this prospectus).
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
                                               Institutional Class
  ticker symbol                                PROTX
    fund number                                1453

DWS LIFECO  MPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND
(formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


</TABLE>


            THE FUND'S MAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGY


            The Fund's Investment Goal


            DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund seeks to maximize total return
            consistent with capital preservation. The fund's investment
            strategies are designed to ensure that shareholders who hold their
            shares at the fund's maturity receive the greater of (i) the net
            asset value ("NAV") per share at inception ($10.00), or (ii) the
            highest NAV per share attained over the life of the fund, each
            subject to the adjustments described below (the "Protected High
            NAV").


            The fund seeks to achieve its objective over a ten-year investment
            horizon and is designed for investors that have a similar
            investment horizon. The fund's maturity date is November 1, 2017
            (the "Maturity Date"). There is no assurance that the fund will
            achieve its objective.

            The fund will continuously offer its shares through the Maturity
            Date, unless the Board of Trustees determines it is in the fund's
            best interests to discontinue sales, or additional sales are not
            permitted under the fund's Financial Warranty Agreement described
            below.


            The Protected High NAV

            The Protected High NAV is determined separately for each class of
            shares of the fund as of the close of regular trading on the New
            York Stock Exchange on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open
            for trading (the "Calculation Date"). The Protected High NAV is not
            necessarily the amount you paid for your shares. Once a Protected
            High NAV is established, it is continuously adjusted (decreased)
            for any dividends, distributions, and extraordinary expenses paid
            by the fund subsequent to the establishment of such Protected High
            NAV.


4 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Only shareholders who hold their shares on the Maturity Date are
            entitled to receive the Protected High NAV. See Appendix B at the
            back of this prospectus for examples illustrating how the Protected
            High NAV is determined.


            The Protected Amount

            The number of shares you own multiplied by the Protected High NAV
            for your class of shares is the amount the fund seeks to pay you on
            the Maturity Date (the "Protected Amount"). Generally, your
            Protected Amount will remain the same before and after any
            dividends or distributions paid if you reinvest all dividends and
            distributions in additional shares of the fund. Your Protected
            Amount will decrease following any dividends or distributions paid
            to you if you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash.
            Your Protected Amount will also decrease if you redeem shares
            before the Maturity Date. If you redeem your shares before the
            Maturity Date, you will do so at the then current NAV. Your
            Protected Amount may differ from, and may be less than, your
            original investment. See Appendix B at the back of this prospectus
            for examples illustrating how Protected Amounts are calculated.

            The number of shares of the fund outstanding on the Maturity Date
            of each class of shares times the Protected High NAV for that
            class, collectively, is the aggregate dollar amount the fund seeks
            to pay out to all shareholders on the Maturity Date (the "Aggregate
            Protected Amount").


            The fund has entered into a Financial Warranty Agreement (the
            "Warranty Agreement") with Main Place Funding, LLC (the "Warranty
            Provider"), pursuant to which the Warranty Provider has issued a
            stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the fund may draw
            up to $1 billion (the "Financial Warranty"), provided the terms and
            conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied. The Warranty
            Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank of America, N.A.,
            which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
            Corporation. Bank of America Corporation has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Financial
            Warranty is designed to protect the fund against certain market
            risks of the fund's dynamic asset allocation strategy. Accordingly,
            the terms, conditions and limits of the Warranty Agreement are
            intended to ensure that the risk profile of the fund does not
            change



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 5
<PAGE>


            during the warranty period and that the Warranty Provider does not
            assume any risks other than those contemplated in the Warranty
            Agreement. See "The Financial Warranty Agreement."


            The Warranty Agreement obligates the Warranty Provider to make
            payments to the fund for any shortfall between the fund's aggregate
            net assets and: (i) the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity
            Date; or (ii) the Accelerated Aggregate Protected Amount (as
            described below) in the event of an early termination of the fund.
            The obligation of the Warranty Provider is subject to the fund and
            the fund's investment advisor (the "Advisor") complying with the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.

            The Financial Warranty covers issued and outstanding shares having
            an Aggregate Protected Amount of up to $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds
            $1 billion, the Warranty Provider is not liable for the shortfall
            on shares issued in excess of $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds $1 billion and the fund draws
            upon the Financial Warranty, the Protected High NAV of all
            outstanding shares would be reduced on a pro-rata basis. The fund
            intends to limit sales or take such other actions as may be
            necessary to limit the Aggregate Protected Amount to $1 billion.

            If the Board terminates the fund before the Maturity Date,
            shareholders who hold their shares on the early termination date
            will receive the greater of: (i) the then-current NAV; or (ii) the
            net present value of the Protected High NAV ("Accelerated Protected
            High NAV"). In the event of early termination, when the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the net
            present value of the estimated remaining payments otherwise due to
            the Warranty Provider had the fund continued to its Maturity Date
            (the "Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee"). When calculating the
            Accelerated Protected High NAV and the Accelerated Financial
            Warranty Fee, net present value will be calculated using a discount
            factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
            Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with the London
            Interbank Offered Rates ("LIBOR") expressed in US dollars as of the
            date of determination.


6 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Because the commitments of the Warranty Provider are conditional
            and limited in amount, it is not completely certain that you will
            receive your Protected Amount. See "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund - Financial Warranty Risk" and "The Financial Warranty
            Agreement."


            The Fund's Principal Investment Strategies

            DYNAMIC ALLOCATION STRATEGY. The fund seeks to limit downside risk
            and lock in gains while retaining the potential for participation
            in stock market appreciation. The Advisor uses a dynamic asset
            allocation strategy, which is designed to protect a specified level
            of assets (i.e., the Aggregate Protected Amount) and ensure that
            such assets are available to shareholders on the Maturity Date. The
            Aggregate Protected Amount will change if either the Protected High
            NAV or number of outstanding shares change. So long as the fund has
            assets with a value at least equal to the net present value of the
            Aggregate Protected Amount, the fund will generally seek capital
            appreciation through stock market exposure.

            The fund allocates its assets between a managed equity portfolio
            (the "Active Component") and a managed fixed income portfolio (the
            "Reserve Component"). The fund's portfolio managers employ a
            disciplined approach through a proprietary, quantitative
            methodology to construct and rebalance the fund's portfolio. The
            portfolio managers evaluate a number of factors, including, but not
            limited to:

            -  the fund's current NAV as compared to its Protected High NAV

            -  the prevailing level of interest rates

            -  the fund's expenses

            -  the current value of the fund's assets, including investments in
               futures contracts and related margin requirements

            -  the percentage of the fund's assets allocated to the Active and
               Reserve Components

            -  the length of time remaining until the Maturity Date

            -  the volatility of the fund's assets allocated to the Active
               Component

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 7
<PAGE>

            The portfolio managers determine the percentage of the fund's
            portfolio to be allocated to the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily. The portfolio managers will review the underlying
            investments of the Active Component and the Reserve Component
            periodically.

            Because market conditions and the level of interest rates are
            subject to change and because the portfolio managers evaluate the
            fund's allocation between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component on a daily basis, it is impossible to say with any
            certainty exactly how much of the fund's assets will be allocated
            to the Active Component or the Reserve Component over any period of
            time.

            Under normal circumstances, as interest rates decline, more assets
            will be allocated to the Reserve Component because the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount increases. Conversely, if
            interest rates rise, more assets will be allocated to the Active
            Component because the net present value of the Aggregate Protected
            Amount decreases. Additionally, equity market volatility is a
            factor in determining asset allocations. Generally, as the level of
            volatility in the equity market increases, the fund may decrease
            its exposure to the Active Component, thus allocating more assets
            to the Reserve Component. On the other hand, if equity market
            volatility decreases, more assets may be allocated to the Active
            Component. In the event of a significant decline in the equity
            markets, all or substantially all of the fund's assets may be
            allocated to the Reserve Component. If this happens, such
            allocation to the Reserve Component may be irreversible. As the
            fund nears the Maturity Date, the fund generally will decrease its
            exposure to the Active Component by allocating more assets to the
            Reserve Component.

            The fund may have a higher portfolio turnover rate as compared to
            other mutual funds because of the periodic rebalancings required by
            the fund's strategy. Portfolio turnover refers to the frequency of
            portfolio transactions and the percentage of portfolio assets being
            bought and sold during the year.

            ACTIVE COMPONENT. The Active Component is designed to provide the
            fund with exposure to global equity markets through investment in
            index-based securities and other instruments.


8 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            The Active Component consists principally of futures contracts and
            securities of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) based on any of the
            indices listed below. In the future, the fund may add additional
            indices or change the selected indices listed below. The Active
            Component also includes liquid assets used to cover futures
            contracts, which may consist of US government securities, shares of
            DWS Cash Management QP Trust (the "QP Trust"), an unregistered
            money market fund managed by the Advisor, and cash and cash
            equivalents.

            -  S&P 500 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of 500
               large-capitalization US companies in a wide range of businesses,
               selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  RUSSELL 1000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index that
               contains the 1,000 largest stocks within the Russell 3000 Index,
               as determined by the Frank Russell Company. The Russell 3000
               Index contains the common stocks of the 3,000 largest US
               companies by market capitalization.

            -  RUSSELL 2000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               the common stocks of the 1,001st through 3,000th largest US
               companies by market capitalization, as determined by the Frank
               Russell Company.

            -  S&P MIDCAP 400 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised
               of 400 mid-capitalization companies in a wide range of
               businesses, selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  MSCI EAFE INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               approximately 1,000 companies from various sectors whose primary
               trading markets are developed country markets located outside
               the US and which are selected from among the larger
               capitalization companies in such markets.

            By buying futures contracts, the fund participates in equity market
            returns (gains or losses) that are roughly comparable to investing
            a portion of the fund's assets directly in stocks comprising the
            relevant index. By holding futures contracts, the fund can
            rebalance its exposure to the equity markets daily with lower
            transaction costs than if it had invested directly in stocks.
            Through the use of futures contracts, the fund may effectively
            leverage (i.e., the fund may have equity exposure greater than the
            value of its assets).


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 9
<PAGE>

            The fund may seek net equity exposure of up to 130% of total assets
            through index-based investments.

            The fund only intends to enter into futures contracts on securities
            indices that are traded on recognized US-based exchanges,
            including, but not limited to, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the
            New York Board of Trade, the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago
            Board Options Exchange. These contracts generally provide a high
            degree of liquidity and a low level of counterparty performance and
            settlement risk.

            The fund may not enter into futures contracts unless such
            transactions are either "covered" or subject to appropriate asset
            segregation requirements. Generally, the fund segregates or
            earmarks an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations
            relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a
            marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are
            contractually required to "cash-settle," the fund sets aside liquid
            assets in an amount at least equal to the fund's daily
            marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the fund's daily net liability,
            if any), rather than the contracts' notional value (i.e., the value
            of the underlying asset). By setting aside assets equal to its net
            obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the fund may
            employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund set aside
            assets equal to the futures contracts' full notional value. The
            fund bases its asset segregation policies on methods permitted by
            the staff of the SEC and may modify these policies in the future to
            comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to
            time by the SEC or its staff.

            The fund generally seeks exposure to the equities markets through
            index-based investments, including futures contracts and ETFs based
            on securities indices. The fund does not seek exposure to the
            commodities markets and is not a trading vehicle for commodities.
            The fund is registered as an investment company, and the Advisor
            has claimed an exclusion, with respect to the fund, from
            registration or regulation under the Commodities Exchange Act.

            For more information on the fund's asset segregation policies for
            futures contracts, see "Investment Policies and Techniques" in the
            fund's Statement of Additional Information.


10 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            RESERVE COMPONENT. The Reserve Component provides the fund with
            exposure to the US fixed income markets. The primary purpose of the
            Reserve Component is to protect the Aggregate Protected Amount.
            Generally, allocations to the Reserve Component will increase when
            the difference between the fund's net assets and the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount decreases. In other words,
            the greater the positive difference, or "cushion," between the
            fund's net assets less the net present value of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount, the greater the allocation to the Active
            Component. The allocation of assets to the Reserve Component may be
            substantial at times and is expected to approach 100% as the fund
            nears its Maturity Date. Under normal circumstances, the Reserve
            Component will be invested primarily in zero coupon US government
            securities, shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, and cash and
            cash equivalents. A small portion of the Reserve Component may also
            be invested in the QP Trust.

            In the future, the fund also may determine to allocate a portion of
            the Reserve Component to other DWS mutual funds or unaffiliated
            ETFs.

            US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. The fund's direct investments in US
            government securities will consist of zero coupon US government
            securities that are issued by the US Treasury, which may include
            STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
            Securities).

            SECURITIES OF OTHER REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES. The fund may
            invest in securities of other registered investment companies, in
            excess of the limits imposed under the Investment Company Act of
            1940 (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from
            the SEC. The order generally allows the fund to invest in
            securities of affiliated DWS mutual funds and securities of
            unaffiliated ETFs in excess of the 1940 Act limits. The fund
            currently may invest in shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund. The
            fund intends to invest in securities of ETFs as a means of
            achieving equity market exposure.

            DWS SHORT DURATION PLUS FUND. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's
            investment objective is to provide high income while also seeking
            to maintain a high degree of stability of shareholders' capital.
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests in securities of varying
            maturities and normally seeks to maintain


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 11
<PAGE>

            an average portfolio duration of no longer than three years. DWS
            Short Duration Plus Fund invests, under normal market conditions,
            at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated,
            at the time of purchase, within the top four long-term rating
            categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating
            organization (a "NRSRO") (or, if unrated, determined by the Advisor
            to be of similar quality).

            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in
            US dollar-denominated, domestic and foreign below investment-grade
            fixed income securities (junk bonds) rated in the fifth and sixth
            long-term rating categories by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined
            by the Advisor to be of similar quality), including those whose
            issuers are located in countries with new or emerging securities
            markets.

            In an attempt to enhance returns, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund also
            employs a global asset allocation strategy, which invests in
            instruments across domestic and international fixed income and
            currency markets. When employing this strategy, DWS Short Duration
            Plus Fund may use various derivatives to attempt to enhance
            returns.

            QP TRUST. The QP Trust is an unregistered money market fund managed
            by the Advisor. The QP Trust's investment objective is to provide
            as high a level of current income as is consistent with the
            preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. The QP
            Trust maintains a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90
            days or less and only purchases investments having remaining
            maturities of 13 months or less. Investments of the QP Trust must
            be rated in one of the two highest categories by a NRSRO (or, if
            unrated, determined by the Advisor to be of similar quality). The
            Advisor does not charge a fee for managing the QP Trust, although
            the fund will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of the QP
            Trust.


            THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND

            There are several risk factors that could hurt the fund's
            performance, cause you to lose money or cause the fund's
            performance to trail that of other investments.


12 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            General product risks


            ALLOCATION RISK. Allocation risk is the risk that the Advisor's
            proprietary strategy does not produce the desired results due to
            allocations between the Active Component and the Reserve Component.
            Investment in the Reserve Component reduces the fund's ability to
            participate as fully in upward equity market movements and
            therefore represents potential loss of opportunity compared to a
            portfolio that is more heavily invested in the equity markets. For
            example, as the fund attains new Protected High NAVs, the Advisor's
            allocation strategy may require the fund to allocate additional
            assets to the Reserve Component, decreasing the fund's upside
            equity potential. If the equity markets experience a major decline,
            the fund's assets may become largely or entirely invested in the
            Reserve Component. In fact, if the value of the Active Component
            were to decline significantly (whether within a short period of
            time, including within a single day, or over a protracted period),
            an irreversible reallocation to the Reserve Component may occur. In
            this circumstance, the fund would not participate in any subsequent
            recovery in the equity markets.


            The allocation of the fund's assets between the Active Component
            and the Reserve Component may result in additional transaction
            costs, such as brokerage commissions. This process can have an
            adverse effect on the performance of the fund during periods of
            increased equity market volatility. In addition, a high portfolio
            turnover rate, which may also have an adverse effect on the
            performance of the fund, may increase the fund's transaction costs
            and may result in the acceleration of capital gains and the
            recognition of greater levels of short-term capital gains, which
            are taxed at ordinary federal income tax rates when distributed to
            shareholders.

            STRATEGY RISK. A principal risk of the fund's dynamic allocation
            strategy is that a sudden drop in the value of the Active Component
            reduces the value of the fund's portfolio below the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount. In such a case, the fund
            would no longer be able to assure the payment of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date. Because the Advisor
            rebalances assets between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily, a principal risk of the strategy is a sudden
            intra-day market drop that occurs before the fund's equity exposure
            can be reduced.


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 13
<PAGE>

            FINANCIAL WARRANTY RISK. The Financial Warranty is designed to
            protect against certain market risks inherent in the dynamic
            allocation strategy, particularly intra-day risk. It does not
            protect against fund or Advisor operational risks or errors of the
            fund or its agents. The Warranty Agreement places investment limits
            on the fund, imposes asset coverage requirements and may limit the
            fund's ability to take certain actions, unless the Warranty
            Provider consents to such actions. Such provisions may limit the
            fund's allocation of assets to the Active Component during the life
            of the fund and/or limit the portfolio managers' ability to respond
            to changing market conditions. If the fund or the Advisor fail to
            comply with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the
            Warranty Agreement, including investment limits, the Warranty
            Provider may cause the fund to allocate all of its assets to a
            defeasance portfolio (generally consisting of zero coupon US
            government securities) or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            Financial Warranty terminates upon termination of the Warranty
            Agreement.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated, the fund's Board will take
            such action as it deems to be in the best interests of the fund,
            including (i) determining to continue the operation of the fund
            without the benefit of a financial warranty; (ii) entering into an
            alternative warranty arrangement, which may include greater costs
            to the fund; or (iii) electing to terminate the fund early.

            A shareholder's ability to receive the Protected Amount may depend
            on the financial condition of the Warranty Provider. If the
            Warranty Provider becomes insolvent or its credit deteriorates
            substantially, payment under the Financial Warranty may not be made
            or may become unlikely. In such an event, the fund could take a
            variety of actions, including replacing the Warranty Provider. In
            such circumstances, the fund may incur a higher warranty fee or the
            terms of the new warranty agreement may be less favorable than the
            current Warranty Agreement.

            EARLY TERMINATION RISK. Early termination risk is the risk that the
            fund may be terminated and your shares liquidated before the fund's
            Maturity Date. If the fund were terminated before the Maturity
            Date, a shareholder would have to locate an alternative investment
            for his or her assets, which could involve transaction expenses. In
            the event of an early termination, the fund will redeem your shares
            on the early


14 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected High
            NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
            Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
            Strategy -  The Protected Amount"). Because the Accelerated
            Protected High NAV accounts for the time value of money, it may be
            less than the current NAV per share of the fund, and it may be less
            than what you paid to purchase your shares. Generally, the longer
            the time period remaining to the Maturity Date, the greater the
            discount to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
            insufficient assets to pay the "Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount," which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
            of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
            that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider
            will be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any
            shortfall, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the
            Warranty Agreement.

            LIMITATIONS ON PROTECTED HIGH NAV. If you prefer to receive your
            dividends and distributions in cash, you should consider the
            appropriateness of investing in the fund. In addition, redemptions
            made for any reason prior to the Maturity Date will be made at the
            fund's then current NAV, which could result in a redeeming
            shareholder receiving less than the Protected High NAV (or even a
            shareholder's initial investment) for the redeemed shares. A
            shareholder's Protected Amount will be reduced by any redemptions
            made, and by any dividends and distributions received in the form
            of cash, prior to the Maturity Date.

            If the fund incurs extraordinary expenses that are not covered by
            the Warranty Agreement, the Protected High NAV will be reduced by
            the per share amount of such extraordinary expenses. Examples of
            such extraordinary expenses include legal fees or other costs of
            litigating a claim brought against the fund and income or excise
            taxes incurred by the fund.


            Investment-related risks

            FUTURES CONTRACTS RISK. The use of futures contracts in the manner
            contemplated by the fund (i.e., for return purposes and not for
            hedging purposes) allows the fund to leverage its assets because
            the use of futures contracts allows for substantially more exposure
            to the stock markets compared to


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 15
<PAGE>

            direct investments in common stock. In a futures contract, the
            fund's outlay (i.e., initial margin required to purchase the
            contract) is small relative to equity exposure obtained through the
            contract. While the use of futures contracts held by the fund can
            magnify gains, it can also magnify losses. These losses can be
            substantially more than the initial margin. See "Derivatives Risk."



            ETF RISK. An ETF is a fund that holds a portfolio of common stocks
            or bonds designed to track the performance of a securities index or
            industry sector. ETFs trade on a securities exchange and their
            shares may, at times, trade at a premium or discount to their net
            asset value. In addition, an ETF may not replicate exactly the
            performance of the index it seeks to track for a number of reasons,
            including transaction costs incurred by the ETF. ETFs incur fees
            and expenses, such as operating expenses, licensing fees, trustee
            fees and marketing expenses, which are borne proportionately by ETF
            shareholders, such as the fund. The fund will also incur brokerage
            costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs.


            INVESTMENT COMPANY SECURITIES. Because the fund currently intends
            to invest in other investment companies, including ETFs,
            shareholders will incur not only the expenses of the fund, but also
            a proportionate share of the expenses of the underlying funds held
            by the fund (including operating costs and, in the case of
            unaffiliated funds, investment management fees).

            In addition, from time to time, one or more underlying DWS funds
            may experience relatively large investments or redemptions due to
            reallocations or rebalancing of the fund or other DWS
            fund-of-funds. These transactions will affect the underlying funds
            because underlying funds that experience redemptions as a result of
            reallocations or rebalancing may have to sell securities and
            underlying funds that receive additional cash will have to invest
            such cash. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of
            these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on the
            fund's performance to the extent that the underlying funds may be
            required to sell securities or invest cash at times when they would
            otherwise not do so. To the extent that participation in the
            fund-of-funds structure becomes disruptive to the portfolio
            management of an underlying fund, such underlying fund may
            discontinue sales to the fund and other DWS funds following a
            fund-of-funds strategy.


16 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            ZERO COUPON BOND RISK. The market value of a zero coupon bond
            portfolio generally is more volatile than the market value of a
            portfolio of fixed income securities with similar maturities that
            pay interest periodically. In addition, federal income tax law
            requires that the holder of a zero coupon bond accrue a portion of
            the discount at which the bond was purchased as taxable income each
            year, even though the holder receives no interest payment on the
            bond during the year. Because the fund must distribute
            substantially all of its net income (including non-cash income
            attributable to zero coupon bonds) to its shareholders each year
            for federal income tax purposes, such accrued discount must be
            taken into account in determining the amount of taxable
            distributions to shareholders. The fund may consequently have to
            dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances
            to generate cash to satisfy such distribution requirements. These
            actions may reduce the assets to which the fund's expenses could
            otherwise be allocated and may reduce the fund's rate of return.


            The following risks may apply to DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund,
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust. Therefore, in the
            sections below, the term "fund" refers to DWS LifeCompass Protect
            2017 Fund, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust, as
            applicable.

            INTEREST RATE RISK. Generally, debt securities will decrease in
            value when interest rates rise. The longer the duration of the
            fund's debt securities, the more sensitive the fund will be to
            interest rate changes. (As a general rule, a 1% rise in interest
            rates means a 1% fall in value for every year of duration.) As
            interest rates decline, the issuers of debt securities held by the
            fund may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the fund
            to reinvest in lower-yielding debt securities and may reduce the
            fund's income. As interest rates increase, slower than expected
            principal payments may extend the average life of debt securities.
            This will have the effect of locking in a below-market interest
            rate, thereby further reducing the value of such a debt security.


            CREDIT RISK. A fund purchasing debt securities faces the risk that
            the creditworthiness of an issuer may decline, causing the value of
            the debt securities to decline. In addition, an issuer may not be
            able to make timely payments on the interest and/
            or principal on the debt security it has issued. Because the
            issuers of high-yield debt securities or junk bonds (debt


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 17
<PAGE>

            securities rated below the fourth highest category) may be in
            uncertain financial health, the prices of their debt securities can
            be more vulnerable to bad economic news or even the expectation of
            bad news, than investment-grade debt securities. In some cases,
            debt securities, particularly high-yield debt securities, may
            decline in credit quality or go into default. Because the fund may
            invest in securities not paying current interest or in securities
            already in default, these risks may be more pronounced.


            MARKET RISK. Deteriorating market conditions might cause a general
            weakness in the market that reduces the prices of securities in
            that market. Developments in a particular class of debt securities
            or the stock market could also adversely affect the fund by
            reducing the relative attractiveness of debt securities as an
            investment. Also, to the extent that the fund emphasizes debt
            securities from any given industry, it could be hurt if that
            industry does not do well.


            SECURITY SELECTION RISK. A risk that pervades all investing is the
            risk that the securities in the fund's portfolio may decline in
            value.

            LIQUIDITY RISK. Liquidity risk is the risk that a security cannot
            be sold quickly at a price that reflects the fund's estimate of its
            value.

            PRICING RISK. At times, market conditions may make it difficult to
            value some investments, and the fund may use certain valuation
            methodologies for some of its investments, such as fair value
            pricing. Given the subjective nature of such valuation
            methodologies, it is possible that the value determined for an
            investment may be different than the value realized upon such
            investment's sale. If the fund has valued its securities too
            highly, you may pay too much for fund shares when you buy into the
            fund. If the fund has underestimated the price of its securities,
            you may not receive the full market value when you sell your fund
            shares.

            DERIVATIVES RISK. Risks associated with derivatives include the
            risk that the derivative is not well correlated with the security,
            index or currency to which it relates; the risk that derivatives
            may result in losses or missed opportunities; the risk that the
            fund will be unable to sell the derivative because of an illiquid
            secondary market; the risk that a counterparty is unwilling or
            unable to meet its obligation; and the risk that the derivative
            transaction could expose the fund to the effects of leverage,


18 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            which could increase the fund's exposure to the market and magnify
            potential losses. There is no guarantee that derivatives, to the
            extent employed, will have the intended effect, and their use could
            cause lower returns or even losses to the fund. The use of
            derivatives by the fund to hedge risk may reduce the opportunity
            for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
            movements.


            FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. To the extent the fund invests in
            companies based outside the US, it faces the risks inherent in
            foreign investing. Adverse political, economic or social
            developments could undermine the value of the fund's investments or
            prevent the fund from realizing their full value. Financial
            reporting standards for companies based in foreign markets differ
            from those in the US. Additionally, foreign securities markets
            generally are smaller and less liquid than the US markets. These
            risks tend to be greater in emerging markets so, to the extent the
            fund invests in emerging markets, it takes on greater risks. The
            currency of a country in which the fund has invested could decline
            relative to the value of the US dollar, which decreases the value
            of the investment to US investors. The investments of the fund may
            be subject to foreign withholding taxes.



            THE FINANCIAL WARRANTY AGREEMENT


            To provide greater assurance that shareholders receive their
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or their Accelerated
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the fund
            has entered into the Warranty Agreement with the Warranty Provider.
            In accordance with the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider
            has issued a stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the
            fund may draw up to $1 billion (the Financial Warranty), provided
            the terms and conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied.
            Unless earlier terminated, the Warranty Agreement and the Financial
            Warranty will continue in effect until the Maturity Date.

            Bank of America Corporation (the "Guarantor") has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor's
            guarantee is not an obligation of, or guaranteed by, Bank of
            America, N.A. or any other bank and is not insured by the Federal
            Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 19
<PAGE>


            The fund and not the fund's shareholders is the holder of the
            Financial Warranty. The fund's shareholders have no direct rights
            or claims against the Warranty Provider or the Guarantor in the
            event that the Warranty Provider fails to perform its obligations
            under the Warranty Agreement.

            If the fund's assets are insufficient to pay the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or the Accelerated Aggregate
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the
            Warranty Provider will pay the fund the difference between the
            Aggregate Protected Amount or the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount, as the case may be, and the aggregate net assets of the
            fund. The Warranty Provider's obligations are subject to all of the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.


            The Warranty Agreement imposes specific reporting, monitoring and
            substantive obligations on the fund, the Advisor and indirectly on
            the fund's custodian, including investment limitations. Although
            the parties are generally afforded some opportunity to cure
            breaches, failure to do so may afford the Warranty Provider the
            ability to cause the fund to invest all of its assets in a
            "defeasance portfolio," which will generally consist of zero coupon
            US government securities, or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            fund has delegated to the Advisor responsibility for developing
            internal procedures to ensure compliance with the terms of the
            Warranty Agreement. There is no assurance that such procedures will
            detect and prevent all breaches of the Warranty Agreement.

            Subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the Warranty Provider
            generally may cause the fund to invest in a defeasance portfolio
            upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include,
            without limitation: (i) any failure to manage the fund in all
            material respects in accordance with its registration statement,
            the Warranty Agreement and applicable law; (ii) any change in the
            investment adviser to the fund without the consent of the Warranty
            Provider; (iii) a material regulatory event or litigation event
            with respect to the fund or the Advisor; (iv) the issuance of fund
            shares in excess of $1 billion; (v) a failure to pay the warranty
            fee when due; or (vi) the failure to provide continuous reporting.


20 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            In addition, subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the
            Warranty Provider may terminate the Warranty Agreement and the
            Financial Warranty prior to the Maturity Date in certain
            circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following: (i)
            any failure to manage the fund in all material respects in
            accordance with its registration statement, if such failure would
            have an adverse effect on the Warranty Provider; (ii) any change in
            the investment adviser or the custodian to the fund without the
            consent of the Warranty Provider; (iii) a failure to invest the
            fund's assets in a defeasance portfolio; or (iv) certain regulatory
            events with respect to the fund.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated by the Warranty Provider,
            the fund will not receive the benefit of the Financial Warranty,
            and shareholders may not receive their Protected Amounts. The
            Warranty Provider does not have the right to terminate the fund.


            For a more detailed explanation of the events that would allow the
            Warranty Provider to terminate the Warranty Agreement or force the
            fund into a defeasance portfolio under the Warranty Agreement or of
            the investment limitations imposed by the Warranty Agreement, see
            the Appendix to the fund's Statement of Additional Information. For
            more information about the risks associated with the Financial
            Warranty and early termination, see "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund -  Financial Warranty Risk" and "Other Policies and
            Information and Secondary Risks -  Additional Information about the
            Financial Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor." See
            also the fund's Statement of Additional Information.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 21
<PAGE>


THE FUND'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

While a fund's past performance (before and after taxes) isn't necessarily a
sign of how it will do in the future, it can be valuable for an investor to
know.

The bar chart shows the performance of Institutional Class shares for the
fund's first full calendar year, which may give some idea of risk. The table on
the following page shows how fund performance compares to relevant index
performance (which, unlike fund performance, does not reflect fees and
expenses). The performance of the fund and the index information varies over
time. All figures assume reinvestment of dividends and distributions (in the
case of after-tax returns, reinvested net of assumed tax rates).

The table shows returns for Institutional Class shares on a before-tax and
after-tax basis. After-tax returns are estimates calculated using the
historical highest marginal individual federal income tax rates and do not
reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on
an investor's tax situation and may differ from those shown in the table.
After-tax returns shown are not relevant for investors who hold their shares
through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual
retirement accounts.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (%) AS OF 12/31 EACH YEAR - Institutional Class


22 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

HOW MUCH INVESTORS PAY

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold fund shares. This information doesn't include any fees that may be charged
by your financial advisor.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEE TABLE                                      INSTITUTIONAL CLASS
<S>                                       <C>
 SHAREHOLDER FEES, paid directly from
 your investment                                      None
__________________________________________________________________________
 ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES, deducted from fund assets
__________________________________________________________________________
 Management Fee 1                                      0.60%
 Distribution/Service (12b-1) Fee                      None
 Other Expenses 2
 Financial Warranty Fee 3                              0.57
 TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES
 Less Expense Waiver/Reimbursement
 NET ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES 4
</TABLE>



1    In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
     allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.60% management fee will
     decrease to 0.30%.


2    "Other Expenses" include an administrative services fee paid to the Advisor
     in the amount of 0.10% of average daily net assets.


3    In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
     allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.57% financial warranty fee
     will decrease to 0.30%.


4    Net Annual Operating Expenses include other operating expenses, which are
     capped at [___%] for Institutional Class shares through [______]. The fee
     cap does not include acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, or
     extraordinary expenses, brokerage, taxes and interest.


Based on the costs above (including one year of capped expenses in each
period), this example helps you compare the expenses of the fund to those of
other mutual funds. This example assumes the expenses above remain the same. It
also assumes that you invested $10,000, earned 5% annual returns and reinvested
all dividends and distributions. This is only an example; actual expenses will
be different.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXAMPLE                    1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
 Institutional Class          $           $            $            $
</TABLE>




DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 23
<PAGE>

OTHER POLICIES AND INFORMATION AND SECONDARY RISKS

           While the previous pages describe the main points of the fund's
           strategy and risks, there are a few other issues to know about:

           -  Although major changes tend to be infrequent, the fund's Board
              could change the fund's investment objective without seeking
              shareholder approval.


           -  The fund may trade actively. This could raise transaction costs
              (thus lowering return) and could mean increased taxable
              distributions to shareholders and distributions that will be
              taxable to shareholders at higher federal income tax rates.


           Additional Information about the Financial
           Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

           The Warranty Provider is Main Place Funding, LLC, a limited
           liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of
           Delaware. The Warranty Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank
           of America, N.A. and, as such, has all of the powers of Bank of
           America, N.A, other than the power to take deposits. Bank of
           America, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
           Corporation and is licensed as a national banking association by the
           Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") pursuant to the
           National Bank Act and is regulated and examined by the OCC. Bank of
           America, N.A.'s long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are
           currently rated Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")
           and A+ by each of Fitch Ratings, a division of Fitch, Inc.
           ("Fitch"), and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
           McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), each a nationally recognized
           statistical rating organization. The Warranty Provider has not
           received ratings from any ratings organization.


           Under the Warranty Agreement, the fund will pay to the Warranty
           Provider a fee at an annual rate equal to 0.57% of the average daily
           net assets of the fund. In the event that the fund becomes
           completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve Component, the
           fee payable to the Warranty Provider will be reduced to an annual
           rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets.


24 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>


           Bank of America Corporation has provided an unconditional guarantee
           of the Warranty Provider's performance of its obligations under the
           Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor is organized as a Delaware
           corporation and operates as a bank holding company and financial
           services holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the
           Federal Reserve System. The Guarantor's long-term unsecured senior
           debt obligations are currently rated A2 by Moody's, A+ by Fitch, and
           A by S&P.

           The Warranty Provider, the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A have
           not participated in the organization of the fund and make no
           representations regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.


           The fund will provide you with a copy of the most recent financial
           reports of the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor, free of charge,
           upon request. To receive a copy of these reports please contact the
           fund at the telephone number or write to the fund at the address
           shown on the outside back cover of this prospectus.



           Maturity Date and Early Termination


           OPTIONS ON THE MATURITY DATE. The Board may, at the recommendation
           of the Advisor, elect to (i) continue the operation of the fund
           after the Maturity Date without the benefit of a Protected High NAV
           feature; (ii) continue the operation of the fund by setting a new
           Maturity Date with a Protected High NAV feature; (iii) terminate the
           fund as of the Maturity Date; or (iv) take any other actions the
           Board determines is in the best interests of the fund. The Board may
           take any of these actions without shareholder approval, unless
           otherwise required by law. You will receive notice of your options
           at least sixty (60) days before the Maturity Date. In all cases, you
           will have the right to redeem your shares on the Maturity Date for
           cash at the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity Date
           or the Protected High NAV (assuming the Advisor's allocation
           strategy is successful or the Financial Warranty is still in
           effect). If you elect to continue your investment in the fund after
           the Maturity Date, the Warranty Provider will contribute sufficient
           assets to the fund, if necessary, to ensure that the value of the
           remaining shareholder accounts on the Maturity Date is at least
           equal to their Aggregate Protected Amount. After making any required



                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 25
<PAGE>

           payments under the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider is
           under no further obligation to make payments to the fund. The
           Warranty Provider may or may not issue a new financial warranty to
           the fund after the Maturity Date, and is under no present obligation
           to do so.

           You may also exchange your shares into another DWS fund on the
           Maturity Date. Please keep in mind that an exchange is a taxable
           event for federal income tax purposes, and you may be subject to a
           sales charge of the fund you exchange into.


           EARLY TERMINATION - BOARD EARLY TERMINATION. The Board may terminate
           the fund if: (i) the Board determines that the fund's asset size is
           not economically viable; (ii) the fund becomes irreversibly
           allocated to the Reserve Component; (iii) the fund's Advisor resigns
           or is terminated and the Board determines that a replacement
           investment advisor will not be appointed; or (iv) the Board
           determines that it is otherwise in the best interests of the fund to
           terminate the fund. In the event that the fund is terminated before
           its Maturity Date, you will be entitled to redeem your shares on the
           early termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected
           High NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the
           fund calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
           early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
           Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
           Strategy - The Protected Amount"). The Warranty Provider does not
           have the right to terminate the fund. Although, under certain
           circumstances, the Warranty Provider may terminate the fund's
           Financial Warranty or cause the fund to allocate all of its assets
           to the Reserve Component.


           The Accelerated Protected High NAV is equal to the net present value
           of the fund's Protected High NAV. As mentioned above, when
           calculating the Accelerated Protected High NAV, the net present
           value of the Protected High NAV will be calculated using a discount
           factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
           Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with LIBOR expressed
           in US dollars as of the date of determination. Because the
           computation accounts for the time value of money, the Accelerated
           Protected High NAV will be less than the Protected High NAV and may
           be less than the current NAV per share of the fund. The Accelerated
           Protected High NAV also may be less than what you paid to purchase
           your shares. Generally, the longer the time remaining to the
           Maturity Date, the greater the discount of the Accelerated Protected



26 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>

           High NAV to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
           insufficient assets to pay the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
           Amount, which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
           of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
           that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider will
           be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any shortfall,
           up to the limits of the Financial Warranty.

           You will receive at least 60 days' prior written notice of an early
           termination. If a notice of termination is declared for the fund,
           the fund will cease selling shares to new shareholders. The notice
           will include information on the Accelerated Protected High NAV and
           the date your shares are expected to be redeemed.


           For more information

           This prospectus doesn't tell you about every policy or risk of
           investing in the fund.

           If you want more information on the fund's allowable securities and
           investment practices and the characteristics and risks of each one,
           you may want to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information (the back cover tells you how to do this).


           Keep in mind that there is no assurance that the fund will achieve
           its investment objective.

           A complete list of the fund's portfolio holdings as of the month-end
           is posted on www.dws-investments.com on or about the 15th day of the
           following month. More frequent posting of portfolio holdings
           information may be made from time to time on SAIs and shareholder
           reports are also available through the DWS Investments Web site at
           www.dws-investments.com.. The posted portfolio holdings information
           is available by fund and generally remains accessible at least until
           the date on which the fund files its Form N-CSR or N-Q with the
           Securities and Exchange Commission for the period that includes the
           date as of which the posted information is current. The fund's
           Statement of Additional Information includes a description of the
           fund's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the
           fund's portfolio holdings.



                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 27
<PAGE>

WHO MANAGES AND OVERSEES THE FUND


           The investment advisor

           Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the
           "Advisor"), with headquarters at 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY
           10154, is the investment advisor for the fund. Under the oversight
           of the Board, the Advisor makes investment decisions, buys and sells
           securities for the fund and conducts research that leads to these
           purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor provides a full range of
           global investment advisory services to institutional and retail
           clients.

           DWS Investments is part of Deutsche Bank's Asset Management division
           and, within the US, represents the retail asset management
           activities of Deutsche Bank AG, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
           Americas, DIMA and DWS Trust Company.

           Deutsche Asset Management is a global asset management organization
           that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources,
           including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office
           network that reaches the world's major investment centers. This
           well-resourced global investment platform brings together a wide
           variety of experience and investment insight across industries,
           regions, asset classes and investing styles.

           The Advisor is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank
           AG. Deutsche Bank AG is a major global banking institution that is
           engaged in a wide range of financial services, including investment
           management, mutual funds, retail, private and commercial banking,
           investment banking and insurance.


28 | Who Manages and Oversees the Fund
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT FEE. The Advisor will receive a management fee from the
           fund.

           The fund pays the Advisor under the investment management agreement
           a fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of
           0.60% of the fund's average daily net assets. In the event that the
           fund becomes completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve
           Component, the Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its fee to
           an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets for
           the remainder of the warranty period. Additionally, in such an
           event, the financial warranty fee under the Warranty Agreement will
           be reduced to an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily
           net assets.

           A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the
           fund's investment management agreement is contained in the fund's
           shareholder report for the annual period ended April 30 (see
           "Shareholder reports" on the back cover).


           Under a separate administrative services agreement between the fund
           and the Advisor, the fund pays the Advisor a fee for providing most
           of the fund's administrative services. The fee is paid at an annual
           rate of 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the fund.



                                         Who Manages and Oversees the Fund  | 29
<PAGE>

Portfolio management

The fund is managed by a team of investment professionals who collaborate to
develop and implement the fund's investment strategy. The portfolio managers'
responsibilities include making purchase and sale decisions, portfolio
construction techniques, portfolio risk assessment, and the management of daily
cash flows in accordance with portfolio holdings.

The following people handle the day-to-day management of the fund.

Robert Wang
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1995 as portfolio manager for asset
  allocation after 13 years of experience of trading fixed income, foreign
  exchange and derivative products at J.P. Morgan.
- Global Head of Quantitative Strategies Portfolio Management: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

Inna Okounkova
Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1999 as a quantitative analyst, becoming
  an associate Portfolio Manager in 2001.
- Global Asset Allocation Portfolio Manager: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, MS, Moscow State University; MBA, University of Chicago.

William Chepolis, CFA
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1998 after 13 years of experience as vice
  president and portfolio manager for Norwest Bank, where he managed the
  bank's fixed income and foreign exchange portfolios.

- Portfolio Manager for Retail Fixed Income: New York.

- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BIS, University of Minnesota.

The fund's Statement of Additional Information provides additional information
about a portfolio manager's investments in the fund, a description of the
portfolio management compensation structure and information regarding other
accounts managed.


30 | Who Manages and Oversees the Fund
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


The financial highlights are designed to help you understand recent financial
performance. The figures in the first part of the table are for a single share.
The total return figures represent the percentage that an investor in the fund
would have earned (or lost), assuming all dividends and distributions were
reinvested. This information has been audited by __________, independent
registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund's
financial statements, is included in the fund's annual report (see "Shareholder
reports" on the back cover).



                                                      Financial Highlights  | 31
<PAGE>

HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND

THE FOLLOWING PAGES TELL YOU HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND AND WHAT TO EXPECT AS A
SHAREHOLDER. The following pages also tell you about many of the services,
choices and benefits of being a shareholder. You'll also find information on
how to check the status of your account using the method that's most convenient
for you.

If you're investing directly with DWS Investments, all of this information
applies to you. If you're investing through a "third party provider" - for
example, a workplace retirement plan, financial supermarket or financial
advisor - your provider may have its own policies or instructions and you
should follow those.

You can find out more about the topics covered here by speaking with your
FINANCIAL ADVISOR OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF YOUR WORKPLACE RETIREMENT PLAN OR
OTHER INVESTMENT PROVIDER.

<PAGE>

Buying and Selling INSTITUTIONAL CLASS Shares

           You may buy Institutional Class shares through your securities
           dealer or through any financial institution that is authorized to
           act as a shareholder servicing agent ("financial advisor"). Contact
           them for details on how to place and pay for your order. Your
           financial advisor may also receive compensation from the Advisor
           and/or its affiliates. For more information, please see "Financial
           intermediary support payments."

           You may also buy Institutional Class shares by sending your check
           (along with a completed account application) directly to DWS
           Investments Service Company (the "transfer agent"). Your purchase
           order may not be accepted if the fund withdraws the offering of fund
           shares, the sale of fund shares has been suspended or if it is
           determined that your purchase would be detrimental to the interests
           of the fund's shareholders.


           Eligibility requirements

           You may buy Institutional Class shares if you are any of the
           following:

           -  An eligible institution (e.g., a financial institution,
              corporation, trust, estate or educational, religious or
              charitable institution).

           -  An employee benefit plan with assets of at least $50 million.

           -  A registered investment advisor or financial planner purchasing
              on behalf of clients and charging an asset-based or
              hourly fee.

           -  A client of the private banking division of Deutsche Bank AG.

           -  A current or former director or trustee of the Deutsche or DWS
              mutual funds.

           -  An employee, the employee's spouse or life partner and children
              or stepchildren age 21 or younger of Deutsche Bank or its
              affiliates or a subadvisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds
              or a broker-dealer authorized to sell shares in the funds.


                             Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares  | 33
<PAGE>

           Investment minimum

           Your initial investment must be for at least $1,000,000. There are
           no minimum subsequent investment requirements.

           The minimum initial investment is waived for:

           -  Shareholders with existing accounts prior to August 13, 2004 who
              met the previous minimum investment eligibility requirement.

           -  Investment advisory affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.,
              DWS funds or Deutsche funds purchasing shares for the accounts of
              their investment advisory clients.

           -  Employee benefit plans with assets of at least $50 million.

           -  Clients of the private banking division of Deutsche Bank AG.

           -  Institutional clients and qualified purchasers that are clients
              of a division of Deutsche Bank AG.

           -  A current or former director or trustee of the Deutsche or DWS
              funds.


           -  An employee, the employee's spouse or life partner and children
              or stepchildren age 21 or younger of Deutsche Bank or its
              affiliates or a subadvisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds
              or a broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of the funds.


           -  Registered investment advisors who trade through platforms
              approved by the Advisor and whose client assets in the aggregate
              meet or, in the Advisor's judgment, will meet within a reasonable
              period of time, the $1,000,000 minimum investment.

           -  Employee benefit plan platforms approved by the Advisor that
              invest in the fund through an omnibus account, and that meet or,
              in the Advisor's judgment, will meet within a reasonable period
              of time, the $1,000,000 minimum investment.

           The fund reserves the right to modify the above eligibility
           requirements and investment minimum at any time. In addition, the
           fund, in its discretion, may waive the minimum initial investment
           for specific employee benefit plans (or family of plans) whose
           aggregate investment in Institutional Class shares of the fund
           equals or exceeds the minimum initial investment amount but where a
           particular account or program may not on its own meet such minimum
           amount.


34 | Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares
<PAGE>

           How to contact the transfer agent


<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
  BY PHONE:               (800) 730-1313

  FIRST INVESTMENTS       DWS Investments Service Company
  BY MAIL:                P.O. Box 219210
                          Kansas City, MO 64121-9210

  ADDITIONAL              DWS Investments Service Company
  INVESTMENTS BY          P.O. Box 219210
  MAIL:                   Kansas City, MO 64121-9210

  BY OVERNIGHT MAIL:      DWS Investments Service Company
                          210 West 10th Street
                          Kansas City, MO 64105-1614
</TABLE>


           You can reach the automated information line, 24 hours a day,
           7 days a week by calling (800) 621-1048.


           How to open your account

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  MAIL:              Complete and sign the account application that
                     accompanies this prospectus. (You may obtain
                     additional applications by calling the transfer agent.)
                     Mail the completed application along with a check
                     payable to the fund you have selected to the transfer
                     agent. Be sure to include the fund number. The
                     applicable addresses are shown under "How to
                     contact the transfer agent."

  WIRE:              Call the transfer agent to set up a wire account.

  FUND NAME AND      Please use the complete fund name. Refer to the
  FUND NUMBER:       start of "The Fund's Main Investment Strategy" above
                     for the fund number.
</TABLE>


           Please note that your account cannot become activated until we
           receive a completed account application.


           How to BUY and SELL shares

           MAIL:


           BUYING: Send your check, payable to the fund you have selected, to
           the transfer agent. Be sure to include the fund number and your
           account number on your check. If you are investing in more than one
           fund, make your check payable to "DWS Investments" and include your
           account number, the names and numbers of the fund you have selected,
           and the dollar amount or percentage you would like invested in each
           fund. Mailing addresses are shown under "How to contact the transfer
           agent."



                             Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares  | 35
<PAGE>

           SELLING: Send a signed letter to the transfer agent with your name,
           your fund number and account number, the fund's name, and either the
           number of shares you wish to sell or the dollar amount you wish to
           receive. In certain circumstances, a signature guarantee may be
           required to sell shares of the fund by mail. For information about a
           signature guarantee, see "Signature Guarantee." Unless exchanging
           into another DWS fund, you must submit a written authorization to
           sell shares in a retirement account.

           WIRE:

           BUYING: You may buy shares by wire only if your account is
           authorized to do so. Please note that you or your financial advisor
           must call Institutional Investment Services at (800) 730-1313 to
           notify us in advance of a wire transfer purchase. After you inform
           Institutional Investment Services of the amount of your purchase,
           you will receive a trade confirmation number. Instruct your bank to
           send payment by wire using the wire instructions noted below. All
           wires must be received by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time the next business
           day following your purchase. If your wire is not received by 4:00
           p.m. Eastern time on the next business day after the fund receives
           your request to purchase shares, your transaction will be canceled
           at your expense and risk.


<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
  BANK NAME:        State Street Kansas City
  ROUTING NO:       101003621
  ATTN:             DWS Investments
  DDA NO:           751-069-1
  FBO:              (Account name) (Account number)
  CREDIT:           (Fund name, Fund number and, if applicable, class
                    name) (see "How to open your account")
</TABLE>


           Refer to your account statement for the account name and number.
           Wire transfers normally take two or more hours to complete. Wire
           transfers may be restricted on holidays and at certain other times.

           SELLING: You may sell shares by wire only if your account is
           authorized to do so. You will be paid for redeemed shares by wire
           transfer of funds to your financial advisor or bank upon receipt of
           a duly authorized redemption request as promptly as feasible. For
           your protection, you may not change the destination bank account
           over the phone. To sell by wire,


36 | Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares
<PAGE>

           contact your financial advisor or Institutional Investment Services
           at (800) 730-1313. After you inform Institutional Investment
           Services of the amount of your redemption, you will receive a trade
           confirmation number. The minimum redemption by wire is $1,000. We
           must receive your order by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time to wire your
           account the next business day.

           TELEPHONE TRANSACTIONS:


           You may place orders to buy and sell over the phone by calling your
           financial advisor or Institutional Investment Services at (800)
           730-1313. If your shares are in an account with the transfer agent,
           you may (1) redeem by check in an amount up to $100,000, or by wire
           (minimum $1,000), or (2) exchange the shares for Institutional Class
           shares of another DWS fund by calling the transfer agent.


           You may make regular investments from a bank checking account. For
           more information on setting up an automatic investment plan or
           payroll investment plan, call Institutional Investment Services at
           (800) 730-1313.


           Financial intermediary support payments


           The Advisor, DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. (the "Distributor")
           and/or their affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of
           their own assets and not as an additional charge to the fund, to
           selected affiliated and unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating
           insurance companies or other financial intermediaries ("financial
           advisors") in connection with the sale and/or distribution of fund
           shares or the retention and/

           or servicing of fund investors and fund shares ("revenue sharing").
           Such revenue sharing payments are in addition to any distribution or
           service fees payable under any Rule 12b-1 or service plan of the
           fund, any record keeping/sub-transfer agency/networking fees payable
           by the fund (generally through the Distributor or an affiliate)
           and/or the Distributor to certain financial advisors for performing
           such services and any sales charge, commissions, non-cash
           compensation arrangements expressly permitted under applicable rules
           of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or other concessions
           described in the fee table or elsewhere in this prospectus or the
           Statement of Additional Information as payable to all financial
           advisors. For example, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their
           affiliates may compensate financial advisors for providing the fund
           with "shelf space" or access to a third party platform or fund
           offering list or


                             Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares  | 37
<PAGE>

           other marketing programs, including, without limitation, inclusion
           of the fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund
           "supermarket" platforms and other formal sales programs; granting
           the Distributor access to the financial advisor's sales force;
           granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's
           conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the
           financial advisor's personnel; and obtaining other forms of
           marketing support.

           The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial advisors may
           be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors:
           gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the fund
           attributable to the financial advisor, the particular fund or fund
           type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor
           and/or their affiliates and the financial advisors or any
           combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is
           determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or
           their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and may be
           different for different financial advisors based on, for example,
           the nature of the services provided by the financial advisor.


           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make
           revenue sharing payments from their own assets in connection with
           the sale and/or distribution of DWS fund shares or the retention
           and/or servicing of investors and DWS fund shares to financial
           advisors in amounts that generally range from .01% up to .50% of
           assets of the fund serviced and maintained by the financial advisor,
           .05% to .25% of sales of the fund attributable to the financial
           advisor, a flat fee of $13,350 up to $500,000, or any combination
           thereof. These amounts are subject to change at the discretion of
           the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of, or
           the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation may
           influence your financial advisor's recommendation of the fund or of
           any particular share class of the fund. You should review your
           financial advisor's compensation disclosure and/or talk to your
           financial advisor to obtain more information on how this
           compensation may have influenced your financial advisor's
           recommendation of the fund. Additional information regarding these
           revenue sharing payments is included in the fund's Statement of
           Additional Information, which is available to you on request at no
           charge (see the back cover of this prospectus for more information
           on how to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information).



38 | Buying and Selling Institutional Class Shares
<PAGE>

           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make
           such revenue sharing payments to financial advisors under the terms
           discussed above in connection with the distribution of both DWS
           funds and non-DWS funds by financial advisors to retirement plans
           that obtain record keeping services from ADP, Inc. on the DWS
           Investments branded retirement plan platform (the "Platform") with
           the level of revenue sharing payments being based upon sales of both
           the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial advisor on the
           Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS
           funds serviced and maintained by the financial advisor on the
           Platform.

           It is likely that broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions
           for the fund will include firms that also sell shares of the DWS
           funds to their customers. However, the Advisor will not consider
           sales of DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of
           broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the DWS funds.
           Accordingly, the Advisor has implemented policies and procedures
           reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of
           DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to
           execute portfolio transactions for the fund. In addition, the
           Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates will not use fund
           brokerage to pay for their obligation to provide additional
           compensation to financial advisors as described above.


POLICIES YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT

           Along with the information on the previous pages, the policies below
           may affect you as a shareholder. Some of this information, such as
           the section on distributions and taxes, applies to all investors,
           including those investing through a financial advisor.

           If you are investing through a financial advisor or through a
           retirement plan, check the materials you received from them about
           how to buy and sell shares because particular financial advisors or
           other intermediaries may adopt policies, procedures or limitations
           that are separate from those described by the fund. Please note that
           a financial advisor may charge fees separate from those charged by
           the fund and may be compensated by the fund.


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 39
<PAGE>

           Keep in mind that the information in this prospectus applies only to
           the shares offered herein. Other share classes are described in
           separate prospectuses and have different fees, requirements and
           services.

           In order to reduce the amount of mail you receive and to help reduce
           expenses, we generally send a single copy of any shareholder report
           and prospectus to each household. If you do not want the mailing of
           these documents to be combined with those for other members of your
           household, please contact your financial advisor or call (800)
           730-1313.


           Policies about transactions

           THE FUND IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS each day the New York Stock Exchange
           is open. The fund calculates its share price for each class every
           business day, as of the close of regular trading on the New York
           Stock Exchange (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, but sometimes
           earlier, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled
           suspensions of trading). You can place an order to buy or sell
           shares at any time.

           To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money
           laundering activities, federal law requires all financial
           institutions to obtain, verify and record information that
           identifies each person who opens an account. What this means to you:
           When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date
           of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you.
           Some or all of this information will be used to verify the identity
           of all persons opening an account.

           We might request additional information about you (which may include
           certain documents, such as articles of incorporation for companies)
           to help us verify your identity and, in some cases, the information
           and/or documents may be required to conduct the verification. The
           information and documents will be used solely to verify your
           identity.

           We will attempt to collect any missing required and requested
           information by contacting you or your financial advisor. If we are
           unable to obtain this information within the time frames established
           by the fund, then we may reject your application and order.


40 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           The fund will not invest your purchase until all required and
           requested identification information has been provided and your
           application has been submitted in "good order." After we receive all
           the information, your application is deemed to be in good order and
           we accept your purchase, you will receive the net asset value per
           share next calculated.

           If we are unable to verify your identity within time frames
           established by the fund, after a reasonable effort to do so, you
           will receive written notification.

           With certain limited exceptions, only US residents may invest in the
           fund.

           Because orders placed through a financial advisor must be forwarded
           to the transfer agent before they can be processed, you'll need to
           allow extra time. Your financial advisor should be able to tell you
           approximately when your order will be processed. It is the
           responsibility of your financial advisor to forward your order to
           the transfer agent in a timely manner.

           SUB-MINIMUM BALANCES. The fund may redeem your shares and close your
           account on 60 days' notice if it fails to meet the minimum account
           balance requirement of $1,000,000 ($250,000 for shareholders with
           existing accounts prior to August 13, 2004) for any reason.

           MARKET TIMING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES. Short-term and excessive
           trading of fund shares may present risks to long-term shareholders,
           including potential dilution in the value of fund shares,
           interference with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio
           (including losses on the sale of investments),
           taxable gains to remaining shareholders and increased brokerage and
           administrative costs. These risks may be more pronounced if the fund
           invests in certain securities, such as those that trade in foreign
           markets, are illiquid or do not otherwise have "readily available
           market quotations." Certain investors may seek to employ short-term
           trading strategies aimed at exploiting variations in portfolio
           valuation that arise from the nature of the securities held by the
           fund (e.g., "time zone arbitrage"). The fund discourages short-term
           and excessive trading and has adopted policies and procedures that
           are intended to detect and deter short-term and excessive trading.






THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

The DWS Investments Web site can be a valuable resource for shareholders with
Internet access. Go to WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM to get up-to-date information,
review balances or even place orders for exchanges.



                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 41
<PAGE>

           The fund also reserves the right to reject or cancel a purchase or
           exchange order for any reason without prior notice. For example, the
           fund may in its discretion reject or cancel a purchase or an
           exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to the
           specific roundtrip transaction limitation described below if the
           Advisor believes that there appears to be a pattern of short-term or
           excessive trading activity by a shareholder or deems any other
           trading activity harmful or disruptive to the fund. The fund,
           through its Advisor and transfer agent, will measure short-term and
           excessive trading by the number of roundtrip transactions within a
           shareholder's account during a rolling 12-month period. A
           "roundtrip" transaction is defined as any combination of purchase
           and redemption activity (including exchanges) of the same fund's
           shares. The fund may take other trading activity into account if the
           fund believes such activity is of an amount or frequency that may be
           harmful to long-term shareholders or disruptive to portfolio
           management.


           Shareholders are limited to four roundtrip transactions in the same
           DWS fund (excluding money market funds) over a rolling 12-month
           period. Shareholders with four or more roundtrip transactions in the
           same DWS fund within a rolling 12-month period generally will be
           blocked from making additional purchases of, or exchanges into, that
           DWS fund. The fund has sole discretion whether to remove a block
           from a shareholder's account. The rights of a shareholder to redeem
           shares of a DWS fund are not affected by the four roundtrip
           transaction limitation.


           The fund may make exceptions to the roundtrip transaction policy for
           certain types of transactions if, in the opinion of the Advisor, the
           transactions do not represent short-term or excessive trading or are
           not abusive or harmful to the fund, such as, but not limited to,
           systematic transactions, required minimum retirement distributions,
           transactions initiated by the fund or administrator and transactions
           by certain qualified funds-of-funds.

           In certain circumstances where shareholders hold shares of the fund
           through a financial intermediary, the fund may rely upon the
           financial intermediary's policy to deter short-term or excessive
           trading if the Advisor believes that the financial intermediary's
           policy is reasonably designed to detect and deter transactions that
           are not in the best interests of the fund. A financial
           intermediary's policy relating to short-term or excessive


42 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>


           trading may be more or less restrictive than the DWS funds' policy,
           may permit certain transactions not permitted by the DWS funds'
           policies, or prohibit transactions not subject to the DWS funds'
           policies.


           The Advisor may also accept undertakings from a financial
           intermediary to enforce short-term or excessive trading policies on
           behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of
           protection for the fund against such transactions. For example,
           certain financial intermediaries may have contractual, legal or
           operational restrictions that prevent them from blocking an account.
           In such instances, the financial intermediary may use alternate
           techniques that the Advisor considers to be a reasonable substitute
           for such a block.

           In addition, if the fund invests some portion of its assets in
           foreign securities, it has adopted certain fair valuation practices
           intended to protect the fund from "time zone arbitrage" with respect
           to its foreign securities holdings and other trading practices that
           seek to exploit variations in portfolio valuation that arise from
           the nature of the securities held by the fund. (See "How the fund
           calculates share price.")

           There is no assurance that these policies and procedures will be
           effective in limiting short-term and excessive trading in all cases.
           For example, the Advisor may not be able to effectively monitor,
           detect or limit short-term or excessive trading by underlying
           shareholders that occurs through omnibus accounts maintained by
           broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries. The Advisor
           reviews trading activity at the omnibus level to detect short-term
           or excessive trading. If the Advisor has reason to suspect that
           short-term or excessive trading is occurring at the omnibus level,
           the Advisor will contact the financial intermediary to request
           underlying shareholder level activity. Depending on the amount of
           fund shares held in such omnibus accounts (which may represent most
           of the fund's shares) short-term and/or excessive trading of fund
           shares could adversely affect long-term shareholders in the fund. If
           short-term or excessive trading is identified, the Advisor will take
           appropriate action.

           The fund's market timing policies and procedures may be modified or
           terminated at any time.

           THE AUTOMATED INFORMATION LINE IS AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY BY
           CALLING (800) 621-1048. You can use our automated phone services to
           get information on DWS funds generally and on accounts held directly
           at DWS Investments.


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 43
<PAGE>


           QUICKBUY AND QUICKSELL allow you to set up an electronic link
           between a DWS fund account and a bank account. Once this link is in
           place, you can move money between the two with a phone call. You'll
           need to make sure your bank has Automated Clearing House (ACH)
           services. Transactions take two to three days to be completed and
           there is a $50 minimum and a $250,000 maximum. To set up QuickBuy or
           QuickSell on a new account, see the account application; to add it
           to an existing account, call (800) 730-1313.

           TELEPHONE AND ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS. Generally, you are
           automatically entitled to telephone check redemption and exchange
           privileges, but you may elect not to have them when you open your
           account or by contacting Institutional Investment Services at (800)
           730-1313 at a later date.

           Since many transactions may be initiated by telephone or
           electronically, it's important to understand that as long as we take
           reasonable steps to ensure that an order to purchase or redeem
           shares is genuine, such as recording calls or requesting personal
           security information, we are not responsible for any losses that may
           occur as a result. For transactions conducted over the Internet, we
           recommend the use of a secure Internet browser. In addition, you
           should verify the accuracy of your confirmation statements
           immediately after you receive them.


           THE FUND DOES NOT ISSUE SHARE CERTIFICATES.

           WHEN YOU ASK US TO SEND OR RECEIVE A WIRE, please note that while we
           don't charge a fee to send or receive wires, it's possible that your
           bank may do so. Wire transactions are generally completed within 24
           hours. The fund can only send wires of $1,000 or more and accept
           wires of $50 or more.


           THE FUND ACCEPTS PAYMENT FOR SHARES ONLY IN US DOLLARS by a check
           drawn on a US bank, a bank or Federal Funds wire transfer or an
           electronic bank transfer. The fund does not accept third party
           checks. A third party check is a check made payable to one or more
           parties and offered as payment to one or more
           other parties (e.g., a check made payable to you that you offer as
           payment to someone else). Checks should normally be payable to DWS
           Investments and drawn by you or a financial institution on your
           behalf with your name or account number included with the check.





THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

If you ever have difficulty placing an order by phone or Internet, you can send
us your order in writing.









44 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           IF YOU PAY FOR SHARES BY CHECK and the check fails to clear, or if
           you order shares by phone and fail to pay for them by 4:00 p.m.
           Eastern time the next business day, we have the right to cancel your
           order, hold you liable or charge you or your account for any losses
           or fees the fund or its agents have incurred. To sell shares, you
           must state whether you would like to receive the proceeds by wire or
           check.


           SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. When you want to sell more than $100,000 worth
           of shares or send proceeds to a third party or to a new address,
           you'll usually need to place your order in writing and include a
           signature guarantee. However, if you want money transferred
           electronically to a bank account that is already on file with us,
           you don't need a signature guarantee. Also, generally you don't need
           a signature guarantee for an exchange, although we may require one
           in certain other circumstances.

           A signature guarantee is simply a certification of your signature -
           a valuable safeguard against fraud. You can get a signature
           guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution, including
           commercial banks, savings and loans, trust companies, credit unions,
           member firms of a national stock exchange or any member or
           participant of an approved signature guarantor program. We recommend
           stamps from members of a medallion signature guarantee program. Note
           that you can't get a signature guarantee from a notary public and we
           must be provided the original guarantee.


           SELLING SHARES OF TRUST ACCOUNTS AND BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
           ACCOUNTS may require additional documentation. Please call (800)
           730-1313 or contact your financial advisor for more information.

           MONEY FROM SHARES YOU SELL is normally sent out within one business
           day of when your order is processed (not when it is received),
           although it could be delayed for up to seven days. There are
           circumstances when it could be longer, including, but not limited
           to, when you are selling shares you bought recently by check  or ACH
           (the funds will be placed under a 10 calendar day hold to ensure
           good funds) or when unusual circumstances prompt the SEC to allow
           further delays. Certain expedited redemption processes (e.g.,
           redemption proceeds by wire) may also be delayed or unavailable when
           you are selling shares recently purchased or in the event of the
           closing of the Federal Reserve wire payment system. The fund
           reserves the right to suspend or postpone redemptions as permitted
           pursuant to


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 45
<PAGE>

           Section 22(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Generally,
           those circumstances are when 1) the New York Stock Exchange is
           closed other than customary weekend or holiday closings; 2) trading
           on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; 3) an emergency exists
           which makes the disposal of securities owned by the fund or the fair
           determination of the value of the fund's net assets not reasonably
           practicable; or 4) the SEC, by order, permits the suspension of the
           right of redemption. Redemption payments by wire may also be delayed
           in the event of a non-routine closure of the Federal Reserve wire
           payment system. For additional rights reserved by the fund, please
           see "Other rights we reserve."

           You may obtain additional information about other ways to sell your
           shares by contacting your financial advisor.


           How the fund calculates share price

           To calculate net asset value, or NAV, each share class uses the
           following equation:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C> <C>
            TOTAL ASSETS - TOTAL LIABILITIES
           -----------------------------------------    =    NAV
               TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING
</TABLE>



           The price at which you buy and sell shares is based on the NAV per
           share next calculated after the order is received and accepted by
           the transfer agent.

           FOR THE UNDERLYING FUNDS IN WHICH THE FUND INVESTS, WE USE THE NAV
           OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS. FOR OTHER SECURITIES, WE TYPICALLY VALUE
           SECURITIES USING INFORMATION FURNISHED BY AN INDEPENDENT PRICING
           SERVICE OR MARKET QUOTATIONS, WHERE APPROPRIATE. However, we may use
           methods approved by the Board, such as a fair valuation model, which
           are intended to reflect fair value when pricing service information
           or market quotations are not readily available or when a security's
           value or a meaningful portion of the value of the fund's portfolio
           is believed to have been materially affected by a significant event,
           such as a natural disaster, an economic event like a bankruptcy
           filing, or a substantial fluctuation in domestic or foreign markets
           that has occurred between the close of the exchange or market on
           which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign
           exchange or market) and the close of the New York Stock Exchange. In
           such a case, the fund's value for a security is likely to be
           different from the last quoted market price or pricing service
           information. In addition, due to the subjective and



46 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           variable nature of fair value pricing, it is possible that the value
           determined for a particular asset may be materially different from
           the value realized upon such asset's sale. It is -expected that the
           greater the percentage of fund assets that is -invested in non-US
           securities, the more extensive will be the -fund's use of fair value
           pricing. This is intended to reduce the fund's exposure to "time
           zone arbitrage" and other harmful -trading practices. (See "Market
           -timing policies and procedures.")

           TO THE EXTENT THAT THE FUND INVESTS IN SECURITIES THAT ARE TRADED
           PRIMARILY IN FOREIGN MARKETS, the value of its holdings could change
           at a time when you aren't able to buy or sell fund shares. This is
           because some foreign markets are open on days or at times when the
           fund doesn't price its shares. (Note that prices for securities that
           trade on foreign exchanges can change significantly on days when the
           New York Stock Exchange is closed and you cannot buy or sell fund
           shares. Price changes in the securities the fund owns may ultimately
           affect the price of fund shares the next time the NAV is
           calculated.)


           Other rights we reserve

           You should be aware that we may do any of the following:

           -  withdraw or suspend the offering of shares at any time


           -  withhold a portion of your distributions and redemption proceeds
              if we have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to
              backup withholding or if you fail to provide us with the correct
              taxpayer ID number and certain certifications, including
              certification that you are not subject to backup withholding


           -  reject a new account application if you don't provide any
              required or requested identifying information, or for any other
              reason

           -  refuse, cancel, limit or rescind any purchase or exchange order,
              without prior notice; freeze any account (meaning you will not be
              able to purchase fund shares in your account); suspend account
              services; and/or involuntarily redeem your account if we think
              that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal
              purposes; one or more of these actions will be taken when, at our
              sole discretion, they are deemed to be in the fund's best
              interests or when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by
              governmental authority or by applicable law


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 47
<PAGE>

           -   close and liquidate your account if we are unable to verify your
               identity, or for other reasons; if we decide to close your
               account, your fund shares will be redeemed at the net asset value
               per share next calculated after we determine to close your
               account; you may recognize a gain or loss on the redemption of
               your fund shares and you may incur a tax liability

           -  pay you for shares you sell by "redeeming in kind," that is, by
              giving you securities (which typically will involve brokerage
              costs for you to liquidate) rather than cash, but which will be
              taxable to the same extent as a redemption for cash; the fund
              generally won't make a redemption in kind unless your requests
              over a 90-day period total more than $250,000 or 1% of the value
              of the fund's net assets, whichever is less

           -  change, add or withdraw various services, fees and account
              policies (for example, we may adjust the fund's investment
              minimums at any time)


UNDERSTANDING DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES


           The fund intends to distribute to its shareholders virtually all of
           its net earnings. The fund can earn money in two ways: by receiving
           interest, dividends or other income from securities it holds and by
           selling securities for more than it paid for them. (The fund's
           earnings are separate from any gains or losses stemming from your
           own purchase and sale of shares.) The fund may not always pay a
           dividend or distribution for a given period.

           The fund has a regular schedule for paying out any earnings to
           shareholders. Income dividends and short-term and long-term
           capital gains are paid annually in December. Dividends or
           distributions declared to shareholders of record in the last
           quarter of a given calendar year are treated for federal income
           tax purposes as if they were received by shareholders on December
           31 of that year, provided such dividends or distributions are
           paid by the end of the following January.

           If you purchase shares just before a distribution, you will pay the
           full price for the shares and receive a portion of the purchase
           price back as a taxable distribution. This is called "buying a
           dividend." Unless your account is a tax-deferred account, dividends
           paid to you would be included in your gross income for federal
           income tax purposes, even though you may not have



THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

Because each shareholder's tax situation is unique, ask your tax professional
about the tax consequences of your investments, including any state and local
tax consequences.



48 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           participated in the increase in the net asset value of the fund,
           regardless of whether you reinvest the dividends. To avoid "buying a
           dividend," check the fund's distribution dates before you invest.

           For federal income tax purposes, income and capital gains
           distributions are generally taxable. However, dividends and
           distributions received by retirement plans qualifying for tax-exempt
           treatment under federal income tax laws generally will not be
           taxable. Similarly, there generally will be no federal income tax
           consequences when a qualified retirement plan buys or sells fund
           shares.

           You can choose how to receive your dividends and distributions. You
           can have them all automatically reinvested in fund shares (at NAV),
           all deposited directly to your bank account or all sent to you by
           check, have one type reinvested and the other sent to you by check
           or have them invested in a different fund. Tell us your preference
           on your application. If you don't indicate a preference, your
           dividends and distributions will be reinvested in shares of the fund
           without a sales charge (if applicable). Distributions are treated
           the same for federal income tax purposes whether you receive them in
           cash or reinvest them in additional shares. Receiving your
           distributions in cash will reduce your Protected Amount at the
           Maturity Date. For employee-sponsored qualified plans, and
           retirement plans, reinvestment (at NAV) is the only option.

           Buying, selling or exchanging fund shares will usually have tax
           consequences for you (except in employer-sponsored qualified plans,
           IRAs or other tax advantaged accounts). Your sale of shares may
           result in a capital gain or loss. The gain or loss will be long-term
           or short-term depending on how long you owned the shares that were
           sold. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange is treated the
           same as a sale.


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 49
<PAGE>

           The federal income tax status of the fund's earnings you receive and
           your own transactions in fund shares generally depend on their type:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GENERALLY TAXED AT LONG-TERM           GENERALLY TAXED AT ORDINARY
CAPITAL GAIN RATES:                    INCOME RATES:
<S>                                    <C>
DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE FUND
THAT CONSIST OF:
- gains from the sale of               -  gains from the sale of
  securities held by the fund for         securities held by the fund for
  more than one year (and 60%             one year or less (and 40% of
  of any gain on certain futures          any gain on certain futures
  contracts regardless of the             contracts regardless of the
  fund's holding period)                  fund's holding period)
- qualified dividend income (for      -   all other taxable income
  taxable year beginning before
  January 1, 2011)

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING FUND
SHARES
- gains from selling fund             -  gains from selling fund
  shares held for more than              shares held for one year or
  one year                               less
</TABLE>


           The federal income tax treatment of any payment made by the Warranty
           Provider to the fund is uncertain. The fund may take the position
           that its right to receive payment under the Warranty Agreement is
           itself a capital asset and that the payment in termination of this
           right gives rise to capital gain rather than to ordinary income,
           although the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with this
           position.

           Any investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign
           withholding taxes. In that case, the fund's yield on those
           securities would generally be decreased. Shareholders generally will
           not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to
           foreign taxes paid by the fund. In addition, any investments in
           foreign securities or foreign currencies may increase or accelerate
           the fund's recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing
           or amount of the fund's distributions. If you invest in the fund
           through a taxable account, your after-tax return could be negatively
           impacted.


50 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           To the extent that the fund invests in certain debt obligations,
           investments in these obligations may cause the fund to recognize
           taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such obligations.
           Thus, the fund could be required at times to liquidate other
           investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

           The fund's transactions in broad based equity index futures
           contracts, exchange traded options on such indices and certain other
           futures contracts are generally considered "Section 1256 contracts"
           for federal income tax purposes. Any unrealized gains or losses on
           such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized
           at the end of each taxable year. The resulting gain or loss is
           treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term
           capital gain or loss. Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of
           Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner. As noted
           above, distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to
           you as ordinary income while distributions of long-term capital
           gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of
           how long you have held your shares of the fund.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, distributions to
           individuals and other noncorporate shareholders of investment income
           designated by the fund as derived from qualified dividend income are
           eligible for taxation for federal income purposes at the more
           favorable long-term capital gain rates. Qualified dividend income
           generally includes dividends from domestic and some foreign
           corporations. It does not include income from investments in
           fixed-income securities. In addition, the fund must meet certain
           holding period and other requirements with respect to the
           dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must
           meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to
           the fund's shares for the lower tax rates to apply. It is not
           expected that a substantial portion of the fund's dividends will be
           designated as qualified dividend income.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, the maximum
           federal income tax rate imposed on long-term capital gains
           recognized by individuals and other noncorporate shareholders has
           been reduced to 15%. For more information see the Statement of
           Additional Information, under "Taxes."


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 51
<PAGE>

           The federal income tax character of distributions paid by the fund
           will be determined after the end of the fund's taxable year. The
           fund will send you detailed federal income tax information every
           January. These statements tell you the amount and the federal income
           tax classification of any dividends or distributions you received.
           They also have certain details on your purchases and sales of
           shares.

           Corporations are taxed at the same rates on ordinary income and
           capital gains, but may be eligible for a dividends received
           deduction for a portion of the income dividends they receive from
           the fund, provided certain holding period and other requirements are
           met. It is not expected that a substantial portion of the fund's
           dividends will be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

           The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are US
           persons. If you are a non-US person, please consult your own tax
           advisor with respect to the US tax consequences to you of an
           investment in the fund.


52 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

APPENDIX A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Hypothetical Expense Summary



           Using the annual fund operating expense ratios presented in the fee
           tables in the fund prospectus, the Hypothetical Expense Summary
           shows the estimated fees and expenses, in actual dollars, that would
           be charged on a hypothetical investment of $10,000 in the fund held
           for the next 10 years and the impact of such fees and expenses on
           fund returns for each year and cumulatively, assuming a 5% return
           for each year. The historical rate of return for the fund may be
           higher or lower than 5% and, for money funds, is typically less than
           5%. The tables also assume that all dividends and distributions are
           reinvested. The annual fund expense ratios shown are net of any
           contractual fee waivers or expense reimbursements, if any, for the
           period of the contractual commitment. The tables do not reflect
           redemption fees, if any, which may be payable upon redemption. If
           redemption fees were shown, the "Hypothetical Year-End Balance After
           Fees and Expenses" amounts shown would be lower and the "Annual Fees
           and Expenses" amounts shown would be higher. Also, please note that
           if you are investing through a third party provider, that provider
           may have fees and expenses separate from those of the fund that are
           not reflected here. Mutual fund fees and expenses fluctuate over
           time and actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.


           The Hypothetical Expense Summary should not be used or construed as
           an offer to sell, a solicitation of an offer to buy or a
           recommendation or endorsement of any specific mutual fund. You
           should carefully review the fund's prospectus to consider the
           investment objectives, risks, expenses and charges of the fund prior
           to investing.


                                                                Appendix A  | 53
<PAGE>


            DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund - Institutional Class





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              MAXIMUM           INITIAL HYPOTHETICAL                 ASSUMED RATE
           SALES CHARGE:             INVESTMENT:                      OF RETURN:
               0.00%                   $10,000                            5%
                                                              HYPOTHETICAL
             CUMULATIVE        ANNUAL       CUMULATIVE          YEAR-END
           RETURN BEFORE        FUND       RETURN AFTER      BALANCE AFTER      ANNUAL FEES
              FEES AND        EXPENSE        FEES AND           FEES AND            AND
YEAR          EXPENSES         RATIOS        EXPENSES           EXPENSES         EXPENSES
<S>       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>                <C>
   1            5.00%           %               %                  $                 $
   2           10.25%           %               %                  $                 $
   3           15.76%           %               %                  $                 $
   4           21.55%           %               %                  $                 $
   5           27.63%           %               %                  $                 $
   6           34.01%           %               %                  $                 $
   7           40.71%           %               %                  $                 $
   8           47.75%           %               %                  $                 $
   9           55.13%           %               %                  $                 $
  10           62.89%           %               %                  $                 $
  TOTAL                                                                              $
</TABLE>




54 | Appendix A
<PAGE>

APPENDIX B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Calculation of Protected Amount


           If you hold your fund shares until the Maturity Date, you will be
           entitled to the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity
           Date or the Protected High NAV. The amount you can expect to receive
           -  the Protected Amount -  is the product of the Protected High NAV
           for your class and the number of shares you own. If the fund is
           unable to pay the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity Date,
           the Warranty Provider, subject to the conditions and limitations of
           the Warranty Agreement, is obligated to pay the amount of any
           shortfall between the Aggregate Protected Amount and the aggregate
           net assets of the fund on the Maturity Date.

           Below are several illustrations indicating how the Protected Amount
           would be calculated under different circumstances.

           These examples relate to Institutional Class shares and start with
           the following assumptions:

           AMOUNT OF PURCHASE: $20,000
           NET ASSET VALUE AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           PROTECTED HIGH NAV AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED: 2,000 (20,000/
           $10.00 per share = 2,000 shares)
           OTHER ASSUMPTIONS: You hold your shares until the Maturity Date and,
           if the fund's investment strategy is otherwise unsuccessful, there
           is no default in connection with the Warranty Agreement by either
           the fund, the Advisor or the Warranty Provider, and the Financial
           Warranty has not been terminated. Numbers are rounded.

           EXAMPLE 1: The fund's highest NAV per share attained for
           Institutional Class shares on a Calculation Date is $11.00 per share
           and no dividends or distributions are paid after that value is
           reached.

           You are entitled to receive $22,000.00 on the Maturity Date, which
           is equal to the Protected High NAV times the number of shares that
           you own on the Maturity Date ($11.00 x 2,000 = $22,000.00).


                                                                Appendix B  | 55
<PAGE>

           EXAMPLE 2: Make the same assumptions as in Example 1, except that
           the fund's NAV per share reaches its highest point of $10.00 per
           share on the date of your purchase, and no dividends or
           distributions are paid by the fund after this date. The net asset
           value subsequently declines to $9.00.

           The amount payable to you upon redemption at the Maturity Date would
           be $20,000 (2,000 x $10.00), the shares you purchased times the
           Protected High NAV at the time of purchase.

           Examples 3 and 4 illustrate the effects of dividends and
           distributions on your Protected Amount. Although the Protected High
           NAV will decline as dividends and distributions are paid out, this
           decline will be offset by an increase in the number of shares you
           own if you reinvest the dividends and distributions. If you redeem
           your shares prior to the Maturity Date, you will not be entitled to
           receive the Protected High NAV on those shares. If you redeem
           shares, you will then hold fewer shares, thereby reducing your
           Protected Amount. A redemption made from the fund prior to the
           Maturity Date will be made at the fund's then-current NAV per share,
           which may be lower than the Protected High NAV.

           EXAMPLE 3: Same assumptions as above, except that the Institutional
           Class shares' highest NAV per share on a Calculation Date has
           previously reached $12.50 per share. The NAV subsequently declines
           to $12.00 per share on the most recent Calculation Date, and a $1.00
           dividend per share is declared, which you decide to reinvest. Thus,
           on the most recent Calculation Date, the NAV per share is $11.00
           (remember the dividend is paid out of fund assets -  $12.00 - $1.00
           = $11.00).

           The new Protected High NAV is the greater of:

           1.  $11.00 per share (the NAV per share on the Calculation Date),
               or:

           2.  then-current Protected High NAV ($12.50) divided by 1 plus the
               share distribution amount on the current Calculation Date
               ($1.00) plus extraordinary expenses, if any ($0.00), divided by
               the NAV per share on the current Calculation Date, ($11.00):
               ($12.50/[1 + ($1.00/$11.00)] = $11.46

56 | Appendix B
<PAGE>

           Because $11.46 is greater than the NAV per share on the Calculation
           Date ($11.00), $11.46 becomes the new Protected High NAV. In
           addition, the reinvestment of the $1.00 dividend allows you to
           purchase an additional 181.500 shares: 2,000 (shares owned) x 1.00
           per share dividend /$11 (net asset value) = 181.50 (additional
           shares purchased), bringing your total shares owned to 2,000 +
           181.50 = 2,181.50.

           Your Protected Amount is now 2,181.50 x $11.46 = $25,000.00.

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $25,000.00
           (2,000 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $25,000.00.
           The Protected High NAV per share (due to the distribution) has
           decreased, but your Protected Amount remains the same because you
           have reinvested the distribution in more shares.

           EXAMPLE 4: We will use the same assumptions in Example 3 above,
           except that you elect to receive dividends and distributions in
           cash.

           To recalculate your Protected Amount:

           1.   Determine your total shares owned: 2,000 shares.

           2.   Determine the new Protected High NAV: $11.46.

           3.   Multiply your total shares owned by the Protected High NAV
               (2,000 x $11.46 = $22,920.00).

           Your Protected Amount is lower when you receive dividends in cash
           (see Example 3).

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $25,000.00
           (2,000 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $22,920.00.
           Your Protected Amount has decreased because you did not reinvest the
           distribution in more shares.

           Although you can perform this calculation yourself, the fund will
           calculate the Protected High NAV for each share class and publish it
           on the DWS website: www.dws-investments.com, together with the
           current NAV. It is possible that the fund's calculations may differ
           from a shareholder's calculation, for example, because of rounding
           or the number of decimal places used. In any case, the fund's
           calculations will be determinative.


                                                                Appendix B  | 57
<PAGE>

TO GET MORE INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER REPORTS - These include commentary from the fund's management team
about recent market conditions and the effects of the fund's strategies on its
performance. They also have detailed performance figures, a list of everything
the fund owns, and its financial statements. Shareholders get these reports
automatically.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) - This tells you more about the
fund's features and policies, including additional risk information. The SAI is
incorporated by reference into this document (meaning that it's legally part of
this prospectus).


For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information about
the fund, call (800) 730-1313, or contact DWS Investments at the address listed
below. SAIs and shareholder reports are also available through the DWS
Investments Web site at www.dws-investments.com. These documents and other
information about the fund are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's
Internet site at www.sec.gov. If you like, you may obtain copies of this
information, after paying a copying fee, by e-mailing a request to
publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC at the address listed below. You can
also review and copy these documents and other information about the fund,
including the fund's SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington,
D.C. Information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling (800) SEC-0330.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DWS INVESTMENTS      SEC                     DISTRIBUTOR
-----------------    --------------------    ------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                     <C>
PO Box 219210        100 F Street, N.E.      DWS Investments Distributors,
Kansas City, MO      Washington, D.C.        Inc.
64121-9210           20549-0102              222 South Riverside Plaza
www.dws-             WWW.SEC.GOV             Chicago, IL 60606-5808
investments.com      (800) SEC-0330          (800) 621-1148
(800) 730-1313
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                    <C>
SEC FILE NUMBER:
DWS Target Fund       DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund      811-6071
</TABLE>






(09/01/08) DLCPF-1-IN

[RECYCLE GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]
                                                          [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group
<PAGE>


                               SEPTEMBER 1, 2009








                                   PROSPECTUS
                              ------------------
                                    CLASS S


                       DWS LIFECOMPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND


                    (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) does not
approve or disapprove these shares or determine whether the information in this
prospectus is truthful or complete. It is a criminal offense for anyone to
inform you otherwise.


                                     RESHAPING INVESTING. [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group


<PAGE>

CONTENTS





<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW THE FUND WORKS
  4      The Fund's Main Investment
         Strategy
 12      The Main Risks of Investing in
         the Fund
 19      The Financial Warranty
         Agreement
 22      The Fund's Performance
         History
 23      How Much Investors Pay
 24      Other Policies and Information
         and Secondary Risks
 28      Who Manages and Oversees
         the Fund
 31      Financial Highlights


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>
HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND
 33      How to Buy Class S Shares
 34      How to Exchange or Sell
         Class S Shares
 37      Policies You Should Know
         About
 47      Understanding Distributions
         and Taxes
 51      Appendix A
 53      Appendix B
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

HOW THE FUND WORKS
On the next few pages, you'll find information about the fund's investment
objective, the main strategies it uses to pursue that objective and the main
risks that could affect performance.

Whether you are considering investing in the fund or are already a shareholder,
you'll want to LOOK THIS INFORMATION OVER CAREFULLY. You may want to keep it on
hand for reference as well.

CLASS S shares are generally only available to new investors through fee-based
programs of investment dealers that have special agreements with the fund's
distributor, through certain group retirement plans and through certain
registered investment advisors. These dealers and advisors typically charge
ongoing fees for services they provide.

Remember that mutual funds are investments, not bank deposits. They're not
insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Their share
prices will go up and down, and you could lose money by investing in them.

You can find DWS prospectuses on the Internet at WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM (the
Web site does not form a part of this prospectus).
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
                                               Class S
  ticker symbol                                PROSX
    fund number                                2053

  DWS LIFECO  MPASS PROTECT 2017 FUND

  (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


</TABLE>


            THE FUND'S MAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGY


            The Fund's Investment Goal


            DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund seeks to maximize total return
            consistent with capital preservation. The fund's investment
            strategies are designed to ensure that shareholders who hold their
            shares at the fund's maturity receive the greater of (i) the net
            asset value ("NAV") per share at inception ($10.00), or (ii) the
            highest NAV per share attained over the life of the fund, each
            subject to the adjustments described below (the "Protected High
            NAV").


            The fund seeks to achieve its objective over a ten-year investment
            horizon and is designed for investors that have a similar
            investment horizon. The fund's maturity date is November 1, 2017
            (the "Maturity Date"). There is no assurance that the fund will
            achieve its objective.

            The fund will continuously offer its shares through the Maturity
            Date, unless the Board of Trustees determines it is in the fund's
            best interests to discontinue sales, or additional sales are not
            permitted under the fund's Financial Warranty Agreement described
            below.


            The Protected High NAV

            The Protected High NAV is determined separately for each class of
            shares of the fund as of the close of regular trading on the New
            York Stock Exchange on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open
            for trading (the "Calculation Date"). The Protected High NAV is not
            necessarily the amount you paid for your shares. Once a Protected
            High NAV is established, it is continuously adjusted (decreased)
            for any dividends, distributions, and extraordinary expenses paid
            by the fund subsequent to the establishment of such Protected High
            NAV.


4 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Only shareholders who hold their shares on the Maturity Date are
            entitled to receive the Protected High NAV. See Appendix B at the
            back of this prospectus for examples illustrating how the Protected
            High NAV is determined.


            The Protected Amount

            The number of shares you own multiplied by the Protected High NAV
            for your class of shares is the amount the fund seeks to pay you on
            the Maturity Date (the "Protected Amount"). Generally, your
            Protected Amount will remain the same before and after any
            dividends or distributions paid if you reinvest all dividends and
            distributions in additional shares of the fund. Your Protected
            Amount will decrease following any dividends or distributions paid
            to you if you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash.
            Your Protected Amount will also decrease if you redeem shares
            before the Maturity Date. If you redeem your shares before the
            Maturity Date, you will do so at the then current NAV. Your
            Protected Amount may differ from, and may be less than, your
            original investment. See Appendix B at the back of this prospectus
            for examples illustrating how Protected Amounts are calculated.

            The number of shares of the fund outstanding on the Maturity Date
            of each class of shares times the Protected High NAV for that
            class, collectively, is the aggregate dollar amount the fund seeks
            to pay out to all shareholders on the Maturity Date (the "Aggregate
            Protected Amount").


            The fund has entered into a Financial Warranty Agreement (the
            "Warranty Agreement") with Main Place Funding, LLC (the "Warranty
            Provider"), pursuant to which the Warranty Provider has issued a
            stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the fund may draw
            up to $1 billion (the "Financial Warranty"), provided the terms and
            conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied. The Warranty
            Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank of America, N.A.,
            which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
            Corporation. Bank of America Corporation has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Financial
            Warranty is designed to protect the fund against certain market
            risks of the fund's dynamic asset allocation strategy. Accordingly,
            the terms, conditions and limits of the Warranty Agreement are
            intended to ensure that the risk profile of the fund does not
            change



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 5
<PAGE>


            during the warranty period and that the Warranty Provider does not
            assume any risks other than those contemplated in the Warranty
            Agreement. See "The Financial Warranty Agreement."


            The Warranty Agreement obligates the Warranty Provider to make
            payments to the fund for any shortfall between the fund's aggregate
            net assets and: (i) the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity
            Date; or (ii) the Accelerated Aggregate Protected Amount (as
            described below) in the event of an early termination of the fund.
            The obligation of the Warranty Provider is subject to the fund and
            the fund's investment advisor (the "Advisor") complying with the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.

            The Financial Warranty covers issued and outstanding shares having
            an Aggregate Protected Amount of up to $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds
            $1 billion, the Warranty Provider is not liable for the shortfall
            on shares issued in excess of $1 billion. If the Aggregate
            Protected Amount of the fund exceeds $1 billion and the fund draws
            upon the Financial Warranty, the Protected High NAV of all
            outstanding shares would be reduced on a pro-rata basis. The fund
            intends to limit sales or take such other actions as may be
            necessary to limit the Aggregate Protected Amount to $1 billion.

            If the Board terminates the fund before the Maturity Date,
            shareholders who hold their shares on the early termination date
            will receive the greater of: (i) the then-current NAV; or (ii) the
            net present value of the Protected High NAV ("Accelerated Protected
            High NAV"). In the event of early termination, when the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the net
            present value of the estimated remaining payments otherwise due to
            the Warranty Provider had the fund continued to its Maturity Date
            (the "Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee"). When calculating the
            Accelerated Protected High NAV and the Accelerated Financial
            Warranty Fee, net present value will be calculated using a discount
            factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
            Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with the London
            Interbank Offered Rates ("LIBOR") expressed in US dollars as of the
            date of determination.


6 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            Because the commitments of the Warranty Provider are conditional
            and limited in amount, it is not completely certain that you will
            receive your Protected Amount. See "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund - Financial Warranty Risk" and "The Financial Warranty
            Agreement."


            The Fund's Principal Investment Strategies

            DYNAMIC ALLOCATION STRATEGY. The fund seeks to limit downside risk
            and lock in gains while retaining the potential for participation
            in stock market appreciation. The Advisor uses a dynamic asset
            allocation strategy, which is designed to protect a specified level
            of assets (i.e., the Aggregate Protected Amount) and ensure that
            such assets are available to shareholders on the Maturity Date. The
            Aggregate Protected Amount will change if either the Protected High
            NAV or number of outstanding shares change. So long as the fund has
            assets with a value at least equal to the net present value of the
            Aggregate Protected Amount, the fund will generally seek capital
            appreciation through stock market exposure.

            The fund allocates its assets between a managed equity portfolio
            (the "Active Component") and a managed fixed income portfolio (the
            "Reserve Component"). The fund's portfolio managers employ a
            disciplined approach through a proprietary, quantitative
            methodology to construct and rebalance the fund's portfolio. The
            portfolio managers evaluate a number of factors, including, but not
            limited to:

            -  the fund's current NAV as compared to its Protected High NAV

            -  the prevailing level of interest rates

            -  the fund's expenses

            -  the current value of the fund's assets, including investments in
               futures contracts and related margin requirements

            -  the percentage of the fund's assets allocated to the Active and
               Reserve Components

            -  the length of time remaining until the Maturity Date

            -  the volatility of the fund's assets allocated to the Active
               Component

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 7
<PAGE>

            The portfolio managers determine the percentage of the fund's
            portfolio to be allocated to the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily. The portfolio managers will review the underlying
            investments of the Active Component and the Reserve Component
            periodically.

            Because market conditions and the level of interest rates are
            subject to change and because the portfolio managers evaluate the
            fund's allocation between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component on a daily basis, it is impossible to say with any
            certainty exactly how much of the fund's assets will be allocated
            to the Active Component or the Reserve Component over any period of
            time.

            Under normal circumstances, as interest rates decline, more assets
            will be allocated to the Reserve Component because the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount increases. Conversely, if
            interest rates rise, more assets will be allocated to the Active
            Component because the net present value of the Aggregate Protected
            Amount decreases. Additionally, equity market volatility is a
            factor in determining asset allocations. Generally, as the level of
            volatility in the equity market increases, the fund may decrease
            its exposure to the Active Component, thus allocating more assets
            to the Reserve Component. On the other hand, if equity market
            volatility decreases, more assets may be allocated to the Active
            Component. In the event of a significant decline in the equity
            markets, all or substantially all of the fund's assets may be
            allocated to the Reserve Component. If this happens, such
            allocation to the Reserve Component may be irreversible. As the
            fund nears the Maturity Date, the fund generally will decrease its
            exposure to the Active Component by allocating more assets to the
            Reserve Component.

            The fund may have a higher portfolio turnover rate as compared to
            other mutual funds because of the periodic rebalancings required by
            the fund's strategy. Portfolio turnover refers to the frequency of
            portfolio transactions and the percentage of portfolio assets being
            bought and sold during the year.

            ACTIVE COMPONENT. The Active Component is designed to provide the
            fund with exposure to global equity markets through investment in
            index-based securities and other instruments.


8 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            The Active Component consists principally of futures contracts and
            securities of exchange-traded funds (ETFs) based on any of the
            indices listed below. In the future, the fund may add additional
            indices or change the selected indices listed below. The Active
            Component also includes liquid assets used to cover futures
            contracts, which may consist of US government securities, shares of
            DWS Cash Management QP Trust (the "QP Trust"), an unregistered
            money market fund managed by the Advisor, and cash and cash
            equivalents.

            -  S&P 500 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of 500
               large-capitalization US companies in a wide range of businesses,
               selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  RUSSELL 1000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index that
               contains the 1,000 largest stocks within the Russell 3000 Index,
               as determined by the Frank Russell Company. The Russell 3000
               Index contains the common stocks of the 3,000 largest US
               companies by market capitalization.

            -  RUSSELL 2000 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               the common stocks of the 1,001st through 3,000th largest US
               companies by market capitalization, as determined by the Frank
               Russell Company.

            -  S&P MIDCAP 400 INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised
               of 400 mid-capitalization companies in a wide range of
               businesses, selected by Standard and Poor's Corporation.

            -  MSCI EAFE INDEX: an unmanaged stock market index comprised of
               approximately 1,000 companies from various sectors whose primary
               trading markets are developed country markets located outside
               the US and which are selected from among the larger
               capitalization companies in such markets.

            By buying futures contracts, the fund participates in equity market
            returns (gains or losses) that are roughly comparable to investing
            a portion of the fund's assets directly in stocks comprising the
            relevant index. By holding futures contracts, the fund can
            rebalance its exposure to the equity markets daily with lower
            transaction costs than if it had invested directly in stocks.
            Through the use of futures contracts, the fund may effectively
            leverage (i.e., the fund may have equity exposure greater than the
            value of its assets).


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                             | 9
<PAGE>

            The fund may seek net equity exposure of up to 130% of total assets
            through index-based investments.

            The fund only intends to enter into futures contracts on securities
            indices that are traded on recognized US-based exchanges,
            including, but not limited to, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the
            New York Board of Trade, the Chicago Board of Trade and the Chicago
            Board Options Exchange. These contracts generally provide a high
            degree of liquidity and a low level of counterparty performance and
            settlement risk.

            The fund may not enter into futures contracts unless such
            transactions are either "covered" or subject to appropriate asset
            segregation requirements. Generally, the fund segregates or
            earmarks an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations
            relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a
            marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are
            contractually required to "cash-settle," the fund sets aside liquid
            assets in an amount at least equal to the fund's daily
            marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the fund's daily net liability,
            if any), rather than the contracts' notional value (i.e., the value
            of the underlying asset). By setting aside assets equal to its net
            obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the fund may
            employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund set aside
            assets equal to the futures contracts' full notional value. The
            fund bases its asset segregation policies on methods permitted by
            the staff of the SEC and may modify these policies in the future to
            comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to
            time by the SEC or its staff.

            The fund generally seeks exposure to the equities markets through
            index-based investments, including futures contracts and ETFs based
            on securities indices. The fund does not seek exposure to the
            commodities markets and is not a trading vehicle for commodities.
            The fund is registered as an investment company, and the Advisor
            has claimed an exclusion, with respect to the fund, from
            registration or regulation under the Commodities Exchange Act.

            For more information on the fund's asset segregation policies for
            futures contracts, see "Investment Policies and Techniques" in the
            fund's Statement of Additional Information.


10 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            RESERVE COMPONENT. The Reserve Component provides the fund with
            exposure to the US fixed income markets. The primary purpose of the
            Reserve Component is to protect the Aggregate Protected Amount.
            Generally, allocations to the Reserve Component will increase when
            the difference between the fund's net assets and the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount decreases. In other words,
            the greater the positive difference, or "cushion," between the
            fund's net assets less the net present value of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount, the greater the allocation to the Active
            Component. The allocation of assets to the Reserve Component may be
            substantial at times and is expected to approach 100% as the fund
            nears its Maturity Date. Under normal circumstances, the Reserve
            Component will be invested primarily in zero coupon US government
            securities, shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, and cash and
            cash equivalents. A small portion of the Reserve Component may also
            be invested in the QP Trust.

            In the future, the fund also may determine to allocate a portion of
            the Reserve Component to other DWS mutual funds or unaffiliated
            ETFs.

            US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. The fund's direct investments in US
            government securities will consist of zero coupon US government
            securities that are issued by the US Treasury, which may include
            STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
            Securities).

            SECURITIES OF OTHER REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES. The fund may
            invest in securities of other registered investment companies, in
            excess of the limits imposed under the Investment Company Act of
            1940 (the "1940 Act"), pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from
            the SEC. The order generally allows the fund to invest in
            securities of affiliated DWS mutual funds and securities of
            unaffiliated ETFs in excess of the 1940 Act limits. The fund
            currently may invest in shares of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund. The
            fund intends to invest in securities of ETFs as a means of
            achieving equity market exposure.

            DWS SHORT DURATION PLUS FUND. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's
            investment objective is to provide high income while also seeking
            to maintain a high degree of stability of shareholders' capital.
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests in securities of varying
            maturities and normally seeks to maintain


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 11
<PAGE>

            an average portfolio duration of no longer than three years. DWS
            Short Duration Plus Fund invests, under normal market conditions,
            at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income securities rated,
            at the time of purchase, within the top four long-term rating
            categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating
            organization (a "NRSRO") (or, if unrated, determined by the Advisor
            to be of similar quality).

            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in
            US dollar-denominated, domestic and foreign below investment-grade
            fixed income securities (junk bonds) rated in the fifth and sixth
            long-term rating categories by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined
            by the Advisor to be of similar quality), including those whose
            issuers are located in countries with new or emerging securities
            markets.

            In an attempt to enhance returns, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund also
            employs a global asset allocation strategy, which invests in
            instruments across domestic and international fixed income and
            currency markets. When employing this strategy, DWS Short Duration
            Plus Fund may use various derivatives to attempt to enhance
            returns.

            QP TRUST. The QP Trust is an unregistered money market fund managed
            by the Advisor. The QP Trust's investment objective is to provide
            as high a level of current income as is consistent with the
            preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. The QP
            Trust maintains a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90
            days or less and only purchases investments having remaining
            maturities of 13 months or less. Investments of the QP Trust must
            be rated in one of the two highest categories by a NRSRO (or, if
            unrated, determined by the Advisor to be of similar quality). The
            Advisor does not charge a fee for managing the QP Trust, although
            the fund will pay its proportionate share of the expenses of the QP
            Trust.


            THE MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND

            There are several risk factors that could hurt the fund's
            performance, cause you to lose money or cause the fund's
            performance to trail that of other investments.


12 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            General product risks


            ALLOCATION RISK. Allocation risk is the risk that the Advisor's
            proprietary strategy does not produce the desired results due to
            allocations between the Active Component and the Reserve Component.
            Investment in the Reserve Component reduces the fund's ability to
            participate as fully in upward equity market movements and
            therefore represents potential loss of opportunity compared to a
            portfolio that is more heavily invested in the equity markets. For
            example, as the fund attains new Protected High NAVs, the Advisor's
            allocation strategy may require the fund to allocate additional
            assets to the Reserve Component, decreasing the fund's upside
            equity potential. If the equity markets experience a major decline,
            the fund's assets may become largely or entirely invested in the
            Reserve Component. In fact, if the value of the Active Component
            were to decline significantly (whether within a short period of
            time, including within a single day, or over a protracted period),
            an irreversible reallocation to the Reserve Component may occur. In
            this circumstance, the fund would not participate in any subsequent
            recovery in the equity markets.


            The allocation of the fund's assets between the Active Component
            and the Reserve Component may result in additional transaction
            costs, such as brokerage commissions. This process can have an
            adverse effect on the performance of the fund during periods of
            increased equity market volatility. In addition, a high portfolio
            turnover rate, which may also have an adverse effect on the
            performance of the fund, may increase the fund's transaction costs
            and may result in the acceleration of capital gains and the
            recognition of greater levels of short-term capital gains, which
            are taxed at ordinary federal income tax rates when distributed to
            shareholders.

            STRATEGY RISK. A principal risk of the fund's dynamic allocation
            strategy is that a sudden drop in the value of the Active Component
            reduces the value of the fund's portfolio below the net present
            value of the Aggregate Protected Amount. In such a case, the fund
            would no longer be able to assure the payment of the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date. Because the Advisor
            rebalances assets between the Active Component and the Reserve
            Component daily, a principal risk of the strategy is a sudden
            intra-day market drop that occurs before the fund's equity exposure
            can be reduced.


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 13
<PAGE>

            FINANCIAL WARRANTY RISK. The Financial Warranty is designed to
            protect against certain market risks inherent in the dynamic
            allocation strategy, particularly intra-day risk. It does not
            protect against fund or Advisor operational risks or errors of the
            fund or its agents. The Warranty Agreement places investment limits
            on the fund, imposes asset coverage requirements and may limit the
            fund's ability to take certain actions, unless the Warranty
            Provider consents to such actions. Such provisions may limit the
            fund's allocation of assets to the Active Component during the life
            of the fund and/or limit the portfolio managers' ability to respond
            to changing market conditions. If the fund or the Advisor fail to
            comply with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the
            Warranty Agreement, including investment limits, the Warranty
            Provider may cause the fund to allocate all of its assets to a
            defeasance portfolio (generally consisting of zero coupon US
            government securities) or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            Financial Warranty terminates upon termination of the Warranty
            Agreement.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated, the fund's Board will take
            such action as it deems to be in the best interests of the fund,
            including (i) determining to continue the operation of the fund
            without the benefit of a financial warranty; (ii) entering into an
            alternative warranty arrangement, which may include greater costs
            to the fund; or (iii) electing to terminate the fund early.

            A shareholder's ability to receive the Protected Amount may depend
            on the financial condition of the Warranty Provider. If the
            Warranty Provider becomes insolvent or its credit deteriorates
            substantially, payment under the Financial Warranty may not be made
            or may become unlikely. In such an event, the fund could take a
            variety of actions, including replacing the Warranty Provider. In
            such circumstances, the fund may incur a higher warranty fee or the
            terms of the new warranty agreement may be less favorable than the
            current Warranty Agreement.

            EARLY TERMINATION RISK. Early termination risk is the risk that the
            fund may be terminated and your shares liquidated before the fund's
            Maturity Date. If the fund were terminated before the Maturity
            Date, a shareholder would have to locate an alternative investment
            for his or her assets, which could involve transaction expenses. In
            the event of an early termination, the fund will redeem your shares
            on the early


14 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected High
            NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the fund
            calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
            early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
            Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
            Strategy -  The Protected Amount"). Because the Accelerated
            Protected High NAV accounts for the time value of money, it may be
            less than the current NAV per share of the fund, and it may be less
            than what you paid to purchase your shares. Generally, the longer
            the time period remaining to the Maturity Date, the greater the
            discount to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
            insufficient assets to pay the "Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount," which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
            of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
            that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider
            will be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any
            shortfall, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of the
            Warranty Agreement.

            LIMITATIONS ON PROTECTED HIGH NAV. If you prefer to receive your
            dividends and distributions in cash, you should consider the
            appropriateness of investing in the fund. In addition, redemptions
            made for any reason prior to the Maturity Date will be made at the
            fund's then current NAV, which could result in a redeeming
            shareholder receiving less than the Protected High NAV (or even a
            shareholder's initial investment) for the redeemed shares. A
            shareholder's Protected Amount will be reduced by any redemptions
            made, and by any dividends and distributions received in the form
            of cash, prior to the Maturity Date.

            If the fund incurs extraordinary expenses that are not covered by
            the Warranty Agreement, the Protected High NAV will be reduced by
            the per share amount of such extraordinary expenses. Examples of
            such extraordinary expenses include legal fees or other costs of
            litigating a claim brought against the fund and income or excise
            taxes incurred by the fund.


            Investment-related risks

            FUTURES CONTRACTS RISK. The use of futures contracts in the manner
            contemplated by the fund (i.e., for return purposes and not for
            hedging purposes) allows the fund to leverage its assets because
            the use of futures contracts allows for substantially more exposure
            to the stock markets compared to


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 15
<PAGE>

            direct investments in common stock. In a futures contract, the
            fund's outlay (i.e., initial margin required to purchase the
            contract) is small relative to equity exposure obtained through the
            contract. While the use of futures contracts held by the fund can
            magnify gains, it can also magnify losses. These losses can be
            substantially more than the initial margin. See "Derivatives Risk."



            ETF RISK. An ETF is a fund that holds a portfolio of common stocks
            or bonds designed to track the performance of a securities index or
            industry sector. ETFs trade on a securities exchange and their
            shares may, at times, trade at a premium or discount to their net
            asset value. In addition, an ETF may not replicate exactly the
            performance of the index it seeks to track for a number of reasons,
            including transaction costs incurred by the ETF. ETFs incur fees
            and expenses, such as operating expenses, licensing fees, trustee
            fees and marketing expenses, which are borne proportionately by ETF
            shareholders, such as the fund. The fund will also incur brokerage
            costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs.


            INVESTMENT COMPANY SECURITIES. Because the fund currently intends
            to invest in other investment companies, including ETFs,
            shareholders will incur not only the expenses of the fund, but also
            a proportionate share of the expenses of the underlying funds held
            by the fund (including operating costs and, in the case of
            unaffiliated funds, investment management fees).

            In addition, from time to time, one or more underlying DWS funds
            may experience relatively large investments or redemptions due to
            reallocations or rebalancing of the fund or other DWS
            fund-of-funds. These transactions will affect the underlying funds
            because underlying funds that experience redemptions as a result of
            reallocations or rebalancing may have to sell securities and
            underlying funds that receive additional cash will have to invest
            such cash. While it is impossible to predict the overall impact of
            these transactions over time, there could be adverse effects on the
            fund's performance to the extent that the underlying funds may be
            required to sell securities or invest cash at times when they would
            otherwise not do so. To the extent that participation in the
            fund-of-funds structure becomes disruptive to the portfolio
            management of an underlying fund, such underlying fund may
            discontinue sales to the fund and other DWS funds following a
            fund-of-funds strategy.


16 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            ZERO COUPON BOND RISK. The market value of a zero coupon bond
            portfolio generally is more volatile than the market value of a
            portfolio of fixed income securities with similar maturities that
            pay interest periodically. In addition, federal income tax law
            requires that the holder of a zero coupon bond accrue a portion of
            the discount at which the bond was purchased as taxable income each
            year, even though the holder receives no interest payment on the
            bond during the year. Because the fund must distribute
            substantially all of its net income (including non-cash income
            attributable to zero coupon bonds) to its shareholders each year
            for federal income tax purposes, such accrued discount must be
            taken into account in determining the amount of taxable
            distributions to shareholders. The fund may consequently have to
            dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances
            to generate cash to satisfy such distribution requirements. These
            actions may reduce the assets to which the fund's expenses could
            otherwise be allocated and may reduce the fund's rate of return.


            The following risks may apply to DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund,
            DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust. Therefore, in the
            sections below, the term "fund" refers to DWS LifeCompass Protect
            2017 Fund, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and the QP Trust, as
            applicable.

            INTEREST RATE RISK. Generally, debt securities will decrease in
            value when interest rates rise. The longer the duration of the
            fund's debt securities, the more sensitive the fund will be to
            interest rate changes. (As a general rule, a 1% rise in interest
            rates means a 1% fall in value for every year of duration.) As
            interest rates decline, the issuers of debt securities held by the
            fund may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the fund
            to reinvest in lower-yielding debt securities and may reduce the
            fund's income. As interest rates increase, slower than expected
            principal payments may extend the average life of debt securities.
            This will have the effect of locking in a below-market interest
            rate, thereby further reducing the value of such a debt security.


            CREDIT RISK. A fund purchasing debt securities faces the risk that
            the creditworthiness of an issuer may decline, causing the value of
            the debt securities to decline. In addition, an issuer may not be
            able to make timely payments on the interest and/
            or principal on the debt security it has issued. Because the
            issuers of high-yield debt securities or junk bonds (debt


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 17
<PAGE>

            securities rated below the fourth highest category) may be in
            uncertain financial health, the prices of their debt securities can
            be more vulnerable to bad economic news or even the expectation of
            bad news, than investment-grade debt securities. In some cases,
            debt securities, particularly high-yield debt securities, may
            decline in credit quality or go into default. Because the fund may
            invest in securities not paying current interest or in securities
            already in default, these risks may be more pronounced.


            MARKET RISK. Deteriorating market conditions might cause a general
            weakness in the market that reduces the prices of securities in
            that market. Developments in a particular class of debt securities
            or the stock market could also adversely affect the fund by
            reducing the relative attractiveness of debt securities as an
            investment. Also, to the extent that the fund emphasizes debt
            securities from any given industry, it could be hurt if that
            industry does not do well.


            SECURITY SELECTION RISK. A risk that pervades all investing is the
            risk that the securities in the fund's portfolio may decline in
            value.

            LIQUIDITY RISK. Liquidity risk is the risk that a security cannot
            be sold quickly at a price that reflects the fund's estimate of its
            value.

            PRICING RISK. At times, market conditions may make it difficult to
            value some investments, and the fund may use certain valuation
            methodologies for some of its investments, such as fair value
            pricing. Given the subjective nature of such valuation
            methodologies, it is possible that the value determined for an
            investment may be different than the value realized upon such
            investment's sale. If the fund has valued its securities too
            highly, you may pay too much for fund shares when you buy into the
            fund. If the fund has underestimated the price of its securities,
            you may not receive the full market value when you sell your fund
            shares.

            DERIVATIVES RISK. Risks associated with derivatives include the
            risk that the derivative is not well correlated with the security,
            index or currency to which it relates; the risk that derivatives
            may result in losses or missed opportunities; the risk that the
            fund will be unable to sell the derivative because of an illiquid
            secondary market; the risk that a counterparty is unwilling or
            unable to meet its obligation; and the risk that the derivative
            transaction could expose the fund to the effects of leverage,


18 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            which could increase the fund's exposure to the market and magnify
            potential losses. There is no guarantee that derivatives, to the
            extent employed, will have the intended effect, and their use could
            cause lower returns or even losses to the fund. The use of
            derivatives by the fund to hedge risk may reduce the opportunity
            for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price
            movements.


            FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. To the extent the fund invests in
            companies based outside the US, it faces the risks inherent in
            foreign investing. Adverse political, economic or social
            developments could undermine the value of the fund's investments or
            prevent the fund from realizing their full value. Financial
            reporting standards for companies based in foreign markets differ
            from those in the US. Additionally, foreign securities markets
            generally are smaller and less liquid than the US markets. These
            risks tend to be greater in emerging markets so, to the extent the
            fund invests in emerging markets, it takes on greater risks. The
            currency of a country in which the fund has invested could decline
            relative to the value of the US dollar, which decreases the value
            of the investment to US investors. The investments of the fund may
            be subject to foreign withholding taxes.



            THE FINANCIAL WARRANTY AGREEMENT


            To provide greater assurance that shareholders receive their
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or their Accelerated
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the fund
            has entered into the Warranty Agreement with the Warranty Provider.
            In accordance with the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider
            has issued a stand-by letter of credit to the fund, on which the
            fund may draw up to $1 billion (the Financial Warranty), provided
            the terms and conditions of the Warranty Agreement are satisfied.
            Unless earlier terminated, the Warranty Agreement and the Financial
            Warranty will continue in effect until the Maturity Date.

            Bank of America Corporation (the "Guarantor") has provided an
            unconditional guarantee of the Warranty Provider's performance of
            its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor's
            guarantee is not an obligation of, or guaranteed by, Bank of
            America, N.A. or any other bank and is not insured by the Federal
            Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 19
<PAGE>


            The fund and not the fund's shareholders is the holder of the
            Financial Warranty. The fund's shareholders have no direct rights
            or claims against the Warranty Provider or the Guarantor in the
            event that the Warranty Provider fails to perform its obligations
            under the Warranty Agreement.

            If the fund's assets are insufficient to pay the Aggregate
            Protected Amount on the Maturity Date or the Accelerated Aggregate
            Protected Amount, in the event of early fund termination, the
            Warranty Provider will pay the fund the difference between the
            Aggregate Protected Amount or the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
            Amount, as the case may be, and the aggregate net assets of the
            fund. The Warranty Provider's obligations are subject to all of the
            terms, conditions and limitations of the Warranty Agreement.


            The Warranty Agreement imposes specific reporting, monitoring and
            substantive obligations on the fund, the Advisor and indirectly on
            the fund's custodian, including investment limitations. Although
            the parties are generally afforded some opportunity to cure
            breaches, failure to do so may afford the Warranty Provider the
            ability to cause the fund to invest all of its assets in a
            "defeasance portfolio," which will generally consist of zero coupon
            US government securities, or terminate the Warranty Agreement. The
            fund has delegated to the Advisor responsibility for developing
            internal procedures to ensure compliance with the terms of the
            Warranty Agreement. There is no assurance that such procedures will
            detect and prevent all breaches of the Warranty Agreement.

            Subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the Warranty Provider
            generally may cause the fund to invest in a defeasance portfolio
            upon the occurrence of certain events. These events include,
            without limitation: (i) any failure to manage the fund in all
            material respects in accordance with its registration statement,
            the Warranty Agreement and applicable law; (ii) any change in the
            investment adviser to the fund without the consent of the Warranty
            Provider; (iii) a material regulatory event or litigation event
            with respect to the fund or the Advisor; (iv) the issuance of fund
            shares in excess of $1 billion; (v) a failure to pay the warranty
            fee when due; or (vi) the failure to provide continuous reporting.


20 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

            In addition, subject to applicable cure periods, if any, the
            Warranty Provider may terminate the Warranty Agreement and the
            Financial Warranty prior to the Maturity Date in certain
            circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following: (i)
            any failure to manage the fund in all material respects in
            accordance with its registration statement, if such failure would
            have an adverse effect on the Warranty Provider; (ii) any change in
            the investment adviser or the custodian to the fund without the
            consent of the Warranty Provider; (iii) a failure to invest the
            fund's assets in a defeasance portfolio; or (iv) certain regulatory
            events with respect to the fund.

            If the Warranty Agreement is terminated by the Warranty Provider,
            the fund will not receive the benefit of the Financial Warranty,
            and shareholders may not receive their Protected Amounts. The
            Warranty Provider does not have the right to terminate the fund.


            For a more detailed explanation of the events that would allow the
            Warranty Provider to terminate the Warranty Agreement or force the
            fund into a defeasance portfolio under the Warranty Agreement or of
            the investment limitations imposed by the Warranty Agreement, see
            the Appendix to the fund's Statement of Additional Information. For
            more information about the risks associated with the Financial
            Warranty and early termination, see "The Main Risks of Investing in
            the Fund -  Financial Warranty Risk" and "Other Policies and
            Information and Secondary Risks -  Additional Information about the
            Financial Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor." See
            also the fund's Statement of Additional Information.



DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 21
<PAGE>


THE FUND'S PERFORMANCE HISTORY

While a fund's past performance (before and after taxes) isn't necessarily a
sign of how it will do in the future, it can be valuable for an investor to
know.

The bar chart shows the performance of Class S shares for the fund's first full
calendar year, which may give some idea of risk. The table on the following
page shows how fund performance compares to relevant index performance (which,
unlike fund performance, does not reflect fees and expenses). The performance
of the fund and the index information varies over time. All figures assume
reinvestment of dividends and distributions (in the case of after-tax returns,
reinvested net of assumed tax rates).

The table shows returns for Class S shares on a before-tax and after-tax basis.
After-tax returns are estimates calculated using the historical highest
marginal individual federal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of
state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor's tax
situation and may differ from those shown in the table. After-tax returns shown
are not relevant for investors who hold their shares through tax-deferred
arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN (%) AS OF 12/31 EACH YEAR - Class S


22 | DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
<PAGE>

HOW MUCH INVESTORS PAY

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
hold fund shares. This information doesn't include any fees that may be charged
by your financial advisor.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEE TABLE                                           CLASS S
<S>                                       <C>
 SHAREHOLDER FEES, paid directly from
 your investment                                     None
______________________________________
 ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES, deducted from fund assets
________________________________________________________________________
 Management Fee1                                      0.60%
 Distribution/Service (12b-1) Fee                    None
 Other Expenses2
 Financial Warranty Fee3                              0.57
 TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES
 Less Expense Waiver/Reimbursement
 NET ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES4
</TABLE>



1   In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
   allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.60% management fee will
   decrease to 0.30%.


2   "Other Expenses" include an administrative services fee paid to the Advisor
   in the amount of 0.10% of average daily net assets.


3   In the event that all of the fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
   allocated to the Reserve Component, the fund's 0.57% financial warranty fee
   will decrease to 0.30%.


4   Net Annual Operating Expenses include other operating expenses, which are
   capped at [____%] for Class S shares through [________]. The fee cap does
   not include acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, or extraordinary
   expenses, brokerage, taxes and interest.


Based on the costs above (including one year of capped expenses in each
period), this example helps you compare the expenses of the fund to those of
other mutual funds. This example assumes the expenses above remain the same. It
also assumes that you invested $10,000, earned 5% annual returns and reinvested
all dividends and distributions. This is only an example; actual expenses will
be different.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXAMPLE               1 YEAR      3 YEARS      5 YEARS      10 YEARS
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
 Class S shares          $           $            $            $
</TABLE>




DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                                                                            | 23
<PAGE>

OTHER POLICIES AND INFORMATION AND SECONDARY RISKS

           While the previous pages describe the main points of the fund's
           strategy and risks, there are a few other issues to know about:

           -  Although major changes tend to be infrequent, the fund's Board
              could change the fund's investment objective without seeking
              shareholder approval.


           -  The fund may trade actively. This could raise transaction costs
              (thus lowering return) and could mean increased taxable
              distributions to shareholders and distributions that will be
              taxable to shareholders at higher federal income tax rates.


           Additional Information about the Financial
           Warranty, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

           The Warranty Provider is Main Place Funding, LLC, a limited
           liability company incorporated under the laws of the State of
           Delaware. The Warranty Provider is an operating subsidiary of Bank
           of America, N.A. and, as such, has all of the powers of Bank of
           America, N.A, other than the power to take deposits. Bank of
           America, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bank of America
           Corporation and is licensed as a national banking association by the
           Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") pursuant to the
           National Bank Act and is regulated and examined by the OCC. Bank of
           America, N.A.'s long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are
           currently rated Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")
           and A+ by each of Fitch Ratings, a division of Fitch, Inc.
           ("Fitch"), and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
           McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), each a nationally recognized
           statistical rating organization. The Warranty Provider has not
           received ratings from any ratings organization.


           Under the Warranty Agreement, the fund will pay to the Warranty
           Provider a fee at an annual rate equal to 0.57% of the average daily
           net assets of the fund. In the event that the fund becomes
           completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve Component, the
           fee payable to the Warranty Provider will be reduced to an annual
           rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets.


24 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>


           Bank of America Corporation has provided an unconditional guarantee
           of the Warranty Provider's performance of its obligations under the
           Warranty Agreement. The Guarantor is organized as a Delaware
           corporation and operates as a bank holding company and financial
           services holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the
           Federal Reserve System. The Guarantor's long-term unsecured senior
           debt obligations are currently rated A2 by Moody's, A+ by Fitch, and
           A by S&P.

           The Warranty Provider, the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A have
           not participated in the organization of the fund and make no
           representations regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.


           The fund will provide you with a copy of the most recent financial
           reports of the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor, free of charge,
           upon request. To receive a copy of these reports please contact the
           fund at the telephone number or write to the fund at the address
           shown on the outside back cover of this prospectus.



           Maturity Date and Early Termination


           OPTIONS ON THE MATURITY DATE. The Board may, at the recommendation
           of the Advisor, elect to (i) continue the operation of the fund
           after the Maturity Date without the benefit of a Protected High NAV
           feature; (ii) continue the operation of the fund by setting a new
           Maturity Date with a Protected High NAV feature; (iii) terminate the
           fund as of the Maturity Date; or (iv) take any other actions the
           Board determines is in the best interests of the fund. The Board may
           take any of these actions without shareholder approval, unless
           otherwise required by law. You will receive notice of your options
           at least sixty (60) days before the Maturity Date. In all cases, you
           will have the right to redeem your shares on the Maturity Date for
           cash at the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity Date
           or the Protected High NAV (assuming the Advisor's allocation
           strategy is successful or the Financial Warranty is still in
           effect). If you elect to continue your investment in the fund after
           the Maturity Date, the Warranty Provider will contribute sufficient
           assets to the fund, if necessary, to ensure that the value of the
           remaining shareholder accounts on the Maturity Date is at least
           equal to their Aggregate Protected Amount. After making any required



                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 25
<PAGE>

           payments under the Warranty Agreement, the Warranty Provider is
           under no further obligation to make payments to the fund. The
           Warranty Provider may or may not issue a new financial warranty to
           the fund after the Maturity Date, and is under no present obligation
           to do so.

           You may also exchange your shares into another DWS fund on the
           Maturity Date. Please keep in mind that an exchange is a taxable
           event for federal income tax purposes, and you may be subject to a
           sales charge of the fund you exchange into.


           EARLY TERMINATION - BOARD EARLY TERMINATION. The Board may terminate
           the fund if: (i) the Board determines that the fund's asset size is
           not economically viable; (ii) the fund becomes irreversibly
           allocated to the Reserve Component; (iii) the fund's Advisor resigns
           or is terminated and the Board determines that a replacement
           investment advisor will not be appointed; or (iv) the Board
           determines that it is otherwise in the best interests of the fund to
           terminate the fund. In the event that the fund is terminated before
           its Maturity Date, you will be entitled to redeem your shares on the
           early termination date at the greater of the Accelerated Protected
           High NAV or the then-current NAV per share of the fund. When the
           fund calculates its NAV and Accelerated Protected High NAV as of the
           early termination date, each amount will be reduced by the
           Accelerated Financial Warranty Fee (see "The Fund's Main Investment
           Strategy - The Protected Amount"). The Warranty Provider does not
           have the right to terminate the fund. Although, under certain
           circumstances, the Warranty Provider may terminate the fund's
           Financial Warranty or cause the fund to allocate all of its assets
           to the Reserve Component.


           The Accelerated Protected High NAV is equal to the net present value
           of the fund's Protected High NAV. As mentioned above, when
           calculating the Accelerated Protected High NAV, the net present
           value of the Protected High NAV will be calculated using a discount
           factor based on the yield of a zero coupon bond maturing on the
           Maturity Date, the yield of which is consistent with LIBOR expressed
           in US dollars as of the date of determination. Because the
           computation accounts for the time value of money, the Accelerated
           Protected High NAV will be less than the Protected High NAV and may
           be less than the current NAV per share of the fund. The Accelerated
           Protected High NAV also may be less than what you paid to purchase
           your shares. Generally, the longer the time remaining to the
           Maturity Date, the greater the discount of the Accelerated Protected



26 | Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks
<PAGE>

           High NAV to the Protected High NAV. In the event that the fund has
           insufficient assets to pay the Accelerated Aggregate Protected
           Amount, which is, collectively, the Accelerated Protected High NAV
           of each class of shares times the number of shares outstanding of
           that class on the early termination date, the Warranty Provider will
           be required to contribute sufficient assets to cover any shortfall,
           up to the limits of the Financial Warranty.

           You will receive at least 60 days' prior written notice of an early
           termination. If a notice of termination is declared for the fund,
           the fund will cease selling shares to new shareholders. The notice
           will include information on the Accelerated Protected High NAV and
           the date your shares are expected to be redeemed.


           For more information

           This prospectus doesn't tell you about every policy or risk of
           investing in the fund.

           If you want more information on the fund's allowable securities and
           investment practices and the characteristics and risks of each one,
           you may want to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information (the back cover tells you how to do this).


           Keep in mind that there is no assurance that the fund will achieve
           its investment objective.

           A complete list of the fund's portfolio holdings as of the month-end
           is posted on www.dws-investments.com on or about the 15th day of the
           following month. More frequent posting of portfolio holdings
           information may be made from time to time on SAIs and shareholder
           reports are also available through the DWS Investments Web site at
           www.dws-investments.com.. The posted portfolio holdings information
           is available by fund and generally remains accessible at least until
           the date on which the fund files its Form N-CSR or N-Q with the
           Securities and Exchange Commission for the period that includes the
           date as of which the posted information is current. The fund's
           Statement of Additional Information includes a description of the
           fund's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the
           fund's portfolio holdings.



                        Other Policies and Information and Secondary Risks  | 27
<PAGE>

WHO MANAGES AND OVERSEES THE FUND


           The investment advisor

           Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the
           "Advisor"), with headquarters at 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY
           10154, is the investment advisor for the fund. Under the oversight
           of the Board, the Advisor makes investment decisions, buys and sells
           securities for the fund and conducts research that leads to these
           purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor provides a full range of
           global investment advisory services to institutional and retail
           clients.

           DWS Investments is part of Deutsche Bank's Asset Management division
           and, within the US, represents the retail asset management
           activities of Deutsche Bank AG, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
           Americas, DIMA and DWS Trust Company.

           Deutsche Asset Management is a global asset management organization
           that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources,
           including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office
           network that reaches the world's major investment centers. This
           well-resourced global investment platform brings together a wide
           variety of experience and investment insight across industries,
           regions, asset classes and investing styles.

           The Advisor is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank
           AG. Deutsche Bank AG is a major global banking institution that is
           engaged in a wide range of financial services, including investment
           management, mutual funds, retail, private and commercial banking,
           investment banking and insurance.


28 | Who Manages and Oversees the Fund
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT FEE. The Advisor will receive a management fee from the
           fund.

           The fund pays the Advisor under the investment management agreement
           a fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of
           0.60% of the fund's average daily net assets. In the event that the
           fund becomes completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve
           Component, the Advisor has contractually agreed to reduce its fee to
           an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets for
           the remainder of the warranty period. Additionally, in such an
           event, the financial warranty fee under the Warranty Agreement will
           be reduced to an annual rate of 0.30% of the fund's average daily
           net assets.

           A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the
           fund's investment management agreement is contained in the fund's
           shareholder report for the annual period ended April 30 (see
           "Shareholder reports" on the back cover).


           Under a separate administrative services agreement between the fund
           and the Advisor, the fund pays the Advisor a fee for providing most
           of the fund's administrative services. The fee is paid at an annual
           rate of 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the fund.



                                         Who Manages and Oversees the Fund  | 29
<PAGE>

Portfolio management

The fund is managed by a team of investment professionals who collaborate to
develop and implement the fund's investment strategy. The portfolio managers'
responsibilities include making purchase and sale decisions, portfolio
construction techniques, portfolio risk assessment, and the management of daily
cash flows in accordance with portfolio holdings.

The following people handle the day-to-day management of the fund.

Robert Wang
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1995 as portfolio manager for asset
   allocation after 13 years of experience of trading fixed income, foreign
   exchange and derivative products at J.P. Morgan.
- Global Head of Quantitative Strategies Portfolio Management: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

Inna Okounkova
Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1999 as a quantitative analyst, becoming
   an associate Portfolio Manager in 2001.
- Global Asset Allocation Portfolio Manager: New York.
- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BS, MS, Moscow State University; MBA, University of Chicago.

William Chepolis, CFA
Managing Director of Deutsche Asset Management and Portfolio Manager of the
fund.
- Joined Deutsche Asset Management in 1998 after 13 years of experience as vice
   president and portfolio manager for Norwest Bank, where he managed the
   bank's fixed income and foreign exchange portfolios.

- Portfolio Manager for Retail Fixed Income: New York.

- Joined the fund in 2007.
- BIS, University of Minnesota.

The fund's Statement of Additional Information provides additional information
about a portfolio manager's investments in the fund, a description of the
portfolio management compensation structure and information regarding other
accounts managed.


30 | Who Manages and Oversees the Fund
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS


The financial highlights are designed to help you understand recent financial
performance. The figures in the first part of the table are for a single share.
The total return figures represent the percentage that an investor in the fund
would have earned (or lost), assuming all dividends and distributions were
reinvested. This information has been audited by __________, independent
registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund's
financial statements, is included in the fund's annual report (see "Shareholder
reports" on the back cover).



                                                      Financial Highlights  | 31
<PAGE>

HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND
THE FOLLOWING PAGES TELL YOU HOW TO INVEST IN THE FUND AND WHAT TO EXPECT AS A
SHAREHOLDER. The following pages also tell you about many of the services,
choices and benefits of being a shareholder. You'll also find information on
how to check the status of your account using the method that's most convenient
for you.

If you're investing directly with DWS Investments, all of this information
applies to you. If you're investing through a "third party provider" - for
example, a workplace retirement plan, financial supermarket or financial
advisor - your provider may have its own policies or instructions and you
should follow those.

Please remember, CLASS S shares are generally only available to new investors
through fee-based programs of investment dealers that have special agreements
with the fund's distributor, through certain group retirement plans and through
certain registered investment advisors. These dealers and advisors typically
charge ongoing fees for services they provide.

You can find out more about the topics covered here by speaking with your
FINANCIAL ADVISOR OR A REPRESENTATIVE OF YOUR WORKPLACE RETIREMENT PLAN OR
OTHER INVESTMENT PROVIDER.

<PAGE>

How to BUY Class S Shares




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 FIRST INVESTMENT                              ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS
<S>                                           <C>
 $2,500 or more for most accounts              $50 or more for most accounts and IRAs
 $1,000 or more for IRAs and UTMAs/           $50 or more for an account with an
 UGMAs                                        Automatic Investment Plan
 $1,000 or more for an account with an
 Automatic Investment Plan
 BY MAIL OR EXPRESS MAIL (SEE BELOW)
                                              Send a DWS Investments investment
 -  Fill out and sign an application
                                              slip or short note that includes:
 -  Send it to us at the appropriate
                                              -  fund and class name
  address, along with an investment
  check made payable to "DWS                  -  account number
  Investments"                                -  check made payable to "DWS
                                              Investments"
 BY WIRE
 -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions      -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions
 BY PHONE
 Not available                                -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions
 WITH AN AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN
 -  Fill in the information on your           -  To set up regular investments from a
  application including a check for the       bank checking account, call
  initial investment and a voided check       (800) 728-3337 (minimum $50)
 USING QuickBuy
 Not available                                -  Call (800) 728-3337 to make sure
                                              QuickBuy is set up on your account; if
                                              it is, you can request a transfer from
                                              your bank account of any amount
                                              between $50 and $250,000
 ON THE INTERNET
 -  Register at                               -  Call (800) 728-3337 to ensure you have
  www.dws-investments.com or log in if        electronic services
  already registered                          -  Register at www.dws-
 -  Print out a prospectus and a new          investments.com
  account application                         or log in if already registered
 -  Complete and return the application       -  Follow the instructions for buying
  with your check                             shares with money from your bank
                                              account
</TABLE>



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REGULAR MAIL:

First Investment: DWS Investments, PO Box 219356, Kansas City, MO 64121-9356
Additional Investments: DWS Investments, PO Box 219154, Kansas City, MO
64121-9154

EXPRESS, REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
DWS Investments, 210 West 10th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105-1614


                                                 How to Buy Class S Shares  | 33
<PAGE>

How to EXCHANGE or SELL Class S Shares



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXCHANGING INTO ANOTHER FUND                    SELLING SHARES
<S>                                             <C>
                                                 Some transactions, including most for
 -  Exchanges into existing accounts:
                                                over $100,000, can only be ordered in
  $50 minimum per fund
                                                writing with a signature guarantee;
 -  Exchanges into new accounts:
                                                please see "Signature Guarantee"
  $2,500 minimum per fund
  $1,000 minimum for IRAs and UTMAs/
  UGMAs
 BY PHONE                                        BY PHONE OR WIRE
 -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions        -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions
 USING THE AUTOMATED INFORMATION LINE
 -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions        -  Call (800) 728-3337 for instructions
 BY MAIL OR EXPRESS MAIL
 (see previous page for address)
 Your instructions should include:              Your instructions should include:
 -  the fund, class and account number          -  the fund, class and account number
  you're exchanging out of                      from which you want to sell shares
 -  the dollar amount or number of shares       -  the dollar amount or number of shares
  you want to exchange                          you want to sell
 -  the name and class of the fund you          -  your name(s), signature(s) and
  want to exchange into                         address, as they appear on your
                                                account
 -  your name(s), signature(s) and
  address, as they appear on your               -  a daytime telephone number
  account
 -  a daytime telephone number
 WITH AN AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN                 WITH AN AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN
 -  To set up regular exchanges from a          -  To set up regular cash payments from
  fund account, call (800) 728-3337             a DWS fund account, call
                                                (800) 728-3337
 USING QuickSell
 Not available                                  -  Call (800) 728-3337 to make sure
                                                QuickSell is set up on your account; if
                                                it is, you can request a transfer to your
                                                bank account of any amount between
                                                $50 and $250,000
 ON THE INTERNET
 -  Register at www.dws-                        -  Register at www.dws-
  investments.com or log in if already          investments.com or log in if already
  registered                                    registered
 -  Follow the instructions for making on-      -  Follow the instructions for making on-
  line exchanges                                line redemptions
</TABLE>


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>
TO REACH US:      WEB SITE: www.dws-investments.com
                  TELEPHONE REPRESENTATIVE: (800) 728-3337, M-F, 9 a.m. - 6 p.m. ET
                  TDD LINE: (800) 972-3006, M-F, 9 a.m.- 6 p.m. ET
</TABLE>



34 | How to Sell or Exchange Class S Shares
<PAGE>

           Financial intermediary support payments


           The Advisor, DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. (the "Distributor")
           and/or their affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of
           their own assets and not as an additional charge to the fund, to
           selected affiliated and unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating
           insurance companies or other financial intermediaries ("financial
           advisors") in connection with the sale and/or distribution of fund
           shares or the retention and/or servicing of fund investors and fund
           shares ("revenue sharing"). Such revenue sharing payments are in
           addition to any distribution or service fees payable under any Rule
           12b-1 or service plan of the fund, any record keeping/sub-transfer
           agency/networking fees payable by the fund (generally through the
           Distributor or an affiliate) and/or the Distributor to certain
           financial advisors for performing such services and any sales
           charge, commissions, non-cash compensation arrangements expressly
           permitted under applicable rules of the Financial Industry
           Regulatory Authority or other concessions described in the fee table
           or elsewhere in this prospectus or the Statement of Additional
           Information as payable to all financial advisors. For example, the
           Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may compensate
           financial advisors for providing the fund with "shelf space" or
           access to a third party platform or fund offering list or other
           marketing programs, including, without limitation, inclusion of the
           fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund
           "supermarket" platforms and other formal sales programs; granting
           the Distributor access to the financial advisor's sales force;
           granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's
           conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the
           financial advisor's personnel; and obtaining other forms of
           marketing support.


           The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial advisors may
           be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors:
           gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the fund
           attributable to the financial advisor, the particular fund or fund
           type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor
           and/or their affiliates and the financial advisors or any
           combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is
           determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or
           their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and may be
           different for different financial advisors based on, for example,
           the nature of the services provided by the financial advisor.


                                    How to Sell or Exchange Class S Shares  | 35
<PAGE>


           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make
           revenue sharing payments from their own assets in connection with
           the sale and/or distribution of DWS fund shares or the retention
           and/or servicing of investors and DWS fund shares to financial
           advisors in amounts that generally range from .01% up to .50% of
           assets of the fund serviced and maintained by the financial advisor,
           .05% to .25% of sales of the fund attributable to the financial
           advisor, a flat fee of $13,350 up to $500,000, or any combination
           thereof. These amounts are subject to change at the discretion of
           the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of, or
           the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation may
           influence your financial advisor's recommendation of the fund or of
           any particular share class of the fund. You should review your
           financial advisor's compensation disclosure and/or talk to your
           financial advisor to obtain more information on how this
           compensation may have influenced your financial advisor's
           recommendation of the fund. Additional information regarding these
           revenue sharing payments is included in the fund's Statement of
           Additional Information, which is available to you on request at no
           charge (see the back cover of this prospectus for more information
           on how to request a copy of the Statement of Additional
           Information).


           The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make
           such revenue sharing payments to financial advisors under the terms
           discussed above in connection with the distribution of both DWS
           funds and non-DWS funds by financial advisors to retirement plans
           that obtain record keeping services from ADP, Inc. on the DWS
           Investments branded retirement plan platform (the "Platform") with
           the level of revenue sharing payments being based upon sales of both
           the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial advisor on the
           Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS
           funds serviced and maintained by the financial advisor on the
           Platform.

           It is likely that broker-dealers that execute portfolio transactions
           for the fund will include firms that also sell shares of the DWS
           funds to their customers. However, the Advisor will not consider
           sales of DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of
           broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the DWS funds.
           Accordingly, the Advisor has implemented policies and procedures
           reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of
           DWS fund shares as a factor in the selection of


36 | How to Sell or Exchange Class S Shares
<PAGE>

           broker-dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the fund. In
           addition, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates will
           not use fund brokerage to pay for their obligation to provide
           additional compensation to financial advisors as described above.


POLICIES YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT

           Along with the information on the previous pages, the policies below
           may affect you as a shareholder. Some of this information, such as
           the section on distributions and taxes, applies to all investors,
           including those investing through a financial advisor.

           If you are investing through a financial advisor or through a
           retirement plan, check the materials you received from them about
           how to buy and sell shares because particular financial advisors or
           other intermediaries may adopt policies, procedures or limitations
           that are separate from those described by the fund. Please note that
           a financial advisor may charge fees separate from those charged by
           the fund and may be compensated by the fund.

           Keep in mind that the information in this prospectus applies only to
           the shares offered herein. Other share classes are described in
           separate prospectuses and have different fees, requirements and
           services.

           In order to reduce the amount of mail you receive and to help reduce
           expenses, we generally send a single copy of any shareholder report
           and prospectus to each household. If you do not want the mailing of
           these documents to be combined with those for other members of your
           household, please contact your financial advisor or call (800)
           728-3337.

           Policies about transactions

           THE FUND IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS each day the New York Stock Exchange
           is open. The fund calculates its share price for each class every
           business day, as of the close of regular trading on the New York
           Stock Exchange (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, but sometimes
           earlier, as in the case of scheduled half-day trading or unscheduled
           suspensions of trading). You can place an order to buy or sell
           shares at any time.



THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

Questions? You can speak to a DWS Investments representative between 9 a.m. and
6 p.m. Eastern time on any fund business day by calling (800) 728-3337.



                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 37
<PAGE>

           To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money
           laundering activities, federal law requires all financial
           institutions to obtain, verify and record information that
           identifies each person who opens an account. What this means to you:
           When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date
           of birth and other information that will allow us to identify you.
           Some or all of this information will be used to verify the identity
           of all persons opening an account.

           We might request additional information about you (which may include
           certain documents, such as articles of incorporation for companies)
           to help us verify your identity and, in some cases, the information
           and/or documents may be required to conduct the verification. The
           information and documents will be used solely to verify your
           identity.

           We will attempt to collect any missing required and requested
           information by contacting you or your financial advisor. If we are
           unable to obtain this information within the time frames established
           by the fund, then we may reject your application and order.

           The fund will not invest your purchase until all required and
           requested identification information has been provided and your
           application has been submitted in "good order." After we receive all
           the information, your application is deemed to be in good order and
           we accept your purchase, you will receive the net asset value per
           share next calculated.

           If we are unable to verify your identity within time frames
           established by the fund, after a reasonable effort to do so, you
           will receive written notification.

           With certain limited exceptions, only US residents may invest in the
           fund.

           Because orders placed through a financial advisor must be forwarded
           to the transfer agent before they can be processed, you'll need to
           allow extra time. Your financial advisor should be able to tell you
           approximately when your order will be processed. It is the
           responsibility of your financial advisor to forward your order to
           the transfer agent in a timely manner.


           INITIAL PURCHASE MINIMUMS. The minimum initial investment is $2,500,
           except for investments on behalf of participants in certain
           fee-based and wrap programs offered through certain financial
           intermediaries approved by the Advisor, for which there is no
           minimum initial investment; and fiduciary accounts such as



38 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           IRAs and custodial accounts such as Uniform Gifts to Minors Act and
           Uniform Transfers to Minors Act accounts for which the minimum
           initial investment is $1,000 per account. In addition, the minimum
           initial investment is $1,000 if an automatic investment plan of $50
           per month is established. Group retirement plans and certain other
           accounts have similar or lower minimum share balance requirements.


           SUB-MINIMUM BALANCES. Because of the high cost of servicing accounts
           with low balances, an account maintenance fee of $6.25 per quarter
           (for a $25 annual fee) will be assessed on accounts whose balances
           fail to meet the minimum initial investment requirement for a period
           of 90 days prior to the assessment date. The quarterly assessment
           will occur on or about the 15th of the last month in each calendar
           quarter. Please note that the fee will be assessed on accounts that
           fall below the minimum for any reason, including due to market value
           fluctuations, redemptions or exchanges. The account maintenance fee
           will apply to all shareholders of the DWS funds except for: accounts
           with an automatic investment plan, accounts held in an omnibus
           account through a financial services firm, accounts maintained on
           behalf of participants in certain fee based and wrap programs
           offered through certain financial intermediaries approved by the
           Advisor and participant level accounts in group retirement plans
           held on the records of a retirement plan record keeper.

           The fund may close your account and send you the proceeds if your
           balance falls below $2,500 ($1,000 with an Automatic Investment Plan
           funded with $50 or more per month in subsequent investments); $250
           for retirement accounts. We will give you 60 days' notice (90 days
           for retirement accounts) so you can either increase your balance or
           close your account (these policies don't apply to investors with
           $100,000 or more in DWS fund shares, investors in certain fee-based
           and wrap programs offered through certain financial intermediaries
           approved by the Advisor, or group retirement plans and certain other
           accounts having lower minimum share balance requirements).


           MARKET TIMING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES. Short-term and excessive
           trading of fund shares may present risks to long-term shareholders,
           including potential dilution in the value of fund shares,
           interference with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio
           (including losses on the sale of investments),


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 39
<PAGE>

           taxable gains to remaining shareholders and increased brokerage and
           administrative costs. These risks may be more pronounced if the fund
           invests in certain securities, such as those that trade in foreign
           markets, are illiquid or do not otherwise have "readily available
           market quotations." Certain investors may seek to employ short-term
           trading strategies aimed at exploiting variations in portfolio
           valuation that arise from the nature of the securities held by the
           fund (e.g., "time zone arbitrage"). The fund discourages short-term
           and excessive trading and has adopted policies and procedures that
           are intended to detect and deter short-term and excessive trading.

           The fund also reserves the right to reject or cancel a purchase or
           exchange order for any reason without prior notice. For example, the
           fund may in its discretion reject or cancel a purchase or an
           exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to the
           specific roundtrip transaction limitation described below if the
           Advisor believes that there appears to be a pattern of short-term or
           excessive trading activity by a shareholder or deems any other
           trading activity harmful or disruptive to the fund. The fund,
           through its Advisor and transfer agent, will measure short-term and
           excessive trading by the number of roundtrip transactions within a
           shareholder's account during a rolling 12-month period. A
           "roundtrip" transaction is defined as any combination of purchase
           and redemption activity (including exchanges) of the same fund's
           shares. The fund may take other trading activity into account if the
           fund believes such activity is of an amount or frequency that may be
           harmful to long-term shareholders or disruptive to portfolio
           management.


           Shareholders are limited to four roundtrip transactions in the same
           DWS fund (excluding money market funds) over a rolling 12-month
           period. Shareholders with four or more roundtrip transactions in the
           same DWS fund within a rolling 12-month period generally will be
           blocked from making additional purchases of, or exchanges into, that
           DWS fund. The fund has sole discretion whether to remove a block
           from a shareholder's account. The rights of a shareholder to redeem
           shares of a DWS fund are not affected by the four roundtrip
           transaction limitation.



40 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           The fund may make exceptions to the roundtrip transaction policy for
           certain types of transactions if, in the opinion of the Advisor, the
           transactions do not represent short-term or excessive trading or are
           not abusive or harmful to the fund, such as, but not limited to,
           systematic transactions, required minimum retirement distributions,
           transactions initiated by the fund or administrator and transactions
           by certain qualified funds-of-funds.


           In certain circumstances where shareholders hold shares of the fund
           through a financial intermediary, the fund may rely upon the
           financial intermediary's policy to deter short-term or excessive
           trading if the Advisor believes that the financial intermediary's
           policy is reasonably designed to detect and deter transactions that
           are not in the best interests of the fund. A financial
           intermediary's policy relating to short-term or excessive trading
           may be more or less restrictive than the DWS funds' policy, may
           permit certain transactions not permitted by the DWS funds'
           policies, or prohibit transactions not subject to the DWS funds'
           policies.


           The Advisor may also accept undertakings from a financial
           intermediary to enforce short-term or excessive trading policies on
           behalf of the fund that provide a substantially similar level of
           protection for the fund against such transactions. For example,
           certain financial intermediaries may have contractual, legal or
           operational restrictions that prevent them from blocking an account.
           In such instances, the financial intermediary may use alternate
           techniques that the Advisor considers to be a reasonable substitute
           for such a block.

           In addition, if the fund invests some portion of its assets in
           foreign securities, it has adopted certain fair valuation practices
           intended to protect the fund from "time zone arbitrage" with respect
           to its foreign securities holdings and other trading practices that
           seek to exploit variations in portfolio valuation that arise from
           the nature of the securities held by the fund. (See "How the fund
           calculates share price.")

           There is no assurance that these policies and procedures will be
           effective in limiting short-term and excessive trading in all cases.
           For example, the Advisor may not be able to effectively monitor,
           detect or limit short-term or excessive trading by underlying
           shareholders that occurs through omnibus accounts maintained by
           broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries. The Advisor


                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 41
<PAGE>

           reviews trading activity at the omnibus level to detect short-term
           or excessive trading. If the Advisor has reason to suspect that
           short-term or excessive trading is occurring at the omnibus level,
           the Advisor will contact the financial intermediary to request
           underlying shareholder level activity. Depending on the amount of
           fund shares held in such omnibus accounts (which may represent most
           of the fund's shares) short-term and/or excessive trading of fund
           shares could adversely affect long-term shareholders in the fund. If
           short-term or excessive trading is identified, the Advisor will take
           appropriate action.

           The fund's market timing policies and procedures may be modified or
           terminated at any time.


           THE AUTOMATED INFORMATION LINE IS AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY BY
           CALLING (800) 728-3337. You can use our automated phone services to
           get information on DWS funds generally and on accounts held directly
           at DWS Investments. You can also use this service to make exchanges
           and to purchase and sell shares.

           QUICKBUY AND QUICKSELL allow you to set up an electronic link
           between a DWS fund account and a bank account. Once this link is in
           place, you can move money between the two with a phone call. You'll
           need to make sure your bank has Automated Clearing House (ACH)
           services. Transactions take two to three days to be completed and
           there is a $50 minimum and a $250,000 maximum. To set up QuickBuy or
           QuickSell on a new account, see the account application; to add it
           to an existing account, call (800) 728-3337.

           TELEPHONE AND ELECTRONIC TRANSACTIONS. Generally, you are
           automatically entitled to telephone check redemption and
           exchange privileges, but you may elect not to have them when you
           open your account or by contacting Shareholder Services at (800)
           728-3337 at a later date.

           Since many transactions may be initiated by telephone or
           electronically, it's important to understand that as long as we take
           reasonable steps to ensure that an order to purchase or redeem
           shares is genuine, such as recording calls or requesting personal
           security information, we are not responsible for any losses that may
           occur as a result. For transactions conducted over the Internet, we
           recommend the use of a secure Internet browser. In addition, you
           should verify the accuracy of your confirmation statements
           immediately after you receive them.






THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

The DWS Investments Web site can be a valuable resource for shareholders with
Internet access. Go to WWW.DWS-INVESTMENTS.COM to get up-to-date information,
review balances or even place orders for exchanges.



           THE FUND DOES NOT ISSUE SHARE CERTIFICATES.

42 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           WHEN YOU ASK US TO SEND OR RECEIVE A WIRE, please note that while we
           don't charge a fee to send or receive wires, it's possible that your
           bank may do so. Wire transactions are generally completed within 24
           hours. The fund can only send wires of $1,000 or more and accept
           wires of $50 or more.


           THE FUND ACCEPTS PAYMENT FOR SHARES ONLY IN US DOLLARS by a check
           drawn on a US bank, a bank or Federal Funds wire transfer or an
           electronic bank transfer. The fund does not accept third party
           checks. A third party check is a check made payable to one or more
           parties and offered as payment to one or more other parties (e.g., a
           check made payable to you that you offer as payment to someone
           else). Checks should normally be payable to DWS Investments and
           drawn by you or a financial institution on your behalf with your
           name or account number included with the check.

           SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. When you want to sell more than $100,000 worth
           of shares or send proceeds to a third party or to a new address,
           you'll usually need to place your order in writing and include a
           signature guarantee. However, if you want money transferred
           electronically to a bank account that is already on file with us,
           you don't need a signature guarantee. Also, generally you don't need
           a signature guarantee for an exchange, although we may require one
           in certain other circumstances.

           A signature guarantee is simply a certification of your signature -
           a valuable safeguard against fraud. You can get a signature
           guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution, including
           commercial banks, savings and loans, trust companies, credit unions,
           member firms of a national stock exchange or any member or
           participant of an approved signature guarantor program. We recommend
           stamps from members of a medallion signature guarantee program. Note
           that you can't get a signature guarantee from a notary public and we
           must be provided the original guarantee.


           SELLING SHARES OF TRUST ACCOUNTS AND BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
           ACCOUNTS may require additional documentation. Please
           call (800) 728-3337 or contact your financial advisor for more
           information.

           MONEY FROM SHARES YOU SELL is normally sent out within one business
           day of when your order is processed (not when it is received),
           although it could be delayed for up to seven days. There are
           circumstances when it could be longer, including, but not limited
           to, when you are selling shares you bought recently





THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

If you ever have difficulty placing an order by phone or Internet, you can send
us your order in writing.









                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 43
<PAGE>

           by check  or ACH (the funds will be placed under a 10 calendar day
           hold to ensure good funds) or when unusual circumstances prompt the
           SEC to allow further delays. Certain expedited redemption processes
           (e.g., redemption proceeds by wire) may also be delayed or
           unavailable when you are selling shares recently purchased or in the
           event of the closing of the Federal Reserve wire payment system. The
           fund reserves the right to suspend or postpone redemptions as
           permitted pursuant to Section 22(e) of the Investment Company Act of
           1940. Generally, those circumstances are when 1) the New York Stock
           Exchange is closed other than customary weekend or holiday closings;
           2) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; 3) an
           emergency exists which makes the disposal of securities owned by the
           fund or the fair determination of the value of the fund's net assets
           not reasonably practicable; or 4) the SEC, by order, permits the
           suspension of the right of redemption. Redemption payments by wire
           may also be delayed in the event of a non-routine closure of the
           Federal Reserve wire payment system. For additional rights reserved
           by the fund, please see "Other rights we reserve."

           You may obtain additional information about other ways to sell your
           shares by contacting your financial advisor.


           How the fund calculates share price

           To calculate net asset value, or NAV, each share class uses the
           following equation:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C> <C>
            TOTAL ASSETS - TOTAL LIABILITIES
           -----------------------------------------    =    NAV
               TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING
</TABLE>



           The price at which you buy and sell shares is based on the NAV per
           share next calculated after the order is received and accepted by
           the transfer agent.

           FOR THE UNDERLYING FUNDS IN WHICH THE FUND INVESTS, WE USE THE NAV
           OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS. FOR OTHER SECURITIES, WE TYPICALLY VALUE
           SECURITIES USING INFORMATION FURNISHED BY AN INDEPENDENT PRICING
           SERVICE OR MARKET QUOTATIONS, WHERE APPROPRIATE. However, we may use
           methods approved by the Board, such as a fair valuation model, which
           are intended to reflect fair value when pricing service information
           or market quotations are not readily available or when a security's
           value or a meaningful portion of the value of the fund's portfolio
           is believed to have been materially affected by a significant event,




44 | Policies You Should Know About
<PAGE>

           such as a natural disaster, an economic event like a bankruptcy
           filing, or a substantial fluctuation in domestic or foreign markets
           that has occurred between the close of the exchange or market on
           which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign
           exchange or market) and the close of the New York Stock Exchange. In
           such a case, the fund's value for a security is likely to be
           different from the last quoted market price or pricing service
           information. In addition, due to the subjective and variable nature
           of fair value pricing, it is possible that the value determined for
           a particular asset may be materially different from the value
           realized upon such asset's sale. It is -expected that the greater
           the percentage of fund assets that is -invested in non-US
           securities, the more extensive will be the -fund's use of fair value
           pricing. This is intended to reduce the fund's exposure to "time
           zone arbitrage" and other harmful -trading practices. (See "Market
           -timing policies and procedures.")

           TO THE EXTENT THAT THE FUND INVESTS IN SECURITIES THAT ARE TRADED
           PRIMARILY IN FOREIGN MARKETS, the value of its holdings could change
           at a time when you aren't able to buy or sell fund shares. This is
           because some foreign markets are open on days or at times when the
           fund doesn't price its shares. (Note that prices for securities that
           trade on foreign exchanges can change significantly on days when the
           New York Stock Exchange is closed and you cannot buy or sell fund
           shares. Price changes in the securities the fund owns may ultimately
           affect the price of fund shares the next time the NAV is
           calculated.)


           Other rights we reserve

           You should be aware that we may do any of the following:

           -  withdraw or suspend the offering of shares at any time


           -  withhold a portion of your distributions and redemption proceeds
              if we have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to
              backup withholding or if you fail to provide us with the correct
              taxpayer ID number and certain certifications, including
              certification that you are not subject to backup withholding


           -  reject a new account application if you don't provide any
              required or requested identifying information, or for any other
              reason

                                            Policies You Should Know About  | 45
<PAGE>

           -   refuse, cancel, limit or rescind any purchase or exchange order,
               without prior notice; freeze any account (meaning you will not be
               able to purchase fund shares in your account); suspend account
               services; and/or involuntarily redeem your account if we think
               that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal
               purposes; one or more of these actions will be taken when, at our
               sole discretion, they are deemed to be in the fund's best
               interests or when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by
               governmental authority or by applicable law

           -  close and liquidate your account if we are unable to verify your
              identity, or for other reasons; if we decide to close your
              account, your fund shares will be redeemed at the net asset value
              per share next calculated after we determine to close your
              account; you may recognize a gain or loss on the redemption of
              your fund shares and you may incur a tax liability

           -  pay you for shares you sell by "redeeming in kind," that is, by
              giving you securities (which typically will involve brokerage
              costs for you to liquidate) rather than cash, but which will be
              taxable to the same extent as a redemption for cash; the fund
              generally won't make a redemption in kind unless your requests
              over a 90-day period total more than $250,000 or 1% of the value
              of the fund's net assets, whichever is less

           -  change, add or withdraw various services, fees and account
              policies (for example, we may adjust the fund's investment
              minimums at any time)


UNDERSTANDING DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

           The fund intends to distribute to its shareholders virtually all of
           its net earnings. The fund can earn money in two ways: by receiving
           interest, dividends or other income from securities it holds and by
           selling securities for more than it paid for them. (The fund's
           earnings are separate from any gains or losses stemming from your
           own purchase and sale of shares.) The fund may not always pay a
           dividend or distribution for a given period.

           The fund has a regular schedule for paying out any earnings to
           shareholders. Income dividends and short-term and long-term capital
           gains are paid annually in December. Dividends or distributions
           declared to shareholders of record in the last



THE FOLLOWING SIDEBAR TEXT APPEARS NEXT TO THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS

Because each shareholder's tax situation is unique, ask your tax professional
about the tax consequences of your investments, including any state and local
tax consequences.



46 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           quarter of a given calendar year are treated for federal income tax
           purposes as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of
           that year, provided such dividends or distributions are paid by the
           end of the following January.

           If you purchase shares just before a distribution, you will pay the
           full price for the shares and receive a portion of the purchase
           price back as a taxable distribution. This is called "buying a
           dividend." Unless your account is a tax-deferred account, dividends
           paid to you would be included in your gross income for federal
           income tax purposes, even though you may not have participated in
           the increase in the net asset value of the fund, regardless of
           whether you reinvest the dividends. To avoid "buying a dividend,"
           check the fund's distribution dates before you invest.

           For federal income tax purposes, income and capital gains
           distributions are generally taxable. However, dividends and
           distributions received by retirement plans qualifying for tax-exempt
           treatment under federal income tax laws generally will not be
           taxable. Similarly, there generally will be no federal income tax
           consequences when a qualified retirement plan buys or sells fund
           shares.

           You can choose how to receive your dividends and distributions. You
           can have them all automatically reinvested in fund shares (at NAV),
           all deposited directly to your bank account or all sent to you by
           check, have one type reinvested and the other sent to you by check
           or have them invested in a different fund. Tell us your preference
           on your application. If you don't indicate a preference, your
           dividends and distributions will be reinvested in shares of the fund
           without a sales charge (if applicable). Distributions are treated
           the same for federal income tax purposes whether you receive them in
           cash or reinvest them in additional shares. Receiving your
           distributions in cash will reduce your Protected Amount at the
           Maturity Date. For employee-sponsored qualified plans, and
           retirement plans, reinvestment (at NAV) is the only option.

           Buying, selling or exchanging fund shares will usually have tax
           consequences for you (except in employer-sponsored qualified plans,
           IRAs or other tax advantaged accounts). Your sale of shares may
           result in a capital gain or loss. The gain or loss will be long-term
           or short-term depending on how long you owned the shares that were
           sold. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange is treated the
           same as a sale.


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 47
<PAGE>

           The federal income tax status of the fund's earnings you receive and
           your own transactions in fund shares generally depend on their type:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GENERALLY TAXED AT LONG-TERM                   GENERALLY TAXED AT ORDINARY
CAPITAL GAIN RATES:                            INCOME RATES:
<S>                                            <C>
DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE FUND
THAT CONSIST OF:
- gains from the sale of                       -  gains from the sale of
  securities held by the fund for                 securities held by the fund for
  more than one year (and 60%                     one year or less (and 40% of
  of any gain on certain futures                  any gain on certain futures
  contracts regardless of the                     contracts regardless of the
  fund's holding period)                          fund's holding period)
- qualified dividend income (for               -  all other taxable income
  taxable year beginning before
  January 1, 2011)

TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING FUND
SHARES
- gains from selling fund                      -  gains from selling fund
  shares held for more than                       shares held for one year or
  one year                                        less
</TABLE>


           The federal income tax treatment of any payment made by the Warranty
           Provider to the fund is uncertain. The fund may take the position
           that its right to receive payment under the Warranty Agreement is
           itself a capital asset and that the payment in termination of this
           right gives rise to capital gain rather than to ordinary income,
           although the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with this
           position.

           Any investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign
           withholding taxes. In that case, the fund's yield on those
           securities would generally be decreased. Shareholders generally will
           not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to
           foreign taxes paid by the fund. In addition, any investments in
           foreign securities or foreign currencies may increase or accelerate
           the fund's recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing
           or amount of the fund's distributions. If you invest in the fund
           through a taxable account, your after-tax return could be negatively
           impacted.


48 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

           To the extent that the fund invests in certain debt obligations,
           investments in these obligations may cause the fund to recognize
           taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such obligations.
           Thus, the fund could be required at times to liquidate other
           investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

           The fund's transactions in broad based equity index futures
           contracts, exchange traded options on such indices and certain other
           futures contracts are generally considered "Section 1256 contracts"
           for federal income tax purposes. Any unrealized gains or losses on
           such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized
           at the end of each taxable year. The resulting gain or loss is
           treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term
           capital gain or loss. Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of
           Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner. As noted
           above, distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable to
           you as ordinary income while distributions of long-term capital
           gains are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of
           how long you have held your shares of the fund.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, distributions to
           individuals and other noncorporate shareholders of investment income
           designated by the fund as derived from qualified dividend income are
           eligible for taxation for federal income purposes at the more
           favorable long-term capital gain rates. Qualified dividend income
           generally includes dividends from domestic and some foreign
           corporations. It does not include income from investments in
           fixed-income securities. In addition, the fund must meet certain
           holding period and other requirements with respect to the
           dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must
           meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to
           the fund's shares for the lower tax rates to apply. It is not
           expected that a substantial portion of the fund's dividends will be
           designated as qualified dividend income.

           For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, the maximum
           federal income tax rate imposed on long-term capital gains
           recognized by individuals and other noncorporate shareholders has
           been reduced to 15%. For more information see the Statement of
           Additional Information, under "Taxes."


                                     Understanding Distributions and Taxes  | 49
<PAGE>

           The federal income tax character of distributions paid by the fund
           will be determined after the end of the fund's taxable year. The
           fund will send you detailed federal income tax information every
           January. These statements tell you the amount and the federal income
           tax classification of any dividends or distributions you received.
           They also have certain details on your purchases and sales of
           shares.

           Corporations are taxed at the same rates on ordinary income and
           capital gains, but may be eligible for a dividends received
           deduction for a portion of the income dividends they receive from
           the fund, provided certain holding period and other requirements are
           met. It is not expected that a substantial portion of the fund's
           dividends will be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

           The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are US
           persons. If you are a non-US person, please consult your own tax
           advisor with respect to the US tax consequences to you of an
           investment in the fund.


50 | Understanding Distributions and Taxes
<PAGE>

APPENDIX A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Hypothetical Expense Summary



           Using the annual fund operating expense ratios presented in the fee
           tables in the fund prospectus, the Hypothetical Expense Summary
           shows the estimated fees and expenses, in actual dollars, that would
           be charged on a hypothetical investment of $10,000 in the fund held
           for the next 10 years and the impact of such fees and expenses on
           fund returns for each year and cumulatively, assuming a 5% return
           for each year. The historical rate of return for the fund may be
           higher or lower than 5% and, for money funds, is typically less than
           5%. The tables also assume that all dividends and distributions are
           reinvested. The annual fund expense ratios shown are net of any
           contractual fee waivers or expense reimbursements, if any, for the
           period of the contractual commitment. The tables do not reflect
           redemption fees, if any, which may be payable upon redemption. If
           redemption fees were shown, the "Hypothetical Year-End Balance After
           Fees and Expenses" amounts shown would be lower and the "Annual Fees
           and Expenses" amounts shown would be higher. Also, please note that
           if you are investing through a third party provider, that provider
           may have fees and expenses separate from those of the fund that are
           not reflected here. Mutual fund fees and expenses fluctuate over
           time and actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.


           The Hypothetical Expense Summary should not be used or construed as
           an offer to sell, a solicitation of an offer to buy or a
           recommendation or endorsement of any specific mutual fund. You
           should carefully review the fund's prospectus to consider the
           investment objectives, risks, expenses and charges of the fund prior
           to investing.


                                                                Appendix A  | 51
<PAGE>


                  DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund - Class S





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              MAXIMUM           INITIAL HYPOTHETICAL                 ASSUMED RATE
           SALES CHARGE:             INVESTMENT:                      OF RETURN:
               0.00%                   $10,000                            5%
                                                              HYPOTHETICAL
             CUMULATIVE        ANNUAL       CUMULATIVE          YEAR-END
           RETURN BEFORE        FUND       RETURN AFTER      BALANCE AFTER      ANNUAL FEES
              FEES AND        EXPENSE        FEES AND           FEES AND            AND
YEAR          EXPENSES         RATIOS        EXPENSES           EXPENSES         EXPENSES
<S>       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>                <C>
   1            5.00%           %               %                  $                 $
   2           10.25%           %               %                  $                 $
   3           15.76%           %               %                  $                 $
   4           21.55%           %               %                  $                 $
   5           27.63%           %               %                  $                 $
   6           34.01%           %               %                  $                 $
   7           40.71%           %               %                  $                 $
   8           47.75%           %               %                  $                 $
   9           55.13%           %               %                  $                 $
  10           62.89%           %               %                  $                 $
  TOTAL                                                                              $
</TABLE>




52 | Appendix A
<PAGE>

APPENDIX B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Calculation of Protected Amount


           If you hold your fund shares until the Maturity Date, you will be
           entitled to the greater of the fund's NAV per share on the Maturity
           Date or the Protected High NAV. The amount you can expect to receive
           -  the Protected Amount -  is the product of the Protected High NAV
           for your class and the number of shares you own. If the fund is
           unable to pay the Aggregate Protected Amount on the Maturity Date,
           the Warranty Provider, subject to the conditions and limitations of
           the Warranty Agreement, is obligated to pay the amount of any
           shortfall between the Aggregate Protected Amount and the aggregate
           net assets of the fund on the Maturity Date.

           Below are several illustrations indicating how the Protected Amount
           would be calculated under different circumstances.

           These examples relate to Class S shares and start with the following
           assumptions:

           AMOUNT OF PURCHASE: $20,000
           NET ASSET VALUE AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           PROTECTED HIGH NAV AT TIME OF PURCHASE: $10.00 per share
           TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED: 2,000 (20,000/
           $10.00 per share = 2,000 shares)
           OTHER ASSUMPTIONS: You hold your shares until the Maturity Date and,
           if the fund's investment strategy is otherwise unsuccessful, there
           is no default in connection with the Warranty Agreement by either
           the fund, the Advisor or the Warranty Provider, and the Financial
           Warranty has not been terminated. Numbers are rounded.

           EXAMPLE 1: The fund's highest NAV per share attained for Class S
           shares on a Calculation Date is $11.00 per share and no dividends or
           distributions are paid after that value is reached.

           You are entitled to receive $22,000.00 on the Maturity Date, which
           is equal to the Protected High NAV times the number of shares that
           you own on the Maturity Date ($11.00 x 2,000 = $22,000.00).


                                                                Appendix B  | 53
<PAGE>

           EXAMPLE 2: Make the same assumptions as in Example 1, except that
           the fund's NAV per share reaches its highest point of $10.00 per
           share on the date of your purchase, and no dividends or
           distributions are paid by the fund after this date. The net asset
           value subsequently declines to $9.00.

           The amount payable to you upon redemption at the Maturity Date would
           be $20,000 (2,000 x $10.00), the shares you purchased times the
           Protected High NAV at the time of purchase.

           Examples 3 and 4 illustrate the effects of dividends and
           distributions on your Protected Amount. Although the Protected High
           NAV will decline as dividends and distributions are paid out, this
           decline will be offset by an increase in the number of shares you
           own if you reinvest the dividends and distributions. If you redeem
           your shares prior to the Maturity Date, you will not be entitled to
           receive the Protected High NAV on those shares. If you redeem
           shares, you will then hold fewer shares, thereby reducing your
           Protected Amount. A redemption made from the fund prior to the
           Maturity Date will be made at the fund's then-current NAV per share,
           which may be lower than the Protected High NAV.

           EXAMPLE 3: Same assumptions as above, except that the Class S
           shares' highest NAV per share on a Calculation Date has previously
           reached $12.50 per share. The NAV subsequently declines to $12.00
           per share on the most recent Calculation Date, and a $1.00 dividend
           per share is declared, which you decide to reinvest. Thus, on the
           most recent Calculation Date, the NAV per share is $11.00 (remember
           the dividend is paid out of fund assets -  $12.00 - $1.00 = $11.00).


           The new Protected High NAV is the greater of:

           1.   $11.00 per share (the NAV per share on the Calculation Date),
               or:

           2.   then-current Protected High NAV ($12.50) divided by 1 plus the
               share distribution amount on the current Calculation Date
               ($1.00) plus extraordinary expenses, if any ($0.00), divided by
               the NAV per share on the current Calculation Date, ($11.00):
               ($12.50/[1 + ($1.00/$11.00)] = $11.46

54 | Appendix B
<PAGE>

           Because $11.46 is greater than the NAV per share on the Calculation
           Date ($11.00), $11.46 becomes the new Protected High NAV. In
           addition, the reinvestment of the $1.00 dividend allows you to
           purchase an additional 181.500 shares: 2,000 (shares owned) x 1.00
           per share dividend /$11 (net asset value) = 181.50 (additional
           shares purchased), bringing your total shares owned to 2,000 +
           181.50 = 2,181.50.

           Your Protected Amount is now 2,181.50 x $11.46 = $25,000.00.

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $25,000.00
           (2,000 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $25,000.00.
           The Protected High NAV per share (due to the distribution) has
           decreased, but your Protected Amount remains the same because you
           have reinvested the distribution in more shares.

           EXAMPLE 4: We will use the same assumptions in Example 3 above,
           except that you elect to receive dividends and distributions in
           cash.

           To recalculate your Protected Amount:

           1.   Determine your total shares owned: 2,000 shares.

           2.   Determine the new Protected High NAV: $11.46.

           3.   Multiply your total shares owned by the Protected High NAV
               (2,000 x $11.46 = $22,920.00).

           Your Protected Amount is lower when you receive dividends in cash
           (see Example 3).

           Prior to the distribution, your Protected Amount was $25,000.00
           (2,000 x $12.50) and your current Protected Amount is $22,920.00.
           Your Protected Amount has decreased because you did not reinvest the
           distribution in more shares.

           Although you can perform this calculation yourself, the fund will
           calculate the Protected High NAV for each share class and publish it
           on the DWS website: www.dws-investments.com, together with the
           current NAV. It is possible that the fund's calculations may differ
           from a shareholder's calculation, for example, because of rounding
           or the number of decimal places used. In any case, the fund's
           calculations will be determinative.


                                                                Appendix B  | 55
<PAGE>

TO GET MORE INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER REPORTS - These include commentary from the fund's management team
about recent market conditions and the effects of the fund's strategies on its
performance. They also have detailed performance figures, a list of everything
the fund owns, and its financial statements. Shareholders get these reports
automatically.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) - This tells you more about the
fund's features and policies, including additional risk information. The SAI is
incorporated by reference into this document (meaning that it's legally part of
this prospectus).


For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information about
the fund, call (800) 728-3337, or contact DWS Investments at the address listed
below. SAIs and shareholder reports are also available through the DWS
Investments Web site at www.dws-investments.com. These documents and other
information about the fund are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's
Internet site at www.sec.gov. If you like, you may obtain copies of this
information, after paying a copying fee, by e-mailing a request to
publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC at the address listed below. You can
also review and copy these documents and other information about the fund,
including the fund's SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington,
D.C. Information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room may be
obtained by calling (800) SEC-0330.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DWS INVESTMENTS      SEC                     DISTRIBUTOR
-----------------    --------------------    ------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                     <C>
PO Box 219151        100 F Street, N.E.      DWS Investments Distributors,
Kansas City, MO      Washington, D.C.        Inc.
64121-9151           20549-0102              222 South Riverside Plaza
www.dws-             WWW.SEC.GOV             Chicago, IL 60606-5808
investments.com      (800) SEC-0330          (800) 621-1148
(800) 728-3337
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                    <C>
SEC FILE NUMBER:
DWS Target Fund       DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund      811-04760
</TABLE>






(09/01/08) 53-2


[RECYCLE GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]
                                                          [DWS INVESTMENTS LOGO]
                                                             Deutsche Bank Group

<PAGE>

                                 DWS TARGET FUND




                        DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                     (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)


                    Class A, Class C and Institutional Class

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                                September 1, 2009



This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with the prospectuses (each, a "Prospectus" and collectively, the
"Prospectuses"), dated September 1, 2009 for Class A, Class C and Institutional
Class shares of DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund (the "Fund"), a series of DWS
Target Fund (the "Trust"), as amended from time to time, copies of which may be
obtained without charge by contacting DWS Investments Distributors, Inc., 222
South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606, (800) 621-1148, or from the firm
from which this Statement of Additional Information was obtained and is
available along with other materials on the Securities and Exchange Commission's
("SEC") Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov).

Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund, dated April 30, 2009,
are incorporated herein by reference, as specified herein. A copy of the Fund's
Annual Report may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at the
toll-free number (800) 621-1048.

This Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into the
corresponding Prospectuses for each class of shares of the Fund.






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.......................................................1


INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES............................................2
     Portfolio Holdings......................................................32

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS......................................................33
     Investment Advisor......................................................33
     Administrator...........................................................45

FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS.......................................................46
     Distributor and Underwriter.............................................46
     Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm...........................51
     DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund Warranty Provider and Guarantor.......51
     Legal Counsel...........................................................52
     Custodian...............................................................52
     Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent............................52

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS.......................................................53

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES............................................56

DIVIDENDS....................................................................76

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES.........................................................78

NET ASSET VALUE..............................................................84

BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS...................................................85

TRUST ORGANIZATION..........................................................105

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES.....................................................106

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................108

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................................................108

APPENDIX A..................................................................113

APPENDIX B -- PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES.......................................117



<
                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS


Except as otherwise indicated, the Fund's respective investment objective and
policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
There can be no assurance that the Fund's respective objective will be met.



Any investment restrictions herein which involve a maximum percentage of
securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess
over the percentage occurs immediately after and is caused by an acquisition or
encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a particular Fund.



The Fund has elected to be treated as a diversified investment company, as that
term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the "1940
Act"), and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having
jurisdiction, from time to time.


As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund may not:


1.       borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time;

2.       issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time;

3.       concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is
         used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory
         authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

4.       engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others,
         except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter
         in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;

5.       purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of
         companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured
         by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves
         freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result
         of the Fund's ownership of securities;

6.       purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, as
         amended, and as interpreted or modified by the regulatory authority
         having jurisdiction, from time to time; and

7.       make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time.


A fundamental policy of the Fund may not be changed without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund which, under the 1940
Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this Statement of Additional
Information, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities
present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding
voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more
than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board") has voluntarily adopted certain
policies and restrictions, which are observed in the conduct of the Fund's
affairs. These represent intentions of the Board based upon current
circumstances. Non-fundamental policies may be changed by the Board without
requiring approval of or, with certain exceptions, prior notice to,
shareholders.

As a matter of nonfundamental policy, the Fund does not currently intend to:


(a)      enter into either reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls in an
         amount greater than 5% of its total assets;

(b)      purchase securities on margin, except (i) for margin deposits in
         connection with short sales, futures contracts, options or other
         permitted investments; and (ii) that either Fund may obtain such
         short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of securities
         transactions;

(c)      purchase options, unless the aggregate premiums paid on all such
         options held by such Fund at any time do not exceed 20% of that Fund's
         total assets; or sell put options, if as a result, the aggregate value
         of the obligations underlying such put options would exceed 50% of such
         Fund's total assets;

(d)      lend portfolio securities in an amount greater than 33?% of its total
         assets; and

(e)      acquire securities of registered open-end investment companies or
         registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) of
         the 1940 Act.


The Fund will not purchase illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements
maturing in more than seven days, if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the
Fund's net assets, valued at the time of the transaction, would be invested in
such securities.


If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of investment, a later
increase or decrease in percentage beyond the specified limit resulting from a
change in values or net assets will not be considered a violation.


Master/feeder Fund Structure. The Board has the discretion to retain the current
distribution arrangement for the Fund while investing in a master fund in a
master/feeder fund structure as described below.


A master/feeder fund structure is one in which a fund (a "feeder fund"), instead
of investing directly in a portfolio of securities, invests most or all of its
investment assets in a separate registered investment company (the "master
fund") with substantially the same investment objective and policies as the
feeder fund. Such a structure permits the pooling of assets of two or more
feeder funds, preserving separate identities or distribution channels at the
feeder fund level. Based on the premise that certain of the expenses of
operating an investment portfolio are relatively fixed, a larger investment
portfolio may eventually achieve a lower ratio of operating expenses to average
net assets. An existing investment company is able to convert to a feeder fund
by selling all of its investments, which involves brokerage and other
transaction costs and realization of a taxable gain or loss, or by contributing
its assets to the master fund and avoiding transaction costs and, if proper
procedures are followed, the realization of taxable gain or loss.

                       INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

General


The Fund is a series of an open-end management investment company, which
continuously offers and redeems shares at net asset value (less applicable sales
charge or fees). The Fund is a company of the type commonly known as a mutual
fund. The Fund offers four classes of shares: Class A, Class C, Class S and
Institutional Class. Class S shares of the Fund are offered through a separate
Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information.

Descriptions in this Statement of Additional Information of a particular
investment practice or technique in which the Fund may engage are meant to
describe the spectrum of investments that Deutsche Investment Management
Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the "Advisor") in its discretion might, but is not
required to, use in managing the Fund's portfolio assets. The Advisor may in its
discretion at any time employ such a practice, technique or instrument for one
or more funds, but not for all funds advised by it. The Fund may be restricted
by its Financial Warranty Agreement (the "Warranty Agreement") by and among the
Fund, the Advisor and Main Place Funding LLC ("Main Place" or the "Warranty
Provider") from making certain investments and pursuing certain investment
strategies and may be limited in the amount of equity exposure it may incur.
Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of financial instruments or
investment techniques described herein may not be available, permissible under
the Fund's Warranty Agreement or otherwise, economically feasible or effective
for their intended purposes in all markets or because of limitations contained
in the Fund's Warranty Agreement. Certain practices, techniques or instruments
may not be principal activities of the Fund, but, to the extent employed, could
from time to time have a material impact on the Fund's performance.

The Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion with respect to
the Fund from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the
Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or
regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. The Fund will invest in stock index
futures that are listed and traded on recognized US-based exchanges, including,
but not limited to, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Board of
Trade, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Board Options Exchange and ICE
Futures U.S. These futures contracts are standardized contracts for the future
delivery of a cash settlement with reference to a specified multiplier times the
change in the index. The Fund currently intends to invest in futures on the
following stock indices: S&P 500 Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index,
S&P MidCap 400 Index and MSCI EAFE Index.

The Fund will use stock index futures to obtain equity market exposure. By
buying and rolling these contracts, the Fund participates in equity market
returns (gains or losses) that are roughly comparable to allocating a portion of
portfolio assets directly to shares of stock comprising the underlying stock
index. By holding futures contracts, rather than shares of stock, the Fund can
rebalance its exposure to the equity markets daily with lower transaction costs
than if invested directly in stocks. These contracts generally provide a high
degree of liquidity and a low level of counterparty performance and settlement
risk. While the use of stock index futures by the Fund can amplify gains, it can
also amplify losses. These losses can be substantially more money than the
initial margin posted by the Fund pursuant to the contracts.

Upon entering into a futures transaction, the Fund must allocate cash or liquid
securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin") with the futures commission
merchant (the "futures broker"). As the futures contract is marked-to-market to
reflect changes in its market value, subsequent margin payments, called
variation margin, will be paid to or by the futures broker on a daily basis.
Prior to expiration of the futures contract, if the Fund elects to close out its
position by taking an offsetting position, a final determination of variation
margin is made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the
Fund, and any loss or gain is realized for federal income tax purposes. All
futures transactions are effected through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the futures are traded.


The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial deposit and
variation margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on most
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent that many participants decide to make or take delivery,
liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion.
Third, from the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in
the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the broader
securities markets. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the
futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of
distortion, a correct forecast of securities price, general interest rate or
currency exchange rate trends by the Advisor may not result in a successful
transaction.

Position limits also apply to futures. An exchange may order the liquidation of
positions found to be in violation of those limits and may impose certain other
sanctions. See "Derivatives - Futures Contracts and Related Options" for more
information on futures contracts.


Asset Coverage for Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. The Fund will cover
its respective open positions on futures contracts on securities indices, which
are contractually required to "cash-settle," by setting aside liquid assets,
primarily US government securities, shares of the DWS Cash Management QP Trust
or other similarly liquid assets, in an amount equal to such Fund's daily
marked-to-market (net) obligation (i.e., the Fund's daily net liability, if
any), rather than the notional value. The Fund bases its respective asset
segregation policies on methods permitted by the staff of the SEC and may modify
these policies in the future to comply with changes in the guidance articulated
from time to time by the SEC or its staff.

Fund Structure. The Fund may invest in securities of other DWS Funds,
non-affiliated exchange-traded funds, other securities and derivatives in
reliance on an exemptive order obtained from the SEC. With respect to other DWS
Funds, the Fund currently intends to invest in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and
DWS Cash Management QP Trust, both of which are discussed in more detail below.
It should be noted that investment companies, including ETFs, incur certain
expenses, such as management, custodian, and transfer agency fees, and therefore
any investment by the Fund in shares of other investment companies would be
subject to such expenses. Generally, the Fund will indirectly bear its
proportionate share of any management or other fees paid by investment companies
in which it invests, in addition to its own fees. However, no advisory fee is
charged on assets invested in affiliated money market funds, and the Advisor has
agreed to reimburse the Fund for its proportionate share of the management fees
incurred in connection with its investment in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund.

Cash Management QP Trust. DWS Cash Management QP Trust ("QP Trust") is an
unregistered money market fund managed by the Advisor. QP Trust's investment
objective is to provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with
the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. QP Trust maintains
a dollar-weighted average portfolio of 90 days or less and only purchases
investments having remaining maturities of 13 months or less. Its investments
must be rated in one of the two highest categories by a nationally recognized
statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") (or, if unrated, determined by the
Advisor to be of similar quality). The Advisor does not charge a fee for
managing the QP Trust, although as noted above, the Fund individually bears a
proportionate share of the expenses of QP Trust.

Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). The Fund may invest in ETFs as a means of
achieving equity market exposure. ETFs are investment companies, unit investment
trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that are
traded on an exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or stocks (the
"underlying securities"). The shares of ETFs may at times trade at a premium or
discount to their net asset value. The underlying securities are typically
selected to correspond to the stocks or other securities that comprise a
particular broad based, sector or index, or that are otherwise representative of
a particular industry sector. The Fund may invest in ETFs based on the following
indices: the S&P 500 Index, the Russell 1000 Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the
S&P MidCap 400 Index, and the MSCI EAFE Index. An investment in an ETF involves
risks similar to investing directly in each of the underlying securities,
including the risk that the value of the underlying securities may fluctuate in
accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value
of stocks and other securities generally, and other market factors.


Index-based ETFs may not replicate exactly the performance of their specified
index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability
of certain component securities of the index or for other reasons.


The performance of an ETF will be reduced by transaction and other expenses,
including management fees, operating expenses, licensing fees, trustee fees,
marketing fees and other fees paid by the ETF to service providers. Accordingly,
the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and
other expenses paid by such ETFs. Investors in ETFs are eligible to receive
their portion of dividends, if any, accumulated on the securities held in the
portfolio, less fees and expenses of the ETF. The Fund will also incur brokerage
costs when purchasing or selling shares of ETFs.

With respect to ETFs structured as investment companies, other investment
companies generally are limited by the 1940 Act as to the amount in which they
may invest in such ETFs. However, the Fund may invest in securities of certain
types of investment companies without limit pursuant to an exemptive order
obtained from the SEC. The order allows either Fund to invest in securities of
registered open-end investment companies managed by the Advisor and securities
of ETFs that are not part of the DWS fund complex. If either Fund's investments
in ETFs exceed the limits of the 1940 Act, such investments are subject to the
conditions of the exemptive order obtained by such Fund.

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow money for temporary, emergency or other purposes,
including investment leverage purposes, as determined by the Fund's Board. The
1940 Act requires borrowings to have 300% asset coverage. The Warranty Agreement
also restricts the Fund's ability to borrow.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund. The Fund intends to invest a portion of assets
allocated to the Reserve Component (the Reserve Component provides the Fund with
exposure to the US fixed income markets) in shares of DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's investment objective is to provide high
income while also seeking to maintain a high degree of stability of
shareholders' capital. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests in securities of
varying maturities and normally seeks to maintain an average portfolio duration
of no longer than three years. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests, under
normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income
securities rated, at the time of purchase, within the top four long-term rating
categories by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by DIMA to be of similar
quality).


DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in US
dollar-denominated, domestic and foreign below investment-grade fixed income
securities (junk bonds) rated in the fifth and sixth long-term rating categories
by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by DIMA to be of similar quality),
including those whose issuers are located in countries with new or emerging
securities markets.

In an attempt to enhance return, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund also employs a
global asset allocation strategy, which invests in instruments across domestic
and international fixed income and currency markets. When employing this
strategy, which the Advisor calls iGAP, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use
various derivatives to attempt to enhance returns. For a discussion of the
characteristics and risks of derivatives and other instruments used in
connection with the iGAP strategy, see "Investment Techniques- Derivatives."


The Fund may make the following investments directly or indirectly through DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund and, as a result, the following disclosure uses the
term "fund" to include DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund and/or DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund, as appropriate.


Short-Term Instruments. When a fund experiences large cash inflows -- for
example, through the sale of securities -- and attractive investments are
unavailable in sufficient quantities, a fund may hold short-term instruments (or
shares of money market mutual funds) for a limited time pending availability of
such investments. In addition, with respect to DWS Short Duration Plus Fund,
when in the Advisor's opinion it is advisable to adopt a temporary defensive
position because of unusual and adverse market or other conditions, up to 100%
of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's assets may be invested in such short-term
instruments.

Short-term instruments consist of foreign and domestic: (1) short-term
obligations of sovereign governments and their agencies, instrumentalities,
authorities or political subdivisions; (2) other short-term debt securities
rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or, if unrated, deemed to
be of comparable quality in the opinion of the Advisor; (3) commercial paper;
(4) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time
deposits and bankers' acceptances; and (5) repurchase agreements. At the time a
fund invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase agreements, the
issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding debt rated AA or higher by
the Standard & Poor's Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or Aa
or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); outstanding commercial
paper or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or, if no such
ratings are available, the instrument must be deemed to be of comparable quality
in the opinion of the Advisor. These instruments may be denominated in US
dollars or in foreign currencies.

US Government Securities. A fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed
by the US government including: (1) direct obligations of the US Treasury and
(2) obligations issued by US government agencies and instrumentalities. Included
among direct obligations of the US are Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and
Treasury Bonds, which differ in terms of their interest rates, maturities and
dates of issuance. Treasury Bills have maturities of less than one year,
Treasury Notes have maturities of one to 10 years and Treasury Bonds generally
have maturities of greater than 10 years at the date of issuance. Included among
the obligations issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the United States
are: instruments that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States (such as certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage
Association ("GNMA" or "Ginnie Mae")); instruments that are supported by the
right of the issuer to borrow from the US Treasury (such as securities of
Federal Home Loan Banks); and instruments that are supported solely by the
credit of the agency or instrumentality (such as Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA" or "Fannie Mae") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac").

A fund may also invest in separately traded principal and interest components of
securities guaranteed or issued by the US government or its agencies,
instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if such components trade
independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
Securities program ("STRIPS") or any similar program sponsored by the US
Government. STRIPS may be sold as zero coupon securities. See "Zero Coupon
Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds."

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances. A fund may invest in
certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances. Certificates of deposit are
receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers' acceptances
typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an
acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to
obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be
held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have
maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper. A fund may invest in commercial paper. It may invest in fixed
rate or variable rate commercial paper, issued by US or foreign entities.
Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured
promissory notes issued by US or foreign corporations in order to finance their
current operations. Any commercial paper issued by a foreign entity corporation
and purchased by the fund must be US dollar-denominated and must not be subject
to foreign withholding tax at the time of purchase.

Commercial paper, when purchased by a fund, must be rated in the highest
short-term rating category by any two NRSROs (or one NRSRO if that NRSRO is the
only such NRSRO which rates such security) or, if not so rated, must be believed
by the Advisor, acting under the supervision of such Fund's Board, to be of
comparable quality. Investing in foreign commercial paper generally involves
risks similar to those described below relating to obligations of foreign banks
or foreign branches and subsidiaries of US and foreign banks.

A fund may also invest in variable rate master demand notes. A variable rate
master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct
borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under
a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender
pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.


Eurodollar Instruments. The Fund may make investments in Eurodollar instruments
for hedging purposes or to enhance potential gain. Eurodollar instruments are US
dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon which are linked to the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), although foreign currency-denominated
instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable
purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain
a fixed rate for borrowings. The Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and
options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate
swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.


US Dollar-Denominated Foreign Fixed Income Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund may invest in the dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign companies.
Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves more risks than
investing in securities of US companies. Their value is subject to economic and
political developments in the countries where the companies operate and to
changes in foreign currency values. Values may also be affected by foreign tax
laws, changes in foreign economic or monetary policies, exchange control
regulations and regulations involving prohibitions on the repatriation of
foreign currencies.

In addition, the relative performance of various countries' fixed income markets
historically has reflected wide variations relating to the unique
characteristics of each country's economy. Year-to-year fluctuations in certain
markets have been significant, and negative returns have been experienced in
various markets from time to time.

US Dollar-Denominated Sovereign and Supranational Fixed Income Securities. DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in US dollar-denominated foreign government
debt securities, which include debt obligations issued or guaranteed by
national, state or provincial governments or similar political subdivisions and
quasi-governmental and supranational entities (collectively, "sovereign debt
obligations"). Sovereign debt obligations may involve a high degree of risk. The
issuer of such an obligation or the governmental authorities that control the
repayment of the obligation may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and
interest when due and may require renegotiations or rescheduling of debt
payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and interest may
depend on political as well as economic factors. Quasi-governmental and
supranational entities include international organizations designated or
supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or
development and international banking institutions and related government
agencies. Examples include (but are not limited to) the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (the "World Bank"), the Japanese Development
Bank, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank.
Foreign government securities also include mortgage-related securities issued or
guaranteed by national, state or provincial governmental instrumentalities,
including quasi-governmental agencies.

Fixed Income Security Risk. Fixed income securities generally expose a fund to
four types of risk: (1) interest rate risk (the potential for fluctuations in
bond prices due to changing interest rates); (2) income risk (the potential for
a decline in the fund's income due to falling market interest rates); (3) credit
risk (the possibility that a bond issuer will fail to make timely payments of
either interest or principal to the fund); and (4) prepayment risk or call risk
(the likelihood that, during a period of falling interest rates, securities with
high stated interest rates will be prepaid, or "called" prior to maturity,
requiring the fund to invest the proceeds at generally lower interest rates).

Foreign Securities Risk. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest a portion of
its assets in US dollar-denominated and non-US dollar-denominated debt
securities of foreign companies. Investing in the securities of foreign
companies involves more risks than investing in securities of US companies.
Their value is subject to economic and political developments in the countries
where the companies operate and to changes in foreign currency values. Values
may also be affected by foreign tax laws, changes in foreign economic or
monetary policies, exchange control regulations and regulations involving
prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies.

In general, less information may be available about foreign companies than about
US companies, and foreign companies are generally not subject to the same
accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are US companies.
Foreign securities markets may be less liquid and subject to less regulation
than the US securities markets. The costs of investing outside the United States
frequently are higher than those in the United States. These costs include
relatively higher brokerage commissions and foreign custody expenses.

Put Bonds. A put bond (also referred to as a tender option or third party bond)
is a bond created by coupling an intermediate or long-term fixed rate bond with
an agreement giving the holder the option of tendering the bond to receive its
par value. As consideration for providing this tender option, the sponsor of the
bond (usually a bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary) receives
periodic fees that equal the difference between the bond's fixed coupon rate and
the rate (determined by a remarketing or similar agent) that would cause the
bond, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par. By paying the tender
offer fees, a fund in effect holds a demand obligation that bears interest at
the prevailing short-term rate.

In selecting put bonds, the Advisor takes into consideration the
creditworthiness of the issuers of the underlying bonds and the creditworthiness
of the providers of the tender option features. A sponsor may withdraw the
tender option feature if the issuer of the underlying bond defaults on interest
or principal payments or the bond's rating is downgraded.

Bank Loans. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also invest in bank loans, which
are typically senior debt obligations of borrowers (issuers) and as such, are
considered to hold a senior position in the capital structure of the borrower.
These may include loans which hold the most senior position, that hold an equal
ranking with other senior debt, or loans that are, in the judgment of the
Advisor, in the category of senior debt of the borrower. This capital structure
position generally gives the holders of these loans a priority claim on some or
all of the borrower's assets in the event of a default. In most cases, these
loans are either partially or fully collateralized by the assets of a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, or
by cash flow that the Advisor believes has a market value at the time of
acquisition that equals or exceeds the principal amount of the loan. These loans
are often issued in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged
buy-outs and refinancings. It is important to note that Moody's and S&P may rate
bank loans higher than high yield bonds of the same issuer to reflect their more
senior position. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in both fixed- and
floating-rate loans. In addition, bank loans can trade either as an "assignment"
or "participation." When it buys an assignment, it is essentially becoming a
party to the bank agreement. The vast majority of all trades are assignments and
would therefore generally represent the preponderance of bank loans held by the
fund. In certain cases, the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may buy bank loans on a
participation basis; if for example, the fund did not want to become party to
the bank agreement. However, in all cases, it will not purchase bank loans where
Deutsche Bank, or an affiliate, serves as an agent bank.

Participations and assignments involve credit risk, interest rate risk,
liquidity risk, and the risk of being a lender. If the DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights
through the lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the
borrower.

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution's
interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a
loan is foreclosed, the purchaser could become part owner of any collateral, and
would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the
collateral. In addition, it is at least conceivable that under emerging legal
theories of lender liability, a purchaser could be held liable as a co-lender.

In the case of loans administered by a bank or other financial institution that
acts as agent for all holders, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a
purchaser are determined to be subject to the claims of the agent's general
creditors, the purchaser might incur certain costs and delays in realizing
payment on the loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal
or interest.

In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution
serves as financial intermediary between the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and
the borrower, if the participation does not shift to the fund the direct
debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, interpretations of the SEC
require the fund, in some circumstances, to treat both the lending bank or other
lending institution and the borrower as issuers for purposes of the fund's
investment policies. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of
indebtedness may restrict the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's ability to invest
in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of
intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers
represent many different companies and industries.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest
in variable or floating rate instruments and variable rate demand instruments,
including variable amount master demand notes. These instruments will normally
involve industrial development or revenue bonds that provide that the rate of
interest is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate (such as the
prime rate) at a major commercial bank. In addition, the interest rate on these
securities may be reset daily, weekly or on some other reset period and may have
a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes. The fund can demand payment of the
obligation at all times or at stipulated dates on short notice (not to exceed 30
days) at par plus accrued interest. Generally, changes in interest rates will
have a smaller effect on the market value of these instruments than on the
market value of fixed income securities and, thus, may allow for less
opportunity for capital appreciation or depreciation.

Debt instruments purchased by the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may be structured
to have variable or floating interest rates. These instruments may include
variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness to vary in
addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rates. The
Advisor will consider the earning power, cash flows and other liquidity ratios
of the issuers and guarantors of such instruments and, if the instrument is
subject to a demand feature, will continuously monitor their financial ability
to meet payment on demand. Where necessary to ensure that a variable or floating
rate instrument is equivalent to the quality standards applicable to the fund's
fixed income investments, the issuer's obligation to pay the principal of the
instrument will be backed by an unconditional bank letter or line of credit,
guarantee or commitment to lend. Any bank providing such a bank letter, line of
credit, guarantee or loan commitment will meet the fund's investment quality
standards relating to investments in bank obligations. The Advisor will also
continuously monitor the creditworthiness of issuers of such instruments to
determine whether the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund should continue to hold the
investments.

Other variable and floating rate instruments include but are not limited to
corporates, ABS, CMBS, MBS, CMOs, government and agency securities.

The absence of an active secondary market for certain variable and floating rate
notes could make it difficult to dispose of the instruments, and the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund could suffer a loss if the issuer defaults or during periods
in which the fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights.

Variable and floating rate instruments held by the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will be subject to the fund's limitation on investments in illiquid securities
when a reliable trading market for the instruments does not exist and the fund
may not demand payment of the principal amount of such instruments within seven
days.

Warrants. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in warrants. Warrants
generally entitle the holder to buy a specified number of shares of common stock
at a specified price, which is often higher than the market price at the time of
issuance, for a period of years or in perpetuity. Warrants may be issued in
units with other securities or separately, and may be freely transferable and
traded on exchanges. While the market value of a warrant tends to be more
volatile than that of the securities underlying the warrant, the market value of
a warrant may not necessarily change with that of the underlying security. A
warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to any expiration date
to which the warrant is subject. The purchase of warrants involves a risk that
the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if
the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the
warrant's expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the
effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the
related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price,
such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in
mortgage-backed securities. A mortgage-backed security consists of a pool of
mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first
deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on
owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied one-unit to four-unit residential
properties, multifamily (i.e., five or more units) properties, agricultural
properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties.

The investment characteristics of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed
securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. The major
differences include the payment of interest and principal on mortgage-backed
securities on a more frequent (usually monthly) schedule, and the possibility
that principal may be prepaid at any time due to prepayments on the underlying
mortgage loans or other assets. These differences can result in significantly
greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional
fixed-income securities. As a result, if the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, a faster-than-expected
prepayment rate will decrease both the market value and the yield to maturity
from those which were anticipated. A prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity and
market value. Conversely, if the fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a
discount, faster-than-expected prepayments will increase, while
slower-than-expected prepayments will decrease, yield to maturity and market
values. To the extent that the fund invests in mortgage-backed securities, the
Advisor may seek to manage these potential risks by investing in a variety of
mortgage-backed securities and by using certain hedging techniques.

Asset-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in securities
generally referred to as asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are
secured by and payable from, or directly or indirectly represent undivided
fractional interests in, pools of corporate, consumer and/or commercial loans
held in a trust. Asset-backed securities may provide periodic payments that
consist of interest and/or principal payments. Consequently, the life of an
asset-backed security can vary with the prepayment and loss experience of the
underlying assets. Payments of principal and interest are typically supported by
some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond,
limited guarantee or senior/subordination. The degree of credit enhancement
varies, but generally amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security's
par value until exhausted. If the credit enhancement is exhausted, certificate
holders may experience losses or delays in payment if the required payments of
principal and interest are not made to the trust with respect to the underlying
loans. The value of the securities also may fluctuate because of changes in the
market's perception of creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan
pool, the originator of the loans or the financial institution providing the
credit enhancement. Asset-backed securities are ultimately dependent upon
payment of business, government, corporate and consumer loans, leases, etc., and
the certificate holder generally has no recourse against the entity that
originated the loans.

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities include assets such as (but
not limited to) motor vehicle installment sale contracts, other installment sale
contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of real and personal
property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements. Such
assets are securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose
corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed securities may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a
certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a
financial institution unaffiliated with the issuer, or other credit enhancements
may be present.

Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not presented
by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the
benefit of the same type of security interest in the related collateral. Credit
card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the
protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which
give such debtors the right to avoid payment of certain amounts owed on the
credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile
receivables permit the servicer to retain possession of the underlying
obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party,
there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of
the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the
large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical
requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile
receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations
backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on
repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments
on these securities.

The market for privately issued asset-backed securities is smaller and less
liquid than the market for US government mortgage-backed securities. The
asset-backed securities in which the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest are
limited to those which usually are readily marketable, dollar-denominated and
rated BBB category or higher by S&P or Baa category or higher by Moody's.

The yield characteristics of the mortgage- and asset-backed securities in which
the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest differ from those of traditional
debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on the mortgage- and asset-backed securities
(usually monthly) and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund
purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than
expected will reduce their yield, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield. Conversely, if the
fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster-than-expected prepayments
will increase, while slower-than-expected prepayments will reduce, the yield on
these securities. Amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to
be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities -- Types of Credit
Support. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are often backed
by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different
parties. To lessen the effect of failure by obligors on underlying assets to
make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit support. Such
credit support falls into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2)
protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the
underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances,
generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the
pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion.
Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the
likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the
assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees,
insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from
third parties; through various means of structuring the transaction; or through
a combination of such approaches. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may pay any
additional fees for such credit support, although the existence of credit
support may increase the price of a security.

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities for which
third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection
against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued
creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such
securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the
creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the
delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than
expected.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction
include "senior-subordinated securities" (multiple class securities with one or
more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof
and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are
borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of "reserve
funds" (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the
payments on the underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses)
and "over-collateralization" (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal
amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the
securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support
provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with
respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets.
Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely
affect the return on an investment in such a security.

Government Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's
investments in mortgage-backed securities may include securities issued or
guaranteed by the US government or one of its agencies, authorities,
instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac. There are several types of guaranteed mortgage-backed securities
currently available, including guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and
multiple class securities, which include guaranteed Real Estate Mortgage
Investment Conduit Certificates ("REMIC Certificates"), collateralized mortgage
obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. The fund is permitted to
invest in other types of mortgage-backed securities that may be available in the
future to the extent consistent with its investment policies and objective.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned corporate instrumentality
of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The
National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"), authorizes Ginnie
Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on
certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by
the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the
Housing Act of 1949 ("FHA Loans"), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans
Affairs under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended ("VA
Loans"), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides
that the full faith and credit of the US government is pledged to the payment of
all amounts that may be required to be paid under any Ginnie Mae guaranty. In
order to meet its obligations under such guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to
borrow from the US Treasury with no limitations as to amount.

The Ginnie Mae Certificates in which a fund invests will represent a pro rata
interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (1)
fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate graduated payment
mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate growing equity mortgage loans; (4) fixed-rate
mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (5) mortgage loans on
multifamily residential properties under construction; (6) mortgage loans on
completed multifamily projects; (7) fixed-rate mortgage loans as to which
escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower's monthly payments during the
early years of the mortgage loans ("buy down" mortgage loans); (8) mortgage
loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in
interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (9)
mortgage-backed serial notes.


Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered corporation
organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter
Act of 1938. The obligations of Fannie Mae are obligations solely of Fannie Mae
and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government.


Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more
pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage
loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the
following types: (1) fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate
growing equity mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate graduated payment mortgage loans;
(4) variable rate mortgage loans; (5) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and
(6) fixed-rate and adjustable mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.


Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a federally chartered corporation of
the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as
amended (the "FHLMC Act"). The obligations of Freddie Mac are obligations solely
of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US
government.


Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage
loans (a "Freddie Mac Certificate group") purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage
loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed-rate or
adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten
and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-
to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage
loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie
Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participating interests in whole
loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising
another Freddie Mac Certificate group.


The value of the companies' securities fell sharply in 2008 due to concerns that
the firms did not have sufficient capital to offset losses. In mid-2008, the
U.S. Treasury was authorized to increase the size of home loans that FNMA and
FHLMC could purchase in certain residential areas and, until 2009, to lend FNMA
and FHLMC emergency funds and to purchase the companies' stock. More recently,
in September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that FNMA and FHLMC had been
placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency ("FHFA"), a
newly created independent regulator. In addition to placing the companies in
conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps that it
intended to take with respect to FNMA and FHLMC. First, the U.S. Treasury has
entered into preferred stock purchase agreements ("PSPAs") under which, if the
FHFA determines that FNMA's or FHLMC's liabilities have exceeded its assets
under generally accepted accounting principles, the U.S. Treasury will
contribute cash capital to the company in an amount equal to the difference
between liabilities and assets. The PSPAs are designed to provide protection to
the senior and subordinated debt and the mortgage-backed securities issued by
FNMA and FHLMC. Second, the U.S. Treasury established a new secured lending
credit facility that is available to FNMA and FHLMC until December 2009. Third,
the U.S. Treasury initiated a temporary program to purchase FNMA and FHLMC
mortgage-backed securities, which is expected to continue until December 2009.
No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives discussed above
with respect to the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC
will be successful.


Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
invest in multiple class mortgage-backed securities including collateralized
mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and REMIC Certificates. These securities may be
issued by US government agencies and instrumentalities such as Fannie Mae or
Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in,
mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers,
commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose
subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal
entity that are collateralized by a pool of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed
securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or
multiple class mortgage-backed securities. REMIC Certificates represent
beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of
mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed
mortgage-backed securities (the "Mortgage Assets"). The obligations of Fannie
Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are
obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively. Although
investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as
"regular" interests or "residual" interests, the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
does not intend to purchase such residual interests in REMICs.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely
distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. These certificates are
obligations solely of Fannie Mae and are not backed by the full faith and credit
of the US government. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute
the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or
not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC
Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are
required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates
("PCs"). These certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not
backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. PCs represent
undivided interests in specified level payment residential mortgages or
participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With
respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate
collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or
deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain
PCs.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs
or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a "tranche," is issued at a specific
adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its
final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans
or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some
or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially
earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or
accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the
several tranches in various ways. In certain structures (known as "sequential
pay" CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal
prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs
or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates.
Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs
or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final
distribution date have been paid in full. Additional structures of CMOs and
REMIC Certificates include, among others, "parallel pay" CMOs and REMIC
Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are
structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to
two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis.
These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final
distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential
pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as
"Z-Bonds"), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other
certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are
converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization
class ("PAC") certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that
generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment
date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the "PAC Certificates"), even
though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are
then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC
Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates
generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has
been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if
any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC
Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final
distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or
more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in
the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and
yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase
stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS"), which are derivative multiclass
mortgage securities. Although the market for such securities is increasingly
liquid, certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered
illiquid for purposes of the fund's limitation on investments in illiquid
securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal
payments generally is highly volatile in response to changes in interest rates.
The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from the
Mortgage Assets are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other
mortgage-backed securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile
and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully
recouped.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages-Interest Rate Indices. Adjustable rate mortgages in
which DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests may be adjusted on the basis of one
of several indices. The One Year Treasury Index is the figure derived from the
average weekly quoted yield on US Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year. The Cost of Funds Index reflects the monthly weighted
average cost of funds of savings and loan associations and savings banks whose
home offices are located in Arizona, California and Nevada (the "FHLB Eleventh
District") that are member institutions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco (the "FHLB of San Francisco"), as computed from statistics tabulated
and published by the FHLB of San Francisco. The FHLB of San Francisco normally
announces the Cost of Funds Index on the last working day of the month following
the month in which the cost of funds was incurred.

A number of factors affect the performance of the Cost of Funds Index and may
cause the Cost of Funds Index to move in a manner different from indices based
upon specific interest rates, such as the One Year Treasury Index. Because of
the various origination dates and maturities of the liabilities of members of
the FHLB Eleventh District upon which the Cost of Funds Index is based, among
other things, the Cost of Funds Index may not reflect at any given time the
average prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of similar
maturities. There can be no assurance that the Cost of Funds Index will
necessarily move in the same direction or at the same rate as prevailing
interest rates since as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are
renewed at market interest rates, the Cost of Funds Index will rise or fall
depending upon the differential between the prior and the new rates on such
deposits and borrowings. In addition, dislocations in the thrift industry in
recent years have caused and may continue to cause the cost of funds of thrift
institutions to change for reasons unrelated to changes in general interest rate
levels. Furthermore, any movement in the Cost of Funds Index as compared to
other indices based upon specific interest rates may be affected by changes
instituted by the FHLB of San Francisco in the method used to calculate the Cost
of Funds Index. To the extent that the Cost of Funds Index may reflect interest
changes on a more delayed basis than other indices, in a period of rising
interest rates, any increase may produce a higher yield later than would be
produced by such other indices, and in a period of declining interest rates, the
Cost of Funds Index may remain higher than other market interest rates, which
may result in a higher level of principal prepayments on mortgage loans which
adjust in accordance with the Cost of Funds Index than mortgage loans which
adjust in accordance with other indices.

LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the interest rate that the most
creditworthy international banks dealing in US dollar-denominated deposits and
loans charge each other for large dollar-denominated loans. LIBOR is also
usually the base rate for large dollar-denominated loans in the international
market. LIBOR is generally quoted for loans having rate adjustments at one,
three, six or twelve month intervals.

Impact of Sub-Prime Mortgage Market. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in
mortgage-backed, asset-backed and other fixed-income securities whose value and
liquidity may be adversely affected by the critical downturn in the sub-prime
mortgage lending market in the US. Sub-prime loans, which, have higher interest
rates, are made to borrowers with low credit ratings or other factors that
increase the risk of default. Concerns about widespread defaults on sub-prime
loans have also created heightened volatility and turmoil in the general credit
markets. As a result, a Fund's investments in certain fixed-income securities
may decline in value, their market value may be more difficult to determine, and
a Fund may have more difficulty disposing of them.

Zero Coupon Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds. A fund may invest in zero
coupon securities that are "stripped" US Treasury notes and bonds and in
deferred interest bonds. Zero coupon securities are the separate income or
principal components of a debt instrument. Zero coupon and deferred interest
bonds are debt obligations which are issued at a significant discount from face
value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds
will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest
accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at
the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities are redeemed at face value at their
maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. The amount
of this discount is accrued over the life of the security, and the accrual
constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and federal
income tax purposes. Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon
securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that
have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.

While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest,
deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the
regular payment of interest begins. Although this period of delay is different
for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of
the bond's term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating
its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher
rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such
cash.


The Fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes,
as required, which will generally be prior to the receipt of the corresponding
cash payments. Because the Fund is required to distribute to shareholders
substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income,
to avoid federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to liquidate
other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund's distribution obligations. See
"Federal Income Taxes."


Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been
registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Non-publicly traded securities (including Rule 144A
Securities) may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may
result in substantial losses. These securities may be less liquid than publicly
traded securities, and it may take longer to liquidate these positions than
would be the case for publicly traded securities. Companies whose securities are
not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor
protection requirements applicable to companies whose securities are publicly
traded. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of
portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted
or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby
experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment in
illiquid securities is subject to the risk that should a fund desire to sell any
of these securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price that is
deemed to be representative of their value, the value of the fund's net assets
could be adversely affected.

Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or
other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and
uncertainty in valuation. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not
registered under the 1933 Act, including but not limited to repurchase
agreements, commercial paper, non-US securities, municipal securities and
corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient
institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or
on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are
contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general
public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which allows a broader institutional trading
market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on their resale to the
general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration
requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified
institutional buyers. The Advisor anticipates that the market for certain
restricted securities such as institutional commercial paper will expand further
as a result of this regulation and the development of automated systems for the
trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and
non-US issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

An investment in Rule 144A Securities will be considered illiquid and therefore
subject to a fund's limit on the purchase of illiquid securities unless the
Board or its delegates determines that the Rule 144A Securities are liquid. In
reaching liquidity decisions, the Board and its delegates may consider, inter
alia, the following factors: (i) the unregistered nature of the security; (ii)
the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (iii) the number of dealers
wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential
purchasers; (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (v)
the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the
time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the
mechanics of the transfer).

Investing in Rule 144A Securities could have the effect of increasing the level
of illiquidity in a fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers are
unavailable or uninterested in purchasing such securities from the fund. The
Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Advisor the daily function of
determining and monitoring the liquidity of Rule 144A Securities, although the
Board will retain ultimate responsibility for any liquidity determinations.

TBA Purchase Commitments. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into "To Be
Announced" ("TBA") purchase commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price
at a future date, typically not exceeding 75-90 days. TBA purchase commitments
may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the
value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date, which
risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund's other assets. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued
at the current market value of the underlying securities. To facilitate such
acquisitions, the fund identifies on its book cash or liquid assets in an amount
at least equal to such commitments. It may be expected that the fund's net
assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio
securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. On
delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from
maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the
fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could,
as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss
due to market fluctuation.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and
payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will
be received on when-issued and delayed delivery securities are fixed at the time
the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of
securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, the
yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields
available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered
to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a
"when, as and if issued" basis, under which the issuance of the security depends
on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate
reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to
market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable,
accrues to the fund until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect
the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if
applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from
that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at
less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund identifies on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at
least equal to such commitments. It may be expected that the fund's net assets
will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to
cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. On delivery dates
for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or
sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a
gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other
party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the
fund's incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered
advantageous.

Lower-Rated Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds"). DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
invest in debt securities rated in the fifth and sixth long-term rating
categories by S&P, Moody's and Fitch Inc. ("Fitch"), or comparably rated by
another NRSRO, or if not rated by a NRSRO, of comparable quality as determined
by the Advisor in its sole discretion.

These securities, often referred to as "junk bonds" or "high yield debt
securities," are considered speculative and, while generally offering greater
income than investments in higher quality securities, involve greater risk of
loss of principal and income, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy
of the issuers of such securities, and have greater price volatility, especially
during periods of economic uncertainty or change. These lower quality bonds tend
to be affected by economic changes and short-term corporate and industry
developments, as well as public perception of those changes and developments, to
a greater extent than higher quality securities, which react primarily to
fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.

In addition, the market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less
active than that for higher-rated debt securities, which can adversely affect
the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available,
lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures
established by the Board of Trustees of the fund, including the use of outside
pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate
debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources
for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and
changing investor perception may also affect the availability of outside pricing
services to value lower-rated debt securities and the DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund's ability to dispose of these securities. In addition, such securities
generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of lower-rated debt
securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods
of financing available to them so that their ability to service their
obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising
interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers
is significantly greater because below investment grade securities generally are
unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior
indebtedness.

Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities, the
Advisor's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of
managing securities of this type held by the fund. In considering investments
for the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, the Advisor will attempt to identify those
issuers of high yield debt securities whose financial conditions are adequate to
meet future obligations, have improved or are expected to improve in the future.
The Advisor's analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as
interest on dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the
experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

While the market for high yield corporate debt securities has been in existence
for many years and has weathered previous economic downturns, past experience
may not provide an accurate indication of future performance of the high yield
bond market, especially during periods of economic recession.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with
others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security
holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this
to be in the interest of the fund.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in an affiliated mutual fund to gain
exposure to lower rated debt securities. The affiliated fund is permitted to
invest in securities of lower credit ratings than the fund could invest in if it
makes direct purchases of high yield debt securities.

Inverse Floaters. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in inverse floaters.
Inverse floaters are debt instruments with a floating rate of interest that
bears an inverse relationship to changes in short-term market interest rates.
Investments in this type of security involve special risks as compared to
investments in, for example, a fixed rate municipal security. A Fund could lose
money and its net asset value ("NAV") could decline if movements in interest
rates are incorrectly anticipated. Moreover, the markets for securities of this
type may be less developed and may have less liquidity than the markets for more
traditional municipal securities.

Indexed Securities. The indexed securities in which a fund may invest include
debt securities whose value at maturity is determined by reference to the
relative prices of various currencies or to the price of a stock index. The
value of such securities depends on the price of foreign currencies, securities
indices or other financial values or statistics. These securities may be
positively or negatively indexed; that is, their value may increase or decrease
if the underlying instrument appreciates.

Securities Representing Securities of Foreign Issuers. A fund's investments in
the securities of foreign issuers may be made directly or in the form of
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs," also
referred to as International Depositary Receipts or "IDRs"), European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs") or other similar securities representing securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities they represent, and while designed for use as
alternatives to the purchase of the underlying securities in their national
markets and currencies, are subject to the same risks as the foreign securities
to which they relate.

ADRs are receipts, typically issued by a US bank or trust company, which
evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.
EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts
("CDRs"), are receipts issued in Europe, and GDRs or IDRs are issued outside the
United States. EDRs (CDRs) and GDRs (IDRs) are typically issued by non-US banks
and trust companies and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic
securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in US
securities markets, and EDRs (CDRs) and GDRs (IDRs) in bearer form are designed
for use in European and non-US securities markets, respectively. For purposes of
the fund's investment policies, depository receipts generally are deemed to have
the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, a
depository receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as
common stock.

ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States
and are issued through "sponsored" or "unsponsored" arrangements. In a sponsored
ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of
the depository's transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the
foreign issuer assumes no obligations and the depository's transaction fees are
paid directly by the ADR holders. In addition, less information is available in
the United States about an unsponsored ADR than about a sponsored ADR.

Investments in foreign securities incur higher costs than investments in US
securities, including higher costs in making securities transactions as well as
foreign taxes which may reduce the investment return of the fund. In addition,
foreign investments may include risks associated with currency exchange rates,
less complete information about additional companies, less market liquidity and
political instability.

Repurchase Agreements. A fund may engage in repurchase agreement transactions
with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and certain non-bank dealers,
including governmental securities dealers approved by the Board. Under the terms
of a typical repurchase agreement, a fund would acquire any underlying security
for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week), subject to an
obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation
at an agreed price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund's
holding period. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not
subject to market fluctuations during the fund's holding period. The value of
the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total
amount of the repurchase obligations, including interest. The fund bears a risk
of loss in the event of default by or bankruptcy of the other party to a
repurchase agreement. The fund may be delayed in, or prevented from, exercising
its rights to dispose of the collateralized securities. To the extent that, in
the meantime, the value of the securities repurchased had decreased or the value
of the securities had increased, the fund could experience a loss. The Advisor
reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which a fund enters
into repurchase agreements and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the
securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that it is maintained at
the required level. A repurchase agreement is considered to be a loan under the
1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may borrow funds for
temporary or emergency purposes, such as meeting larger than anticipated
redemption requests, and not for leverage, by, among other things, agreeing to
sell portfolio securities to financial institutions such as member banks of the
Federal Reserve System and certain non-bank dealers and to repurchase them at a
mutually agreed date and price (a "reverse repurchase agreement"). At the time
the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement it will segregate cash or
liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price, including
accrued interest. The segregated assets will be marked-to-market daily and
additional assets will be segregated on any day in which the assets fall below
the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). The fund's liquidity and ability
to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio
securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below
the repurchase price of those securities. In the event the buyer of securities
under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent,
such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to
determine whether to enforce the fund's obligation to repurchase the securities,
and the fund's use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may
effectively be restricted pending such decision. Reverse repurchase agreements
are considered to be borrowings by the fund.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into mortgage
"dollar rolls" in which the fund sells securities for delivery in the current
month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same
dealer, type, coupon and maturity), but not identical, securities on a specified
future date. During the roll period, the fund forgoes principal and interest
paid on the securities. The fund is compensated by the difference between the
current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often
referred to as the "drop") or fee income and by the interest earned on the cash
proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll
for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security
position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar
roll transaction. The fund may enter into both covered and uncovered rolls. At
the time the fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it will segregate, with
an approved custodian, cash or liquid securities having a value not less than
the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor
the segregated assets to ensure that its value is maintained.

Investment of Uninvested Cash Balances. A Fund may have cash balances that have
not been invested in portfolio securities ("Uninvested Cash"). Uninvested Cash
may result from a variety of sources, including dividends or interest received
from portfolio securities, unsettled securities transactions, reserves held for
investment strategy purposes, assets to cover a fund's open futures and other
derivatives positions, scheduled maturity of investments, liquidation of
investment securities to meet anticipated redemptions and dividend payments, and
new cash received from investors. Uninvested Cash may be invested directly in
money market instruments or other short-term debt obligations. A Fund may use
Uninvested Cash to purchase shares of affiliated money market funds or shares of
QP Trust, or other entities for which the Advisor may act as investment advisor
now or in the future that operate as cash management investment vehicles but are
excluded from the definition of "investment company" pursuant to Section 3(c)(1)
or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (collectively, the "Central Funds"), provided that
any Central Funds will operate in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Investments in such cash management vehicles may exceed the limits of Rule
12(d)(1)(A).

Derivatives


As noted above, the Fund will invest in futures contracts and ETFs based on
stock indices as a primary investment technique. Due to the Fund's investment
strategy and/or limitations imposed by the Fund's Warranty Agreement, the
likelihood or ability of the Fund to invest in derivative instruments other than
futures contracts is limited. However, the Fund may have exposure to the
following derivatives transactions indirectly through DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund.

General. If the Fund's Warranty Agreement is terminated, the Fund may elect to
engage in derivatives transactions other than futures contracts in the future.
Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based
on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset or market index. Some
derivatives, such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, are in
many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile
and/or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are, in fact,
many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. There
are a range of risks associated with those uses. For example, a fund may use
futures and options as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities and for
traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect the fund from exposure to
changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates and for
cash management or other investment purposes. The funds will use derivatives for
non-hedging purpose, such as to enhance return. The use of derivatives may
result in leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an instrument's price
changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount
of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can in some
circumstances lead to significant losses. A fund will limit the leverage created
by its use of derivatives for investment purposes by "covering" such positions
as required by the SEC. The Advisor may use derivatives in circumstances where
the Advisor believes they offer an economical means of gaining exposure to a
particular asset class. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be
considered speculative. The Funds intend to use futures on securities indices
and options on such futures primarily for investment purposes and not for
hedging purposes.


A fund's investments in options, futures, forward contracts and similar
strategies depend on the Advisor's judgment as to the potential risks and
rewards of different types of strategies. Options and futures can be volatile
investments, and may not perform as expected. If the Advisor applies a hedge at
an inappropriate time or judges price trends incorrectly, options and futures
strategies may lower the fund's return. A fund could also experience losses if
the prices of its options and futures positions were poorly correlated with its
other investments, or if it could not close out its positions because of an
illiquid secondary market. Options and futures traded on foreign exchanges
generally are not regulated by US authorities, and may offer less liquidity and
less protection to a fund in the event of default by the other party to the
contract.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an
exclusion with respect to the fund from the definition of the term "commodity
pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject
to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange
Act.

Options on Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase and write
(sell) put and call options on securities. A call option gives the purchaser of
the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying
security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. Similarly,
a put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates
the writer to buy, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time
during the option period.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options to a
limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in an attempt to
increase income through the premiums it receives for writing the option(s).
However, in return for the premium, the fund may forgo the benefits of
appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the fund.

A call option written by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is "covered" if the fund
owns the underlying security covered by the call or has an absolute and
immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration
(or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its
custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its
portfolio. A call option is also covered if the fund holds a call option on the
same security and in the same principal amount as the written call option where
the exercise price of the call option so held (a) is equal to or less than the
exercise price of the written call option or (b) is greater than the exercise
price of the written call option if the difference is segregated by the fund in
cash or liquid securities.

When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund writes a covered call option, it gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy the underlying security at the price
specified in the option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any
time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the fund will
realize income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the
option. If the option is exercised, a decision over which DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund has no control, the fund must sell the underlying security to the
option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered call option, the fund
forgoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the
opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market
value of the underlying security above the exercise price. In addition, the fund
may continue to hold a security which might otherwise have been sold to protect
against depreciation in the market price of the security.

A put option written by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is "covered" when, among
other things, cash or liquid securities acceptable to the broker are placed in a
segregated account to fulfill the obligations undertaken. When the fund writes a
covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell the
underlying security to the fund at the specified exercise price at any time
during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the fund will
realize income in the amount of the net premium received for writing the option.
If the put option is exercised, a decision over which the fund has no control,
the fund must purchase the underlying security from the option holder at the
exercise price. By writing a covered put option, the fund, in exchange for the
net premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the
underlying security below the exercise price. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will
only write put options involving securities for which a determination is made at
the time the option is written that the fund wishes to acquire the securities at
the exercise price.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may terminate its obligation as the writer of a
call or put option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and
expiration date as the option previously written. This transaction is called a
"closing purchase transaction." The fund will realize a profit or loss on a
closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or
more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To
close out a position as a purchaser of an option, the fund may enter into a
"closing sale transaction," which involves liquidating the fund's position by
selling the option previously purchased. When the fund cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund writes an option, an amount equal to the net
premium received by the fund is included in the liability section of the fund's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, the fund will
realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds
the premium received when the option was sold), and the deferred credit related
to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is exercised, the fund will
realize a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security, and the
proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally received. The
writing of covered call options may be deemed to involve the pledge of the
securities against which the option is being written. Securities against which
call options are written will be identified on the fund's books.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also purchase call and put options on any
securities in which it may invest. The fund would normally purchase a call
option in anticipation of an increase in the market value of such securities.
The purchase of a call option would entitle the fund, in exchange for the
premium paid, to purchase a security at a specified price during the option
period. The fund would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities
increased above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would
have a loss if the value of the securities remained at or below the exercise
price during the option period.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation
of a decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective
puts") or securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The
purchase of a put option would entitle the fund, in exchange for the premium
paid, to sell a security, which may or may not be held by the fund at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
fund. Put options also may be purchased by the fund for the purpose of
affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities that the fund
does not own. The fund would ordinarily recognize a gain if the value of the
securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium
and would recognize a loss if the value of the securities remained at or above
the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options
would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying
portfolio securities.

The hours of trading for options on securities and securities indices may not
conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the
extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying
securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the
underlying securities markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It
is impossible to predict the volume of trading that may exist in such options,
and there can be no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or
continue.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also engage in options transactions in the
over-the-counter ("OTC") market with broker-dealers who make markets in these
options. The ability to terminate OTC option positions is more limited than with
exchange-traded option positions because the predominant market is the issuing
broker rather than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers
participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce
this risk, the fund will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are
primary US government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into
closing transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option
will be liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Advisor will
monitor the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the fund enters into such
options transactions under the general supervision of the fund's Board of
Trustees. Unless the Board of Trustees conclude otherwise, DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund intends to treat OTC options purchased and the assets used to "cover"
OTC options written as not readily marketable and, therefore, subject to the
fund's limit on investments in illiquid securities.

Options on Securities Indices. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also purchase
and write exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities indices. A
securities index measures the movement of a certain group of securities by
assigning relative values to the securities included in the index, which will
fluctuate with changes in the market values of the securities included in the
index. Some securities index options are based on a broad market index, such as
the NYSE Composite Index, or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100.
Indices may also be based on a particular industry or market segment.

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities except that
(1) the expiration cycles of securities index options are monthly, while those
of securities options are currently quarterly, and (2) the delivery requirements
are different. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at
a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to
receive a cash "exercise settlement amount" equal to (a) the amount, if any, by
which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or
is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index
on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed "index multiplier." Receipt
of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the securities index
upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or
less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the index and the
exercise price of the option times a specified multiple. The writer of the
option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of
this amount. Securities index options may be offset by entering into closing
transactions as described above for securities options.

As discussed in "Options on Securities," DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would
normally purchase a call option in anticipation of an increase in the market
value of the relevant index. The purchase of a call option would entitle the
fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to purchase the underlying securities at
a specified price during the option period. The fund would ordinarily have a
gain if the value of the underlying securities increased above the exercise
price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the value of
the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the option period.

As discussed in "Options on Securities," DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would
normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value
of the relevant index ("protective puts"). The purchase of a put option would
entitle the fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell the underlying
securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of
protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the
market value of the index. The fund would ordinarily recognize a gain if the
value of the index decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the
premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the index remained at or
above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective puts
would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the index.

Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the
index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize
a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon
movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the
case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements
in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of
options on stock indices will be subject to the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a
particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than
predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur, although the fund
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Advisor believes the
option can be closed out. Use of options on securities indices also entails the
risk that trading in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain
securities included in the index is interrupted. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will not purchase such options unless the Advisor believes the market is
sufficiently developed such that the risk of trading in such options is no
greater than the risk of trading in options on securities.

Price movements in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's investment portfolio may not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the
use of options on indices cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on
securities indices require settlement in cash, the Advisor may be forced to
liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations. DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund's activities in index options may also be restricted by the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for
qualification as a regulated investment company.

Hedging Strategies. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use certain strategies
designed to adjust the overall risk of its investment portfolio. These "hedging"
strategies involve derivative contracts, including (but not limited to) US
Treasury and Eurodollar futures contracts and exchange-traded put and call
options on such futures contracts. New financial products and risk management
techniques continue to be developed and may be used if consistent with the
fund's investment objective and policies. Among other purposes, these hedging
strategies may be used to effectively maintain desired portfolio duration or to
protect against market risk should the fund reallocate its investments among
different types of fixed income securities.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund might not use any hedging strategies, and there can
be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed. If the Advisor is incorrect
in its judgment on market values, interest rates or other economic factors in
using a hedging strategy, the fund may have lower net income and a net loss on
the investment. Each of these strategies involves certain risks, which include:

o        the fact that the skills needed to use hedging instruments are
         different from those needed to select securities for the fund;

o        the possibility of imperfect correlation, or even no correlation,
         between the price movements of hedging instruments and price movements
         of the securities or currencies being hedged;

o        possible constraints placed on the fund's ability to purchase or sell
         portfolio investments at advantageous times due to the need for the
         fund to maintain "cover" or to segregate securities; and

o        the possibility that the fund will be unable to close out or liquidate
         its hedged position.

A hedge is designed to offset a loss in a portfolio position with a gain in the
hedged position. At the same time, however, a properly correlated hedge will
result in a gain in the portfolio position being offset by a loss in the hedged
position. As a result, the use of options, futures and currency exchange
transactions for hedging purposes could limit any potential gain from an
increase in the value of the position hedged. With respect to futures contracts,
since the value of portfolio securities will far exceed the value of the futures
contracts sold by the fund, an increase in the value of the futures contracts
could only mitigate, but not totally offset, the decline in the value of the
fund's assets.

To the extent that DWS Short Duration Plus Fund engages in the strategies
described above, the fund may experience losses greater than if these strategies
had not been utilized. In addition to the risks described above, these
instruments may be illiquid and/or subject to trading limits, and the fund may
be unable to close out a position without incurring substantial losses, if at
all. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is also subject to the risk of default by a
counterparty to an off-exchange transaction. See "Illiquid Securities."

Currency Management Techniques. The instruments involved in currency-related
transactions may be considered derivative instruments. The DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund may enter into currency-related transactions to attempt to protect
against an anticipated rise in the US dollar price of securities that it intends
to purchase. In addition, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into
currency-related transactions to attempt to protect against the decline in value
of its foreign currency denominated or quoted portfolio securities, or a decline
in the value of anticipated dividends or interest from such securities, due to a
decline in the value of the foreign currency against the US dollar. The
forecasting of currency market movements is extremely difficult and there can be
no assurance that currency hedging strategies will be successful. If the Advisor
is incorrect in its forecast, currency hedging strategies may result in
investment performance worse than if the strategies were not attempted. In
addition, forward contracts and over-the-counter currency options may be
illiquid and are subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its
obligations.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
exchange currencies in the normal course of managing its investments in foreign
securities and may incur costs in doing so because a foreign exchange dealer may
charge a fee for conversion. The fund may conduct foreign currency exchange
transactions on a "spot" basis (i.e., for prompt delivery and settlement) at the
prevailing spot rate for purchasing or selling currency in the foreign currency
exchange market. The fund also may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts ("forward currency contracts") or other contracts to purchase and sell
currencies for settlement at a future date. A foreign exchange dealer, in that
situation, will expect to realize a profit based on the difference between the
price at which a foreign currency is sold to the fund and the price at which the
dealer will cover the purchase in the foreign currency market. Foreign exchange
transactions are entered into at prices quoted by dealers, which may include a
mark-up over the price that the dealer must pay for the currency.

A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a
specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from
the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time
of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted
directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their
customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no
commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades, but currency dealers
seek to obtain a "spread" or profit on each transaction.

At the maturity of a forward contract, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may either
accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or
prior to maturity, enter into a closing purchase transaction involving the
purchase or sale of an offsetting contract.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use forward currency transactions in an attempt
to hedge against losses, or where possible, to add to investment returns. For
the purposes of hedging, when the fund enters into a contract for the purchase
or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, or when the fund
anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments
on such a security which it holds, the fund may desire to "lock in" the US
dollar price of the security or the US dollar equivalent of such dividend or
interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for
the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of US dollars, of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions, the fund will attempt to
protect itself against an adverse change in the relationship between the US
dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on
which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest
payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Additionally, when management of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund believes that the
currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline
against the US dollar, it may cause the fund to enter into a forward contract to
sell, for a fixed amount of US dollars, the amount of foreign currency
approximating the value of some or all of the fund's portfolio securities
denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will
change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities
between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures.

Using forward currency contracts in an attempt to protect the value of a fund's
portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not
eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply
establishes a rate of exchange which the fund can achieve at some future point
in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not
possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the dollar value of
only a portion of the fund's foreign assets.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will cover the amount of its commitments to
purchase foreign currencies under forward currency contracts with liquid
securities. If the value of such securities declines below the value of the
fund's commitments under forward currency contracts, additional liquid
securities will be used as cover so that the value of such securities will equal
the amount of the fund's commitments. The securities will be marked-to-market on
a daily basis.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund generally will not enter into a forward currency
contract with a term of greater than one year. The forecasting of short-term
currency market movements is extremely difficult and there can be no assurance
that short-term hedging strategies will be successful.

While DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will enter into forward currency contracts to
reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve
certain other risks. Thus, while the fund may benefit from currency
transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer
overall performance for the fund than if it had not engaged in any such
transactions. Moreover, there may be an imperfect correlation between the fund's
holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward
contracts entered into by the fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause the
fund to sustain losses which will prevent the fund from achieving a complete
hedge or expose the fund to risk of foreign currency exchange loss. Forward
currency contracts may be considered derivative instruments.

Futures Contracts and Related Options


The Fund will invest in futures contracts based on stock indices as a primary
investment technique. To the extent consistent with the Fund's investment
objective, policies and restrictions, the following disclosure applies to the
Fund. In addition, the Fund may have exposure to the following instruments and
techniques indirectly through DWS Short Duration Plus Fund.


General. A fund may enter into futures contracts on securities, securities
indices, foreign currencies and interest rates, and purchase and write (sell)
options thereon that are traded on exchanges designated by the Commodities
Futures Trading Commission "CFTC") or, if consistent with CFTC regulations, on
foreign exchanges. These futures contracts are standardized contracts for the
future delivery of, among other things, a commodity, a non-US currency, an
interest rate sensitive security or, in the case of index futures contracts or
certain other futures contracts, a cash settlement with reference to a specified
multiplier times the change in the index. An option on a futures contract gives
the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in
a futures contract.

A fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts on
securities, securities indices and currencies to manage its exposure to changing
interest rates, security prices and currency exchange rates, as an efficient
means of managing allocations between asset classes and to enhance return. DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund intends to use futures and options on futures primarily
to manage asset allocation between asset classes and to enhance return.

The successful use of futures contracts and options thereon draws upon the
Advisor's skill and experience with respect to such instruments and are subject
to special risk considerations. A liquid secondary market for any futures or
options contract may not be available when a futures or options position is
sought to be closed. In addition, there may be an imperfect correlation between
movements in the securities or currency in a fund. Successful use of futures or
options contracts is further dependent on the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly movements in the securities or foreign currency markets and no
assurance can be given that its judgment will be correct.

Futures Contracts. Futures contracts are contracts to purchase or sell a fixed
amount of an underlying instrument, commodity or index at a fixed time and place
in the future. US futures contracts have been designed by exchanges which have
been designated "contracts markets" by the CFTC, and must be executed through a
futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which is a member of the
relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a number of exchange
markets, and, through their clearing corporations, the exchanges guarantee
performance of the contracts as between the clearing members of the exchange. A
fund may enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery of
fixed-income securities, foreign currencies, or financial indices, including any
index of US government securities, foreign government securities or corporate
debt securities. A fund may enter into futures contracts that are based on debt
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the US government,
such as long-term US Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes and US Treasury Bills. A
fund may also enter into futures contracts which are based on bonds issued by
governments other than the US government. Futures contracts on foreign
currencies may be used to hedge against securities that are denominated in
foreign currencies.

At the same time a futures contract is entered into, a fund must post the
initial margin with the futures broker. Daily thereafter, the futures contract
is valued and the payment of "variation margin" may be required, since each day
the fund would provide or receive cash that reflects any decline or increase in
the contract's value.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to such a contract, adjustments
are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of
securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract.
In some, but not many, cases, securities called for by a futures contract may
not have been issued when the contract was written.

Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash, such as index
futures) by their terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the
instrument underlying the contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is
fulfilled by offset before the date of the contract without a fund's having to
make or take delivery of the instrument underlying the contract. The offsetting
of a contractual obligation is accomplished by entering into an opposite
position in an identical futures contract on the commodities exchange on which
the futures contract was entered into (or a linked exchange) calling for
delivery in the same month. Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the fund will incur brokerage fees
when it enters into futures contracts.

The purpose of the acquisition or sale of a futures contract, in cases where a
fund holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to attempt to
protect the fund from fluctuations in interest or foreign exchange rates without
actually buying or selling fixed-income securities or foreign currencies. For
example, if interest rates were expected to increase (which thus would cause the
prices of debt securities to decline), the fund might enter into futures
contracts for the sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same
effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund.
If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the fund would
decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at
approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of the fund
from declining as much as it otherwise would have.

Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline (thus increasing
the value of debt securities), futures contracts may be purchased to attempt to
hedge against anticipated purchases of debt securities at higher prices. Since
the fluctuations in the value of futures contracts should be similar to those of
debt securities, a fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the
value of debt securities without actually buying them until the market had
stabilized. At that time, the futures contracts could be liquidated and the fund
could then buy debt securities on the cash market. The segregated assets
maintained to cover a fund's obligations with respect to non "cash settled"
futures contracts will consist of cash or liquid securities acceptable to the
broker from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the
fluctuating notional market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate
value of the initial and variation margin payments made by the fund with respect
to such futures contracts.

In addition, futures contracts entail significant risks. Although the Advisor
believes that use of such contracts will benefit a fund, if the Advisor's
investment judgment about the general direction of interest rates or an index is
incorrect, the fund's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not
entered into any such contract. For example, if the fund has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates or a decrease in an index which
would adversely affect the value of securities held in its portfolio and
interest rates decrease or securities prices increase instead, the fund will
lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities which
it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions.
In addition, in such situations, if the fund has insufficient cash, it may have
to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin
requirements. Such sales of securities may, but will not necessarily, be at
increased prices which reflect the rising market. The fund may have to sell
securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.


The Fund has claimed exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool
operator" under the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Therefore, the Fund is not subject to commodity pool operator registration and
regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act. Futures and options on futures may
be entered into for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration
management) or other portfolio and return enhancement management purposes to the
extent consistent with the exclusion from commodity pool operator registration.
Typically, maintaining a futures contract or selling an option thereon requires
a Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary as security for its obligations
an amount of cash or other specified assets (initial margin) which initially is
typically 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in
some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (variation margin) may be
required to be deposited thereafter on a daily basis as the marked to market
value of the contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on financial futures
involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on
the part of a Fund. If a Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will
be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin)
for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position. Futures
contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an
offsetting transaction but there can be no assurance that the position can be
offset prior to settlement at an advantageous price, nor that delivery will
occur.


Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. A fund may also enter into futures
contracts providing for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement based
upon changes in the value of an index of US or non-US securities. This
investment technique may be used as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a
particular securities market without investing directly in those securities or
to hedge against anticipated future changes in general market prices that
otherwise might either adversely affect the value of securities held by the fund
or adversely affect the prices of securities which are intended to be purchased
at a later date for the fund or as an efficient means of managing allocation
between asset classes. A futures contract may also be entered into to close out
or offset an existing futures position.

When used for hedging purposes, each futures contract on a securities index
transaction involves the establishment of a position which the Advisor believes
will move in a direction opposite to that of the investment being hedged. If
these hedging transactions are successful, the futures positions taken for a
fund will rise in value by an amount which approximately offsets the decline in
value of the portion of the fund's investments that are being hedged. Should
general market prices move in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated
benefits of futures contracts may not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

Options on Futures Contracts (including Futures Contracts on Securities
Indices). DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase and write (sell) options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. For example, as with the purchase of
futures contracts, when the fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call
option on an interest rate sensitive futures contract to hedge against a
potential price increase on debt securities due to declining interest rates.

The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects
to the purchase of a call option on an index or individual security. Depending
on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures
contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities,
it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or
underlying debt securities.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract may constitute a partial
hedge against declining prices of the underlying portfolio securities which are
the same as or correlate with the security or foreign currency that is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is below the price specified in the premium received
for writing the option ("exercise price"), DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will
retain the full amount of the net premium (the premium received for writing the
option less any commission), which provides a partial hedge against any decline
that may have occurred in the fund's holdings.

The writing of a put option on an index futures contract may constitute a
partial hedge against increasing prices of the underlying securities or foreign
currency that are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the
futures price at expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund will retain the full amount of the option net premium,
which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities
that the fund intends to purchase.

If a put or call option DWS Short Duration Plus Fund has written is exercised,
the fund will incur a loss that will be reduced by the amount of the net premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its futures positions,
the fund's losses from existing options on futures may to some extent be reduced
or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract with respect to an
index is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call or protective put
option on an index. For example, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase a put
option on an index futures contract to hedge against the risk of lowering
securities values.

The amount of risk DWS Short Duration Plus Fund assumes when it purchases an
option on a futures contract with respect to an index is the premium paid for
the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks
discussed above, the purchase of such an option also entails the risk that
changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully
reflected in the value of the option purchased.

Other Considerations. A fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the
futures contracts and options on futures used by it are substantially related to
price fluctuations in securities or instruments held by the fund or securities
or instruments which it expects to purchase.

A fund will be required, in connection with transactions in futures contracts
and the writing of options on futures contracts, to make margin deposits, which
will be held by its custodian for the benefit of the futures commission merchant
through whom the fund engages in such futures and option transactions. These
transactions involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case
of futures contracts and options obligating the fund to purchase securities,
require the fund to segregate cash or liquid securities in an account maintained
with its custodian to cover such contracts and options.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce
certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus,
unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a
poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not entered into any
futures contracts or options transactions. The other risks associated with the
use of futures contracts and options thereon are (i) imperfect correlation
between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the
prices of the futures and options and (ii) the possible absence of a liquid
secondary market for a futures contract or option and the resulting inability to
close a futures position prior to its maturity date.

In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and
portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may
not be obtained and a fund may be exposed to risk of loss. The risk of imperfect
correlation may be minimized by investing in contracts whose price behavior is
expected to resemble that of the fund's underlying securities. A fund will
attempt to minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out futures
positions by entering into such transactions on a national exchange with an
active and liquid secondary market.

Limitations and Risks Associated with Transactions in Options, Futures Contracts
and Options on Futures Contracts for Hedging Purposes. Options and futures
transactions involve (1) liquidity risk that contractual positions cannot be
easily closed out in the event of market changes or generally in the absence of
a liquid secondary market, (2) correlation risk that changes in the value of
hedging positions may not match the securities market fluctuations intended to
be hedged, and (3) market risk that an incorrect prediction of securities prices
by the Advisor may cause a fund to perform worse than if such positions had not
been taken. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited
than with exchange traded options and may involve the risk that the counterparty
to the option will not fulfill its obligations. In accordance with a position
taken by the SEC, a fund will limit its investments in illiquid securities to
15% of the fund's net assets.

Options and futures transactions are highly specialized activities which involve
investment techniques and risks that are different from those associated with
ordinary portfolio transactions. Gains and losses on investments in options and
futures depend on the Advisor's ability to predict the direction of interest
rates, security prices, currencies and other economic factors. The loss that may
be incurred by a fund in entering into futures contracts and written options
thereon is potentially unlimited. There is no assurance that higher than
anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times,
render certain facilities of an options clearing entity or other entity
performing the regulatory and liquidity functions of an options clearing entity
inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special
procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.
Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in a futures
contract's prices during a single trading day. Once the limit has been reached
no further trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. The price
limit will not limit potential losses, and may in fact prevent the prompt
liquidation of futures positions, ultimately resulting in further losses.

Asset Coverage. A fund will comply with the segregation or coverage guidelines
established by the SEC and other applicable regulatory bodies with respect to
certain transactions, including (but not limited to) options written on
securities and indexes; currency, interest rate and security index futures
contracts and options on these futures contracts; and forward currency
contracts. These guidelines may, in certain instances, require a fund to cover
the fund's obligations with respect to these strategies with cash or liquid
securities to the extent they are not otherwise covered through ownership of the
underlying security or financial instrument, by other portfolio positions or by
other means consistent with applicable regulatory policies.

For example, a call option written on securities may require a fund to hold the
securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into such securities
without additional consideration) or to use assets as cover (as described above)
sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A
call option written on an index may require a fund to own portfolio securities
that correlate with the index or to use assets as cover (as described above)
equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current
basis. A put option written by a fund may require the fund to use assets as
cover (as described above) equal to the exercise price. A fund could purchase a
put option if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the
strike price of a put option sold by the fund. If a fund holds a futures
contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract with
a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. A fund may
enter into fully or partially offsetting transactions so that its net position,
coupled with any assets used as cover (equal to any remaining obligation),
equals its net obligation. Asset coverage may be achieved by other means when
consistent with applicable regulatory policies.

A fund's transactions in options, forward currency contracts, futures contracts
and options on futures contracts may be limited by the requirements for
qualification of the fund as a regulated investment company for federal income
tax purposes. See "Federal Income Taxes." There can be no assurance that the use
of these portfolio strategies will be successful.

Swaps. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into currency and other types of
swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars. The fund
expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or
spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect
against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect
against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing
at a later date. The fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it
does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the
fund may be obligated to pay. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the
fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive
interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments
with respect to a notional amount of principal. A currency swap is an agreement
to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on
the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to
swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the
reference indices. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive
payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the
extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount.
The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional
principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a
specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is
a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a
predetermined range of interest rates or values.

Swaps have special risks associated including possible default by the
counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, where swaps are used for
hedges, the risk that the use of a swap could result in losses greater than if
the swap had not been employed. Whether the use of swap agreements will be
successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor's
ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to
produce greater returns than other investments. Certain swap agreements may be
considered to be illiquid because they are two party contracts and because they
may have terms of greater than seven days. Moreover, DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap
agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement
counterparty.

Credit Default Swaps. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in credit default
swaps. A credit default swap is a contract between a buyer and a seller of
protection against a pre-defined credit event. The buyer of protection pays the
seller a fixed regular fee provided that no event of default on an underlying
reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller
must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value," of the reference
obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. Credit default swaps are
used as a means of "buying" credit protection, i.e., attempting to mitigate the
risk of default or credit quality deterioration in some portion of the fund's
holdings, or "selling" credit protection, i.e., attempting to gain exposure to
an underlying issuer's credit quality characteristics without directly investing
in that issuer. No more than 5% of the fund's assets may be invested in credit
default swaps for purposes of buying credit protection for non-hedging purposes.
Where DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is a seller of credit protection, it
effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net
assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount
of the swap. The fund will only sell credit protection with respect to
securities in which it would be authorized to invest directly. The fund
currently considers credit default swaps to be illiquid and treats the market
value of the contract as illiquid for purposes of determining compliance with
the fund's restrictions on investing in illiquid securities.

If DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no event
of default occurs, the fund will lose its investment and recover nothing.
However, if the fund is a buyer and an event of default occurs, the fund will
receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little
or no value. As a seller, the fund receives a fixed rate of income through the
term of the contract (typically between six months and three years), provided
that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must
pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit
default swaps involve greater risks than if the fund had invested in the
reference obligation directly.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use credit default swaps to gain exposure to
particular issuers or particular markets through investments in portfolios of
credit default swaps, such as Dow Jones CDX.NA.HY certificates. By investing in
certificates representing interests in a basket of credit default swaps, the
fund is taking credit risk with respect to an entity or group of entities and
providing credit protection to the swap counterparties. For example, the CDX EM
is a tradable basket of 19 credit default swaps on country credits which seeks
to replicate the returns on the indices of a broad group of emerging markets
countries. The credits are a subset of the countries represented by the JPMorgan
Emerging Markets Bond Index Global Diversified. By purchasing interests in CDX
EM, the fund is gaining emerging markets exposure through a single investment.
Unlike other types of credit default swaps which are generally considered
illiquid, credit default swap certificates generally can be sold within seven
days and are not subject to the fund's restrictions on investing in illiquid
securities.

Portfolio Holdings


In addition to the public disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings through required
SEC quarterly filings, the Fund may make its portfolio holdings information
publicly available on the DWS Funds' Web site as described in the Fund's
prospectus. The Fund does not disseminate non-public information about portfolio
holdings except in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by a Fund.

The Fund's procedures permit non-public portfolio holdings information to be
shared with Deutsche Asset Management and its affiliates (collectively "DeAM"),
subadvisors, if any, custodians, independent registered public accounting firms,
attorneys, officers and trustees/directors and each of their respective
affiliates and advisers who require access to this information to fulfill their
duties to a Fund and are subject to the duties of confidentiality, including the
duty not to trade on non-public information, imposed by law or contract, or by a
Fund's procedures. This non-public information may also be disclosed, subject to
the requirements described below, to certain third parties, such as securities
lending agents, financial printers, proxy voting firms, mutual fund analysts and
rating and tracking agencies, or to shareholders in connection with in-kind
redemptions (collectively, "Authorized Third Parties").

Prior to any disclosure of the Fund's non-public portfolio holdings information
to Authorized Third Parties, a person authorized by the Board must make a good
faith determination in light of the facts then known that the Fund has a
legitimate business purpose for providing the information, that the disclosure
is in the best interest of the Fund, and that the recipient assents or otherwise
has a duty to keep the information confidential and to not trade based on the
information received while the information remains non-public. No compensation
is received by the Fund or DeAM for disclosing non-public holdings information.
Periodic reports regarding these procedures will be provided to the Board.

Portfolio holdings information distributed by the trading desks of DeAM or a
subadvisor for the purpose of facilitating efficient trading of such securities
and receipt of relevant research is not subject to the foregoing requirements.
Non-public portfolio holding information does not include portfolio
characteristics (other than holdings or subsets of holdings) about the Fund and
information derived therefrom, including, but not limited to, how the Fund's
investments are divided among various sectors, industries, countries, value and
growth stocks, bonds, currencies and cash, types of bonds, bond maturities,
duration, bond coupons and bond credit quality ratings so long as the identity
of the Fund's holdings could not be derived from such information.

Registered investment companies that are subadvised by DeAM may be subject to
different portfolio holdings disclosure policies, and neither DeAM nor the Board
exercise control over such policies. In addition, separate account clients of
DeAM have access to their portfolio holdings and are not subject to the Fund's
portfolio holdings disclosure policy. The portfolio holdings of some of the
funds subadvised by DeAM and some of the separate accounts managed by DeAM may
substantially overlap with the portfolio holdings of the Fund.

DeAM also manages certain unregistered commingled trusts and creates model
portfolios, the portfolio holdings of which may substantially overlap with the
portfolio holdings of the Fund. To the extent that investors in these commingled
trusts or recipients of model portfolio holdings information may receive
portfolio holdings information of their trust or of a model portfolio on a
different basis from that on which Fund portfolio holdings information is made
public, DeAM has implemented procedures reasonably designed to encourage such
investors and recipients to keep such information confidential, and to prevent
those investors from trading on the basis of non-public holdings information.

There is no assurance that the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to
the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will protect the Fund from the
potential misuse of portfolio holdings information by those in possession of
that information.


                             7MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Investment Advisor


Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the "Advisor"), which is
part of Deutsche Asset Management ("DeAM"), is the investment advisor for the
Fund. Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, with headquarters at 345
Park Avenue, New York, New York, DIMA makes the Fund's investment decisions,
buys and sells securities for a Fund and conducts research that leads to these
purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor manages the Fund's daily investment and
business affairs subject to the policies established by the Trust's Board of
Trustees. DIMA and its predecessors have more than 80 years of experience
managing mutual funds. DIMA provides a full range of investment advisory
services to institutional and retail clients. The Fund's investment advisor is
also responsible for selecting brokers and dealers and for negotiating brokerage
commissions and dealer charges.


DeAM is the marketing name in the US for the asset management activities of
Deutsche Bank AG, DIMA, Deutsche Asset Management Inc., Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas and DWS Trust Company. DeAM is a global asset management
organization that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources,
including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office network that
reaches the world's major investment centers. This well-resourced global
investment platform brings together a wide variety of experience and investment
insight, across industries, regions, asset classes and investing styles. DIMA is
an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. Deutsche Bank AG is a
major global banking institution that is engaged in a wide range of financial
services, including investment management, mutual fund, retail, private and
commercial banking, investment banking and insurance. DWS Investments is part of
Deutsche Bank's Asset Management division and, within the US, represents the
retail asset management activities of Deutsche Bank AG, Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and DWS Trust
Company.


Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement (the "Agreement"), the Advisor
provides continuing investment management of the assets for the Fund. In
addition to the investment management of the assets of the Fund, the Advisor
determines the investments to be made for the Fund, including what portion of
its assets remain uninvested in cash or cash equivalents, and with whom the
orders for investments are placed, consistent with the Fund's policies as stated
in its Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information or as adopted by the
Fund's Board. The Advisor will also monitor, to the extent not monitored by the
Fund's administrator or other agent, the Fund's compliance with their investment
and tax guidelines and other compliance policies.

The Advisor provides assistance to the Fund's Board in valuing the securities
and other instruments held by the Fund, to the extent reasonably required by
valuation policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Fund.

Pursuant to the Agreement, (unless otherwise provided in the agreement or as
determined by the Fund's Board and to the extent permitted by applicable law),
the Advisor pays the compensation and expenses of all the Board members,
officers, and executive employees of the Fund, including the Fund's share of
payroll taxes, who are affiliated persons of the Advisor.

The Agreement provides that the Fund is generally responsible for expenses that
include: fees payable to the Advisor; outside legal, accounting or auditing
expenses, including with respect to expenses related to negotiation, acquisition
or distribution of portfolio investments; maintenance of books and records that
are maintained by the Fund, the Fund's custodian, or other agents of the Fund;
taxes and governmental fees; fees and expenses of the Fund's accounting agent,
custodian, sub-custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing
agents and registrars; payment for portfolio pricing or valuation services to
pricing agents, accountants, bankers and other specialists, if any; brokerage
commissions or other costs of acquiring or disposing of any portfolio securities
or other instruments of the Fund; and litigation expenses and other
extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's
business.

The Agreement allows the Advisor to delegate any of its duties under the
Agreement to a subadvisor, subject to a majority vote of the Board of the Fund,
including a majority of the Board who are not interested persons of the Fund,
and, if required by applicable law, subject to a majority vote of the Fund's
shareholders.

The Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or the Fund in
connection with matters to which the Agreement relates, except a loss resulting
from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the
Advisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the
Advisor of its obligations and duties under the Agreement. The Agreement may be
terminated at any time, without payment of penalty, by either party or by vote
of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by either the
Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees on 60 days' written notice.


The Advisor provides investment counsel for many individuals and institutions,
including insurance companies, industrial corporations, and financial and
banking organizations, as well as providing investment advice to open- and
closed-end SEC registered funds.


In certain cases, the investments for the Fund are managed by the same
individuals who manage one or more other mutual funds advised by the Advisor
that have similar names, objectives and investment styles. You should be aware
that the Fund is likely to differ from these other mutual funds in size, cash
flow pattern and tax matters. Accordingly, the holdings and performance of the
Fund can be expected to vary from those of these other mutual funds.

Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other clients
advised by the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and other clients are
made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after
consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash
for investment and the size of their investments generally. Frequently, a
particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different
amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients.
Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one
or more other clients are selling the security. In addition, purchases or sales
of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In
such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner
believed by the Advisor to be equitable to each. In some cases, this procedure
could have an adverse effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased
or sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined with
those of other clients of the Advisor in the interest of achieving the most
favorable net results to the Fund.

The Agreement continues in effect from year to year only if its continuance is
approved annually by the vote of a majority of those Board Members who are not
parties to the Agreement or interested persons of the Advisor or the Trust, cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and
either by a vote of Board or of a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of the Fund.

The Fund pays the Advisor an advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.60% of a
Fund's average daily net assets. The fee is payable monthly, provided that a
Fund will make such interim payments as may be requested by the Advisor not to
exceed 75% of the amount of the fee then accrued on the books of a Fund and
unpaid. All of the Fund's expenses are paid out of gross investment income.

In the event that all of the Fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
allocated to the Reserve Component, the Fund's 0.60% management fee will
decrease to 0.30%, however, the Fund's 0.10% administration fee will remain
unchanged.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund's net annual operating expenses include other
operating expenses, which the Advisor has contractually agreed to cap at 1.75%,
2.50% and 1.50% for Class A, Class C shares and Institutional Class shares,
respectively, through September 30, 2009. The fee caps do not include acquired
fund fees and expenses, if any, or extraordinary expenses, brokerage, taxes and
interest.

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
incurred $______ in investment management fees. For the fiscal year ended April
30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund incurred $77,169 (of which $77,169
was waived) in investment management fees.


Pursuant to DeAM procedures approved by the Boards on behalf of the DWS funds,
proof of claim forms are routinely filed on behalf of the DWS funds by a third
party service provider, with certain limited exceptions. The Boards of the DWS
funds receive periodic reports regarding the implementation of these procedures.

The Advisor may enter into arrangements with affiliates and third-party service
providers to perform various administrative, back-office and other services
relating to client accounts. Such service providers may be located in the US or
in non-US jurisdictions.


From time to time, Deutsche Bank or an affiliate (collectively, "DB") may at its
sole discretion invest its own assets in shares of the Fund ("proprietary
investment") for such purposes it deems appropriate, including investments
designed to assist in the management of the Fund's portfolio. Any proprietary
investment may be hedged and, in that event, the return on the proprietary
investment, net of the effect of the hedge, would be expected to differ from the
return of the Fund. DB has no obligation to make any proprietary investments and
the amount of any proprietary investment that is made may or may not be
significant in comparison to the level of assets of the Fund. In the event that
a proprietary investment is made, except as otherwise required under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, DB would be permitted to redeem the investment
at such time that it deems appropriate.


Codes of Ethics


The Fund, the Advisor and the Fund's principal underwriter have each adopted
codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Board Members, officers of
the Trust and employees of the Advisor and principal underwriter are permitted
to make personal securities transactions, including transactions in securities
that may be purchased or held by the Fund, subject to certain requirements and
restrictions set forth in the applicable Code of Ethics. The Advisor's Code of
Ethics contains provisions and requirements designed to identify and address
certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the
interests of the Fund. Among other things, the Advisor's Code of Ethics
prohibits certain types of transactions absent prior approval, imposes time
periods during which personal transactions may not be made in certain
securities, and requires the submission of duplicate broker confirmations and
quarterly reporting of securities transactions. Additional restrictions apply to
portfolio managers, traders, research analysts and others involved in the
investment advisory process. Exceptions to these and other provisions of the
Advisor's Code of Ethics may be granted in particular circumstances after review
by appropriate personnel.


Regulatory Matters and Legal Proceedings

On December 21, 2006, Deutsche Asset Management ("DeAM") settled proceedings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the New York Attorney
General on behalf of Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. ("DAMI") and DIMA, the
investment advisors to many of the DWS Investments funds, regarding allegations
of improper trading of fund shares at DeAM and at the legacy Scudder and Kemper
organizations prior to their acquisition by DeAM in April 2002. These regulators
alleged that although the prospectuses for certain funds in the regulators' view
indicated that the funds did not permit market timing, DAMI and DIMA breached
their fiduciary duty to those funds in that their efforts to limit trading
activity in the funds were not effective at certain times. The regulators also
alleged that DAMI and DIMA breached their fiduciary duty to certain funds by
entering into certain market timing arrangements with investors. These trading
arrangements originated in businesses that existed prior to the currently
constituted DeAM organization, which came together as a result of various
mergers of the legacy Scudder, Kemper and Deutsche fund groups, and all of the
arrangements were terminated prior to the start of the regulatory investigations
that began in the summer of 2003. No current DeAM employee approved these
trading arrangements. Under the terms of the settlements, DAMI and DIMA neither
admitted nor denied any wrongdoing.

The terms of the SEC settlement, which identified improper trading in the legacy
Deutsche and Kemper mutual funds only, provide for payment of disgorgement in
the amount of $17.2 million. The terms of the settlement with the New York
Attorney General provide for payment of disgorgement in the amount of $102.3
million, which is inclusive of the amount payable under the SEC settlement, plus
a civil penalty in the amount of $20 million. The total amount payable by DeAM,
approximately $122.3 million, will be distributed to shareholders of the
affected funds in accordance with a distribution plan to be developed by a
distribution consultant. The funds' investment advisors do not believe these
amounts will have a material adverse financial impact on them or materially
affect their ability to perform under their investment management agreements
with the DWS funds. The above-described amounts are not material to Deutsche
Bank, and have already been reserved.

Among the terms of the settled orders, DeAM is subject to certain undertakings
regarding the conduct of its business in the future, including formation of a
Code of Ethics Oversight Committee to oversee all matters relating to issues
arising under the advisors' Code of Ethics; establishment of an Internal
Compliance Controls Committee having overall compliance oversight responsibility
of the advisors; engagement of an Independent Compliance Consultant to conduct a
comprehensive review of the advisors' supervisory compliance and other policies
and procedures designed to prevent and detect breaches of fiduciary duty,
breaches of the Code of Ethics and federal securities law violations by the
advisors and their employees; and commencing in 2008, the advisors shall undergo
a compliance review by an independent third party.

In addition, DeAM is subject to certain further undertakings relating to the
governance of the mutual funds, including that at least 75% of the members of
the Boards of Trustees/Directors overseeing the DWS Funds continue to be
independent of DeAM; the Chairmen of the DWS Funds' Boards of Trustees/Directors
continue to be independent of DeAM; DeAM maintain existing management fee
reductions for certain funds for a period of five years and not increase
management fees for these certain funds during this period; the funds retain a
senior officer (or independent consultants, as applicable) responsible for
assisting in the review of fee arrangements and monitoring compliance by the
funds and the investment advisors with securities laws, fiduciary duties, codes
of ethics and other compliance policies, the expense of which shall be borne by
DeAM; and periodic account statements, fund prospectuses and the mutual funds'
web site contain additional disclosure and/or tools that assist investors in
understanding the fees and costs associated with an investment in the funds and
the impact of fees and expenses on fund returns.

DeAM has also settled proceedings with the Illinois Secretary of State regarding
market timing matters. The terms of the Illinois settlement provide for investor
education contributions totaling approximately $4 million and a payment in the
amount of $2 million to the Securities Audit and Enforcement Fund.

On September 28, 2006, the SEC and the National Association of Securities
Dealers ("NASD") (now known as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or
"FINRA") announced final agreements in which Deutsche Investment Management
Americas Inc. ("DIMA"), Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. ("DAMI") and DWS Scudder
Distributors, Inc. ("DWS-SDI") (now known as DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.
("DIDI") settled administrative proceedings regarding disclosure of brokerage
allocation practices in connection with sales of the DWS Funds' (now known as
the DWS Investments Funds) shares during 2001-2003. The agreements with the SEC
and NASD are reflected in orders which state, among other things, that DIMA and
DAMI failed to disclose potential conflicts of interest to the funds' Boards and
to shareholders relating to DWS-SDI's use of certain funds' brokerage
commissions to reduce revenue sharing costs to broker-dealer firms with whom it
had arrangements to market and distribute DWS Fund shares. These directed
brokerage practices were discontinued in October 2003.

Under the terms of the settlements, in which DIMA, DAMI and DWS-SDI neither
admitted nor denied any of the regulators' findings, DIMA, DAMI and DWS-SDI
agreed to pay disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil penalties in the
total amount of $19.3 million. The portion of the settlements distributed to the
funds was approximately $17.8 million and was paid to the funds as prescribed by
the settlement orders based upon the amount of brokerage commissions from each
fund used to satisfy revenue sharing agreements with broker-dealers who sold
fund shares.

As part of the settlements, DIMA, DAMI and DWS-SDI also agreed to implement
certain measures and undertakings relating to revenue sharing payments including
making additional disclosures in the funds' Prospectuses or Statements of
Additional Information, adopting or modifying relevant policies and procedures
and providing regular reporting to the fund Boards.

Additional information announced by DeAM regarding the terms of the settlements
is available at www.dws-investments.com/regulatory_settlements.

The matters alleged in the regulatory settlements described above also serve as
the general basis of a number of private class action lawsuits involving the DWS
funds. These lawsuits name as defendants various persons, including certain DWS
funds, the funds' investment advisors and their affiliates, and certain
individuals, including in some cases fund Trustees/Directors, officers, and
other parties. Each DWS fund's investment advisor has agreed to indemnify the
applicable DWS funds in connection with these lawsuits, or other lawsuits or
regulatory actions that may be filed making similar allegations.

Based on currently available information, the funds' investment advisors believe
the likelihood that the pending lawsuits will have a material adverse financial
impact on a DWS fund is remote and such actions are not likely to materially
affect their ability to perform under their investment management agreements
with the DWS funds.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers


Portfolio managers are eligible for total compensation comprised of base salary
and variable compensation.

Base Salary - Base salary is linked to job functions, responsibilities and
financial services industry peer comparison through the use of extensive market
data surveys.

Variable Compensation - Generally, variable compensation comprises a greater
proportion of total compensation as a portfolio manager's seniority and
compensation levels increase. Variable Compensation may include a cash bonus
incentive, and potential participation in long-term incentive programs including
but not limited to, Deutsche Bank equity, equity linked vehicle, and restricted
cash. Variable compensation is determined based on an analysis of a number of
factors, including among other things, the performance of Deutsche Bank, the
performance of the Asset Management division, and the portfolio manager's
individual contribution. In evaluating individual contribution, management will
consider a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors. Top performing
investment professionals earn a total compensation package that is highly
competitive. As variable compensation increases, the percentage awarded in
long-term incentives also increases. Long-term incentives are subject to a
clawback provision for unvested portions only during the three-year life of the
plan should the individual engage in any conduct that is a significant breach of
DB policies and procedures.

o        The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager's individual
         performance is based on, among other factors, performance of all of the
         accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the fund and
         any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-,
         three-, and five-year period relative to the appropriate Morningstar
         and Lipper peer group universes and/or benchmark index(es) with respect
         to each account. Additionally, the portfolio manager's
         retail/institutional asset mix is weighted, as appropriate for
         evaluation purposes. Generally the benchmark index used is a benchmark
         index set forth in the fund's prospectus to which the fund's
         performance is compared. Additional or different appropriate peer group
         or benchmark indices may also be used. Primary weight is given to
         pre-tax portfolio performance over three-year and five-year time
         periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served
         for less than five years) with lesser consideration given to portfolio
         performance over a one-year period. The increase or decrease in a
         fund's assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not
         considered a material factor.

o        The qualitative analysis of a portfolio manager's individual
         performance is based on, among other things, the results of an annual
         management and internal peer review process, and management's
         assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor
         relations, the investment process and overall performance (distinct
         from fund and other account performance). Other factors, including
         contributions made to the investment team, as well as adherence to
         Compliance Policies and Procedures, Risk Management procedures, the
         firm's Code of Ethics and "living the values" of the Advisor are also
         factors.

The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager's performance is given more
weight in determining variable compensation than the qualitative portion.

Fund Ownership of Portfolio Managers

The following table shows the dollar range of shares owned beneficially and of
record by each member of the Fund's portfolio management team in the Fund as
well as in all DWS Funds as a group (i.e., those funds advised by Deutsche Asset
Management or its affiliates), including investments by their immediate family
members sharing the same household and amounts invested through retirement and
deferred compensation plans. This information is provided as of the Fund's most
recent fiscal year end.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Dollar Range of                    Dollar Range of All DWS
Name of Portfolio Manager                        Fund Shares Owned                      Fund Shares Owned
-------------------------                        -----------------                      -----------------

<S>                                                 <C>  <C>                           <C>        <C>
Inna Okounkova                                      $1 - $10,000                       $100,001 - $500,000
William Chepolis                                         $0                            $100,001 - $500,000
Robert Wang                                         $1 - $10,000                        $50,001 - $100,000
</TABLE>

Conflicts of Interest

In addition to managing the assets of the Fund, the Fund's portfolio managers
may have responsibility for managing other client accounts of the Advisor or its
affiliates. The tables below show, for each portfolio manager, the number and
asset size of (1) SEC registered investment companies (or series thereof) other
than the Fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment
companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed for individuals or
organizations) managed by each portfolio manager. Total assets attributed to
each portfolio manager in the tables below include total assets of each account
managed by them, although the manager may only manage a portion of such
account's assets. The tables also show the number of performance based fee
accounts, as well as the total assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee
is based on the performance of the account. This information is as of the Fund's
most recent fiscal year end.

Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Number of
                                      Number of        Total Assets of          Investment          Total Assets of
                                     Registered           Registered         Company Accounts        Performance-
                                     Investment           Investment         with Performance-         Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Companies           Companies              Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             ---------           ---------              ---------             --------

<S>                                       <C>            <C>                         <C>                  <C>
Inna Okounkova                            15             $2,694,404,330              0                    $0
William Chepolis                          17             $8,981,264,915              0                    $0
Robert Wang                               45            $12,036,397,287              0                    $0

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed:

                                                                              Number of Pooled
                                                                                 Investment
                                      Number of                               Vehicle Accounts      Total Assets of
                                       Pooled          Total Assets of              with             Performance-
                                     Investment       Pooled Investment         Performance-           Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Vehicles             Vehicles              Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             --------             --------              ---------             --------

Inna Okounkova                              3                $55,774,995             0                         $0
William Chepolis                            0                         $0             0                         $0
Robert Wang                                35             $1,432,408,332             1                    $31,529

Other Accounts Managed:

                                                                                 Number of
                                                                               Other Accounts       Total Assets of
                                      Number of                                     with             Performance-
                                        Other          Total Assets of          Performance-           Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Accounts          Other Accounts           Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             --------          --------------           ---------             --------

Inna Okounkova                              0                     $0                 0                         $0
William Chepolis                            1            $91,714,302                 0                         $0
Robert Wang                                41         $6,353,164,851                 5               $109,016,659
</TABLE>

In addition to the accounts above, an investment professional may manage
accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to,
or the same as, those of the Fund. The Advisor has in place a Code of Ethics
that is designed to address conflicts of interest and that, among other things,
imposes restrictions on the ability of portfolio managers and other "access
persons" to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the Funds
and other client accounts.

Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio
manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to
more than one fund or account, including the following:

o        Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other
         clients advised by the Advisor, including other client accounts managed
         by the Fund's portfolio management team. Investment decisions for the
         Fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their
         respective investment objectives and after consideration of such
         factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment
         and the size of their investments generally. A particular security may
         be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at
         different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise,
         because clients of the Advisor may have differing investment
         strategies, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients
         when one or more other clients are selling the security. The investment
         results achieved for the Fund may differ from the results achieved for
         other clients of the Advisor. In addition, purchases or sales of the
         same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In
         such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a
         manner believed by the Advisor to be most equitable to each client,
         generally utilizing a pro rata allocation methodology. In some cases,
         the allocation procedure could potentially have an adverse effect or
         positive effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or
         sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined
         with those of other clients of the Advisor in the interest of achieving
         the most favorable net results to the Fund and the other clients.

o        To the extent that a portfolio manager has responsibilities for
         managing multiple client accounts, a portfolio manager will need to
         divide time and attention among relevant accounts. The Advisor attempts
         to minimize these conflicts by aligning its portfolio management teams
         by investment strategy and by employing similar investment models
         across multiple client accounts.

o        In some cases, an apparent conflict may arise where the Advisor has an
         incentive, such as a performance-based fee, in managing one account and
         not with respect to other accounts it manages. The Advisor will not
         determine allocations based on whether it receives a performance-based
         fee from the client. Additionally, the Advisor has in place supervisory
         oversight processes to periodically monitor performance deviations for
         accounts with like strategies.

o        The Advisor and its affiliates and the investment team of the Funds may
         manage other mutual funds and separate accounts on a long-short basis.
         The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates
         potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale
         activity could adversely affect the market value of the long
         positions(and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in
         long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving
         opposing orders at the same time. The Advisor has adopted procedures
         that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these potential
         conflicts of interest. Included in these procedures are specific
         guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all
         clients whose accounts are managed by each Fund's portfolio management
         team. The Advisor and the portfolio management team have established
         monitoring procedures, a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as
         compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest
         relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

The Advisor is owned by Deutsche Bank AG, a multi-national financial services
company. Therefore, the Advisor is affiliated with a variety of entities that
provide, and/or engage in commercial banking, insurance, brokerage, investment
banking, financial advisory, broker-dealer activities (including sales and
trading), hedge funds, real estate and private equity investing, in addition to
the provision of investment management services to institutional and individual
investors. Since Deutsche Bank AG, its affiliates, directors, officers and
employees (the "Firm") are engaged in businesses and have interests other than
managing asset management accounts, such other activities involve real,
potential or apparent conflicts of interest. These interests and activities
include potential advisory, transactional and financial activities and other
interests in securities and companies that may be directly or indirectly
purchased or sold by the Firm for its clients' advisory accounts. These are
considerations of which advisory clients should be aware and which may cause
conflicts that could be to the disadvantage of the Advisor's advisory clients.
The Advisor has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and
disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of
interest and, as appropriate, to report them to the Fund's Board.




Administrator


The Fund entered into an administrative services agreement with the Advisor (the
"Administrative Services Agreement"), pursuant to which the Advisor provides
administrative services to the Fund including, among others, providing the Fund
with personnel, preparing and making required filings on behalf of a Fund,
maintaining books and records for the Fund, and monitoring the valuation of Fund
securities. For all services provided under the Administrative Services
Agreement, the Fund pays the Advisor a fee, computed daily and paid monthly, of
0.100% of a Fund's average daily net assets.

Under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Advisor is obligated on a
continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of the
Fund reasonably deems necessary for the proper administration of the Fund. The
Advisor provides the Fund with personnel; arranges for the preparation and
filing of the Fund's tax returns; prepares and submits reports and meeting
materials to the Board and the shareholders; prepares and files updates to the
Fund's prospectus and statement of additional information as well as other
reports required to be filed by the SEC; maintains the Fund's records; provides
the Fund with office space, equipment and services; supervises, negotiates the
contracts of and monitors the performance of third parties contractors; oversees
the tabulation of proxies; monitors the valuation of portfolio securities and
monitors compliance with Board-approved valuation procedures; assists in
establishing the accounting and tax policies of the Fund; assists in the
resolution of accounting issues that may arise with respect to the Fund;
establishes and monitors the Fund's operating expense budgets; reviews and
processes the Fund's bills; assists in determining the amount of dividends and
distributions available to be paid by the Fund, prepares and arranges dividend
notifications and provides information to agents to effect payments thereof;
provides to the Board periodic and special reports; provides assistance with
investor and public relations matters; and monitors the registration of shares
under applicable federal and state law. The Advisor also performs certain fund
accounting services under the Administrative Services Agreement. The
Administrative Services Agreement provides that the Advisor will not be liable
under the Administrative Services Agreement except for willful misfeasance, bad
faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or from the reckless
disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
incurred $_______ in administration fees. For the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund incurred $12,862 (of which $6,669 was
waived and $2,375 unpaid at April 30, 2008) in administration fees.

Pursuant to an agreement between the Administrator and State Street Bank and
Trust Company ("SSB"), the Administrator has delegated certain administrative
functions to SSB. The costs and expenses of such delegation are borne by the
Administrator, not by the Fund.


                             FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS

Distributor and Underwriter


Pursuant to an Underwriting and Distribution Services Agreement ("Distribution
Agreement"), DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. ("DIDI"), 222 South Riverside
Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606, an affiliate of the Advisor, is the principal
underwriter and distributor for the Fund and acts as agent of the Fund in the
continuous offering of its shares. The Distribution Agreement continues in
effect from year to year only if its continuance is approved for each class at
least annually by a vote of the Board Members of the Fund, including a majority
of the Board Members who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have no
direct or indirect financial interest in the Distribution Agreement.

The Distribution Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its
assignment and may be terminated for a class at any time without penalty by the
Fund or by DIDI upon sixty days' notice. Termination by the Fund with respect to
a class may be by vote of (i) a majority of the Board members who are not
interested persons of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial
interest in the Distribution Agreement, or (ii) a "majority of the outstanding
voting securities" of the class of the Fund, as defined under the 1940 Act. All
material amendments must be approved by the Board of Trustees in the manner
described above with respect to the continuation of the Distribution Agreement.
The provisions concerning continuation and termination of the Distribution
Agreement are on a series by series or class by class basis.

DIDI bears all of its expenses of providing services pursuant to the
Distribution Agreement, including the payment of any commissions. The Fund pays
the cost for the prospectus and shareholder reports to be typeset and printed
for existing shareholders, and DIDI, as principal underwriter, pays for the
printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering
of shares to prospective investors. DIDI also pays for supplementary sales
literature and advertising costs. As indicated under "Purchase and Redemption of
Shares," DIDI retains the sales charge upon the purchase of shares and pays or
allows concessions or discounts to firms for the sale of a Fund's shares. DIDI
receives no compensation from the Fund as principal underwriter for Class A
shares. DIDI receives compensation from a Fund as principal underwriter for
Class C shares.

Shareholder and administrative services are provided to the Fund on behalf of
Class A and Class C shareholders under a Shareholder Services Agreement (the
"Services Agreement") with DIDI. The Services Agreement continues in effect from
year to year so long as such continuance is approved for the Fund at least
annually by a vote of the Board of the Fund, including a majority of the Board
Members who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have no direct or
indirect financial interest in the Services Agreement. The Services Agreement
automatically terminates in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at
any time without penalty by the Fund or by DIDI upon sixty days' notice.
Termination with respect to the Class A or Class C shares of the Fund may be by
a vote of (i) the majority of the Board members of a Fund who are not interested
persons of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
Services Agreement, or (ii) a "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of
the Class A or Class C shares, as defined under the 1940 Act. The Services
Agreement may not be amended for a class to increase materially the fee to be
paid by the Fund without approval of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of such class of the Fund, and all material amendments must in any
event be approved by the Board in the manner described above with respect to the
continuation of the Services Agreement.

Under the Services Agreement, DIDI may provide or appoint various broker-dealer
firms and other service or administrative firms ("firms") to provide information
and services to investors in the Fund. Typically, DIDI appoints firms that
provide services and facilities for their customers or clients who are investors
in a Fund. Firms appointed by DIDI provide such office space and equipment,
telephone facilities and personnel as is necessary or beneficial for providing
information and services to their clients. Such services and assistance may
include, but are not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and
records, processing purchase and redemption transactions, answering routine
inquiries regarding the Fund, providing assistance to clients in changing
dividend and investment options, account designations and addresses and such
other administrative services as may be agreed upon from time to time and
permitted by applicable statute, rule or regulation.

DIDI bears all of its expenses of providing those services pursuant to the
Services Agreement, including the payment of a service fee to firms (as defined
below). As indicated under the Rule 12b-1 Plan (as defined below), DIDI receives
compensation from the Fund for its services under the Services Agreement.


Rule 12b-1 Plans


The Fund has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the "Rule
12b-1 Plan") that provides for fees payable as an expense of the Class C shares
that are used by DIDI to pay for distribution services for the class. Pursuant
to the Rule 12b-1 Plan, shareholder and administrative services are provided to
a Fund on behalf of its Class A and Class C shareholders under the Fund's
Services Agreement with DIDI. Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets on
an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of an investment and
may cost more than other types of sales charges.

The Rule 12b-1 distribution plan for Class C shares provides an alternative
method for paying sales charges and may help the Fund grow or maintain asset
levels to provide operational efficiencies and economies of scale. Rule 12b-1
service plans provide compensation to DIDI or intermediaries for post-sales
servicing. Since the Distribution Agreement provides for fees payable as an
expense of the Class C shares that are used by DIDI to pay for distribution and
services for the class, the agreement is approved and reviewed separately for
the Class C shares in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which
regulates the manner in which an investment company may, directly or indirectly,
bear the expenses of distributing its shares. The Distribution Agreement and
Rule 12b-1 plans may not be amended to increase the fee to be paid by the Fund
with respect to a class without approval by a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of such class. Similarly, the Services Agreement is approved and
reviewed separately for the Class A shares and Class C shares in accordance with
Rule 12b-1.

If a Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the obligation
of the Fund to make payments to DIDI pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 Plan will cease
and the Fund will not be required to make any payments not previously accrued
past the termination date. Thus, there is no legal obligation for the Fund to
pay any expenses incurred by DIDI other than fees previously accrued and payable
under a Rule 12b-1 Plan, if for any reason the Rule 12b-1 Plan is terminated in
accordance with its terms. Future fees under the Rule 12b-1 Plan may or may not
be sufficient to cover DIDI for its expenses incurred. On the other hand, under
certain circumstances, DIDI might collect in the aggregate over certain periods
more in fees under the Rule 12b-1 Plan than it has expended over that same
period in providing distribution services for the Fund. In connection with Class
C shares, for example, if shares of the Fund were to appreciate (resulting in
greater asset base against which Rule 12b-1 fees are charged) and sales of the
Fund's shares were to decline (resulting in lower expenditures by DIDI under the
Rule 12b-1 Plan), fees payable could exceed expenditures. This may also happen
over certain periods shorter than the life of the Rule 12b-1 Plan simply due to
the timing of expenses incurred by DIDI that is not matched to the timing of
revenues received (e.g., a sales commission may be paid by DIDI related to an
investment in year 1, while the Rule 12b-1 fee to DIDI related to that
investment may accrue over several years. As a result, if DIDI's expenses are
less than the Rule 12b-1 fees, DIDI will retain its full fees and make a profit.


Class C Shares


Distribution Services. For its services under the Distribution Agreement, DIDI
receives a fee from the Fund under its Rule 12b-1 Plan, payable monthly, at the
annual rate of 0.75% of average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to
Class C shares. This fee is accrued daily as an expense of Class C shares. DIDI
currently advances to firms the first year distribution fee at a rate of 0.75%
of the purchase price of Class C shares. For periods after the first year, DIDI
currently pays firms for sales of Class C shares a distribution fee, payable
quarterly, at an annual rate of 0.75% of net assets attributable to Class C
shares maintained and serviced by the firm. This fee continues until terminated
by DIDI or the Fund. DIDI also receives any contingent deferred sales charges
paid with respect to Class C shares.


Class A and Class C Shares



Shareholder Services. For its services under the Services Agreement, DIDI
receives a shareholder services fee from the Fund under a Rule 12b-1 Plan,
payable monthly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net
assets of Class A and Class C shares of the Fund.

With respect to Class A shares of the Fund, DIDI pays each firm a service fee,
payable quarterly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the net assets in Fund
accounts that it maintains and services attributable to Class A shares of the
Fund, commencing with the month after investment. With respect to Class C shares
of the Fund, DIDI currently advances to firms the first-year service fee at a
rate of up to 0.25% of the purchase price of such shares. For periods after the
first year, DIDI currently intends to pay firms a service fee at a rate of up to
0.25% (calculated monthly and paid quarterly) of the net assets attributable to
Class C shares of the Fund maintained and serviced by the firm. Firms to which
service fees may be paid include affiliates of DIDI. In addition DIDI may, from
time to time, pay certain firms from its own resources additional amounts for
ongoing administrative services and assistance provided to their customers and
clients who are shareholders of the Fund.

DIDI also may provide some of the above services and may retain any portion of
the fee under the Services Agreement not paid to firms to compensate itself for
shareholder or administrative functions performed for the Fund. Currently, the
shareholder services fee payable to DIDI is payable at an annual rate of up to
0.25% of the average daily net assets based upon Fund assets in accounts for
which a firm provides administrative services and at the annual rate of 0.15% of
net assets based upon Fund assets in accounts for which there is no firm of
record (other than DIDI) listed on the Fund's records. The effective shareholder
services fee rate to be charged against all assets of the Fund while this
procedure is in effect will depend upon the proportion of Fund assets that is
held in accounts for which a firm of record provides shareholder services. The
Board of the Fund, in its discretion, may approve basing the fee to DIDI at the
annual rate of 0.25% on all Fund assets in the future.


The following table shows, for Class A shares, the aggregate amount of
underwriting commissions paid to DIDI, the amount of commissions it paid out to
brokers and the amount of underwriting commissions retained by DIDI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Aggregate        Aggregate
                                                                      Aggregate     Commissions Paid    Commissions
                                       Fiscal    Aggregate Sales     Commissions      to Affiliated     Retained by
Fund                                     Year      Commissions      Paid to Firms         Firms             DIDI
----                                     ----      -----------      -------------         -----             ----


<S>                                      <C>         <C>               <C>                 <C>            <C>
DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund        2009
                                         2008        $25,000           $6,000              $0             $19,000
</TABLE>

For DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, for the period November 2, 2007
(commencement of operations) to April 30, the distribution fee charged to Class
C shares by DIDI was $5,303, of which $1,375 is unpaid.







<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           12b-1 Compensation to Underwriter and Firms for
                                                 the Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2009
                                                 ------------------------------------



                                              12b-1           12b-1
                                           Distribution    Shareholder    12b-1 Compensation
                                               Fees       Services Fees     Paid to Firms
                                               ----       -------------     -------------
<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
DWS Life Compass Protect
2017 Fund                     Class A
                              Class C



                                                         Other Expenses Paid by Underwriter for the
                                                              Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2009
                                                              --------------------------------
                                           Advertising,
                                              Sales,
                                            Literature
                                                and                        Marketing
                                            Promotional     Prospectus     and Sales     Postage and     Imputed
                                             Materials       Printing       Expenses       Mailing      Interest
                                             ---------       --------       --------       -------      --------
DWS Life Compass Protect
2017 Fund                     Class A
                              Class C
</TABLE>



Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The financial highlights of the Fund included in the Fund's prospectuses and the
financial statements incorporated by reference in this SAI have been so included
or incorporated by reference in reliance on the reports of [auditor's name and
address], independent registered public accounting firm, given on said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting. _________ audits the financial statements of
the Fund and provides other audit, tax and related services. Shareholders will
receive annual audited financial statements and semi-annual unaudited financial
statements.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

Assignment of Warranty Agreement

Effective June 30, 2009, pursuant to the terms of the Warranty Agreement,
Merrill Lynch Bank USA ("MLBUSA"), the Fund's original financial warranty
provider, assigned all of its rights, interests, and obligations under the
Warranty Agreement to an affiliated entity, Main Place Funding, LLC.
Accordingly, effective as of June 30, 2009, Main Place replaced MLBUSA as the
Fund's warranty provider.

Information Regarding the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

Warranty Provider. As of June 30, 2009, the Warranty Provider is Main Place. In
connection with the above-described assignment, Main Place has issued a stand-by
letter of credit to the Fund, on which the Fund may draw up to $1 billion (the
"Financial Warranty"), provided the terms and conditions of the Warranty
Agreement are satisfied.

The Fund pays to the Warranty Provider, under the Warranty Agreement, an annual
fee equal to 0.57% of the Fund's average daily net assets. In the event that the
Fund becomes completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve Component, the
fee under the Warranty Agreement will be reduced to an annual rate of 0.30% of
the average daily net assets of the Fund.

Main Place is a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the
State of Delaware. Main Place is an operating subsidiary of Bank of America,
N.A. and, as such, has all of the powers of Bank of America, N.A, other than the
power to take deposits. Bank of America, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Bank of America Corporation and is licensed as a national banking association by
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") pursuant to the National
Bank Act and is regulated and examined by the OCC.

Bank of America, N.A.'s long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are
currently rated Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and A+ by
each of Fitch Ratings, a division of Fitch, Inc. ("Fitch"), and Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"),
each a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The Warranty
Provider has not received ratings from any ratings organization.

Guarantor. In connection with the above-described assignment, Bank of America
Corporation (the "Guarantor") has provided an unconditional guarantee of Main
Place's performance of its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The
Guarantor is organized as a Delaware corporation and operates as a bank holding
company and financial services holding company regulated by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Guarantor's guarantee is not an
obligation of, or guaranteed by, Bank of America, N.A. or any other bank and is
not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government
agency.

The Guarantor's long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are currently rated
A2 by Moody's, A+ by Fitch, and A by S&P.

Additional Information Regarding the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

The Warranty Provider, the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A have not
participated in the organization of the Fund and make no representations
regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

The Warranty Provider's address is c/o Bank of America Merrill Lynch - Global
Equity Linked Products, Bank of America Tower, One Bryant Park, New York, NY
10036.

The head offices of the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A. are located at 100
North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.





The Warranty Provider's and the Guarantor's respective audited financial
statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and their respective
unaudited financial statements for the periods ended _______________ are each
included as an exhibit to the Fund's registration statement. You may request a
copy of the most recent financial statements of the Warranty Provider and the
Guarantor, free of charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 621-1048 (Class A and
Class C) or (800) 730-1313 (Institutional Class).


Legal Counsel


Vedder Price P.C., 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, serves as
legal counsel to the Fund.

Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2624, serves as a
counsel to the Independent Trustees.


Custodian


State Street Bank and Trust Company, Lafayette Corporate Center, 2 Avenue De
Lafayette, Boston, MA 02111 (the "Custodian" or "SSB") serves as the Fund's
custodian pursuant to a Custodian Agreement. Under its custody agreement with
the Trust, the Custodian (i) maintains separate accounts in the US in the name
of a Fund, (ii) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of a Fund
held in the US, (iii) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on
behalf of a Fund, (iv) collects and receives all income and other payments and
distributions on account of a Fund's portfolio securities, and (v) makes
periodic reports to the Trust's Board of Trustees concerning a Fund's
operations, including the placement of a Fund's foreign assets with each
eligible foreign custodian. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more
foreign or domestic banks or companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of a
Fund, pursuant to Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.


Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent


DWS Investments Service Company ("DISC" or the "Transfer Agent"), 210 W. 10th
Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1614, an affiliate of the Advisor, is the
transfer agent, dividend-paying agent and shareholder service agent for a Fund
pursuant to an agency agreement (the "Agency Agreement"), under which the
Transfer Agent (i) maintains record shareholder accounts, and (ii) makes
periodic reports to the Board concerning the operations of the Fund.

The Transfer Agent receives an annual service fee for each account of the Fund,
based on the type of account. For open retail accounts, the fee is a flat fee
ranging from $20.00 to $27.50 per account, for open wholesale money funds the
fee is $35.05 per account, while for certain retirement accounts serviced on the
recordkeeping system of ADP, Inc., the fee is a flat fee up to $3.80 per account
(as of 2008, indexed to inflation) plus an asset based fee of up to 0.25% of
average net assets. 1/12th of the annual service charge for each account is
charged and payable to the Transfer Agent each month. A fee is charged for any
account which at any time during the month had a share balance in the Fund.
Smaller fees are also charged for closed accounts for which information must be
retained on the Transfer Agent's system for up to 18 months after closing for
tax reporting purposes.

Certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent, including
expenses of printing and mailing routine fund disclosure documents, costs of
record retention and transaction processing costs are reimbursed by the Fund or
are paid directly by the Fund. Certain additional out-of-pocket expenses,
including costs of computer hardware and software, third party record-keeping
and processing of proxy statements, may only be reimbursed by the Fund with the
prior approval of the Fund's Board.

Pursuant to a sub-transfer agency agreement between DISC and DST Systems, Inc.
("DST"), DISC has delegated certain transfer agent, dividend paying agent and
shareholder servicing agent functions to DST. The costs and expenses of such
delegation are borne by DISC, not by the Fund.

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
aggregated fees payable to DISC in the amounts of $____, $____, and $____, for
Class A, Class C and Institutional Class, respectively. For the fiscal year
ended April 30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund aggregated fees payable
to DISC in the amounts of $701 (of which $465 was unpaid at April 30, 2008), $87
(of which $55 was unpaid at April 30, 2008) and $59 (of which $47 was waived),
for Class A, Class C and Institutional Class, respectively.





The Fund, or the Advisor (including any affiliate of the Advisor), or both, may
pay unaffiliated third parties for providing recordkeeping and other
administrative services with respect to beneficial owners of Fund shares whose
interests are generally held in an omnibus account.


                             PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The Advisor is generally responsible for placing the orders for the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities, including the allocation of brokerage. With
respect to those funds for which a sub-investment advisor manages the fund's
investments, references in this section to the "Advisor" should be read to mean
the Sub-Advisor, except as noted below.


The policy of the Advisor in placing orders for the purchase and sale of
securities for a Fund is to seek best execution, taking into account such
factors, among others, as price; commission (where applicable); the
broker-dealer's ability to ensure that securities will be delivered on
settlement date; the willingness of the broker-dealer to commit its capital and
purchase a thinly traded security for its own inventory; whether the
broker-dealer specializes in block orders or large program trades; the
broker-dealer's knowledge of the market and the security; the broker-dealer's
ability to maintain confidentiality; the broker-dealer's ability to provide
access to new issues; the broker-dealer's ability to provide support when
placing a difficult trade; the financial condition of the broker-dealer; and
whether the broker-dealer has the infrastructure and operational capabilities to
execute and settle the trade. The Advisor seeks to evaluate the overall
reasonableness of brokerage commissions with commissions charged on comparable
transactions and compares the brokerage commissions (if any) paid by the Fund to
reported commissions paid by others. The Advisor routinely reviews commission
rates, execution and settlement services performed and makes internal and
external comparisons.


Commission rates on transactions in equity securities on US securities exchanges
are subject to negotiation. Commission rates on transactions in equity
securities on foreign securities exchanges are generally fixed. Purchases and
sales of fixed-income securities and certain over-the-counter securities are
effected on a net basis, without the payment of brokerage commissions.
Transactions in fixed income and certain over-the-counter securities are
generally placed by the Advisor with the principal market makers for these
securities unless the Advisor reasonably believes more favorable results are
available elsewhere. Transactions with dealers serving as market makers reflect
the spread between the bid and asked prices. Purchases of underwritten issues
will include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter. Money market
instruments are normally purchased in principal transactions directly from the
issuer or from an underwriter or market maker.


It is likely that the broker-dealers selected based on the considerations
described in this section will include firms that also sell shares of the Fund
to their customers. However, the Advisor does not consider sales of shares of
the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio
transactions for the Fund and, accordingly, has implemented policies and
procedures reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of
shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute
portfolio transactions for the Fund.

The Advisor is permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), when placing portfolio transactions for the Fund,
to cause the Fund to pay brokerage commissions in excess of that which another
broker-dealer might charge for executing the same transaction in order to obtain
research and brokerage services if the Advisor determines that such commissions
are reasonable in relation to the overall services provided. The Advisor may
from time to time, in reliance on Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, execute
portfolio transactions with broker-dealers that provide research and brokerage
services to the Advisor. Consistent with the Advisor's policy regarding best
execution, where more than one broker is believed to be capable of providing
best execution for a particular trade, the Advisor may take into consideration
the receipt of research and brokerage services in selecting the broker-dealer to
execute the trade. Although certain research and brokerage services from
broker-dealers may be useful to the Fund and to the Advisor, it is the opinion
of the Advisor that such information only supplements its own research effort
since the information must still be analyzed, weighed and reviewed by the
Advisor's staff. To the extent that research and brokerage services of value are
received by the Advisor, the Advisor may avoid expenses that it might otherwise
incur. Research and brokerage services received from a broker-dealer may be
useful to the Advisor and its affiliates in providing investment management
services to all or some of its clients, which includes a Fund. Services received
from broker-dealers that executed securities transactions for a Portfolio will
not necessarily be used by the Advisor specifically to service the Fund.


Research and brokerage services provided by broker-dealers may include, but are
not limited to, information on the economy, industries, groups of securities,
individual companies, statistical information, accounting and tax law
interpretations, political developments, legal developments affecting portfolio
securities, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit
analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance analysis and measurement and
analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Research and brokerage services are
typically received in the form of written or electronic reports, access to
specialized financial publications, telephone contacts and personal meetings
with security analysts, but may also be provided in the form of access to
various computer software and meetings arranged with corporate and industry
representatives.

The Advisor may also select broker-dealers and obtain from them research and
brokerage services that are used in connection with executing trades provided
that such services are consistent with interpretations under Section 28(e) of
the 1934 Act. Typically, these services take the form of computer software
and/or electronic communication services used by the Advisor to facilitate
trading activity with those broker-dealers.


Research and brokerage services may include products obtained from third parties
if the Advisor determines that such product or service constitutes brokerage and
research as defined in Section 28(e) and interpretations thereunder. Provided a
Subadvisor is acting in accordance with any instructions and directions of the
Advisor or the Board, the Subadvisor is authorized to pay to a broker or dealer
who provides third party brokerage and research services a commission for
executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund, if the Subadvisor determines in
good faith that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the
third party brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer.




The Advisor may use brokerage commissions to obtain certain brokerage products
or services that have a mixed use (i.e., it also serves a function that does not
relate to the investment decision-making process). In those circumstances, the
Advisor will make a good faith judgment to evaluate the various benefits and
uses to which it intends to put the mixed use product or service and will pay
for that portion of the mixed use product or service that it reasonably believes
does not constitute research and brokerage services with its own resources.

DIMA will monitor regulatory developments and market practice in the use of
client commissions to obtain research and brokerage services and may adjust its
portfolio transactions policies in response thereto.


Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by
the Advisor are made independently of each other in light of differing
conditions. However, the same investment decision may be made for two or more of
such accounts. In such cases, simultaneous transactions are inevitable. To the
extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or
purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other accounts in
executing transactions. Purchases or sales are then averaged as to price and
commission and allocated as to amount in a manner deemed equitable to each
account. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect on
the price paid or received by, or on the size of the position obtained or
disposed of for, the Fund, in other cases it is believed that the ability to
engage in volume transactions will be beneficial to the Fund.

DIMA and its affiliates and the Fund's management team manage other mutual funds
and separate accounts, some of which use short sales of securities as a part of
its investment strategy. The simultaneous management of long and short
portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short
sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and
vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short
positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same
time.


DIMA has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate
these potential conflicts of interest. Incorporated in the procedures are
specific guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all
clients. DIMA and the investment team have established monitoring procedures and
a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure
that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are
properly addressed.


Deutsche Bank AG or one of its affiliates (or in the case of a Sub-Advisor, the
Sub-Advisor or one of its affiliates) may act as a broker for the Fund and
receive brokerage commissions or other transaction-related compensation from a
Fund in the purchase and sale of securities, options or futures contracts when,
in the judgment of the Advisor, and in accordance with procedures approved by
the Fund's Boards, the affiliated broker will be able to obtain a price and
execution at least as favorable as those obtained from other qualified brokers
and if, in the transaction, the affiliated broker charges the Fund a rate
consistent with that charged to comparable unaffiliated customers in similar
transactions.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Percentage of            Percentage of         Dollar Amount of
                                              Commissions Paid to    Transactions Involving   Commissions Paid to
                                                  Affiliated           Commissions Paid to        Brokers for
Name of Fund                                        Brokers            Affiliated Brokers      Research Services
------------                                        -------            ------------------      -----------------


<S>                     <C>                           <C>                      <C>                     <C>
DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund                     0%                       0%                      0%
</TABLE>


For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and April 30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass
Protect 2017 Fund paid $____ and $3,304, respectively, in commissions.

The Fund is required to identify any securities of its "regular brokers or
dealers" (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) that the Fund has acquired
during the most recent fiscal year. As of April 30, the Fund held no securities
of its regular brokers or dealers.


Portfolio Turnover

Portfolio turnover rate is defined by the SEC as the ratio of the lesser of
sales or purchases to the monthly average value of securities owned during the
year, excluding all securities whose remaining maturities at the time of
acquisition were one year or less.


Higher levels of activity by the Fund result in higher transaction costs and may
also result in taxes on realized capital gains to be borne by the Fund's
shareholders. Purchases and sales are made whenever necessary, in the Advisor's
discretion, to meet the Fund's objective.

The portfolio turnover rates of the Funds for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2009 is as follows:


                                                            FY 2009 Portfolio
Fund                                                         Turnover Rate
----                                                         -------------


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund                                ___%



                        PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

General Information


Policies and procedures affecting transactions in Fund shares can be changed at
any time without notice, subject to applicable law. Transactions may be
contingent upon proper completion of application forms and other documents by
shareholders and their receipt by the Fund's agents. Transaction delays in
processing (and changing account features) due to circumstances within or beyond
the control of the Fund and its agents may occur. Shareholders (or their
financial service firms) are responsible for all losses and fees resulting from
bad checks, cancelled orders or the failure to consummate transactions effected
pursuant to instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.

Orders will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value of the Fund
next determined after receipt in good order by DIDI of the order accompanied by
payment. However, orders received by dealers or other financial services firms
prior to the determination of net asset value and received in good order by DIDI
prior to the determination of net asset value next determined after receipt by
DIDI will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value ("trade date").


Certificates. Share certificates will not be issued.


Use of Financial Services Firms. Investment dealers and other firms provide
varying arrangements for their clients to purchase and redeem the Fund's shares,
including higher minimum investments, and may assess transaction or other fees.
Firms may arrange with their clients for other investment or administrative
services. Such firms may independently establish and charge additional amounts
to their clients for such services. Firms also may hold aFund's shares in
nominee or street name as agent for and on behalf of their customers. In such
instances, the Fund's Transfer Agent will have no information with respect to or
control over the accounts of specific shareholders. Such shareholders may obtain
access to their accounts and information about their accounts only from their
firm. Certain of these firms may receive compensation from the Fund through the
Shareholder Service Agent for record-keeping and other expenses relating to
these nominee accounts. In addition, certain privileges with respect to the
purchase and redemption of shares or the reinvestment of dividends may not be
available through such firms. Some firms may participate in a program allowing
them access to their clients' accounts for servicing including, without
limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes; and may
perform functions such as generation of confirmation statements and disbursement
of cash dividends. Such firms, including affiliates of DIDI, may receive
compensation from the Fund through the Shareholder Service Agent for these
services.

The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an
authorized broker, service organization or, if applicable, an authorized
designee, accepts the order. Shares of the Fund may be purchased or redeemed on
any business day at the net asset value next determined after receipt of the
order, in good order, by the Transfer Agent. Investors who invest through
authorized brokers, service organizations or their designated intermediaries
should submit purchase and redemption orders directly to their broker, service
organization or designated intermediary. The broker or intermediary may charge
you a transaction fee.

The Fund has authorized one or more financial service institutions, including
certain members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") other
than the Distributor ("financial institutions"), to accept purchase and
redemption orders for the Fund's shares. Such financial institutions may also
designate other parties, including plan administrator intermediaries, to accept
purchase and redemption orders on the Fund's behalf. Orders for purchases or
redemptions will be deemed to have been received by the Fund when such financial
institutions or, if applicable, their authorized designees accept the orders.
Subject to the terms of the contract between the Fund and the financial
institution, ordinarily orders will be priced at the Fund's net asset value next
computed after acceptance by such financial institution or its authorized
designees and accepted by the Fund. Further, if purchases or redemptions of the
Fund's shares are arranged and settlement is made at an investor's election
through any other authorized financial institution, that financial institution
may, at its discretion, charge a fee for that service. The Board of Trustees and
the Distributor, also the Fund's principal underwriter, each has the right to
limit the amount of purchases by, and to refuse to sell to, any person. The
Trustees and the Distributor may suspend or terminate the offering of shares of
the Fund at any time for any reason.

DIDI has adopted an Incentive Plan (the "Plan") covering wholesalers that are
regional vice presidents ("DWS Investments Wholesalers"). Generally, DWS
Investments Wholesalers market shares of the DWS funds to financial advisors,
who in turn may recommend that investors purchase shares of a DWS fund. The Plan
is an incentive program that combines a monthly incentive component with a
quarterly strategic bonus component. Under the Plan, DWS Investments Wholesalers
will receive a monetary monthly incentive based on the amount of sales generated
from their marketing of the funds, and that incentive will differ depending on
the product category of the fund. Each fund is assigned to one of three product
categories -- "Focus list funds," "Extended list funds" or "Index funds" --
taking into consideration, among other things, the following criteria, where
applicable:

o        The Fund's consistency with DWS Investments' branding and long-term
         strategy.

o        The Fund's competitive performance;

o        The Fund's Morningstar rating;

o        The length of time the Fund's Portfolio Managers have managed the
         Fund/Strategy

o        Market size for the fund category;

o        The Fund's size, including sales and redemptions of the Fund's shares

This information and other factors are presented to a committee comprised of
representatives from various groups within DWS Investments, who review on a
quarterly basis the funds assigned to each product category described above, and
make any changes to those assignments at that time. No one factor, whether
positive or negative, determines a fund's placement in a given category; all
these factors together are considered, and the designation of funds on the Focus
list and Extended list represents management's judgment based on the above
criteria. In addition, management may consider a fund's profile over the course
of several review periods before making a change to its category assignment.
These category assignments will be posted quarterly to the DWS funds' Web site
at www.dws-investments.com, approximately one month after the end of each
quarter. DWS Investments Wholesalers receive the highest compensation for Focus
list funds, less for Extended list funds and the lowest for Index funds. The
level of compensation among these categories may differ significantly.

In the normal course of business, DWS Investments will from time to time
introduce new funds into the DWS family of funds. As a general rule, new funds
will be assigned to the Focus list compensation category. As described above,
the fund category assignments are reviewed periodically and are subject to
change.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation by a DWS
Investments Wholesaler under the Plan may provide an incentive to favor
marketing the Focus list or Extended list funds over Index funds. The Plan,
however, will not change the price that investors pay for shares of a fund. The
DWS Investments Compliance Department monitors DWS Investments Wholesaler sales
and other activity in an effort to detect unusual activity in the context of the
compensation structure under the Plan. However, investors may wish to take the
Plan and the product category of the fund into account when considering
purchasing a fund or evaluating any recommendations relating to fund shares.





Telephone and Electronic Transaction Procedures. Shareholders have various
telephone, Internet, wire and other electronic privileges available. The Fund or
its agents will not be liable for any losses, expenses or costs arising out of
fraudulent or unauthorized instructions pursuant to these privileges if a Fund
or its agents reasonably believe, based upon reasonable verification procedures,
that the instructions were genuine. Verification procedures include recording
instructions, requiring certain identifying information before acting upon
instructions and sending written confirmations. During periods when it is
difficult to contact the Shareholder Service Agent, it may be difficult to use
telephone, wire and other privileges.


QuickBuy and QuickSell. QuickBuy and QuickSell permits the transfer of money via
the Automated Clearing House System (minimum $50 and maximum $250,000) from or
to a shareholder's bank, savings and loan, or credit union account in connection
with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. Shares purchased by check or
through QuickBuy and QuickSell or Direct Deposit may not be redeemed under this
privilege until such Shares have been owned for at least 10 calendar days.
QuickBuy and QuickSell cannot be used with passbook savings accounts or for
certain tax-deferred plans.

Dividend Payment Option. Investors may have dividends and distributions
automatically deposited to their predesignated bank account through DWS
Investments' Dividend Payment Option request form. Shareholders whose
predesignated checking account of record is with a member bank of Automated
Clearing House Network (ACH) can have income and capital gain distributions
automatically deposited to their personal bank account usually within three
business days after a Fund pays its distribution. A Dividend Payment Option
request form can be obtained by visiting our Web site at:
www.dws-investments.com or calling (800) 621-1048. Confirmation Statements will
be mailed to shareholders as notification that distributions have been
deposited.

Tax-Deferred Retirement Plans. The Shareholder Service Agent provides retirement
plan services and documents and DIDI can establish investor accounts in any of
the following types of retirement plans:

o        Traditional, Roth and Education IRAs. This includes Savings Incentive
         Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers ("SIMPLE"), Simplified
         Employee Pension Plan ("SEP") IRA accounts and prototype documents.

o        403(b)(7) Custodial Accounts. This type of plan is available to
         employees of most non-profit organizations.

o        Prototype money purchase pension and profit-sharing plans may be
         adopted by employers.

Brochures describing these plans as well as model defined benefit plans, target
benefit plans, 457 plans, 401(k) plans, simple 401(k) plans and materials for
establishing them are available from the Shareholder Service Agent upon request.
Additional fees and transaction policies and procedures may apply to such plans.
Investors should consult with their own tax advisors before establishing a
retirement plan.

Purchases


The Fund reserves the right to withdraw all or any part of the offering made by
its Prospectuses and to reject purchase orders for any reason. Also, from time
to time, the Fund may temporarily suspend the offering of any class of its
shares to new investors. During the period of such suspension, persons who are
already shareholders of aFund may be permitted to continue to purchase
additional shares of such class and to have dividends reinvested.


To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering
activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify
and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For
more information, please see "Policies You Should Know About" in a Fund's
Prospectuses.


The Fund may waive the investment minimum, if any, for purchases by a current or
former director or trustee of the DWS mutual funds, an employee, the employee's
spouse or life partner and children or step-children age 21 or younger of
Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, or a sub-advisor to any fund in the DWS family
of funds, or a broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of a Fund.


Financial Services Firms' Compensation. Banks and other financial services firms
may provide administrative services related to order placement and payment to
facilitate transactions in shares of a Fund for their clients, and DIDI may pay
them a transaction fee up to the level of the discount or commission allowable
or payable to dealers.


In addition to the discounts or commissions described herein and in the
prospectus, DIDI, the Advisor, or its affiliates may pay or allow additional
discounts, commissions or promotional incentives, in the form of cash, to firms
that sell shares of the Fund. In some instances, such amounts may be offered
only to certain firms that sell or are expected to sell during specified time
periods certain minimum amounts of shares of the Fund, or other funds
underwritten by DIDI.


Upon notice to all dealers, DIDI may re-allow to dealers up to the full
applicable Class A sales charge during periods and for transactions specified in
such notice and such re-allowances may be based upon attainment of minimum sales
levels. During periods when 90% or more of the sales charge is re-allowed, such
dealers may be deemed to be underwriters as that term is defined in the 1933
Act.


DIDI may at its discretion compensate investment dealers or other financial
services firms in connection with the sale of Class A shares of the Funds in
accordance with the Large Order NAV Purchase Privilege and one of the two
compensation schedules up to the following amounts:

             Compensation Schedule #1: Retail Sales and DWS Flex Plan(1)
             -----------------------------------------------------------

Amount of Shares Sold                      As a Percentage of Net Asset Value
---------------------                      ----------------------------------

$1,000,000 but less than $3,000,000                      0.85%
$3,000,000 but less than $50,000,000                     0.50%
$50,000,000 and greater                                  0.25%

                  Compensation Schedule #2: DWS Retirement Plans(2)
                  -------------------------------------------------

Amount of Shares Sold                     As a Percentage of Net Asset Value
---------------------                     ----------------------------------

$3,000,000 and greater                              0.00% - 0.50%

(1)       For purposes of determining the appropriate commission percentage to
          be applied to a particular sale under the foregoing schedule, DIDI
          will consider the cumulative amount invested by the purchaser in a
          Fund and other Funds listed under "Special Features -- Class A Shares
          -- Combined Purchases," including purchases pursuant to the "Combined
          Purchases," "Letter of Intent" and "Cumulative Discount" features
          referred to above.

(2)       Compensation Schedule 2 applies to employer sponsored employee benefit
          plans using the OmniPlus subaccount record keeping system made
          available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance with DIDI and its
          affiliates.




Revenue Sharing


In light of recent regulatory developments, the Advisor, the Distributor and
their affiliates have undertaken to furnish certain additional information below
regarding the level of payments made by them to selected affiliated and
unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating insurance companies or other
financial intermediaries ("financial advisors") in connection with the sale
and/or distribution of Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of
investors and Fund shares ("revenue sharing").

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may pay additional
compensation, out of their own assets and not as an additional charge to each
Fund, to financial advisors in connection with the sale and/or distribution of
Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of Fund investors and Fund shares.
Such revenue sharing payments are in addition to any distribution or service
fees payable under any Rule 12b-1 or service plan of any fund, any record
keeping/sub-transfer agency/networking fees payable by each Fund (generally
through the Distributor or an affiliate) and/or the Distributor to certain
financial advisors for performing such services and any sales charges,
commissions, non-cash compensation arrangements expressly permitted under
applicable rules of FINRA or other concessions described in the fee table or
elsewhere in the Prospectuses or the SAI as payable to all financial advisors.
For example, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may compensate
financial advisors for providing each Fund with "shelf space" or access to a
third party platform or fund offering list, or other marketing programs
including, without limitation, inclusion of each Fund on preferred or
recommended sales lists, mutual fund "supermarket" platforms and other formal
sales programs; granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's sales
force; granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's conferences
and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial advisor's
personnel; and, obtaining other forms of marketing support. The level of revenue
sharing payments made to financial advisors may be a fixed fee or based upon one
or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of
accounts of each Fund attributable to the financial advisor, the particular fund
or fund type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor
and/or their affiliates and the financial advisors or any combination thereof.
The amount of these payments is determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the
Distributor and/or their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and
may be different for different financial advisors based on, for example, the
nature of the services provided by the financial advisor.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make revenue
sharing payments from their own assets in connection with the sale and/or
distribution of DWS fund shares, or the retention and/or servicing of investors,
to financial advisors in amounts that generally range from .01% up to .50% of
assets of the Fund serviced and maintained by the financial advisor, .05% to
..25% of sales of the Fund attributable to the financial advisor, a flat fee of
$13,350 up to $500,000, or any combination thereof. These amounts are annual
figures typically paid on a quarterly basis and are subject to change at the
discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of,
or the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation, may influence your
financial advisor's recommendation of this Fund or of any particular share class
of the Fund. You should review your financial advisor's compensation disclosure
and/or talk to your financial advisor to obtain more information on how this
compensation may have influenced your financial advisor's recommendation of this
Fund.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make such revenue
sharing payments to financial advisors under the terms discussed above in
connection with the distribution of both DWS funds and non-DWS funds by
financial advisors to retirement plans that obtain record keeping services from
ADP, Inc. on the DWS Investments branded retirement plan platform (the
"Platform") with the level of revenue sharing payments being based upon sales of
both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial advisor on the
Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds serviced
and maintained by the financial advisor on the Platform.

As of the date hereof, the Fund has been advised that the Advisor, the
Distributor and their affiliates expect that the following firms will receive
revenue sharing payments at different points during the coming year as described
above:

Channel: Broker-Dealers and Financial Advisors
----------------------------------------------
AIG Advisors Group
Ameriprise
Cadaret, Grant & Co. Inc.
Capital Analyst, Incorporated
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (dba Smith Barney)
Commonwealth Equity Services, LLP (dba Commonwealth
Financial Network)
Deutsche Bank Group
Ensemble Financial Services
First Allied Securities
First Clearing/Wachovia Securities
HD Vest Investment Securities, Inc.
ING Advisors Network
John Hancock Distributors LLC
LPL Financial
M.L. Stern & Co.
Meridien Financial Group
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
Morgan Stanley
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
PlanMember Services
Prime Capital Inc.
Raymond James & Associates
Raymond James Financial Services
RBC Dain Rauscher, Inc
Securities America, Inc.
UBS Financial Services
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC

Channel: Cash Product Platform
------------------------------
Allegheny Investments LTD
Bank of America
Bank of New York (Hare & Co.)
BMO Capital Markets
Brown Brothers Harriman
Brown Investment Advisory & Trust Company
Cadaret Grant & Co.
Chicago Mercantile Exchange
D.A. Davidson & Company
Deutsche Bank Group
Emmett A. Larkin Company
Fiduciary Trust Co. - International
First Southwest Company
J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.
Legent Clearing LLC
Lincoln Investment Planning
LPL Financial
Mellon Financial Markets LLC
Mesirow Financial, Inc.
Penson Financial Services
Pershing Choice Platform
ProFunds Distributors, Inc.
Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions
Robert W. Baird & Co.
Romano Brothers and Company
SAMCO Capital Markets
Smith Moore & Company
Sungard Institutional Brokerage Inc.
Treasury Curve LLC
US Bancorp
UBS Financial Services
William Blair & Company

Channel: Third Party Insurance Platforms
----------------------------------------
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
Ameritas Life Insurance Group
Annuity Investors Life Insurance Company
Columbus Life Insurance Company
Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company
Companion Life Insurance Company
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
EquiTrust Life Insurance Company
Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company
Farmers New World Life Insurance Company
Fidelity Security Life Insurance Company
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
First Great West Life and Annuity Company
Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York
Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Great West Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Hartford Life Insurance Company
Integrity Life Insurance Company
John Hancock Life Insurance companies
Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company
Lincoln Benefit Life Insurance Company
Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Group
MetLife Group
Minnesota Life Insurance Company
National Life Insurance Company
National Integrity Life Insurance Company
Nationwide Group
New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
Protective Life Insurance
Provident Mutual Life Insurance
Prudential Insurance Company of America
Sun Life Group
Symetra Life Insurance Company
Transamerica Life Insurance Company
Union Central Life Insurance Company
United of Omaha Life Insurance Company
United Investors Life Insurance Company
Western Southern Life Assurance Company

Any additions, modifications or deletions to the financial advisors identified
above that have occurred since the date hereof are not reflected.

The Advisor, the Distributor or their affiliates may enter into additional
revenue sharing arrangements or change or discontinue existing arrangements with
financial advisors at any time without notice.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation or
promotional incentives described above by financial advisors may provide such
financial advisors and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of
shares of the DWS funds or a particular DWS fund over sales of shares of mutual
funds (or non-mutual fund investments) with respect to which the financial
advisor does not receive additional compensation or promotional incentives, or
receives lower levels of additional compensation or promotional incentives.
Similarly, financial advisors may receive different compensation or incentives
that may influence their recommendation of any particular share class of the
Fund or of other funds. These payment arrangements, however, will not change the
price that an investor pays for Fund shares or the amount that the Fund receives
to invest on behalf of an investor and will not increase Fund expenses. You may
wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and
evaluating any recommendations relating to Fund shares and you should discuss
this matter with your financial advisor and review your financial advisor's
disclosures.




Class A Purchases. The public offering price of Class A shares for purchasers
choosing the initial sales charge alternative is the net asset value plus a
sales charge, as set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Sales Charge
                                                                       ------------
                                                                                        Allowed to Dealers as a
                                           As a Percentage of      As a Percentage of   Percentage of Offering
Amount of Purchase                            Offering Price        Net Asset Value*             Price
------------------                            --------------        ----------------             -----

<S>       <C>                                      <C>                     <C>                       <C>
Less than $50,000                                  5.75%                   6.10%                     5.20%
$50,000 but less than $100,000                     4.50                    4.71                      4.00
$100,000 but less than $250,000                    3.50                    3.63                      3.00
$250,000 but less than $500,000                    2.60                    2.67                      2.25
$500,000 but less than $1 million                  2.00                    2.04                      1.75
$1 million and over                                0.00**                  0.00**                    0.00***
</TABLE>

*        Rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent.

**       Redemption of shares may be subject to a contingent deferred sales
         charge as discussed below.

***      Commission is payable by DIDI as discussed above.

Class A NAV Sales. Class A shares may be sold at net asset value to:

(a)      a current or former director or trustee of Deutsche or DWS mutual
         funds;

(b)      an employee (including the employee's spouse or life partner and
         children or stepchildren age 21 or younger) of Deutsche Bank or its
         affiliates or of a subadvisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds or
         of a broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of the Fund or service
         agents of the Fund;

(c)      certain professionals who assist in the promotion of DWS mutual funds
         pursuant to personal services contracts with DIDI, for themselves or
         members of their families. DIDI in its discretion may compensate
         financial services firms for sales of Class A shares under this
         privilege at a commission rate of 0.50% of the amount of Class A shares
         purchased;

(d)      any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for only such
         persons listed under the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b);

(e)      persons who purchase such shares through bank trust departments that
         process such trades through an automated, integrated mutual fund
         clearing program provided by a third party clearing firm;

(f)      selected employees (including their spouses or life partners and
         children or stepchildren age 21 or younger) of banks and other
         financial services firms that provide administrative services related
         to order placement and payment to facilitate transactions in shares of
         the Fund for their clients pursuant to an agreement with DIDI or one of
         its affiliates. Only those employees of such banks and other firms who
         as part of their usual duties provide services related to transactions
         in Fund shares qualify;

(g)      unit investment trusts sponsored by Ranson & Associates, Inc. and
         unitholders of unit investment trusts sponsored by Ranson & Associates,
         Inc. or its predecessors through reinvestment programs described in the
         prospectuses of such trusts that have such programs;


(h)      through certain investment advisors registered under the Investment
         Advisers Act of 1940 and other financial services firms acting solely
         as agent for their clients, that adhere to certain standards
         established by DIDI, including a requirement that such shares be sold
         for the benefit of their clients participating in an investment
         advisory program or agency commission program under which such clients
         pay a fee to the investment advisor or other firm for portfolio
         management or agency brokerage services. Such shares are sold for
         investment purposes and on the condition that they will not be resold
         except through redemption or repurchase by the Fund;


(i)      employer sponsored employee benefit plans using the Flex subaccount
         recordkeeping system ("Flex Plans") made available through ADP under an
         alliance with DIDI and its affiliates, established prior to October 1,
         2003, provided that the Flex Plan is a participant-directed plan that
         has not less than 200 eligible employees;

(j)      investors investing $1 million or more, either as a lump sum or through
         the "Combined Purchases," "Letter of Intent" and "Cumulative Discount"
         features referred to above (collectively, the "Large Order NAV Purchase
         Privilege"). The Large Order NAV Purchase Privilege is not available if
         another net asset value purchase privilege is available;

(k)      defined contribution investment only plans with a minimum of $1,000,000
         in plan assets regardless of the amount allocated to the DWS funds;

In addition, Class A shares may be sold at net asset value in connection with:

(l)      the acquisition of assets or merger or consolidation with another
         investment company, or to shareholders in connection with the
         investment or reinvestment of income and capital gain dividends, and
         under other circumstances deemed appropriate by DIDI and consistent
         with regulatory requirements;

(m)      a direct "roll over" of a distribution from a Flex Plan or from
         participants in employer sponsored employee benefit plans maintained on
         the OmniPlus subaccount record keeping system made available through
         ADP, Inc. under an alliance with DIDI and its affiliates into a DWS
         Investments IRA;

(n)      reinvestment of fund dividends and distributions; and

(o)      exchanging an investment in Class A shares of another fund in the DWS
         family of funds for an investment in a Fund.

Class A shares also may be purchased at net asset value in any amount by members
of the plaintiff class in the proceeding known as Howard and Audrey Tabankin, et
al. v. Kemper Short-Term Global Income Fund, et al., Case No. 93 C 5231 (N.D.
IL). This privilege is generally non-transferable and continues for the lifetime
of individual class members and for a ten-year period for non-individual class
members. To make a purchase at net asset value under this privilege, the
investor must, at the time of purchase, submit a written request that the
purchase be processed at net asset value pursuant to this privilege specifically
identifying the purchaser as a member of the "Tabankin Class." Shares purchased
under this privilege will be maintained in a separate account that includes only
shares purchased under this privilege. For more details concerning this
privilege, class members should refer to the Notice of (i) Proposed Settlement
with Defendants; and (ii) Hearing to Determine Fairness of Proposed Settlement,
dated August 31, 1995, issued in connection with the aforementioned court
proceeding. For sales of Fund shares at net asset value pursuant to this
privilege, DIDI may in its discretion pay investment dealers and other financial
services firms a concession, payable quarterly, at an annual rate of up to 0.25%
of net assets attributable to such shares maintained and serviced by the firm. A
firm becomes eligible for the concession based upon assets in accounts
attributable to shares purchased under this privilege in the month after the
month of purchase and the concession continues until terminated by DIDI. The
privilege of purchasing Class A shares of a Fund at net asset value under this
privilege is not available if another net asset value purchase privilege also
applies.


It is our policy to offer purchase privileges to current or former directors or
trustees of the DWS mutual funds, employees, their spouses or life partners and
children or step-children age 21 or younger of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates
or a sub-advisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds or a broker-dealer
authorized to sell shares of the funds. Qualified individuals will generally be
allowed to purchase shares in the class with the lowest expense ratio, usually
the Institutional Class shares. If a fund does not offer Institutional Class
shares, these individuals will be allowed to buy Class A shares at NAV. The Fund
also reserves the right to waive the minimum account balance requirement for
employee and director accounts. Fees generally charged to IRA accounts will be
charged to accounts of employees and directors.


Class A Quantity Discounts. An investor or the investor's dealer or other
financial services firm must notify the Shareholder Service Agent or DIDI
whenever a quantity discount or reduced sales charge is applicable to a
purchase. In order to qualify for a lower sales charge, all orders from an
organized group will have to be placed through a single investment dealer or
other firm and identified as originating from a qualifying purchaser.


Combined Purchases. The Fund's Class A shares may be purchased at the rate
applicable to the sales charge discount bracket attained by combining same day
investments in Class A shares of any DWS Funds that bear a sales charge.


Letter of Intent. The reduced sales charges for Class A shares, as shown in the
Prospectuses, also apply to the aggregate amount of purchases of Class A shares
of DWS Funds that bear a sales charge made by any purchaser within a 24-month
period under a written Letter of Intent ("Letter") provided by DIDI. The Letter,
which imposes no obligation to purchase or sell additional Class A shares,
provides for a price adjustment depending upon the actual amount purchased
within such period. The Letter provides that the first purchase following
execution of the Letter must be at least 5% of the amount of the intended
purchase, and that 5% of the amount of the intended purchase normally will be
held in escrow in the form of shares pending completion of the intended
purchase. If the total investments under the Letter are less than the intended
amount and thereby qualify only for a higher sales charge than actually paid,
the appropriate number of escrowed shares are redeemed and the proceeds used
toward satisfaction of the obligation to pay the increased sales charge. The
Letter for an employer-sponsored employee benefit plan maintained on the
subaccount record keeping system available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance
with DIDI and its affiliates may have special provisions regarding payment of
any increased sales charge resulting from a failure to complete the intended
purchase under the Letter. A shareholder may include the value (at the maximum
offering price, which is determined by adding the maximum applicable sales load
charged to the net asset value) of all Class A shares of such DWS Funds held of
record as of the initial purchase date under the Letter as an "accumulation
credit" toward the completion of the Letter, but no price adjustment will be
made on such shares.


Class A Cumulative Discount. Class A shares of the Fund may also be purchased at
the rate applicable to the discount bracket attained by adding to the cost of
shares being purchased, the value of all Class A shares of DWS Funds that bear a
sales charge (computed at the maximum offering price at the time of the purchase
for which the discount is applicable) already owned by the investor or his or
her immediate family member (including the investor's spouse or life partner and
children or stepchildren age 21 or younger).


For purposes of the Combined Purchases, Letter of Intent and Cumulative Discount
features described above, employer sponsored employee benefit plans using the
Flex subaccount record keeping system available through ADP, Inc. under an
alliance with DIDI and its affiliates may include: (a) Money Market Funds as
"DWS Funds", (b) all classes of shares of any DWS Fund and (c) the value of any
other plan investments, such as guaranteed investment contracts and employer
stock, maintained on such subaccount record keeping system.


Class C Purchases. Class C shares of the Fund are offered at net asset value. No
initial sales charge is to be imposed. Class C shares sold without an initial
sales charge will allow the full amount of the investor's purchase payment to be
invested in Class C shares for his or her account. Class C shares continue to be
subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% (for shares sold within
one year of purchase) and Rule 12b-1 fees, as described in the Fund's
prospectuses and herein.

Institutional Class Purchases. Information on how to buy Institutional Class
shares is set forth in the section entitled "Buying and Selling Shares" in the
Fund's prospectus. The following supplements that information. The minimum
initial investment for Institutional Class shares is $1,000,000. The minimum
initial investment may be waived in certain circumstances. The minimum amounts
may be changed at any time in management's discretion.


Multi-Class Suitability. DIDI has established the following procedures regarding
the purchase of Class A and Class C shares. Orders to purchase Class C shares of
$500,000 or more will be declined with the exception of orders received from
financial representatives acting for clients whose shares are held in an omnibus
account and employer-sponsored employee benefit plans using the subaccount
record keeping system ("System") maintained for DWS Investments-branded plans on
record keeping systems made available through ADP, Inc. under an alliance with
DIDI and its affiliate ("DWS Investments Flex Plans").

The following provisions apply to DWS Investments Flex Plans.

a.        Class C Share DWS Investments Flex Plans. Orders to purchase Class C
          shares for a DWS Investments Flex Plan, regardless of when such plan
          was established on the Flex System, will be invested instead in Class
          A shares at net asset value when the combined subaccount value in DWS
          Funds or other eligible assets held by the plan is $1,000,000 or more.
          This provision will be imposed for the first purchase after eligible
          plan assets reach the $1,000,000 threshold. A later decline in assets
          below the $1,000,000 threshold will not affect the plan's ability to
          continue to purchase Class A shares at net asset value.

The procedures above do not reflect in any way the suitability of a particular
class of shares for a particular investor and should not be relied upon as such.
A suitability determination must be made by investors with the assistance of
their financial representative.


Automatic Investment Plan. A shareholder may purchase shares of the Fund through
an automatic investment plan. Investments are made automatically (minimum $500
and maximum $250,000 for initial investments and a minimum of $50 and maximum
$250,000 for subsequent investments) from the shareholder's account at a bank,
savings and loan or credit union into the shareholder's Fund account.
Termination by a shareholder will become effective within thirty days after the
Shareholder Service Agent has received the request. The Fund may immediately
terminate a shareholder's automatic investment plan in the event that any item
is unpaid by the shareholder's financial institution.




Minimum Subsequent Investment Policies. For current shareholders of Class A or C
shares there is a $50 minimum investment requirement for subsequent investments
in a Fund. There is no minimum subsequent investment requirement in Class A
shares for investments on behalf of participants in certain fee-based and wrap
programs offered through financial intermediaries approved by the Advisor. There
is no minimum subsequent investment required for Institutional Class.



Payroll Investment Plans. A shareholder may purchase shares through Payroll
Direct Deposit or Government Direct Deposit. Under these programs, all or a
portion of a shareholder's net pay or government check is invested each payment
period. A shareholder may terminate participation in these programs by giving
written notice to the shareholder's employer or government agency, as
appropriate. (A reasonable time to act is required.) The Fund is not responsible
for the efficiency of the employer or government agency making the payment or
any financial institutions transmitting payments.


Expedited Purchase Procedures for Existing Shareholders. Shareholders of other
DWS Funds who have submitted an account application and have certified a tax
identification number, clients having a regular investment counsel account with
the Advisor or its affiliates and members of their immediate families, officers
and employees of the Advisor or of any affiliated organization and their
immediate families, members of FINRA, and banks may open an account by wire by
calling (800) 621-1048 for instructions. The investor must send a duly completed
and signed application to a Fund promptly. A subsequent purchase order may be
placed by established shareholders (except by DWS Investments Individual
Retirement Account (IRA), DWS Simplified Profit Sharing and Money Purchase
Pension Plans, DWS Investments 401(k) and DWS Investments 403(b) Plan holders),
members of FINRA, and banks.


It is our policy to offer purchase privileges to current or former directors or
trustees of the Deutsche or DWS mutual funds, employees, their spouses or life
partners and children or step-children age 21 or younger of Deutsche Bank or its
affiliates or a sub-advisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds or a
broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of the funds. Qualified individuals will
generally be allowed to purchase shares in the class with the lowest expense
ratio, usually the Institutional Class shares. If a fund does not offer
Institutional Class shares, these individuals will be allowed to buy Class A
shares at NAV. The Fund also reserves the right to waive the minimum account
balance requirement for employee and director accounts. Fees generally charged
to IRA accounts will be charged to accounts of employees and directors.


Redemptions


Policies and procedures affecting transactions in Fund shares can be changed at
any time without notice, subject to applicable law. Transactions may be
contingent upon proper completion of application forms and other documents by
shareholders and their receipt by the Fund's agents. Transaction delays in
processing (and changing account features) due to circumstances within or beyond
the control of the Fund and its agents may occur. Shareholders (or their
financial service firms) are responsible for all losses and fees resulting from
bad checks, cancelled orders or the failure to consummate transactions effected
pursuant to instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.


A distribution will be reinvested in shares of the same fund and class if the
distribution check is returned as undeliverable.

Orders will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value (including any
applicable sales charge) of a Fund next determined after receipt in good order
by DIDI of the order accompanied by payment. However, orders received by dealers
or other financial services firms prior to the determination of net asset value
and received in good order by DIDI prior to the close of its business day will
be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value effective on that day
("trade date").


The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or delay payment more than seven
days (a) during any period when the Exchange is closed other than customary
weekend and holiday closings or during any period in which trading on the
Exchange is restricted, (b) during any period when an emergency exists as a
result of which (i) disposal of a Fund's investments is not reasonably
practicable, or (ii) it is not reasonably practicable for a Fund to determine
the value of its net assets, or (c) for such other periods as the SEC may by
order permit for the protection of a Fund's shareholders.


A request for repurchase (confirmed redemption) may be communicated by a
shareholder through a financial services firm to DIDI, which firms must promptly
submit orders to be effective.

Redemption requests must be unconditional. Redemption requests must be duly
endorsed by the account holder. As specified in the prospectus, signatures may
need to be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company, savings and loan
association, federal savings bank, member firm of a national securities exchange
or other financial institution permitted by SEC rule. Additional documentation
may be required, particularly from institutional and fiduciary account holders,
such as corporations, custodians (e.g., under the Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act), executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

If the proceeds of the redemption (prior to the imposition of any contingent
deferred sales charge) are $100,000 or less and the proceeds are payable to the
shareholder of record at the address of record, normally a telephone request or
a written request by any one account holder without a signature guarantee is
sufficient for redemptions by individual or joint account holders, and trust,
executor and guardian account holders, provided the trustee, executor or
guardian is named in the account registration. Other institutional account
holders may exercise this special privilege of redeeming shares by telephone
request or written request without signature guarantee subject to the same
conditions as individual account holders, provided that this privilege has been
pre-authorized by the institutional account holder by written instruction to the
Shareholder Service Agent with signatures guaranteed. This privilege may not be
used to redeem shares held in certificated form and may not be used if the
shareholder's account has had an address change within 15 days of the redemption
request.

To sell shares in a retirement account other than an IRA, your request must be
made in writing, except for exchanges to other eligible funds in the DWS family
of funds, which can be requested by phone or in writing.

To sell shares by bank wire you will need to sign up for these services when
completing your account application.


Wires. Delivery of the proceeds of a wire redemption of $250,000 or more may be
delayed by the Fund for up to seven days if a Fund or the Shareholder Service
Agent deems it appropriate under then-current market conditions. The ability to
send wires is limited by the business hours and holidays of the firms involved.
The Fund is not responsible for the efficiency of the federal wire system or the
account holder's financial services firm or bank. The account holder is
responsible for any charges imposed by the account holder's firm or bank. To
change the designated account to receive wire redemption proceeds, send a
written request to the Fund's Shareholder Service Agent with signatures
guaranteed as described above or contact the firm through which Fund shares were
purchased.

Automatic Withdrawal Plan. The owner of $5,000 or more of a class of the Fund's
shares at the offering price (net asset value plus, in the case of Class A
shares, the initial sales charge) may provide for the payment from the owner's
account of any requested dollar amount to be paid to the owner or a designated
payee monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. The $5,000 minimum account
size is not applicable to IRAs. The minimum periodic payment is $50. The maximum
annual rate at which shares, subject to CDSC may be redeemed is 12% of the net
asset value of the account. Shares are redeemed so that the payee should receive
payment approximately on the first of the month. Investors using this Plan must
reinvest Fund distributions.

Non-retirement plan shareholders may establish an Automatic Withdrawal Plan (the
"Plan") to receive monthly, quarterly or periodic redemptions from his or her
account for any designated amount of $50 or more. Shareholders may designate
which day they want the automatic withdrawal to be processed. The check amounts
may be based on the redemption of a fixed dollar amount, fixed share amount,
percent of account value or declining balance. The redemption may result in
taxable gain or loss being recognized for federal income tax purposes. The Plan
provides for income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, to be
reinvested in additional shares. Shares are then liquidated as necessary to
provide for withdrawal payments. Since the withdrawals are in amounts selected
by the investor and have no relationship to yield or income, payments received
cannot be considered as yield or income on the investment and the resulting
liquidations may deplete or possibly extinguish the initial investment and any
reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions. Any such requests must be
received by the Fund's Transfer Agent ten days prior to the date of the first
automatic withdrawal. An Automatic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time
by the shareholder, the Trust or its agent on written notice, and will be
terminated when all shares of a Fund under the Plan have been liquidated or upon
receipt by the Trust of notice of death of the shareholder.

The purchase of Class A shares while participating in a systematic withdrawal
plan will ordinarily be disadvantageous to the investor because the investor
will be paying a sales charge on the purchase of shares at the same time that
the investor is redeeming shares upon which a sales charge may have already been
paid. Therefore, the Fund will not knowingly permit additional investments of
less than $2,000 if the investor is at the same time making systematic
withdrawals.


An Automatic Withdrawal Plan request form can be obtained by calling (800)
621-1048.


Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC). The following example will illustrate
the operation of the CDSC. Assume that an investor makes a single purchase of
$10,000 of the Fund's Class C shares and that 16 months later the value of the
shares has grown by $1,000 through reinvested dividends and by an additional
$1,000 of share appreciation to a total of $12,000. If the investor were then to
redeem the entire $12,000 in share value, the CDSC would be payable only with
respect to $10,000 because neither the $1,000 of reinvested dividends nor the
$1,000 of share appreciation is subject to the charge. The charge would be at
the rate of 3.00% ($300) because it was in the second year after the purchase
was made.


The rate of the CDSC is determined by the length of the period of ownership.
Investments are tracked on a monthly basis. The period of ownership for this
purpose begins the first day of the month in which the order for the investment
is received. For example, an investment made in March of the year of investment
will be eligible for the second year's charge if redeemed on or after March of
the following year. In the event no specific order is requested when redeeming
shares subject to a CDSC, the redemption will be made first from shares
representing reinvested dividends and then from the earliest purchase of shares.
DIDI receives any CDSC directly. The charge will not be imposed upon redemption
of reinvested dividends or share appreciation.

The Class A CDSC will be waived in the event of:

(a)      redemptions by a participant-directed qualified retirement plan
         described in Code Section 401(a), a participant-directed non-qualified
         deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457 or a
         participant-directed qualified retirement plan described in Code
         Section 403(b)(7) which is not sponsored by a K-12 school district;

(b)      redemptions by employer-sponsored employee benefit plans using the
         subaccount record keeping system made available through ADP, Inc. under
         an alliance with DIDI and its affiliates;

(c)      redemption of shares of a shareholder (including a registered joint
         owner) who has died or is disabled (under certain circumstances);

(d)      redemption of shares of a shareholder (including a registered joint
         owner) who after purchase of the shares being redeemed becomes totally
         disabled (as evidenced by a determination by the federal Social
         Security Administration);


(e)      redemptions under the Fund's Automatic Withdrawal Plan at a maximum of
         12% per year of the net asset value of the account;


(f)      redemptions of shares whose dealer of record at the time of the
         investment notifies DIDI that the dealer waives the discretionary
         commission applicable to such Large Order NAV Purchase; and

(g)      redemptions for certain loan advances, hardship provisions or returns
         of excess contributions from retirement plans.

The Class C CDSC will be waived for the circumstances set forth in items (b),
(c), (d), (e) and (g) for Class A shares. In addition, this CDSC will be waived
for:

(h)      for redemptions made pursuant to any IRA systematic withdrawal based on
         the shareholder's life expectancy including, but not limited to,
         substantially equal periodic payments described in Code Section
         72(t)(2)(A)(iv) prior to age 59 1/2;

(i)      for redemptions to satisfy required minimum distributions after age 70
         1/2 from an IRA account (with the maximum amount subject to this waiver
         being based only upon the shareholder's DWS Investments IRA accounts);

(j)      redemption of shares by an employer sponsored employee benefit plan
         that offers funds in addition to DWS funds and whose dealer of record
         has waived the advance of the first year administrative service and
         distribution fees applicable to such shares and agrees to receive such
         fees quarterly, and

(k)      redemption of shares purchased through a dealer-sponsored asset
         allocation program maintained on an omnibus record-keeping system
         provided the dealer of record had waived the advance of the first year
         administrative services and distribution fees applicable to such shares
         and has agreed to receive such fees quarterly.

Exchanges


Shareholders may request a taxable exchange of their shares for shares of the
corresponding class of certain other DWS funds without imposition of a sales
charge, subject to the provisions below. For purposes of calculating any CDSC,
amounts exchanged retain their original cost and purchase date.

Shareholders who exchange their shares out of a DWS money market fund (not
including shares acquired by dividend reinvestment or by exchange from Class A
shares of another DWS fund) into Class A shares of certain other DWS funds, will
generally be subject to the applicable sales charge.

Certain DWS funds may not be available to shareholders on an exchange. To learn
more about which DWS funds may be available on exchange, please contact your
financial services firm or visit our Web site at: www.dws-investments.com or
call (800) 621-1048.

Shareholders may obtain prospectus(es) of the DWS fund they are exchanging into
from dealers, other firms or DIDI.




Automatic Exchange Plan. The owner of $1,000 or more of any class of shares of a
DWS fund may authorize the automatic exchange of a specified amount ($50
minimum) of such shares for shares of the same class of another such DWS fund.
Exchanges will be made automatically until the shareholder or a Fund terminates
the privilege. Exchanges are subject to the terms and conditions described above
and are taxable transactions for federal income tax purposes.


In-kind Redemptions. The Fund reserves the right to honor any request for
redemption or repurchase by making payment in whole or in part in securities.
These securities will be chosen by a Fund and valued as they are for purposes of
computing a Fund's net asset value. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses
in converting these securities to cash. The redemption in-kind is taxable for
federal income tax purposes to the same extent as a redemption for cash.

Class A to Class S in the Same Fund Exchange Privilege. Investors who have
invested in Class A shares through a comprehensive or "wrap" fee program, or
other fee-based program sponsored by a broker-dealer, bank or registered
investment adviser may become eligible to invest in Class S shares. Subject to
the discretion of DWS Investments Distributors, Inc., such shareholders may
exchange their Class A shares for Class S shares of equal aggregate value of the
same fund. No sales charge or other charges will apply to any such exchanges.
Investors should contact their selling and/or servicing agents to learn more
about the details of this exchange feature.


                                    DIVIDENDS


The Fund intends to follow the practice of distributing substantially all of its
investment company income (determined without regard to the deduction for
dividends paid), which includes any excess of net realized short-term capital
gains over net realized long-term capital losses. The Fund may follow the
practice of distributing the entire excess of net realized long-term capital
gains over net realized short-term capital losses. However, the Fund may retain
all or part of such gain for reinvestment, after paying the related federal
taxes on such gain. Shareholders may then be required to include in their gross
incomes their share of such gains, but also may be able to claim a credit
against their federal income tax liability for the federal income tax paid by
the Fund. If the Fund does not distribute the amount of capital gain and/or
ordinary income required to be distributed by an excise tax provision of the
Code that Fund may be subject to a 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts.
In certain circumstances, the Fund may determine that it is in the interest of
shareholders to distribute less than the required amount.




Any dividends or capital gains distributions declared in October, November or
December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following
January will be treated for federal income tax purposes as if received by
shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year declared.

The level of income dividends per share (as a percentage of net asset value)
will be lower for Class C shares than for Class A shares primarily as a result
of the distribution services fee applicable to Class C shares. Distributions of
capital gains, if any, will be paid in the same amount for each class.

Income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, of a Fund will be
credited to shareholder accounts in full and fractional shares of the same class
of a Fund at net asset value on the reinvestment date, except that, upon written
request to the Shareholder Service Agent, a shareholder may select one of the
following options:

1.        To receive income and short-term capital gain dividends in cash and
          long-term capital gain dividends in shares of the same class at net
          asset value; or

2.        To receive income and capital gain dividends in cash.


For DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, dividends will be reinvested in shares of
the same class of the Fund unless shareholders indicate in writing that they
wish to receive them in cash or in shares of other DWS funds with multiple
classes of shares or DWS funds as provided in the Prospectus. To use the
privilege of investing dividends of a Fund in shares of another DWS fund,
shareholders must maintain a minimum account value of $1,000 in the Fund
distributing the dividends. The Fund will reinvest dividend checks (and future
dividends) in shares of that same Fund and class if checks are returned as
undeliverable. Dividends and other distributions of the Fund in the aggregate
amount of $10 or less are automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund unless
the shareholder requests in writing that a check be issued for that particular
distribution.


If an investment is in the form of a retirement plan, all dividends and capital
gains distributions must be reinvested into the shareholder's account.


If a shareholder has elected to reinvest any dividends and/or other
distributions, such distributions will be made in shares of the Fund and
confirmations will be mailed to each shareholder. If a shareholder has chosen to
receive cash, a check will be sent. Distributions of investment income and net
realized capital gains are taxable for federal income tax purposes, whether made
in shares or cash.

Each distribution is accompanied by a brief explanation of the form and
character of the distribution. The characterization of distributions on such
correspondence may differ from the characterization for federal income tax
purposes. In January of each year the Fund issues to each shareholder a
statement of the federal income tax status of all distributions in the prior
calendar year.

The Fund may at any time vary its foregoing dividend practices and, therefore,
reserves the right from time to time to either distribute or retain for
reinvestment such of its net investment income and its net short-term and net
long-term capital gains as its Board determines appropriate under the then
current circumstances. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the
Fund may make additional distributions of net investment income or net capital
gain in order to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements contained in the
Code.


                              FEDERAL INCOME TAXES


The following is intended to be a general summary of certain federal income tax
consequences of investing in a Fund. It is not intended as a complete discussion
of all such consequences, nor does it purport to deal with all categories of
investors. Investors are therefore advised to consult with their tax advisors
before making an investment in the Fund. This summary is based on the laws in
effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information and existing
judicial and administrative interpretation thereof, all of which are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund has elected to be treated and has qualified, and intends to continue to
qualify, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In
order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment
companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:


(a)      derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i)
         dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans,
         gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or
         foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains
         from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to
         its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and
         (ii) net income derived from interests in "qualified publicly traded
         partnerships" (as defined below);

(b)      distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its
         investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code
         without regard to the deduction for dividends paid--generally, taxable
         ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains
         over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt
         interest income, for such year; and


(c)      diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the the
         Fund's taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's
         total assets is represented by cash and cash items, US government
         securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and
         other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not
         greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and not more
         than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii)
         not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's total assets is invested
         (x) in the securities (other than those of the US government or other
         regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more
         issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same,
         similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of
         one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below).


In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in
paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as
qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of
income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the
regulated investment company. In addition, 100% of the net income derived from
an interest in a "qualified publicly traded partnership" (defined as a
partnership (i) interests in which are traded on an established securities
market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent
thereof and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the
qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) is treated as qualifying
income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do
not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated
investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a
qualified publicly traded partnership. Finally, for purposes of paragraph (c)
above, the term "outstanding voting securities of such issuer" will include the
equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.


If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company for federal income tax
purposes, that Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income
distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends
(including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment
company, all of its taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at
regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its
shareholders), and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any
distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, will be
taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Such distributions, however, would
be eligible, provided certain holding period and other conditions are satisfied;
(i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed
as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of
corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize
unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest charges and make
substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company
that is accorded special federal income tax treatment.

The Fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on amounts that
have been retained rather than distributed, as required, under a prescribed
formula. The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of
distributions representing at least 98% of the Fund's taxable ordinary income
for the calendar year and at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over
capital losses realized during the one-year period ending October 31 (in most
cases) of such year as well as amounts that were neither distributed nor taxed
to the Fund during the prior calendar year. Although the Fund's distribution
policies should enable it to avoid excise tax liability, a Fund may retain (and
be subject to income or excise tax on) a portion of its capital gain or other
income if it appears to be in the interest of a Fund.

Taxation of Fund Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, distributions
of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on
distributions of capital gains are generally determined by how long a Fund owned
the investments that generated the gain, rather than how long a shareholder has
owned his or her shares of the Fund. Distributions of net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gain for the year over net short-term capital
loss) from the sale of investments owned by a Fund that are properly designated
by a Fund as capital gain dividends ("Capital Gain Dividends") will be taxable
as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains derived from net short-term
capital from the sale of investments by the Fund will be taxable as ordinary
income. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, distributions of
investment income designated by the Fund as derived from "qualified dividend
income" will be taxed for federal income tax purposes in the hands of
individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided certain
holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund
level.


Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest
them in additional shares through the reinvestment privilege. A shareholder
whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received
a dividend equal to the fair market value of the new shares issued to the
shareholder. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of Fund shares
generally will be taxable as capital gain.

Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily
reduced -- in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10%
and 15% rate brackets -- for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011.


In order for some portion of the dividends received by a shareholder to be
"qualified dividend income," the Fund must meet certain holding period and other
requirements with respect to the stocks in its portfolio generating such
dividend income and the shareholder must meet certain holding period and other
requirements with respect to a Fund's shares. A dividend will not be treated as
qualified dividend income (at either a Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the
dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61
days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the
date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or,
in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period
beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is
under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make
related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related
property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as
investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitation, or (4) if
the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for
the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with
the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily
tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b)
treated as a passive foreign investment company.

For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is
received, such holding period is reduced for any period the holder has an option
to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, or has made (and not closed)
a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain
other circumstances. In addition, qualified dividend income does not include any
dividends to the extent the holder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a
short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in
substantially similar or related properties. These rules may cause a portion of
the dividends received by the Fund to not be eligible for treatment as qualified
dividend income.

A portion of the investment income distributions of a Fund may be eligible for
the 70% deduction for dividends received by corporations. Shareholders will be
informed of the portion of dividends which so qualify. The dividends received
deduction is reduced to the extent the shares of the Fund with respect to which
the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax
law and is eliminated if either those shares or the shares of a Fund are deemed
to have been held by the Fund or the shareholder, as the case may be, for less
than 46 days during the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become
ex-dividend (or in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181
day period beginning 90 days before such date). For purposes of determining the
holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is
reduced for any period the holder has an obligation to sell, is under a
contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of
substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.
This rule may cause a portion of the dividends received by a Fund to not be
eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.

Capital gains distributions may be reduced if Fund capital loss carryforwards
are available. Any capital loss carryforwards to which the Fund is entitled will
be disclosed in the Fund's annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

All distributions by the Fund result in a reduction in the net asset value of
the Fund's shares. Should a distribution reduce the net asset value below a
shareholder's cost basis, such distribution would nevertheless be taxable to the
shareholder as ordinary income or capital gain as described above, even though,
from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In
particular, investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of
buying shares just prior to a distribution. The price of shares purchased at
that time includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing
just prior to a distribution will receive a partial return of capital upon the
distribution, which will nevertheless be taxable to them.

Transactions in Fund Shares. The sale, exchange or redemption of shares of the
Fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon
a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or
loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain
or loss on the taxable disposition of shares of the Fund will be treated as
short-term gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition
of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than
short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received
(or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a
portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares of the Fund
will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased within
30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly
purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.


Foreign Taxation. Foreign withholding or other foreign taxes with respect to
income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) on certain foreign
securities may occur. These taxes may be reduced or eliminated under the terms
of an applicable US income tax treaty.


Taxation of Certain Investments in Passive Foreign Investment Companies. Equity
investments by a Fund in certain "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") could potentially subject the Fund to a US federal income tax
(including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on
proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company, which tax
cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the
Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Fund may
elect to treat a PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" (a "QEF election"), in
which case the Fund would be required to include its share of the company's
income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any
distribution from the company. The Fund also may make an election to mark the
gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings "to the market" as
though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day
of the Fund's taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income
and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of
income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be
distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation.

Tax Effects of Certain Transactions. The Fund's transactions in futures
contracts and, if any, in forward contracts, options, and hedged investments
will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may
affect the character of gain and loss realized by a Fund (i.e., may affect
whether gain or loss is ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income
to the Fund, defer a Fund's losses, and affect whether capital gain and loss is
characterized as long-term or short-term. These rules could therefore affect the
character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions
also may require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions (i.e.,
treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize
income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts
necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and
excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, make the appropriate tax
elections, and make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it
acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract, or hedged investment in
order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the
Fund as a regulated investment company, and minimize the imposition of income
and excise taxes.

The Fund's transactions in broad-based equity index futures contracts, exchange
traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts are generally
treated under the Code as "Section 1256 contracts. " Section 1256 contracts held
by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and on October 31 of each year for
purposes of the 4% excise tax) are "marked-to-market" with the result that the
unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized. Sixty
percent of the resulting gain or loss is treated as long-term capital gain or
loss and the remainder is treated as short-term capital gain or loss (60/40 gain
or loss). Any gain or loss arising from actual sales of section 1256 contracts
will also be treated as 60/40 gain or loss.


Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates
which occur between the time a Fund accrues income or other receivables or
accrues expenses or other liability denominated in a foreign currency and the
time a Fund actually collects such receivable or pays such liabilities generally
are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, on disposition of securities
denominated in a foreign currency, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations
in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the
security or contract and the date of disposition also may be treated as ordinary
gain or loss. These gains and losses may increase or decrease the amount of the
Fund's investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders
as ordinary income.


The Fund's entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract
could be treated as the "constructive sale" of an "appreciated financial
position," causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

The Fund's investment in zero coupon bonds and other debt obligations having
original issue discount may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income in excess
of any cash received from the investment. A portion of the difference between
the issue price of zero coupon securities and their face value ("original issue
discount") is considered to be income to a Fund each year, even though a Fund
will not receive cash interest payments from these securities. This original
issue discount imputed income will comprise a part of the investment company
taxable income of a Fund, which must be distributed to shareholders in order to
maintain the qualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company and to
avoid federal income tax at a Fund's level.


Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market
discount bond is generally a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price
below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if issued with original
issue discount). Absent an election to include the market discount in income as
it accrues, gain on the disposition of such an obligation will be treated as
ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of accrued market
discount.


The Fund's investment in lower-rated or unrated debt securities may present
issues for the Fund if the issuers of these securities default on their
obligations, because the federal income tax consequences to a holder of such
securities are not certain.

The Fund's investment in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund could affect the amount,
timing and character of distributions from the Fund and, therefore, may increase
the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Generally, the character of the
income or capital gains that the Fund receives from DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will pass through to the Fund's shareholders so long as the Fund and DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund each qualify as a regulated investment company under the
Code. However, to the extent that DWS Short Duration Plus Fund realizes net
losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to
recognize its share of those losses (so as to offset distributions of net income
or capital gains from other investments) until it disposes of shares of DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund. Moreover, even when the Fund does make such a
disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital
loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as
an ordinary deduction. In particular, the Fund will not be able to offset any
capital losses from its dispositions of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund shares
against ordinary income. As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other
special rules, it is possible that the amounts of the net investment income and
net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders
will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly
in the securities held by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, rather than investing in
shares of the fund. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a
Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, eligibility for
dividends received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would
have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund.

The federal income tax treatment of any payment made by the Warranty Provider to
a Fund is uncertain. The Fund may take the position that its right to receive
payment under a Warranty Agreement is itself a capital asset and that the
payment in termination of this right gives rise to capital gain rather than to
ordinary income, although the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with this
position.

Fees paid by the Fund to the Warranty Provider, if viewed as a carrying charge
for a position substantially diminishing the risk of the Fund's portfolio, could
be deemed nondeductible under certain circumstances during the term of the
relevant Warranty Agreement. Similarly, a Warranty Agreement may be considered a
straddle with respect to the respective Fund's portfolio under certain
circumstances, resulting in the deferral of realized losses of such Fund, the
recharacterization of such Fund's short-term losses to long-term losses and
long-term gains to short-term gains and the reduction or elimination of a Fund's
holding periods in its portfolio securities.

Withholding and Other Tax Considerations. The Fund may be required to withhold
US federal income tax on distributions and redemption proceeds payable to
shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number,
fail to make certain required certifications, or who have been notified (or when
the Fund is notified) by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to
backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

Shareholders of the Fund may be subject to state and local taxes on
distributions received from the Fund and on redemptions of the Fund's shares.


Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and
other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to
determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such
plans and the precise effect of and investment on their particular tax
situation.


Under certain circumstances, shareholders of the Fund may exchange their shares
for shares of the same class of certain other funds (the "reinvested shares").
If a shareholder (other than tax-exempt accounts) makes such an exchange, the
shareholder will recognize a capital gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes measured by the difference between the value of the reinvested shares
and the basis of the exchanged shares. Upon the exchange of shares that were
purchased subject to a sales charge and held for less than 91 days, the lesser
of (i) the sales charge incurred on the exchanged shares or (ii) the sales
charge waived on the reinvested shares is included in the basis of the
reinvested shares and is not included in the basis of the exchanged shares.


Treasury Regulations provide that if a shareholder recognizes a loss with
respect to the Fund's shares of $2 million or more in a single taxable year (or
$4 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for shareholders who are
individuals, S corporations or trusts, or $10 million or more in a single
taxable year (or $20 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for a
corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue
Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio
securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under
current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not
excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting
requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The
fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal
determination of whether the taxpayer's treatment of the loss is proper.
Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of
these regulations in light of their particular circumstances.

Non-US Shareholders. In general, dividends (other than Capital Gain Dividends)
paid by a Fund to a shareholder that is not a "US person" within the meaning of
the Code (such shareholder, a "foreign person") are subject to withholding of US
federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if
they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term
capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to
a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding.

If a beneficial holder who is a foreign person has a trade or business in the
United States, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by
the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividend
will be subject to US federal income taxation at on a net basis at regular
income tax rates.

                                 NET ASSET VALUE


The net asset value of shares of the Fund is computed as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") on each day the Exchange
is open for trading (the "Value Time"). The Exchange is scheduled to be closed
on the following holidays: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,
Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday
when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Net
asset value per share is determined separately for each class of shares by
dividing the value of the total assets of a Fund attributable to the shares of
that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number
of shares of that class outstanding. The net asset value may be lower for
certain classes of a Fund because of higher expenses borne by these classes.


An equity security is valued at its most recent sale price on the security's
primary exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time. Lacking any sales, the
security is valued at the calculated mean between the most recent bid quotation
and the most recent asked quotation (the "Calculated Mean") on such exchange or
OTC market as of the Value Time. If it is not possible to determine the
Calculated Mean, the security is valued at the most recent bid quotation on such
exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time. In the case of certain foreign
exchanges or OTC markets, the closing price reported by the exchange or OTC
market (which may sometimes be referred to as the "official close" or the
"official closing price" or other similar term) will be considered the most
recent sale price.

Debt securities are valued as follows. Money market instruments purchased with
an original or remaining maturity of 60 days or less, maturing at par, are
valued at amortized cost. Other money market instruments are valued based on
information obtained from an independent pricing service or, if such information
is not readily available, by using matrix pricing techniques (formula driven
calculations based primarily on current market yields). Bank loans are valued at
prices supplied by an independent pricing service (which are intended to reflect
the mean between the bid and asked prices), if available, and otherwise at the
mean of the most recent bid and asked quotations or evaluated prices, as
applicable, based on quotations or evaluated prices obtained from one or more
broker-dealers. Privately placed debt securities, other than Rule 144A debt
securities, initially are valued at cost and thereafter based on all relevant
factors including type of security, size of holding and restrictions on
disposition. Municipal debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an
approved pricing agent (which are intended to reflect the mean between the bid
and asked prices), if available, and otherwise the mean of the most recent bid
and asked quotations or evaluated price obtained from a broker-dealer. Other
debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an independent pricing service,
if available, and otherwise at the most recent bid quotation or evaluated price,
as applicable, obtained from one or more broker-dealers. If it is not possible
to value a particular debt security pursuant to the above methods, the security
is valued on the basis of factors including (but not limited to) maturity,
coupon, creditworthiness, currency denomination, and the movement of the market
in which the security is normally traded.

An exchange-traded option contract on securities, currencies and other financial
instruments is valued at its most recent sale price on the relevant exchange.
Lacking any sales, the option contract is valued at the Calculated Mean. If it
is not possible to determine the Calculated Mean, the option contract is valued
at the most recent bid quotation in the case of a purchased option contract or
the most recent asked quotation in the case of a written option contract, in
each case as of the Value Time. An option contract on securities, currencies and
other financial instruments traded in the OTC market is valued on the Value Date
at the evaluated price provided by the broker-dealer with which it was traded.
Futures contracts (and options thereon) are valued at the most recent settlement
price, if available on the exchange on which they are traded most extensively.
With the exception of stock index futures contracts which trade on the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement times are prior to the close of trading
on the New York Stock Exchange. For stock index futures contracts which trade on
the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement prices are normally
available at approximately 4:20 Eastern time. If no settlement price is
available, the last traded price on such exchange will be used.

If market quotations for portfolio assets are not readily available or the value
of a portfolio asset as determined in accordance with Board approved procedures
does not represent the fair market value of the portfolio asset, the value of
the portfolio asset is taken to be an amount which, in the opinion of the Fund's
Pricing Committee (or, in some cases, the Board's Valuation Committee),
represents fair market value. The value of other portfolio holdings owned by a
Fund is determined in a manner which is intended to fairly reflect the fair
market value of the asset on the valuation date, based on valuation procedures
adopted by a Fund's Board and overseen primarily by a Fund's Pricing Committee.


                           BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS

The following table presents certain information regarding the Board Members of
the Trust. Each Board Member's year of birth is set forth in parentheses after
his or her name. Unless otherwise noted, (i) each Board Member has engaged in
the principal occupation(s) noted in the table for at least the most recent five
years, although not necessarily in the same capacity, and (ii) the address of
each Board Member that is not an "interested person" (as defined in the 1940
Act) of the Trust or the Advisor (each, an "Independent Board Member") is c/o
Dawn-Marie Driscoll, PO Box 100176, Cape Coral, FL 33904. The term of office for
each Board Member is until the election and qualification of a successor, or
until such Board Member sooner dies, resigns, is removed or as otherwise
provided in the governing documents of the Trust. Because the Fund does not hold
an annual meeting of shareholders, each Board Member will hold office for an
indeterminate period. The Board Members may also serve in similar capacities
with other funds in the DWS fund complex.

Independent Board Members

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position                                                                   Number of Funds
 with the Trust and Length of     Business Experience and                                        in DWS Fund
 Time Served(1)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years                          Complex Overseen
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                                                   <C>
Paul K. Freeman                   Consultant, World Bank/Inter-American Development Bank;               125
(1950)                            Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council
Chairperson since 2009, and       (governance, executive committees); formerly: Project Leader,
Board Member since 1993           International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis
                                  (1998-2001); Chief Executive Officer, The Eric Group, Inc.
                                  (environmental insurance) (1986-1998)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John W. Ballantine (1946)         Retired; formerly: Executive Vice President and Chief Risk            125
Board Member since 1999           Management Officer, First Chicago NBD Corporation/The First
                                  National Bank of Chicago (1996-1998); Executive Vice
                                  President and Head of International Banking (1995-1996);
                                  Directorships: Healthways Inc. (provider of disease and care
                                  management services); Portland General Electric (utility
                                  company); Stockwell Capital Investments PLC (private equity);
                                  former Directorships: First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. and
                                  Oak Brook Bank
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Henry P. Becton, Jr. (1943)      Vice Chair, WGBH Educational Foundation; Directorships:               125
 Board Member since               Association of Public Television Stations; Becton Dickinson
 1990                             and Company(2) (medical technology company); Belo
                                  Corporation(2) (media company); Boston Museum of Science;
                                  Public Radio International; PRX, The Public Radio Exchange;
                                  The PBS Foundation; former Directorships: American Public
                                  Television; Concord Academy; New England Aquarium; Mass.
                                  Corporation for Educational Telecommunications; Committee for
                                  Economic Development; Public Broadcasting Service
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dawn-Marie Driscoll (1946)        President, Driscoll Associates (consulting firm); Executive           125
Board Member since 1987           Fellow, Center for Business Ethics, Bentley University;
                                  formerly: Partner, Palmer & Dodge (1988-1990); Vice President
                                  of Corporate Affairs and General Counsel, Filene's
                                  (1978-1988); Directorships: Trustee of 20 open-end mutual
                                  funds managed by Sun Capital Advisers, Inc. (since 2007);
                                  Director of ICI Mutual Insurance Company (since 2007);
                                  Advisory Board, Center for Business Ethics, Bentley
                                  University; Trustee, Southwest Florida Community Foundation
                                  (charitable organization); former Directorships: Investment
                                  Company Institute (audit, executive, nominating committees)
                                  and Independent Directors Council (governance, executive
                                  committees)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Keith R. Fox (1954)               Managing General Partner, Exeter Capital Partners (a series           125
Board Member since                of private equity funds); Directorships: Progressive Holding
1996                              Corporation (kitchen goods importer and distributor); Natural
                                  History, Inc. (magazine publisher); Box Top Media Inc.
                                  (advertising); The Kennel Shop (retailer)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kenneth C. Froewiss               Clinical Professor of Finance, NYU Stern School of Business           125
(1945)                            (1997-present); Member, Finance Committee, Association for
Board Member since                Asian Studies (2002-present); Director, Mitsui Sumitomo
2001                              Insurance Group (US) (2004-present); prior thereto, Managing
                                  Director, J.P. Morgan (investment banking firm) (until 1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Richard J. Herring                Jacob Safra Professor of International Banking and Professor,         125
(1946)                            Finance Department, The Wharton School, University of
Board Member since                Pennsylvania (since July 1972); Co-Director, Wharton
1990                              Financial Institutions Center (since July 2000); Director,
                                  Japan Equity Fund, Inc. (since September 2007), Thai Capital
                                  Fund, Inc. (since September 2007), Singapore Fund, Inc.
                                  (since September 2007); formerly: Vice Dean and Director,
                                  Wharton Undergraduate Division (July 1995-June 2000);
                                  Director, Lauder Institute of International Management
                                  Studies (July 2000-June 2006)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William McClayton (1944)          Managing Director, Diamond Management & Technology                    125
Board Member since 2004           Consultants, Inc. (global management consulting firm)
                                  (2001-present); Directorship: Board of Managers, YMCA of
                                  Metropolitan Chicago; formerly: Senior Partner, Arthur
                                  Andersen LLP (accounting) (1966-2001); Trustee, Ravinia
                                  Festival
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rebecca W. Rimel                  President and Chief Executive Officer, The Pew Charitable             125
(1951)                            Trusts (charitable organization) (1994 to present); Trustee,
Board Member since                Thomas Jefferson Foundation (charitable organization) (1994
1995                              to present); Trustee, Executive Committee, Philadelphia
                                  Chamber of Commerce (2001 to 2007); Trustee, Pro Publica
                                  (2007-present) (charitable organization); Director,
                                  CardioNet, Inc.(2) (2009-present) (health care); formerly:
                                  Executive Vice President, The Glenmede Trust Company
                                  (investment trust and wealth management) (1983 to 2004);
                                  Board Member, Investor Education (charitable organization)
                                  (2004-2005); Director, Viasys Health Care(2) (January
                                  2007-June 2007)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William N. Searcy, Jr.            Private investor since October 2003; Trustee of 20 open-end           125
(1946)                            mutual funds managed by Sun Capital Advisers, Inc. (since
Board Member since                October 1998); formerly: Pension & Savings Trust Officer,
1993                              Sprint Corporation(2) (telecommunications) (November
                                  1989-September 2003)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jean Gleason Stromberg            Retired; formerly: Consultant (1997-2001); Director, US               125
(1943)                            Government Accountability Office (1996-1997); Partner,
Board Member since                Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (law firm) (1978-1996);
1997                              Directorships: The William and Flora Hewlett Foundation;
                                  Business Leadership Council, Wellesley College; former
                                  Directorships: Service Source, Inc., Mutual Fund Directors
                                  Forum (2002-2004), American Bar Retirement Association
                                  (funding vehicle for retirement plans) (1987-1990 and
                                  1994-1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert H. Wadsworth (1940)        President, Robert H. Wadsworth & Associates, Inc. (consulting         128
Board Member since 1999           firm) (1983 to present); Director, The Phoenix Boys Choir
                                  Association
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interested Board Member

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position    Business Experience and                                        Number of Funds
 with the Trust and Length of                                                                    in DWS Fund
 Time Served(1)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years                          Complex Overseen
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Axel Schwarzer(3)                Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management; Head of              125
 (1958)                           Deutsche Asset Management Americas; CEO of DWS Investments;
 Board Member since               relocated to Germany in July 2009 as Vice Chairman(4) of
 2006                             Deutsche Asset Management and Member of the Management Board
                                  of DWS Investments, responsible for Global Relationship
                                  Management; formerly: board member of DWS Investments,
                                  Germany (1999-2005); Head of Sales and Product Management for
                                  the Retail and Private Banking Division of Deutsche Bank in
                                  Germany (1997-1999); various strategic and operational
                                  positions for Deutsche Bank Germany Retail and Private
                                  Banking Division in the field of investment funds, tax driven
                                  instruments and asset management for corporates (1989-1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Officers(5)


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position
 with the Trust and Length of     Business Experience and
 Time Served(6)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Michael G. Clark(7) (1965)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2006-present); President of
 President, 2006-present          DWS family of funds; Director, ICI Mutual Insurance Company (since
                                  October 2007); formerly: Director of Fund Board Relations (2004-2006) and
                                  Director of Product Development (2000-2004), Merrill Lynch Investment Managers;
                                  Senior Vice President Operations, Merrill Lynch Asset Management (1999-2000)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 John Millette(8) (1962)          Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 Vice President and Secretary,
 1999-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Paul H. Schubert(7) (1963)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since July 2004); formerly:
 Chief Financial Officer,         Executive Director, Head of Mutual Fund Services and Treasurer for UBS Family
 2004-present                     of Funds (1998-2004); Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Finance at UBS
 Treasurer, 2005-present          Global Asset Management (1994-1998)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Caroline Pearson(8) (1962)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 Assistant Secretary,
 1997-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Rita Rubin(9) (1970)             Vice President and Counsel, Deutsche Asset Management (since October 2007);
 Assistant Secretary,             formerly, Vice President, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2004-2007);
 2009-present                     Attorney, Shearman & Sterling LLP (2004); Vice President and Associate General
                                  Counsel, UBS Global Asset Management (2001-2004)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Paul Antosca(8)                  Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since 2006); formerly: Vice President,
 (1957)                           The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (1990-2006)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jack Clark (8)                   Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since 2007); formerly: Vice President,
 (1967)                           State Street Corporation (2002-2007)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Diane Kenneally(8)               Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 (1966)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jason Vazquez(9) (1972)          Vice President, Deutsche Asset Management (since 2006); formerly: AML
 Anti-Money Laundering            Operations Manager for Bear Stearns (2004-2006); Supervising Compliance
 Compliance Officer,              Principal and Operations Manager for AXA Financial (1999-2004)
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Robert Kloby(9) (1962)           Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2004-present); formerly: Chief
 Chief Compliance Officer,        Compliance Officer/Chief Risk Officer, Robeco USA (2000-2004); Vice President,
 2006-present                     The Prudential Insurance Company of America (1988-2000); E.F. Hutton and
                                  Company (1984-1988)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 J. Christopher Jackson(9)        Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2006-present); formerly: Director,
 (1951)                           Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Assistant Secretary, Hansberger
 Chief Legal Officer,             Global Investors, Inc. (1996-2006); Director, National Society of Compliance
 2006-present                     Professionals (2002-2005) (2006-2009)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      The length of time served represents the year in which the Board Member
         joined the board of one or more DWS funds currently overseen by the
         Board.

(2)      A publicly held company with securities registered pursuant to Section
         12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(3)      The mailing address of Axel Schwarzer is DWS Investment GmbH, Mainzer
         Landstr. 178-190, Floor 5C, 60327 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. Mr.
         Schwarzer is an interested Board Member by virtue of his positions with
         Deutsche Asset Management. As an interested person, Mr. Schwarzer
         receives no compensation from the Fund.

(4)      Executive title, not a board directorship.

(5)      As a result of their respective positions held with the Advisor, these
         individuals are considered "interested persons" of the Advisor within
         the meaning of the 1940 Act. Interested persons receive no compensation
         from the Fund.

(6)      The length of time served represents the year in which the officer was
         first elected in such capacity for one or more DWS funds.

(7)      Address:  345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(8)      Address: One Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

(9)      Address:  280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

Certain officers hold similar positions for other investment companies for which
DIMA or an affiliate serves as the Advisor.

Officer's Role with Principal Underwriter:  DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.

 Paul H. Schubert:               Vice President
 Jason Vazquez:                  Vice President and AML Compliance Officer
 Caroline Pearson:               Secretary

Board Members' Responsibilities. The officers of the Trust manage its day-to-day
operations under the direction of the Board. The primary responsibility of the
Board is to represent the interests of the Fund and to provide oversight of the
management of the Fund.

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees:
Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Contract Committee, Equity
Oversight Committee, Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee, Marketing and
Shareholder Services Committee, and Operations Committee. For each committee,
the Board has adopted a written charter setting forth each committee's
responsibilities. Each committee was reconstituted effective April 1, 2008.

Audit Committee: The Audit Committee, which consists entirely of Independent
Board Members, assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight
of (1) the integrity of the financial statements, (2) the Fund's accounting and
financial reporting policies and procedures, (3) the Fund's compliance with
legal and regulatory requirements related to accounting and financial reporting
and (4) the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent
registered public accounting firm for the Fund. It also approves and recommends
to the Board the appointment, retention or termination of the independent
registered public accounting firm for the Fund, reviews the scope of audit and
internal controls, considers and reports to the Board on matters relating to the
Fund's accounting and financial reporting practices, and performs such other
tasks as the full Board deems necessary or appropriate. The Audit Committee
receives annual representations from the independent registered public
accounting firm as to its independence. The members of the Audit Committee are
William McClayton (Chair), Kenneth C. Froewiss (Vice Chair), John W. Ballantine,
Henry P. Becton, Jr., Keith R. Fox and William N. Searcy, Jr. During the
calendar year 2008, the Audit Committee of the Fund's Board held six (6)
meetings.

Nominating and Governance Committee: The Nominating and Governance Committee,
which consists entirely of Independent Board Members, recommends individuals for
membership on the Board, nominates officers, Board and committee chairs, vice
chairs and committee members, and oversees the operations of the Board. The
Nominating and Governance Committee also reviews recommendations by shareholders
for candidates for Board positions. Shareholders may recommend candidates for
Board positions by forwarding their correspondence by US mail or courier service
to Dawn-Marie Driscoll, P.O. Box 100176, Cape Coral, FL 33904. The members of
the Nominating and Governance Committee are Henry P. Becton, Jr. (Chair),
Rebecca W. Rimel (Vice Chair), Paul K. Freeman and William McClayton. During the
calendar year 2008, the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Fund's Board
held five (5) meetings.

Contract Committee: The Contract Committee, which consists entirely of
Independent Board Members, reviews at least annually, (a) the Fund's financial
arrangements with DIMA and its affiliates, and (b) the Fund's expense ratios.
The members of the Contract Committee are Robert H. Wadsworth (Chair), Keith R.
Fox (Vice Chair), Henry P. Becton, Jr., Richard J. Herring, William McClayton
and Jean Gleason Stromberg. During the calendar year 2008, the Contract Review
Committee of the Fund's Board held seven (7) meetings.

Equity Oversight Committee: The Equity Oversight Committee reviews the
investment operations of those funds that primarily invest in equity securities
(except for those funds managed by a quantitative investment team). The members
of the Equity Oversight Committee are John W. Ballantine (Chair), William
McClayton (Vice Chair), Henry P. Becton, Jr., Keith R. Fox, Richard J. Herring
and Rebecca W. Rimel. During the calendar year 2008, the Equity Oversight
Committee of the Fund's Board held five (5) meetings.

Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee: The Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight
Committee reviews the investment operations of those funds that primarily invest
in fixed-income securities or are managed by a quantitative investment team. The
members of the Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee are William N. Searcy,
Jr. (Chair), Jean Gleason Stromberg (Vice Chair), Dawn-Marie Driscoll, Kenneth
C. Froewiss and Robert H. Wadsworth. During the calendar year 2008, the
Fixed-Income Oversight Committee of the Fund's Board held five (5) meetings.

Marketing and Shareholder Services Committee: The Marketing and Shareholder
Services Committee reviews the Fund's marketing program, sales practices and
literature and shareholder services. The Marketing and Shareholder Services
Committee also considers matters relating to fund mergers and liquidations and
the organization of new funds. The members of the Marketing and Shareholder
Services Committee are Richard J. Herring (Chair), Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Vice
Chair), Rebecca W. Rimel, Jean Gleason Stromberg and Robert H. Wadsworth. During
the calendar year 2008, the Marketing/Distribution/Shareholder Service Committee
of the Fund's Board held four (4) meetings.

The Operations Committee: The Operations Committee reviews the administrative
operations, legal affairs and general compliance matters of the Fund. The
Operations Committee reviews administrative matters related to the operations of
the Fund, policies and procedures relating to portfolio transactions, custody
arrangements, fidelity bond and insurance arrangements, valuation of Fund assets
and securities and such other tasks as the full Board deems necessary or
appropriate. The Operations Committee also oversees the valuation of the Fund's
securities and other assets and determines, as needed, the fair value of Fund
securities or other assets under certain circumstances as described in the
Fund's Valuation Procedures. The Operations Committee has appointed a Valuation
Sub-Committee, which may make determinations of fair value required when the
Operations Committee is not in session. The members of the Operations Committee
are Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Chair), John W. Ballantine (Vice Chair), Kenneth C.
Froewiss, Rebecca W. Rimel and William N. Searcy, Jr. The members of the
Valuation Sub-Committee are Kenneth C. Froewiss (Chair), John W. Ballantine,
Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Alternate), Rebecca W. Rimel (Alternate) and William N.
Searcy, Jr. (Alternate). During the calendar year 2008, the Operations Committee
held five (5) meetings and the Valuation Sub-Committee held no meetings.

Ad Hoc Committees. In addition to the standing committees described above, from
time to time the Board may also form ad hoc committees to consider specific
issues.

Remuneration. Each Independent Board Member receives compensation from the Fund
for his or her services, which includes retainer fees and specified amounts for
various committee services and for the Board Chairperson. No additional
compensation is paid to any Independent Board Member for travel time to
meetings, attendance at directors' educational seminars or conferences, service
on industry or association committees, participation as speakers at directors'
conferences or service on special fund industry director task forces or
subcommittees. Independent Board Members do not receive any employee benefits
such as pension or retirement benefits or health insurance from the Fund or any
fund in the DWS fund complex.

Board Members who are officers, directors, employees or stockholders of Deutsche
Asset Management or its affiliates receive no direct compensation from the Fund,
although they are compensated as employees of Deutsche Asset Management, or its
affiliates, and as a result may be deemed to participate in fees paid by the
Fund. The following tables show compensation from the Fund and aggregate
compensation from all of the funds in the DWS fund complex received by each
Independent Board Member during the calendar year 2008. Mr. Schwarzer is an
interested person of the Fund and received no compensation from the Fund or any
fund in the DWS fund complex during the relevant periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Aggregate Compensation           Total Compensation
                             from DWS LifeCompass Protect            from Fund and
  Name of Board Member                 2017 Fund                  DWS Fund Complex(1)
  --------------------                 ---------                  -------------------

<S>                                       <C>                            <C>
  John W. Ballantine                      $494                           $237,500
  Henry P. Becton, Jr.(2)                $1,089                          $246,000
  Dawn-Marie Driscoll(2)(3)              $1,273                          $292,500
  Keith R. Fox(2)                        $1,017                          $229,500
  Paul K. Freeman                         $537                           $255,000
  Kenneth C. Froewiss                    $1,002                          $226,750
  Richard J. Herring(2)                  $1,056                          $240,000
  William McClayton(4)                    $573                           $257,500
  Rebecca W. Rimel(2)                    $1,040                          $233,500
  William N. Searcy, Jr.                 $1,044                          $238,000
  Jean Gleason Stromberg                  $995                           $225,500
  Robert H. Wadsworth                     $476                           $273,500
</TABLE>

(1)      The DWS fund complex is composed of 136 funds as of December 31, 2008.

(2)      Aggregate compensation includes amounts paid to the Board Members for
         special meetings of ad hoc committees of the Board in connection with
         the consolidation of the DWS fund boards and various funds, meetings
         for considering fund expense simplification initiatives, and
         consideration of issues specific to the Fund's direct shareholders
         (i.e., those shareholders who did not purchase shares through financial
         intermediaries). Such amounts totaled $8,000 for Mr. Becton, $2,000 for
         Ms. Driscoll, $2,000 for Mr. Fox, $2,000 for Dr. Herring and $8,000 for
         Ms. Rimel. These meeting fees were borne by the funds.

(3)      Includes $70,000 in annual retainer fees received by Ms. Driscoll as
         Chairperson of DWS funds.

(4)      Includes $15,000 paid to Mr. McClayton for numerous special meetings of
         an ad hoc committee of the former Chicago Board in connection with
         board consolidation initiatives.

Board Member Ownership in the Fund

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially
owned by each Board Member in the Fund and DWS fund complex as of December 31,
2008.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Dollar Range of Beneficial            Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                     Ownership               Ownership in all Funds Overseen by
                                                in DWS LifeCompass                      Board Member
Board Member                                         2017 Fund                   in the DWS Fund Complex(1)
------------                                         ---------                   --------------------------

Independent Board Member:
-------------------------

<S>                                                <C>  <C>                                     <C>
John W. Ballantine                                     None                                Over $100,000
Henry P. Becton, Jr.                                   None                                Over $100,000
Dawn-Marie Driscoll                                $1 - $10,000                            Over $100,000
Keith R. Fox                                           None                                Over $100,000
Paul K. Freeman                                        None                                Over $100,000
Kenneth C. Froewiss                                    None                                Over $100,000
Richard J. Herring                                     None                                Over $100,000
William McClayton                                      None                                Over $100,000
Rebecca W. Rimel                                       None                                Over $100,000
William N. Searcy, Jr.                                 None                                Over $100,000
Jean Gleason Stromberg                                 None                                Over $100,000
Robert H. Wadsworth                                    None                                Over $100,000

Interested Board Member:
------------------------

Axel Schwarzer                                         None                                Over $100,000
</TABLE>

(1)      Securities beneficially owned as defined under the 1934 Act include
         direct and/or indirect ownership of securities where the Board Member's
         economic interest is tied to the securities, employment ownership and
         securities when the Board Member can exert voting power, and when the
         Board Member has authority to sell the securities. The dollar ranges
         are: None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000 and over
         $100,000.

Ownership in Securities of the Advisor and Related Companies

As reported to the Fund, the information in the following table reflects
ownership by the Independent Board Members and their immediate family members of
certain securities as of December 31, 2008. Immediate family members can be a
spouse, children residing in the same household including step and adoptive
children, and any dependents. The securities represent ownership in the Advisor
or principal underwriter of the Fund and any persons (other than a registered
investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under
common control with the Advisor or principal underwriter of the Fund (including
Deutsche Bank AG).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Value of        Percent of
                                   Owner and                                     Securities on     Class on an
Independent                     Relationship to                     Title of     an Aggregate       Aggregate
Board Member                      Board Member         Company        Class          Basis            Basis
------------                      ------------         -------        -----          -----            -----

<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
John W. Ballantine                                      None
Henry P. Becton, Jr.                                    None
Dawn-Marie Driscoll                                     None
Keith R. Fox                                            None
Paul K. Freeman                                         None
Kenneth C. Froewiss                                     None
Richard J. Herring                                      None
William McClayton                                       None
Rebecca W. Rimel                                        None
William N. Searcy, Jr.                                  None
Jean Gleason Stromberg                                  None
Robert H. Wadsworth                                     None
</TABLE>

Securities Beneficially Owned

As of [Date within 30 days of filing], the Board Members and officers of the
Trust owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Fund.

To the best of the Fund's knowledge, as of [Date within 30 days of filing], no
person owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund's
outstanding shares, except as noted below.




Agreement to Indemnify Independent Trustees for Certain Expenses


In connection with litigation or regulatory action related to possible improper
market timing or other improper trading activity or possible improper marketing
and sales activity in certain DWS Funds (the "Affected Funds"), DIMA has agreed
to indemnify and hold harmless the Affected Funds ("Fund Indemnification
Agreement") against any and all loss, damage, liability and expense, arising
from market timing or marketing and sales matters alleged in any enforcement
actions brought by governmental authorities involving or potentially affecting
the Affected Funds or DIMA ("Enforcement Actions") or that are the basis for
private actions brought by shareholders of the Affected Funds against the
Affected Funds, their directors and officers, DIMA and/or certain other parties
("Private Litigation"), or any proceedings or actions that may be threatened or
commenced in the future by any person (including governmental authorities),
arising from or similar to the matters alleged in the Enforcement Actions or
Private Litigation. In recognition of its undertaking to indemnify the Affected
Funds and in light of the rebuttable presumption generally afforded to
independent directors/trustees of investment companies that they have not
engaged in disabling conduct, DIMA has also agreed, subject to applicable law
and regulation, to indemnify certain (or, with respect to certain Affected
Funds, all) of the Independent Trustees of the Affected Funds, against certain
liabilities the Independent Trustees may incur from the matters alleged in any
Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation or arising from or similar to the
matters alleged in the Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation, and advance
expenses that may be incurred by the Independent Trustees in connection with any
Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation. DIMA is not, however, required to
provide indemnification and advancement of expenses: (1) with respect to any
proceeding or action which the Affected Funds' Board determines that the
Independent Trustees ultimately would not be entitled to indemnification or (2)
for any liability of the Independent Trustees to the Fund or their shareholders
to which the Independent Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the
Independent Trustee's duties as a director or trustee of the Affected Funds as
determined in a final adjudication in such action or proceeding. The estimated
amount of any expenses that may be advanced to the Independent Trustees or
indemnity that may be payable under the indemnity agreements is currently
unknown. These agreements by DIMA will survive the termination of the investment
management agreements between DIMA and the Affected Funds.


                               TRUST ORGANIZATION

Organizational Description


DWS Target Fund (the "Trust") is an open-end, management investment company,
organized as a business trust under the laws of Massachusetts on August 3, 1988.
Effective May 1, 1994, the Trust changed its name from Kemper Retirement Fund to
Kemper Target Equity Fund. Subsequently, the Trust changed its name to Scudder
Target Equity Fund and to Scudder Target Fund effective February 15, 2002. The
Trust name was changed to DWS Target Fund as of February 6, 2006. The Trust may
issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest in one or more
series, all having no par value. The Trust currently has six series of shares.
The following five series are no longer offered: DWS Target 2010 Fund, DWS
Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target 2013 Fund and DWS Target 2014
Fund. DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund was organized in June 2007, and
commenced operations on November 1, 2007. The Fund has the authority to create
additional portfolios of the Trust. To the extent that the Fund offers
additional share classes, these classes will be offered in a separate prospectus
and have different fees, requirements and services.


The Trust is a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of
Massachusetts and is governed by an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
that was approved by shareholders in the second quarter of 2008, as may be
further amended from time to time (the "Declaration of Trust"). All shares
issued and outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable, transferable, have no
pre-emptive or conversion rights (except as may be determined by the Board of
Trustees) and are redeemable as described in the SAI and a Fund's prospectus.
Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of the Fund
as to voting, dividends, exchanges, conversion features and liquidation.
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional
votes for fractional shares held.


The Fund generally is not required to hold meetings of its shareholders. Under
the Declaration of Trust, however, shareholder meetings will be held in
connection with the following matters to the extent and as provided in the
Declaration of Trust and as required by applicable law: (a) the election or
removal of trustees if a meeting is called for such purpose; (b) the termination
of the Trust or a Fund thereof; (c) an amendment of the Declaration of Trust
that (i) would affect a shareholder right to vote, (ii) may be required by law
to be approved by shareholders, and (iii) is submitted to shareholders by the
Board of Trustees; (d) such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be
required by law; and (e) such additional matters as the Board of Trustees may
determine to be necessary or desirable. Shareholders also vote upon changes in
fundamental policies or restrictions.


Except as noted above, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of
Trustees may amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an
amendment, a supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of
Trust by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the Board of
Trustees, provided that any provision of the Declaration of Trust that requires
the approval of more than a majority of the Board of Trustees for any matter may
be amended only with the approval of such greater number of the Board of
Trustees. The Board of Trustees may, without any shareholder vote, amend the
Declaration of Trust (x) to supply any omission, to cure, correct or supplement
any ambiguous, defective or inconsistent provision hereof, or (y) if they deem
it necessary or advisable, to conform the Declaration of Trust to the
requirements of applicable law, including the 1940 Act or the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, but the Board of Trustees shall not be liable for
failing to do so, or (z) with respect to an amendment affecting a Fund or class,
for any reason at any time, if there are no shares of such Fund or class
outstanding at that time. In the event that the Board of Trustees, without
shareholder approval, make any material amendment to the Declaration of Trust
that affects the rights of shareholders, as determined by the Board of Trustees,
notice of the substance of such amendment shall be provided to shareholders
affected by such amendment at such time and in such manner as the Board of
Trustees determine to be appropriate, provided, however, that the failure to
provide such notice in any particular instance shall not affect the validity of
such amendment.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees, subject to
applicable law, may authorize the Trust or any Fund or class thereof to merge,
reorganize or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or series
thereof (including another Fund or class of the Trust) or other entity (in each
case, the "Surviving Entity") or the Board of Trustees may sell, lease or
exchange all or substantially all of the property owned or held for the account
of the Trust (or all or substantially all of the property allocated or belonging
to a particular Fund or class) including its good will to any Surviving Entity,
upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration as authorized by the
Board of Trustees. Such transactions may be effected through share-for-share
exchanges, transfers or sales of assets, in-kind redemptions and purchases,
exchange offers, or any other method approved by the Board of Trustees. The
Board of Trustees shall provide notice to affected shareholders of each
transaction. The authority granted to the Board of Trustees under this provision
of the Declaration of Trust remains subject to the requirements of the law. For
example, rules under the 1940 Act require reorganizations involving affiliated
funds to be approved by the shareholders of the fund being acquired unless
certain conditions are satisfied. As a result, some transactions will require
shareholder approval even though the Declaration of Trust may not otherwise
require it. Such transactions could, in certain circumstances, adversely affect
a Fund's or class' expense ratio or other aspects of a shareholder's investment.

The Declaration of Trust also provides that shareholder meeting quorum
requirements shall be established in the Trust's By-laws. The By-laws currently
in effect provide that the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of
thirty percent of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting (or of an individual
series or class if required to vote separately) shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business at meetings of shareholders of the Trust.

On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Trust
entitled to vote shall, except as otherwise provided in the Trust's By-Laws, be
voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or classes of
shares, except (a) when required by applicable law or when the Trustees shall
have determined that the matter affects one or more series or classes of shares
materially differently, shares shall be voted by individual series or class; and
(b) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests
of one or more series or classes, only shareholders of such series or classes
shall be entitled to vote thereon.

                             PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES


The Fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor, subject to
the Board's general oversight. The Advisor votes proxies pursuant to the proxy
voting policy and guidelines set forth in Appendix A to this SAI).

You may obtain information about how a fund voted proxies related to its
portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 by visiting the
Securities and Exchange Commission's Web site at www.sec.gov or by visiting our
Web site at: www.dws-investments.com (click on "proxy voting" at the bottom of
the page).




                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The financial statements, including the portfolio of investments, of DWS
LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, together with the Reports of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm, Financial Highlights and notes to financial
statements in the Annual Report to the Shareholders of the Fund dated April 30,
2009 are incorporated herein by reference and are hereby deemed to be a part of
this Statement of Additional Information.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The CUSIP numbers of the classes of the Fund offered herein are:


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund Class A: 23337N857.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund Class C: 23337N840.

DWS   LifeCompass   Protect  2017 Fund Institutional Class: 23337N824.

The Fund has a fiscal year ending April 30.


Many of the investment changes in a Fund will be made at prices different from
those prevailing at the time they may be reflected in a regular report to
shareholders of a Fund. These transactions will reflect investment decisions
made by the Advisor in light of a Fund's investment objective and policies, its
other portfolio holdings and tax considerations, and should not be construed as
recommendations for similar action by other investors.


The Fund's Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional Information omit
certain information contained in the Registration Statement which the Fund has
filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act and reference is hereby made to the
Registration Statement for further information with respect to the Fund and the
securities offered hereby. This Registration Statement and its amendments are
available for inspection by the public at the SEC in Washington, D.C.





                                   APPENDIX A

       Summary of Warranty Agreement for DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund


The following is a summary of certain material terms of the Warranty Agreement.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the complete Warranty Agreement,
which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of the Trust. Any
terms not defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Warranty Agreement.

Trigger Defeasance Events

The Warranty Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain Trigger
Defeasance Events, the Warranty Provider may cause the Fund to invest in a
defeasance portfolio, which is comprised predominantly of US government
securities with maturities within a range around the Maturity Date, or to take
steps to limit the equity exposure of the Fund. The term Trigger Defeasance
Event includes the following events:


         1.       The Aggregate Protected Amount exceeds the Financial Warranty
                  Amount Limit of $1 billion;

         2.       Any failure to (a) comply with limitations regarding eligible
                  investments, investment limitations, allocation or
                  re-allocation requirements, (b) provide the Warranty Provider
                  with continuous access to portfolio holdings via the Fund's
                  custodian, or (c) comply with trading restrictions, which
                  generally preclude the Advisor from trading after normal
                  market hours or on days that are not Exchange Business Days;

         3.       Any failure by the Advisor to provide a daily report regarding
                  portfolio information and outstanding share information unless
                  such failure is due solely to a force majeure event and
                  subject to applicable cure periods;

         4.       The Fund fails to pay the warranty fee when due and such
                  failure remains unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business
                  Days;

         5.       (a) The Advisor resigns; (b) the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor, (c) the Fund
                  appoints a successor investment advisor (including a
                  subadvisor) without the prior consent of the Warranty
                  Provider; (d) the Investment Management Agreement terminates
                  in accordance with its terms; or (e) the Advisor becomes
                  prohibited from serving as investment advisor to the Fund by
                  Section 9 of the 1940 Act; and in each of the cases of (a)
                  through (e) above, any successor investment advisor (including
                  the Advisor) that agrees to be bound by the terms of the
                  Warranty Agreement is appointed by the Board of the Trust or
                  the Shareholders, in each case without the prior written
                  consent of the Warranty Provider in its reasonable discretion;

         6.       The Advisor resigns, the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor or the
                  Investment Management Agreement terminates in accordance with
                  its terms and either (a) the Advisor is no longer obligated to
                  manage the Fund and a successor investment advisor acceptable
                  to the Warranty Provider has not entered into a management
                  agreement with the Fund, or (b) the termination of the
                  Investment Management Agreement is not yet effective and the
                  Board of Trustees has indicated its intention to appoint a
                  successor advisor notwithstanding that the Warranty Provider
                  has advised the Board that such successor would not be
                  acceptable to the Warranty Provider;

         7.       The Advisor does not otherwise manage in all material respects
                  the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment
                  objective, policies and strategies set forth in the
                  registration statement of the Trust and/or the Investment
                  Management Agreement;

         8.       Any representation or warranty made by the Advisor or Trust in
                  any transaction document or certification relating to, or
                  provided in connection with, the issuance of the Financial
                  Warranty shall have been incorrect or misleading when made or
                  when deemed made, except where such incorrect or misleading
                  representation or warranty could not reasonably be expected to
                  have an Adverse Effect;

         9.       The Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund's custodian shall fail to
                  perform any obligation, or breach any covenant under the
                  Warranty Agreement or any transaction document not otherwise
                  provided for above, which failure could reasonably be expected
                  to have an Adverse Effect and such violation is not cured in
                  accordance with the provisions of the Warranty Agreement;

         10.      The occurrence of (a) a regulatory event or litigation event
                  with respect to the Fund or Advisor that can reasonably be
                  expected to have an Adverse Effect, (b) an act of insolvency
                  of the Fund or Advisor, (c) the Trust ceases to be a duly
                  registered as an open-end management investment company under
                  the 1940 Act, an investment company for purposes of the
                  Commodity Exchange Act, or a regulated investment company
                  under the Internal Revenue Code, or (d) the adoption by the
                  Fund of a new share class without the express written consent
                  of the Warranty Provider;

         11.      Any change in circumstances in an underlying fund in which the
                  Fund is authorized to invest that could have an Adverse
                  Effect, and the Fund fails to liquidate its investment within
                  two (2) Business Days;

         12.      If the Advisor fails at any time to maintain a certain minimum
                  amount of assets under management unless the Advisor obtains
                  an unconditional guarantee of its obligations under the
                  Warranty Agreement acceptable to the Warranty Provider;

         13.      Any failure of a money market fund in which the Fund is
                  invested to be managed pursuant to the requirements of Rule
                  2a-7 or Rule 12d1-(b), unless such failure is remedied within
                  two (2) Business Days.

Termination Events

The Warranty Agreement and the Financial Warranty may be terminated by the Fund
or the Advisor by written notice to the Warranty Provider at any time upon the
occurrence of (a) an act of insolvency with respect to the Warranty Provider;
(b) in the event that the Warranty Provider ceases to be "well capitalized"
(based on its most recent Call Report filed with its primary Federal banking
regulator) within the meaning of the capital maintenance regulations of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); or (c) a failure by the Warranty
Provider to maintain a certain minimum long term financial strength and claims
paying ability rating, provided that the Warranty Provider shall be required to
be rated by no more than one of three ratings agencies and provided that, in
certain circumstances, the Warranty Provide may substitute an unconditional
guarantee that is acceptable to the Fund and the Advisor.

The Warranty Provider may terminate the Warranty Agreement and the Financial
Warranty upon the occurrence of the following events:

         o        The Advisor resigns; (b) the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor, (c) the Fund
                  appoints a successor investment advisor (including a
                  subadvisor) without the prior consent of the Warranty
                  Provider; (d) the Investment Management Agreement terminates
                  in accordance with its terms; or (e) the Advisor becomes
                  prohibited from serving as investment advisor to the Fund by
                  Section 9 of the 1940 Act; and in each of the cases any
                  successor advisor (including the Advisor) that agrees to be
                  bound by the terms of the Warranty Agreement is appointed by
                  the Board of the Trust or the Shareholders, in each case
                  without the prior written consent of the Warranty Provider in
                  its sole discretion and the successor advisor fails to agree
                  to the terms of the Warranty Agreement and other transaction
                  documents, fails to meet the credit approval of the Warranty
                  Provider, is subject to litigation or regulatory action that
                  may affect its ability to perform its obligations or its is
                  not reasonably believed by the Warranty Provider to be capable
                  of managing the Fund;

         o        The Fund terminates the Custodian Agreement and fails to
                  engage a successor custodian or engages a successor custodian
                  that does not agree to be bound by the transaction documents
                  and to provide the Warranty Provider with substantially
                  equivalent access to portfolio information as the custodian,
                  or the Fund amends the Custodian Agreement so that the
                  custodian is no longer bound by such provisions, or the
                  successor custodian is not a nationally recognized custodian
                  of assets of US registered investment companies;

         o        The Fund's assets are not, for any reason, within a reasonable
                  time (but not to exceed one Business Day) invested in a
                  defeasance portfolio upon the Warranty Provider's election to
                  invoke that remedy;

         o        If upon an allegation of negligence, recklessness, bad faith
                  or willful misconduct of the Advisor that contributes to a
                  shortfall in the Aggregate Protected Amount, the Advisor does
                  not pay, in full, certain amounts into escrow pending
                  resolution of such allegations by the Warranty Provider;

         o        A determination of negligence, recklessness, bad faith or
                  willful misconduct on the part of the Advisor or Fund under
                  any transaction document by any court of competent
                  jurisdiction or board of arbitration;

         o        The Advisor or the Trust does not deliver to the Warranty
                  Provider certain information in connection with assessing a
                  potential shortfall amount or after a trigger event within two
                  (2) Business Days of a request for such information;

         o        The Advisor fails to manage the assets of the Fund in
                  accordance with the investment objective, policies and
                  strategies set forth in the registration statement if such
                  failure would have an Adverse Effect on the Warranty Provider;

         o        The Advisor fails to deliver certain information and
                  instructions to the Custodian upon receipt of notice that the
                  Warranty Provider has exercised its right to deliver
                  irrevocable instructions to defease the portfolio;

         o        The Fund is no longer registered, or permitted to be
                  registered, as an investment company; or

         o        The Fund becomes subject to registration as a commodity pool
                  under the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that there is no
                  ability to terminate if the Fund can take action to avoid
                  registration under the Commodity Exchange Act or the Advisor
                  voluntarily defeases the portfolio.

Investment Limitations

So long as the Warranty Agreement and the Financial Warranty are in effect, the
Fund's portfolio must be managed by the Advisor in accordance with specific
investment limitations as provided in the Warranty Agreement. The investment
limitations summarized below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
investment limitations set forth in the Warranty Agreement.

Eligible Investments. At all times, the Fund's assets may only be invested in
Eligible Equity Investments and Eligible Fixed-Income Investments. Eligible
Equity Investments include: (i) futures contacts on any of the following
indices: S&P 500 Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index, S&P Mid-Cap 400
Index and MSCI EAFE Index or such other indices as may be agreed to by the
Warranty Provider and the Advisor ("Designated Indices"), (ii) exchange-traded
funds based on the Designated Indices that are organized as open-end investment
companies and trade on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Arca Exchange or
the American Stock Exchange ("ETFs"), (iii) shares of DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund, or any other DWS Fund as may be agreed to by the Warranty Provider and the
Advisor ("Underlying Funds") and (iv) cash and cash equivalents, including
shares of the QP Trust or any other money market fund (whether or not registered
under the 1940 Act) managed in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act
("Eligible Money Market Funds"). Eligible Fixed-Income Investments include: (i)
non-callable general obligations of the United States Treasury backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States of America that pay no interest or
dividend and have a single lump-sum maturity payment, including regular Separate
Trading of Registered Interest and Principal Securities ("STRIPS") or Principal
STRIPS, each with a maturity date within a range of the Fund's Maturity Date
(collectively, "US Zeroes"), (ii) shares of Underlying Funds and (iii) cash and
cash equivalents, including shares of Eligible Money Market Funds.

Active Component Restrictions. As of the close of business on each day the Fund
is open, the Fund's total equity exposure (as a percentage of the Fund's total
assets) is limited to an amount determined by a formula that takes into account,
among other things, the difference between current net asset value of the Fund
and the present value of the current Protected High NAV. Although the
permissible amount of total equity exposure will vary over time, in no event may
it exceed 130% of the Fund's total assets. With respect to the Fund's
investments in futures contracts and ETFs, on the last business day of each
month: (i) no more than 25% of the Fund's total equity exposure may be
represented by futures contracts and ETFs that track the performance of each of
the Russell 2000 Index, S&P 400 Mid-Cap Index and the MSCI EAFE Index, with the
25% limit applying to each such index individually; and (ii) no more than 50% of
the Fund's total equity exposure may be represented by futures contracts and
ETFs that track the performance of the Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index,
S&P 400 Mid-Cap Index and MSCI EAFE Index, with the 50% limit applying to such
indices in the aggregate. To the extent the Fund invests in futures contracts,
the Fund must earmark or segregate unencumbered cash and cash equivalents
sufficient to cover margin requirements, based on the marked-to-market value of
such futures contracts, and for asset coverage requirements as specified in the
Warranty Agreement or such greater amount as required by law. No futures
contract or ETF may be purchased by the Fund if at the time of purchase the
Fund's net long holdings of such investment would be equal or greater than 30%
of the average trading day volume of such investment.

Reserve Component Restrictions. As of the close of business on each day the Fund
is open, cash and cash equivalents held by the Fund and allocated to the Reserve
Component (that is not a defeasance portfolio) may not exceed three percent (3%)
of total assets provided that if the Reserve Component is equal to 70% or more
of the Fund's total assets, cash and cash equivalents may not exceed two percent
(2%) of the Fund's total assets.

Other Restrictions. Investments in the Underlying Funds are generally limited to
a percentage of each of the Active Component and/or the Reserve Component.
Additionally, based upon the percentage of the Fund's total assets allocated to
the Reserve Component or year remaining until the Maturity Date, any investment
in Underlying Funds will be allocated entirely to the Active Component. The Fund
may not borrow for investment purposes, although the Fund may borrow, after
consultation with the Warranty Provider, for temporary or emergency purposes
when it has insufficient cash to meet redemption requests. Other than as a
result of investing in Underlying Funds, futures contracts or entering into the
Warranty Agreement, the Fund may not invest in instruments that have the effect
of producing leverage.



                     APPENDIX B -- PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

       Deutsche Asset Management ("AM") Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines


I.       INTRODUCTION

AM has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures, which it
believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best
economic interest of clients, in accordance with its fiduciary duties and local
regulation. These Proxy Voting Policies, Procedures and Guidelines shall apply
to all accounts managed by US domiciled advisers and to all US client accounts
managed by non US regional offices. Non US regional offices are required to
maintain procedures and to vote proxies as may be required by law on behalf of
their non US clients. In addition, AM's proxy policies reflect the fiduciary
standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

The attached guidelines represent a set of global recommendations that were
determined by the Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee ("the GPVSC"). These
guidelines were developed to provide AM with a comprehensive list of
recommendations that represent how AM will generally vote proxies for its
clients. The recommendations derived from the application of these guidelines
are not intended to influence the various AM legal entities either directly or
indirectly by parent or affiliated companies. In addition, the organizational
structures and documents of the various AM legal entities allows, where
necessary or appropriate, the execution by individual AM subsidiaries of the
proxy voting rights independently of any DB parent or affiliated company. This
applies in particular to non U.S. fund management companies. The individuals
that make proxy voting decisions are also free to act independently, subject to
the normal and customary supervision by the management/boards of these AM legal
entities.


II.      AM'S PROXY VOTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Proxy votes are the property of AM's advisory clients.(1) As such, AM's
authority and responsibility to vote such proxies depend upon its contractual
relationships with its clients. AM has delegated responsibility for effecting
its advisory clients' proxy votes to Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS"),
an independent third-party proxy voting specialist. ISS votes AM's advisory
clients' proxies in accordance with AM's proxy guidelines or AM's specific
instructions. Where a client has given specific instructions as to how a proxy
should be voted, AM will notify ISS to carry out those instructions. Where no
specific instruction exists, AM will follow the procedures in voting the proxies
set forth in this document. Certain Taft-Hartley clients may direct AM to have
ISS vote their proxies in accordance with Taft Hartley voting Guidelines

_____________________

(1)      For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, "clients" refers to
         persons or entities: for which AM serves as investment adviser or
         sub-adviser; for which AM votes proxies; and that have an economic or
         beneficial ownership interest in the portfolio securities of issuers
         soliciting such proxies.

Clients may in certain instances contract with their custodial agent and notify
AM that they wish to engage in securities lending transactions. In such cases,
it is the responsibility of the custodian to deduct the number of shares that
are on loan so that they do not get voted twice.


III.     POLICIES

1.       Proxy voting activities are conducted in the best economic interest of
         clients

AM has adopted the following policies and procedures to ensure that proxies are
voted in accordance with the best economic interest of its clients, as
determined by AM in good faith after appropriate review.

2.       The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee

The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (the "GPVSC") is an internal working group
established by the applicable AM's Investment Risk Oversight Committee pursuant
to a written charter. The GPVSC is responsible for overseeing AM's proxy voting
activities, including:

(i)    adopting, monitoring and updating guidelines, attached as Exhibit A (the
       "Guidelines"), that provide how AM will generally vote proxies pertaining
       to a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters;

(ii)   voting proxies where (A) the issues are not covered by specific client
       instruction or the Guidelines; (B) the Guidelines specify that the issues
       are to be determined on a case-by-case basis; or (C) where an exception
       to the Guidelines may be in the best economic interest of AM's clients;
       and

(iii)  monitoring the Proxy Vendor Oversight's proxy voting activities (see
       below).

AM's Proxy Vendor Oversight, a function of AM's Operations Group, is responsible
for coordinating with ISS to administer AM's proxy voting process and for voting
proxies in accordance with any specific client instructions or, if there are
none, the Guidelines, and overseeing ISS' proxy responsibilities in this regard.

3.       Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and proxy voting
         record

Copies of these Policies and Procedures, as they may be updated from time to
time, are made available to clients as required by law and otherwise at AM's
discretion. Clients may also obtain information on how their proxies were voted
by AM as required by law and otherwise at AM's discretion; however, AM must not
selectively disclose its investment company clients' proxy voting records. The
Proxy Vendor Oversight will make proxy voting reports available to advisory
clients upon request. The investment companies' proxy voting records will be
disclosed to shareholders by means of publicly-available annual filings of each
company's proxy voting record for 12-month periods ended June 30 (see
"Recordkeeping" below), if so required by relevant law.


IV.      PROCEDURES

The key aspects of AM's proxy voting process are as follows:

1.       The GPVSC's Proxy Voting Guidelines

The Guidelines set forth the GPVSC's standard voting positions on a
comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters. The GPVSC has developed, and
continues to update the Guidelines based on consideration of current corporate
governance principles, industry standards, client feedback, and the impact of
the matter on issuers and the value of the investments.

The GPVSC will review the Guidelines as necessary to support the best economic
interests of AM's clients and, in any event, at least annually. The GPVSC will
make changes to the Guidelines, whether as a result of the annual review or
otherwise, taking solely into account the best economic interests of clients.
Before changing the Guidelines, the GPVSC will thoroughly review and evaluate
the proposed change and the reasons therefore, and the GPVSC Chair will ask
GPVSC members whether anyone outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche
Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory
client has requested or attempted to influence the proposed change and whether
any member has a conflict of interest with respect to the proposed change. If
any such matter is reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify
the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee (see below) and will defer
the approval, if possible. Lastly, the GPVSC will fully document its rationale
for approving any change to the Guidelines.

The Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual
practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of
the investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment
adviser or sponsor. Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment
companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences
may call for differences in voting positions on the same matter. Further, the
manner in which AM votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals
for which a AM-advised or sponsored investment company solicits proxies from its
shareholders. As reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end
(and open-end) investment companies are generally voted in accordance with the
pre-determined guidelines of ISS. See Section IV.3.B.

Funds ("Underlying Funds") in which Topiary Fund Management Fund of Funds (each,
a "Fund") invest, may from time to time seek to revise their investment terms
(i.e. liquidity, fees, etc.) or investment structure. In such event, the
Underlying Funds may require approval/consent from its investors to effect the
relevant changes. Topiary Fund Management has adopted Proxy Voting Procedures
which outline the process for these approvals.

2.       Specific proxy voting decisions made by the GPVSC

The Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to the GPVSC all proxy proposals (i) that
are not covered by specific client instructions or the Guidelines; or (ii) that,
according to the Guidelines, should be evaluated and voted on a case-by-case
basis.

Additionally, if, the Proxy Vendor Oversight, the GPVSC Chair or any member of
the GPVSC, a portfolio manager, a research analyst or a sub-adviser believes
that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in
the best economic interests of clients, that individual may bring the matter to
the attention of the GPVSC Chair and/or the Proxy Vendor Oversight.(2)

_____________________

(2)      The Proxy Vendor Oversight generally monitors upcoming proxy
         solicitations for heightened attention from the press or the industry
         and for novel or unusual proposals or circumstances, which may prompt
         the Proxy Vendor Oversight to bring the solicitation to the attention
         of the GPVSC Chair. AM portfolio managers, AM research analysts and
         sub-advisers also may bring a particular proxy vote to the attention of
         the GPVSC Chair, as a result of their ongoing monitoring of portfolio
         securities held by advisory clients and/or their review of the periodic
         proxy voting record reports that the GPVSC Chair distributes to AM
         portfolio managers and AM research analysts.

If the Proxy Vendor Oversight refers a proxy proposal to the GPVSC or the GPVSC
determines that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines is
not in the best economic interests of clients, the GPVSC will evaluate and vote
the proxy, subject to the procedures below regarding conflicts.

The GPVSC endeavors to hold meetings to decide how to vote particular proxies
sufficiently before the voting deadline so that the procedures below regarding
conflicts can be completed before the GPVSC's voting determination.

3.       Certain proxy votes may not be cast

In some cases, the GPVSC may determine that it is in the best economic interests
of its clients not to vote certain proxies. If the conditions below are met with
regard to a proxy proposal, AM will abstain from voting:

o        Neither the Guidelines nor specific client instructions cover an issue;

o        ISS does not make a recommendation on the issue;

o        The GPVSC cannot convene on the proxy proposal at issue to make a
         determination as to what would be in the client's best interest. (This
         could happen, for example, if the Conflicts of Interest Management
         Sub-committee found that there was a material conflict or if despite
         all best efforts being made, the GPVSC quorum requirement could not be
         met).

In addition, it is AM's policy not to vote proxies of issuers subject to laws of
those jurisdictions that impose restrictions upon selling shares after proxies
are voted, in order to preserve liquidity. In other cases, it may not be
possible to vote certain proxies, despite good faith efforts to do so. For
example, some jurisdictions do not provide adequate notice to shareholders so
that proxies may be voted on a timely basis. Voting rights on securities that
have been loaned to third-parties transfer to those third-parties, with loan
termination often being the only way to attempt to vote proxies on the loaned
securities. Lastly, the GPVSC may determine that the costs to the client(s)
associated with voting a particular proxy or group of proxies outweighs the
economic benefits expected from voting the proxy or group of proxies.

The Proxy Vendor Oversight will coordinate with the GPVSC Chair regarding any
specific proxies and any categories of proxies that will not or cannot be voted.
The reasons for not voting any proxy shall be documented.

4.       Conflict of Interest Procedures

A. Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence

Overriding Principle. In the limited circumstances where the GPVSC votes
proxies,(3) the GPVSC will vote those proxies in accordance with what it, in
good faith, determines to be the best economic interests of AM's clients.(4)

_____________________

(3)      As mentioned above, the GPVSC votes proxies (i) where neither a
         specific client instruction nor a Guideline directs how the proxy
         should be voted, (ii) where the Guidelines specify that an issue is to
         be determined on a case by case basis or (iii) where voting in
         accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic
         interests of clients.

(4)      The Proxy Vendor Oversight, who serves as the non-voting secretary of
         the GPVSC, may receive routine calls from proxy solicitors and other
         parties interested in a particular proxy vote. Any contact that
         attempts to exert improper pressure or influence shall be reported to
         the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

Independence of the GPVSC. As a matter of Compliance policy, the GPVSC and the
Proxy Vendor Oversight are structured to be independent from other parts of
Deutsche Bank. Members of the GPVSC and the employee responsible for Proxy
Vendor Oversight are employees of AM. As such, they may not be subject to the
supervision or control of any employees of Deutsche Bank Corporate and
Investment Banking division ("CIB"). Their compensation cannot be based upon
their contribution to any business activity outside of AM without prior approval
of Legal and Compliance. They can have no contact with employees of Deutsche
Bank outside of the Private Client and Asset Management division ("PCAM")
regarding specific clients, business matters or initiatives without the prior
approval of Legal and Compliance. They furthermore may not discuss proxy votes
with any person outside of AM (and within AM only on a need to know basis).

Conflict Review Procedures. There will be a committee (the "Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee") established within AM that will monitor for
potential material conflicts of interest in connection with proxy proposals that
are to be evaluated by the GPVSC. Promptly upon a determination that a vote
shall be presented to the GPVSC, the GPVSC Chair shall notify the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee. The Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee shall promptly collect and review any information deemed
reasonably appropriate to evaluate, in its reasonable judgment, if AM or any
person participating in the proxy voting process has, or has the appearance of,
a material conflict of interest. For the purposes of this policy, a conflict of
interest shall be considered "material" to the extent that a reasonable person
could expect the conflict to influence, or appear to influence, the GPVSC's
decision on the particular vote at issue. GPVSC should provide the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee a reasonable amount of time (no less than 24
hours) to perform all necessary and appropriate reviews. To the extent that a
conflicts review can not be sufficiently completed by the Conflicts of Interest
Management Sub-Committee the proxies will be voted in accordance with the
standard guidelines.

The information considered by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee
may include without limitation information regarding (i) AM client
relationships; (ii) any relevant personal conflict known by the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee or brought to the attention of that
sub-committee; (iii) and any communications with members of the GPVSC (or anyone
participating or providing information to the GPVSC) and any person outside of
the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity
that identifies itself as a AM advisory client regarding the vote at issue. In
the context of any determination, the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee may consult with, and shall be entitled to rely upon, all
applicable outside experts, including legal counsel.

Upon completion of the investigation, the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee will document its findings and conclusions. If the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee determines that (i) AM has a material conflict
of interest that would prevent it from deciding how to vote the proxies
concerned without further client consent or (ii) certain individuals should be
recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, the Conflicts of Interest
Management Sub-Committee will so inform the GPVSC chair.

If notified that AM has a material conflict of interest as described above, the
GPVSC chair will obtain instructions as to how the proxies should be voted
either from (i) if time permits, the effected clients, or (ii) in accordance
with the standard guidelines. If notified that certain individuals should be
recused from the proxy vote at issue, the GPVSC Chair shall do so in accordance
with the procedures set forth below.

Note: Any AM employee who becomes aware of a potential, material conflict of
interest in respect of any proxy vote to be made on behalf of clients shall
notify Compliance. Compliance shall call a meeting of the conflict review
committee to evaluate such conflict and determine a recommended course of
action.

Procedures to be followed by the GPVSC. At the beginning of any discussion
regarding how to vote any proxy, the GPVSC Chair (or his or her delegate) will
inquire as to whether any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio) or any
person participating in the proxy voting process has a personal conflict of
interest or has actual knowledge of an actual or apparent conflict that has not
been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

The GPVSC Chair also will inquire of these same parties whether they have actual
knowledge regarding whether any director, officer or employee outside of the AM
organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that
identifies itself as a AM advisory client, has: (i) requested that AM, the Proxy
Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof) or a GPVSC member vote a particular
proxy in a certain manner; (ii) attempted to influence AM, the Proxy Vendor
Oversight (or any member thereof), a GPVSC member or any other person in
connection with proxy voting activities; or (iii) otherwise communicated with a
GPVSC member or any other person participating or providing information to the
GPVSC regarding the particular proxy vote at issue, and which incident has not
yet been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub- Committee.

If any such incidents are reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly
notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and, if possible, will
delay the vote until the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee can
complete the conflicts report. If a delay is not possible, the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee will instruct the GPVSC whether anyone should
be recused from the proxy voting process, or whether AM should vote the proxy in
accordance with the standard guidelines, seek instructions as to how to vote the
proxy at issue from ISS or, if time permits, the effected clients. These
inquiries and discussions will be properly reflected in the GPVSC's minutes.

Duty to Report. Any AM employee, including any GPVSC member (whether voting or
ex officio), that is aware of any actual or apparent conflict of interest
relevant to, or any attempt by any person outside of the AM organization (but
within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as
a AM advisory client to influence, how AM votes its proxies has a duty to
disclose the existence of the situation to the GPVSC Chair (or his or her
designee) and the details of the matter to the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee. In the case of any person participating in the deliberations on a
specific vote, such disclosure should be made before engaging in any activities
or participating in any discussion pertaining to that vote.

Recusal of Members. The GPVSC will recuse from participating in a specific proxy
vote any GPVSC members (whether voting or ex officio) and/or any other person
who (i) are personally involved in a material conflict of interest; or (ii) who,
as determined by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee, have actual
knowledge of a circumstance or fact that could effect their independent
judgment, in respect of such vote. The GPVSC will also exclude from
consideration the views of any person (whether requested or volunteered) if the
GPVSC or any member thereof knows, or if the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee has determined, that such other person has a material conflict of
interest with respect to the particular proxy, or has attempted to influence the
vote in any manner prohibited by these policies.

If, after excluding all relevant GPVSC voting members pursuant to the paragraph
above, there are three or more GPVSC voting members remaining, those remaining
GPVSC members will determine how to vote the proxy in accordance with these
Policies and Procedures. If there are fewer than three GPVSC voting members
remaining, the GPVSC Chair will vote the proxy in accordance with the standard
guidelines, will obtain instructions as to how to have the proxy voted from, if
time permits, the effected clients and otherwise from ISS.

B.       Investment Companies and Affiliated Public Companies

Investment Companies. As reflected in the Guidelines, all proxies solicited by
open-end and closed-end investment companies are voted in accordance with the
pre-determined guidelines of ISS, unless the investment company client directs
AM to vote differently on a specific proxy or specific categories of proxies.
However, regarding investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as
investment adviser or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same
proportion as the vote of all other shareholders (i.e., "mirror" or "echo"
voting). Master fund proxies solicited from feeder funds are voted in accordance
with applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds ("ETF")
issuers that have received exemptive orders from the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission allowing investing DWS funds to exceed the limits set forth
in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, DeAM will
echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of
outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation
agreements and SEC orders.

Affiliated Public Companies. For proxies solicited by non-investment company
issuers of or within the Deutsche Bank organization, e.g., Deutsche bank itself,
these proxies will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of other
shareholders (i.e., "mirror" or "echo" voting).

Note: With respect to the QP Trust (not registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the
investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to
the QP Trust, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent
with the Fund's best interest.

C.       Other Procedures That Limit Conflicts of Interest

AM and other entities in the Deutsche Bank organization have adopted a number of
policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to avoid various
conflicts of interest, including those that may arise in connection with proxy
voting, including:

o        Deutsche Bank Americas Restricted Activities Policy. This policy
         provides for, among other things, independence of AM employees from
         CIB, and information barriers between AM and other affiliates.
         Specifically, no AM employee may be subject to the supervision or
         control of any employee of CIB. No AM employee shall have his or her
         compensation based upon his or her contribution to any business
         activity within the Bank outside of the business of AM, without the
         prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Further, no employee of CIB
         shall have any input into the compensation of a AM employee without the
         prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Under the information barriers
         section of this policy, as a general rule, AM employees who are
         associated with the investment process should have no contact with
         employees of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, outside of PCAM,
         regarding specific clients, business matters, or initiatives. Further,
         under no circumstances should proxy votes be discussed with any
         Deutsche Bank employee outside of AM (and should only be discussed on a
         need-to-know basis within AM).

Other relevant internal policies include the Deutsche Bank Americas Code of
Professional Conduct, the Deutsche Asset Management Information Sharing
Procedures, the Deutsche Asset Management Code of Ethics, the Sarbanes-Oxley
Senior Officer Code of Ethics, and the Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct. The
GPVSC expects that these policies, procedures and internal controls will greatly
reduce the chance that the GPVSC (or, its members) would be involved in, aware
of or influenced by, an actual or apparent conflict of interest.


V.       RECORDKEEPING

At a minimum, the following types of records must be properly maintained and
readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

o        AM will maintain a record of each vote cast by AM that includes among
         other things, company name, meeting date, proposals presented, vote
         cast and shares voted.

o        The Proxy Vendor Oversight maintains records for each of the proxy
         ballots it votes. Specifically, the records include, but are not
         limited to:

         -        The proxy statement (and any additional solicitation
                  materials) and relevant portions of annual statements.

         -        Any additional information considered in the voting process
                  that may be obtained from an issuing company, its agents or
                  proxy research firms.

         -        Analyst worksheets created for stock option plan and share
                  increase analyses.

         -        Proxy Edge print-screen of actual vote election.

o        AM will retain these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines; will
         maintain records of client requests for proxy voting information; and
         will retain any documents the Proxy Vendor Oversight or the GPVSC
         prepared that were material to making a voting decision or that
         memorialized the basis for a proxy voting decision.

o        The GPVSC also will create and maintain appropriate records documenting
         its compliance with these Policies and Procedures, including records of
         its deliberations and decisions regarding conflicts of interest and
         their resolution.

o        With respect to AM's investment company clients, ISS will create and
         maintain records of each company's proxy voting record for 12-month
         periods ended June 30. AM will compile the following information for
         each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any
         shareholder meeting held during the period covered by the report and
         with respect to which the company was entitled to vote:

         -        The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

         -        The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if
                  symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

         -        The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures
                  number for the portfolio security (if the number is available
                  through reasonably practicable means);

         -        The shareholder meeting date;

         -        A brief identification of the matter voted on;

         -        Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security
                  holder;

         -        Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

         -        How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal,
                  or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors);
                  and

         -        Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Note: This list is intended to provide guidance only in terms of the records
that must be maintained in accordance with this policy. In addition, please note
that records must be maintained in accordance with the applicable AM Records
Management Policy.

With respect to electronically stored records, "properly maintained" is defined
as complete, authentic (unalterable) usable and backed-up. At a minimum, records
should be retained for a period of not less than six years (or longer, if
necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements), the first three
years in an appropriate AM office.


VI.      THE GPVSC'S OVERSIGHT ROLE

In addition to adopting the Guidelines and making proxy voting decisions on
matters referred to it as set forth above, the GPVSC will monitor the proxy
voting process by reviewing summary proxy information presented by ISS. The
GPVSC will use this review process to determine, among other things, whether any
changes should be made to the Guidelines. This review will take place at least
quarterly and will be documented in the GPVSC's minutes.


Attachment A - Global Proxy Voting Guidelines







                            Deutsche Asset Management

                         Global Proxy Voting Guidelines



                             As Amended October 2008


                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Table of contents

I        Board Of Directors And Executives

         A        Election Of Directors

         B        Classified Boards Of Directors

         C        Board And Committee Independence

         D        Liability And Indemnification Of Directors

         E        Qualifications Of Directors

         F        Removal Of Directors And Filling Of Vacancies

         G        Proposals To Fix The Size Of The Board

         H        Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer's Service on

                  Multiple Boards

         I        Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on

                  Multiple Boards

         J        Proposals to Establish Audit Committees

II       Capital Structure

         A        Authorization Of Additional Shares

         B        Authorization Of "Blank Check" Preferred Stock

         C        Stock Splits/Reverse Stock Splits

         D        Dual Class/Supervoting Stock

         E        Large Block Issuance

         F        Recapitalization Into A Single Class Of Stock

         G        Share Repurchases

         H        Reductions In Par Value

III      Corporate Governance Issues

         A        Confidential Voting

         B        Cumulative Voting

         C        Supermajority Voting Requirements

         D        Shareholder Right To Vote

IV       Compensation

         A        Establishment of a Remuneration Committee

         B        Executive And Director Stock Option Plans

         C        Employee Stock Option/Purchase Plans

         D        Golden Parachutes

         E        Proposals To Limit Benefits Or Executive Compensation

         F        Option Expensing

         G        Management board election and motion

         H        Remuneration (variable pay)

         I        Long-term incentive plans

         J        Shareholder Proposals Concerning "Pay For Superior
                  Performance"

         K        Executive Compensation Advisory

V        Anti-Takeover Related Issues

         A        Shareholder Rights Plans ("Poison Pills")

         B        Reincorporation

         C        Fair-Price Proposals

         D        Exemption From State Takeover Laws

         E        Non-Financial Effects Of Takeover Bids

VI       Mergers & Acquisitions

VII      Social & Political Issues

         A        Labor & Human Rights

         B        Diversity & Equality

         C        Health & Safety

         D        Government/Military

         E        Tobacco

VIII     Environmental Issues

IX       Miscellaneous Items

         A        Ratification Of Auditors

         B        Limitation Of Non-Audit Services Provided By Independent
                  Auditor

         C        Audit Firm Rotation

         D        Transaction Of Other Business

         E        Motions To Adjourn The Meeting

         F        Bundled Proposals

         G        Change Of Company Name

         H        Proposals Related To The Annual Meeting

         I        Reimbursement Of Expenses Incurred From Candidate Nomination

         J        Investment Company Proxies

         K        International Proxy Voting


These Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual
practices of the public company (ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or
of the investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment
adviser or sponsor.

NOTE: Because of the unique structure and regulatory scheme applicable to
closed-end investment companies, the voting guidelines (particularly those
related to governance issues) generally will be inapplicable to holdings of
closed-end investment companies. As a result, determinations on the appropriate
voting recommendation for closed-end investment company shares will be made on a
case-by-case basis.


I.       Board of Directors and Executives

A.       Election of Directors

Routine: AM Policy is to vote "for" the uncontested election of directors. Votes
for a director in an uncontested election will be withheld in cases where a
director has shown an inability to perform his/her duties in the best interests
of the shareholders.

Proxy contest: In a proxy contest involving election of directors, a
case-by-case voting decision will be made based upon analysis of the issues
involved and the merits of the incumbent and dissident slates of directors. AM
will incorporate the decisions of a third party proxy research vendor,
currently, Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") subject to review by the
Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (GPVSC) as set forth in the AM's Proxy Voting
Policies and Procedures.

Rationale: The large majority of corporate directors fulfill their fiduciary
obligation and in most cases support for management's nominees is warranted. As
the issues relevant to a contested election differ in each instance, those cases
must be addressed as they arise.

B.       Classified Boards of Directors

AM policy is to vote against proposals to classify the board and for proposals
to repeal classified boards and elect directors annually.

Rationale: Directors should be held accountable on an annual basis. By
entrenching the incumbent board, a classified board may be used as an
anti-takeover device to the detriment of the shareholders in a hostile take-over
situation.

C.       Board and Committee Independence

AM policy is to vote:

1.       "For" proposals that require that a certain percentage (majority up to
         66 2/3%) of members of a board of directors be comprised of independent
         or unaffiliated directors.

2.       "For" proposals that require all members of a company's compensation,
         audit, nominating, or other similar committees be comprised of
         independent or unaffiliated directors.

3.       "Against" shareholder proposals to require the addition of special
         interest, or constituency, representatives to boards of directors.

4.       "For" separation of the Chairman and CEO positions.

5.       "Against" proposals that require a company to appoint a Chairman who is
         an independent director.

Rationale: Board independence is a cornerstone of effective governance and
accountability. A board that is sufficiently independent from management assures
that shareholders' interests are adequately represented. However, the Chairman
of the board must have sufficient involvement in and experience with the
operations of the company to perform the functions required of that position and
lead the company.

No director qualifies as 'independent' unless the board of directors
affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the
listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an
organization that has a relationship with the company).

Whether a director is in fact not "independent" will depend on the laws and
regulations of the primary market for the security and the exchanges, if any, on
which the security trades.

D.       Liability and Indemnification of Directors

AM policy is to vote "for" management proposals to limit directors' liability
and to broaden the indemnification of directors, unless broader indemnification
or limitations on directors' liability would effect shareholders' interests in
pending litigation.

Rationale: While shareholders want directors and officers to be responsible for
their actions, it is not in the best interests of the shareholders for them to
be to risk averse. If the risk of personal liability is too great, companies may
not be able to find capable directors willing to serve. We support expanding
coverage only for actions taken in good faith and not for serious violations of
fiduciary obligation or negligence.

E.       Qualifications of Directors

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on either management or
shareholder proposals that set retirement ages for directors or require specific
levels of stock ownership by directors.

Rationale: As a general rule, the board of directors, and not the shareholders,
is most qualified to establish qualification policies.

F.       Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals that include provisions that directors
may be removed only for cause or proposals that include provisions that only
continuing directors may fill board vacancies.

Rationale: Differing state statutes permit removal of directors with or without
cause. Removal of directors for cause usually requires proof of self-dealing,
fraud or misappropriation of corporate assets, limiting shareholders' ability to
remove directors except under extreme circumstances. Removal without cause
requires no such showing.

Allowing only incumbent directors to fill vacancies can serve as an
anti-takeover device, precluding shareholders from filling the board until the
next regular election.

G.       Proposals to Fix the Size of the Board

AM policy is to vote:

1.       "For" proposals to fix the size of the board unless: (a) no specific
         reason for the proposed change is given; or (b) the proposal is part of
         a package of takeover defenses.

2.       "Against" proposals allowing management to fix the size of the board
         without shareholder approval.

Rationale: Absent danger of anti-takeover use, companies should be granted a
reasonable amount of flexibility in fixing the size of its board.

H.       Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer's Service on Multiple
         Boards

AM policy is to vote "For" proposals to restrict a Chief Executive Officer from
serving on more than three outside boards of directors.

Rationale: Chief Executive Officer must have sufficient time to ensure that
shareholders' interests are represented adequately.

Note: A director's service on multiple closed-end fund boards within a fund
complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy
voting guidelines.

I.       Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on Multiple
         Boards (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to restrict a Supervisory Board Member from
serving on more than five supervisory boards.

Rationale: We consider a strong, independent and knowledgeable supervisory board
as important counter-balance to executive management to ensure that the
interests of shareholders are fully reflected by the company.

Full information should be disclosed in the annual reports and accounts to allow
all shareholders to judge the success of the supervisory board controlling their
company.

Supervisory Board Member must have sufficient time to ensure that shareholders'
interests are represented adequately.

Note: A director's service on multiple closed-end fund boards within a fund
complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy
voting guidelines.

J.       Proposals to Establish Audit Committees (For FFT and U.S. Securities)
         AM policy is to vote "for" proposals that require the establishment of
         audit committees.

Rationale: The audit committee should deal with accounting and risk management
related questions, verifies the independence of the auditor with due regard to
possible conflicts of interest. It also should determine the procedure of the
audit process.


II.      Capital Structure

A.       Authorization of Additional Shares (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to increase the authorization of existing
classes of stock that do not exceed a 3:1 ratio of shares authorized to shares
outstanding for a large cap company, and do not exceed a 4:1 ratio of shares
authorized to shares outstanding for a small-midcap company (companies having a
market capitalization under one billion U.S. dollars.).

Rationale: While companies need an adequate number of shares in order to carry
on business, increases requested for general financial flexibility must be
limited to protect shareholders from their potential use as an anti-takeover
device. Requested increases for specifically designated, reasonable business
purposes (stock split, merger, etc.) will be considered in light of those
purposes and the number of shares required.

B.       Authorization of "Blank Check" Preferred Stock (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote:

1.   "Against" proposals to create blank check preferred stock or to increase
     the number of authorized shares of blank check preferred stock unless the
     company expressly states that the stock will not be used for anti-takeover
     purposes and will not be issued without shareholder approval.

2.   "For" proposals mandating shareholder approval of blank check stock
     placement.

Rationale: Shareholders should be permitted to monitor the issuance of classes
of preferred stock in which the board of directors is given unfettered
discretion to set voting, dividend, conversion and other rights for the shares
issued.

C.       Stock Splits/Reverse Stock Splits

AM policy is to vote "for" stock splits if a legitimate business purpose is set
forth and the split is in the shareholders' best interests. A vote is cast "for"
a reverse stock split only if the number of shares authorized is reduced in the
same proportion as the reverse split or if the effective increase in authorized
shares (relative to outstanding shares) complies with the proxy guidelines for
common stock increases (see, Section II.A, above.)

Rationale: Generally, stock splits do not detrimentally effect shareholders.
Reverse stock splits, however, may have the same result as an increase in
authorized shares and should be analyzed accordingly.

D.       Dual Class/Supervoting Stock

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals to create or authorize additional
shares of super-voting stock or stock with unequal voting rights.

Rationale: The "one share, one vote" principal ensures that no shareholder
maintains a voting interest exceeding their equity interest in the company.

E.       Large Block Issuance (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to address large block issuances of stock on a case-by-case basis,
incorporating the recommendation of an independent third party proxy research
firm (currently ISS) subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in AM's Proxy
Policies and Procedures.

Additionally, AM supports proposals requiring shareholder approval of large
block issuances.

Rationale: Stock issuances must be reviewed in light of the business
circumstances leading to the request and the potential impact on shareholder
value.

F.       Recapitalization into a Single Class of Stock

AM policy is to vote "for" recapitalization plans to provide for a single class
of common stock, provided the terms are fair, with no class of stock being
unduly disadvantaged.

Rationale: Consolidation of multiple classes of stock is a business decision
that may be left to the board and/management if there is no adverse effect on
shareholders.

G.       Share Repurchases

AM policy is to vote "for" share repurchase plans provided all shareholders are
able to participate on equal terms.

Rationale: Buybacks are generally considered beneficial to shareholders because
they tend to increase returns to the remaining shareholders.

H.       Reductions in Par Value

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to reduce par value, provided a legitimate
business purpose is stated (e.g., the reduction of corporate tax
responsibility.)

Rationale: Usually, adjustments to par value are a routine financial decision
with no substantial impact on shareholders.


III.     Corporate Governance Issues

A.       Confidential Voting

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to provide for confidential voting and
independent tabulation of voting results and to vote "against" proposals to
repeal such provisions.

Rationale: Confidential voting protects the privacy rights of all shareholders.
This is particularly important for employee-shareholders or shareholders with
business or other affiliations with the company, who may be vulnerable to
coercion or retaliation when opposing management. Confidential voting does not
interfere with the ability of corporations to communicate with all shareholders,
nor does it prohibit shareholders from making their views known directly to
management.

B.       Cumulative Voting (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals requesting cumulative
voting and "for" management proposals to eliminate it. The protections afforded
shareholders by cumulative voting are not necessary when a company has a history
of good performance and does not have a concentrated ownership interest.
Accordingly, a vote is cast "against" cumulative voting and "for" proposals to
eliminate it if:

a)       The company has a five year return on investment greater than the
         relevant industry index,

b)       All directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own less
         than 10% of the outstanding stock, and

c)       No shareholder (or voting block) beneficially owns 15% or more of the
         company.

Thus, failure of any one of the three criteria results in a vote for cumulative
voting in accordance with the general policy.

Rationale: Cumulative voting is a tool that should be used to ensure that
holders of a significant number of shares may have board representation;
however, the presence of other safeguards may make their use unnecessary.

C.       Supermajority Voting Requirements

AM policy is to vote "against" management proposals to require a supermajority
vote to amend the charter or bylaws and to vote "for" shareholder proposals to
modify or rescind existing supermajority requirements.

*Exception made when company holds a controlling position and seeks to lower
threshold to maintain control and/or make changes to corporate by-laws.

Rationale: Supermajority voting provisions violate the democratic principle that
a simple majority should carry the vote. Setting supermajority requirements may
make it difficult or impossible for shareholders to remove egregious by-law or
charter provisions. Occasionally, a company with a significant insider held
position might attempt to lower a supermajority threshold to make it easier for
management to approve provisions that may be detrimental to shareholders. In
that case, it may not be in the shareholders interests to lower the
supermajority provision.

D.       Shareholder Right to Vote

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals that restrict the right of shareholders
to call special meetings, amend the bylaws, or act by written consent. Policy is
to vote "for" proposals that remove such restrictions.

Rationale: Any reasonable means whereby shareholders can make their views known
to management or effect the governance process should be supported.


IV.      Compensation

Annual Incentive Plans or Bonus Plans are often submitted to shareholders for
approval. These plans typically award cash to executives based on company
performance. Deutsche Bank believes that the responsibility for executive
compensation decisions rest with the board of directors and/or the compensation
committee, and its policy is not to second-guess the board's award of cash
compensation amounts to executives unless a particular award or series of awards
is deemed excessive. If stock options are awarded as part of these bonus or
incentive plans, the provisions must meet Deutsche Bank's criteria regarding
stock option plans, or similar stock-based incentive compensation schemes, as
set forth below.

A.       Establishment of a Remuneration Committee (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals that require the establishment of a
remuneration committee.

Rationale: Corporations should disclose in each annual report or proxy statement
their policies on remuneration. Essential details regarding executive
remuneration including share options, long-term incentive plans and bonuses,
should be disclosed in the annual report, so that investors can judge whether
corporate pay policies and practices meet the standard.

The remuneration committee shall not comprise any board members and should be
sensitive to the wider scene on executive pay. It should ensure that
performance-based elements of executive pay are designed to align the interests
of shareholders.

B.       Executive and Director Stock Option Plans

AM policy is to vote "for" stock option plans that meet the following criteria:

(1)      The resulting dilution of existing shares is less than (a) 15 percent
         of outstanding shares for large capital corporations or (b) 20 percent
         of outstanding shares for small-mid capital companies (companies having
         a market capitalization under one billion U.S. dollars.)

(2)      The transfer of equity resulting from granting options at less than FMV
         is no greater than 3% of the over-all market capitalization of large
         capital corporations, or 5% of market cap for small-mid capital
         companies.

(3)      The plan does not contain express repricing provisions and, in the
         absence of an express statement that options will not be repriced; the
         company does not have a history of repricing options.

(4)      The plan does not grant options on super-voting stock.

AM will support performance-based option proposals as long as a) they do not
mandate that all options granted by the company must be performance based, and
b) only certain high-level executives are subject to receive the performance
based options.

AM will support proposals to eliminate the payment of outside director pensions.

Rationale: Determining the cost to the company and to shareholders of
stock-based incentive plans raises significant issues not encountered with
cash-based compensation plans. These include the potential dilution of existing
shareholders' voting power, the transfer of equity out of the company resulting
from the grant and execution of options at less than FMV and the authority to
reprice or replace underwater options. Our stock option plan analysis model
seeks to allow reasonable levels of flexibility for a company yet still protect
shareholders from the negative impact of excessive stock compensation.
Acknowledging that small mid-capital corporations often rely more heavily on
stock option plans as their main source of executive compensation and may not be
able to compete with their large capital competitors with cash compensation, we
provide slightly more flexibility for those companies.

C.       Employee Stock Option/Purchase Plans

AM policy is to vote for employee stock purchase plans (ESPP's) when the plan
complies with Internal Revenue Code 423, allowing non-management employees to
purchase stock at 85% of FMV.

AM policy is to vote "for" employee stock option plans (ESOPs) provided they
meet the standards for stock option plans in general. However, when computing
dilution and transfer of equity, ESOPs are considered independently from
executive and director option plans.

Rationale: ESOPs and ESPP's encourage rank-and-file employees to acquire an
ownership stake in the companies they work for and have been shown to promote
employee loyalty and improve productivity.

D.       Golden Parachutes

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to require shareholder approval of golden
parachutes and for proposals that would limit golden parachutes to no more than
three times base compensation. Policy is to vote "against" more restrictive
shareholder proposals to limit golden parachutes.

Rationale: In setting a reasonable limitation, AM considers that an effective
parachute should be less attractive than continued employment and that the IRS
has opined that amounts greater than three times annual salary, are excessive.

E.       Proposals to Limit Benefits or Executive Compensation

AM policy is to vote "against"

1.   Proposals to limit benefits, pensions or compensation and

2.   Proposals that request or require disclosure of executive compensation
     greater than the disclosure required by Securities and Exchange Commission
     (SEC) regulations.

Rationale: Levels of compensation and benefits are generally considered to be
day-to-day operations of the company, and are best left unrestricted by
arbitrary limitations proposed by shareholders.

F.       Option Expensing

AM policy is to support proposals requesting companies to expense stock options.

Rationale: Although companies can choose to expense options voluntarily, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) does not yet require it, instead
allowing companies to disclose the theoretical value of options as a footnote.
Because the expensing of stock options lowers earnings, most companies elect not
to do so. Given the fact that options have become an integral component of
compensation and their exercise results in a transfer of shareholder value, AM
agrees that their value should not be ignored and treated as "no cost"
compensation. The expensing of stock options would promote more modest and
appropriate use of stock options in executive compensation plans and present a
more accurate picture of company operational earnings.

G.        Management board election and motion (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "against":

o        the election of board members with positions on either remuneration or
         audit committees;

o        the election of supervisory board members with too many supervisory
         board mandates;

o        "automatic" election of former board members into the supervisory
         board.

Rationale: Management as an entity, and each of its members, are responsible for
all actions of the company, and are - subject to applicable laws and regulations
- accountable to the shareholders as a whole for their actions.

Sufficient information should be disclosed in the annual company report and
account to allow shareholders to judge the success of the company.

H.       Remuneration (variable pay): (For FFT Securities)

Executive remuneration for Management Board

AM policy is to vote "for" remuneration for Management Board that is transparent
and linked to results.

Rationale: Executive compensation should motivate management and align the
interests of management with the shareholders. The focus should be on criteria
that prevent excessive remuneration; but enable the company to hire and retain
first-class professionals.

Shareholder interests are normally best served when management is remunerated to
optimise long-term returns. Criteria should include suitable measurements like
return on capital employed or economic value added.

Interests should generally also be correctly aligned when management own shares
in the company - even more so if these shares represent a substantial portion of
their own wealth.

Its disclosure shall differentiate between fixed pay, variable (performance
related) pay and long-term incentives, including stock option plans with
valuation ranges as well as pension and any other significant arrangements.

Executive remuneration for Supervisory Board

AM policy is to vote "for" remuneration for Supervisory Board that is at least
50% in fixed form.

Rationale: It would normally be preferable if performance linked compensation
were not based on dividend payments, but linked to suitable result based
parameters. Consulting and procurement services should also be published in the
company report.

I.       Long-term incentive plans (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" long-term incentive plans for members of a management
board that reward for above average company performance.

Rationale: Incentive plans will normally be supported if they:

o        directly align the interests of members of management boards with those
         of shareholders;

o        establish challenging performance criteria to reward only above average
         performance;

o        measure performance by total shareholder return in relation to the
         market or a range of comparable companies;

o        are long-term in nature and encourage long-term ownership of the shares
         once exercised through minimum holding periods;

o        do not allow a repricing of the exercise price in stock option plans.

J.       Shareholder Proposals Concerning "Pay for Superior Performance"

AM policy is to address pay for superior performance proposals on a case-by-case
basis, incorporating the recommendation of an independent third party proxy
research firm (currently ISS) subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in
AM's Proxy Policies and Procedures.

Rationale: While AM agrees that compensation issues are better left to the
discretion of management, they appreciate the need to monitor for excessive
compensation practices on a case by case basis. If, after a review of the ISS
metrics, AM is comfortable with ISS's applying this calculation and will vote
according to their recommendation.

K.       Executive Compensation Advisory

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on shareholder proposals to
propose an advisory resolution seeking to ratify the compensation of the
company's named executive officers (NEOs) on an annual basis.

Rationale: AM believes that controls exist within senior management and
corporate compensation committees, ensuring fair compensation to executives.
This might allow shareholders to require approval for all levels of management's
compensation.

V.       Anti-Takeover Related Issues

A.       Shareholder Rights Plans ("Poison Pills")

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to require shareholder ratification of
poison pills or that request boards to redeem poison pills, and to vote
"against" the adoption of poison pills if they are submitted for shareholder
ratification.

Rationale: Poison pills are the most prevalent form of corporate takeover
defenses and can be (and usually are) adopted without shareholder review or
consent. The potential cost of poison pills to shareholders during an attempted
takeover outweighs the benefits.

B.       Reincorporation

AM policy is to examine reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis. The
voting decision is based on: (1) differences in state law between the existing
state of incorporation and the proposed state of incorporation; and (2)
differences between the existing and the proposed charter/bylaws/articles of
incorporation and their effect on shareholder rights. If changes resulting from
the proposed reincorporation violate the corporate governance principles set
forth in these guidelines, the reincorporation will be deemed contrary to
shareholder's interests and a vote cast "against."

Rationale: Reincorporations can be properly analyzed only by looking at the
advantages and disadvantages to their shareholders. Care must be taken that
anti-takeover protection is not the sole or primary result of a proposed change.

C.       Fair-Price Proposals

AM policy is to vote "for" management fair-price proposals, provided that: (1)
the proposal applies only to two-tier offers; (2) the proposal sets an objective
fair-price test based on the highest price that the acquirer has paid for a
company's shares; (3) the supermajority requirement for bids that fail the
fair-price test is no higher than two-thirds of the outstanding shares; (4) the
proposal contains no other anti-takeover provisions or provisions that restrict
shareholders rights.

A vote is cast for shareholder proposals that would modify or repeal existing
fair-price requirements that do not meet these standards.

Rationale: While fair price provisions may be used as anti-takeover devices, if
adequate provisions are included, they provide some protection to shareholders
who have some say in their application and the ability to reject those
protections if desired.

D.       Exemption from state takeover laws

AM policy is to vote "for" shareholder proposals to opt out of state takeover
laws and to vote "against" management proposals requesting to opt out of state
takeover laws.

Rationale: Control share statutes, enacted at the state level, may harm
long-term share value by entrenching management. They also unfairly deny certain
shares their inherent voting rights.

E.       Non-financial Effects of Takeover Bids

Policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to require consideration of
non-financial effects of merger or acquisition proposals.

Rationale: Non-financial effects may often be subjective and are secondary to
AM's stated purpose of acting in its client's best economic interest.


VI.      Mergers & Acquisitions

Evaluation of mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions
(i.e., takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings
and recapitalizations) are performed on a case-by-case basis incorporating
information from an independent proxy research source (currently ISS.)
Additional resources including portfolio management and research analysts may be
considered as set forth in AM's Policies and Procedures.


VII.     Social, Environmental & Political Issues

Social and environmental issues are becoming increasingly important to corporate
success. We incorporate social and environmental considerations into both our
investment decisions and our proxy voting decisions - particularly if the
financial performance of the company could be impacted.

With increasing frequency, shareholder proposals are submitted relating to
social and political responsibility issues. Almost universally, the company
management will recommend a vote "against" these proposals. These types of
proposals cover an extremely wide range of issues. Many of the issues tend to be
controversial and are subject to more than one reasonable, yet opposing, theory
of support. More so than with other types of proxy proposals, social and
political responsibility issues may not have a connection to the economic and
corporate governance principles effecting shareholders' interests. AM's policy
regarding social and political responsibility issues, as with any other issue,
is designed to protect our client shareholders' economic interests.

Occasionally, a distinction is made between a shareholder proposal requesting
direct action on behalf of the board and a request for a report on (or
disclosure of) some information. In order to avoid unduly burdening any company
with reporting requirements, AM's policy is to vote against shareholder
proposals that demand additional disclosure or reporting than is required by the
Securities and Exchange Commission unless it appears there is a legitimate issue
and the company has not adequately addressed shareholders' concerns.

A.       Labor & Human Rights

AM policy is to vote "against" adopting global codes of conduct or workplace
standards exceeding those mandated by law.

Rationale: Additional requirements beyond those mandated by law are deemed
unnecessary and potentially burdensome to companies

B.       Diversity & Equality

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to force equal
         employment opportunity, affirmative action or board diversity.

Rationale: Compliance with State and Federal legislation along with information
made available through filings with the EEOC provides sufficient assurance that
companies act responsibly and make information public.

2.       AM policy is also to vote "against" proposals to adopt the Mac Bride
         Principles. The Mac Bride Principles promote fair employment,
         specifically regarding religious discrimination.

Rationale: Compliance with the Fair Employment Act of 1989 makes adoption of the
Mac Bride Principles redundant. Their adoption could potentially lead to charges
of reverse discrimination.

C.       Health & Safety

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" adopting a pharmaceutical price
         restraint policy or reporting pricing policy changes.

Rationale: Pricing is an integral part of business for pharmaceutical companies
and should not be dictated by shareholders (particularly pursuant to an
arbitrary formula.) Disclosing pricing policies may also jeopardize a company's
competitive position in the marketplace.

2.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to control the use
         or labeling of and reporting on genetically engineered products.

Rationale: Additional requirements beyond those mandated by law are deemed
unnecessary and potentially burdensome to companies.

D.       Government/Military

1.       AM policy is to vote against shareholder proposals regarding the
         production or sale of military arms or nuclear or space-based weapons,
         including proposals seeking to dictate a company's interaction with a
         particular foreign country or agency.

Rationale: Generally, management is in a better position to determine what
products or industries a company can and should participate in. Regulation of
the production or distribution of military supplies is, or should be, a matter
of government policy.

2.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals regarding
         political contributions and donations.

Rationale: The Board of Directors and Management, not shareholders, should
evaluate and determine the recipients of any contributions made by the company.

3.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals regarding
         charitable contributions and donations.

Rationale: The Board of Directors and Management, not shareholders, should
evaluate and determine the recipients of any contributions made by the company.

E.       Tobacco

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals requesting
         additional standards or reporting requirements for tobacco companies as
         well as "against" requesting companies to report on the intentional
         manipulation of nicotine content.

Rationale: Where a tobacco company's actions meet the requirements of legal and
industry standards, imposing additional burdens may detrimentally effect a
company's ability to compete. The disclosure of nicotine content information
could affect the company's rights in any pending or future litigation.

2.       Shareholder requests to spin-off or restructure tobacco businesses will
         be opposed.

Rationale: These decisions are more appropriately left to the Board and
management, and not to shareholder mandate.


VIII.    Environmental Issues

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on CERES Principles or
other similar environmental mandates (e.g., those relating to Greenhouse gas
emissions or the use of nuclear power).

Rationale: Environmental issues are extensively regulated by outside agencies
and compliance with additional requirements often involves significant cost to
companies.


IX.      Miscellaneous Items

A.       Ratification of Auditors

AM policy is to vote "for" a) the management recommended selection of auditors
and b) proposals to require shareholder approval of auditors.

Rationale: Absent evidence that auditors have not performed their duties
adequately, support for management's nomination is warranted.

B.       Limitation of non-audit services provided by independent auditor

AM policy is to support proposals limiting non-audit fees to 50% of the
aggregate annual fees earned by the firm retained as a company's independent
auditor.

Rationale: In the wake of financial reporting problems and alleged audit
failures at a number of companies, AM supports the general principle that
companies should retain separate firms for audit and consulting services to
avoid potential conflicts of interest. However, given the protections afforded
by the recently enacted Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (which requires Audit
Committee pre-approval for non-audit services and prohibits auditors from
providing specific types of services), and the fact that some non-audit services
are legitimate audit-related services, complete separation of audit and
consulting fees may not be warranted. A reasonable limitation is appropriate to
help ensure auditor independence and it is reasonable to expect that audit fees
exceed non-audit fees.

C.       Audit firm rotation

AM policy is to support proposals seeking audit firm rotation unless the
rotation period sought is less than five years.

Rationale: While the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandates that the lead audit partner be
switched every five years, AM believes that rotation of the actual audit firm
would provide an even stronger system of checks and balances on the audit
function.

D.       Transaction of Other Business

AM policy is to vote against "transaction of other business" proposals.

Rationale: This is a routine item to allow shareholders to raise other issues
and discuss them at the meeting. As the nature of these issues may not be
disclosed prior to the meeting, we recommend a vote against these proposals.
This protects shareholders voting by proxy (and not physically present at a
meeting) from having action taken at the meeting that they did not receive
proper notification of or sufficient opportunity to consider.

E.       Motions to Adjourn the Meeting

AM Policy is to vote against proposals to adjourn the meeting.

Rationale: Management may seek authority to adjourn the meeting if a favorable
outcome is not secured. Shareholders should already have had enough information
to make a decision. Once votes have been cast, there is no justification for
management to continue spending time and money to press shareholders for
support.

F.       Bundled Proposals

AM policy is to vote against bundled proposals if any bundled issue would
require a vote against it if proposed individually.

Rationale: Shareholders should not be forced to "take the good with the bad" in
cases where the proposals could reasonably have been submitted separately.

G.       Change of Company Name

AM policy is to support management on proposals to change the company name.

Rationale: This is generally considered a business decision for a company.

H.       Proposals Related to the Annual Meeting

AM Policy is to vote in favor of management for proposals related to the conduct
of the annual meeting (meeting time, place, etc.)

Rationale: These are considered routine administrative proposals.

I.       Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred from Candidate Nomination

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on shareholder proposals
related to the amending of company bylaws to provide for the reimbursement of
reasonable expenses incurred in connection with nominating one or more
candidates in a contested election of directors to the corporation's board of
directors.

Rationale: Corporations should not be liable for costs associated with
shareholder proposals for directors.

J.       Investment Company Proxies

Proxies solicited by investment companies are voted in accordance with the
recommendations of an independent third party, currently ISS. However, regarding
investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment adviser
or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the
vote of all other shareholders. Proxies solicited by master funds from feeder
funds will be voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of
the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are
different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for
differences in voting positions on the same matter. For example, AM could vote
"for" staggered boards of closed-end investment companies, although AM generally
votes "against" staggered boards for operating companies. Further, the manner in
which AM votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals for which a
AM-advised investment company solicits proxies from its shareholders. As
reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end (and open-end)
investment companies are voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines
of an independent third-party.

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds ("ETF")
issuers that have received exemptive orders from the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission allowing investing DWS funds to exceed the limits set forth
in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, DeAM will
echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of
outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation
agreements and SEC orders.

Note: With respect to the QP Trust (not registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the
investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to
the QP Trust, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent
with the Fund's best interest.


K.       International Proxy Voting

The above guidelines pertain to issuers organized in the United States, Canada
and Germany. Proxies solicited by other issuers are voted in accordance with
international guidelines or the recommendation of ISS and in accordance with
applicable law and regulation.




<PAGE>


                                 DWS TARGET FUND




                        DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
                     (formerly DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund)



                                     Class S

                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                                September 1, 2009



This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus and should be read
in conjunction with the prospectuses (each, a "Prospectus" and collectively, the
"Prospectuses"), dated September 1, 2009 for Class S shares of DWS LifeCompass
Protect 2017 Fund (each individually a "Fund," and collectively, the "Funds"),
each a series of DWS Target Fund (the "Trust"), as amended from time to time,
copies of which may be obtained without charge by contacting DWS Investments
Distributors, Inc., 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606,
1-800-621-1148, or from the firm from which this Statement of Additional
Information was obtained and is available along with other materials on the
Securities and Exchange Commission's ("SEC") Internet Web site
(http://www.sec.gov).

Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund, dated April 30, 2009,
are incorporated herein by reference, as specified herein. A copy of the Fund's
Annual Report may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at the
toll-free number (800) 728-3337.


This Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into the
Prospectus for Class S shares of a Fund.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS......................................................1


INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES...........................................2
   Portfolio Holdings.......................................................30

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS.....................................................31
   Investment Advisor.......................................................31
   Administrator............................................................43

FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS......................................................44
   Distributor and Underwriter..............................................44
   Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm............................44
   DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund Warranty Provider and Guarantor........45
   Legal Counsel............................................................46
   Custodian................................................................46
   Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent.............................46

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS......................................................47

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES...........................................50

DIVIDENDS...................................................................64

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES........................................................66

NET ASSET VALUE.............................................................71

BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS..................................................72

TRUST ORGANIZATION..........................................................91

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES.....................................................93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................................94

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................................................94

APPENDIX A.................................................................100

APPENDIX B -- PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES......................................104



                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS


Except as otherwise indicated, the Fund's respective investment objective and
policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders.
There can be no assurance that a Fund's respective objective will be met.


Any investment restrictions herein which involve a maximum percentage of
securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess
over the percentage occurs immediately after and is caused by an acquisition or
encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a particular Fund.


The Fund has elected to be treated as a diversified investment company, as that
term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the "1940
Act"), and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having
jurisdiction, from time to time.


As a matter of fundamental policy, a Fund may not:

1.       borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time;

2.       issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time;

3.       concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is
         used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory
         authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;

4.       engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others,
         except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter
         in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;

5.       purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of
         companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured
         by real estate or interests therein, except that the Fund reserves
         freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result
         of the Fund's ownership of securities;

6.       purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, as
         amended, and as interpreted or modified by the regulatory authority
         having jurisdiction, from time to time; and

7.       make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as
         interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction,
         from time to time.


A fundamental policy of the Fund may not be changed without the approval of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund which, under the 1940
Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this Statement of Additional
Information, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities
present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding
voting securities of a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more
than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund.

The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board") has voluntarily adopted certain
policies and restrictions, which are observed in the conduct of the Fund's
affairs. These represent intentions of the Board based upon current
circumstances. Non-fundamental policies may be changed by the Board without
requiring approval of or, with certain exceptions, prior notice to,
shareholders.

As a matter of nonfundamental policy, the Fund does not currently intend to:


(a)      enter into either reverse repurchase agreements or dollar rolls in an
         amount greater than 5% of its total assets;

(b)      purchase securities on margin, except (i) for margin deposits in
         connection with short sales, futures contracts, options or other
         permitted investments; and (ii) that either Fund may obtain such
         short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of securities
         transactions;

(c)      purchase options, unless the aggregate premiums paid on all such
         options held by such Fund at any time do not exceed 20% of that Fund's
         total assets; or sell put options, if as a result, the aggregate value
         of the obligations underlying such put options would exceed 50% of such
         Fund's total assets;

(d)      lend portfolio securities in an amount greater than 33?% of its total
         assets; and

(e)      acquire securities of registered open-end investment companies or
         registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) of
         the 1940 Act.


The Fund will not purchase illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements
maturing in more than seven days, if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the
Fund's net assets, valued at the time of the transaction, would be invested in
such securities.


If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of investment, a later
increase or decrease in percentage beyond the specified limit resulting from a
change in values or net assets will not be considered a violation.

Master/feeder Fund Structure. The Board has the discretion to retain the current
distribution arrangement for a Fund while investing in a master fund in a
master/feeder fund structure as described below.

A master/feeder fund structure is one in which a fund (a "feeder fund"), instead
of investing directly in a portfolio of securities, invests most or all of its
investment assets in a separate registered investment company (the "master
fund") with substantially the same investment objective and policies as the
feeder fund. Such a structure permits the pooling of assets of two or more
feeder funds, preserving separate identities or distribution channels at the
feeder fund level. Based on the premise that certain of the expenses of
operating an investment portfolio are relatively fixed, a larger investment
portfolio may eventually achieve a lower ratio of operating expenses to average
net assets. An existing investment company is able to convert to a feeder fund
by selling all of its investments, which involves brokerage and other
transaction costs and realization of a taxable gain or loss, or by contributing
its assets to the master fund and avoiding transaction costs and, if proper
procedures are followed, the realization of taxable gain or loss.

                       INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

General


The Fund is a series of an open-end management investment company, which
continuously offers and redeems shares at net asset value (less applicable sales
charge or fees). The Fund is a company of the type commonly known as a mutual
fund. The Fund offers four classes of shares: Class A, Class C, Class S and
Institutional Class. Class A, Class C and Institutional Class shares of the Fund
are offered through a separate Prospectus and Statement of Additional
Information.

Descriptions in this Statement of Additional Information of a particular
investment practice or technique in which the Fund may engage are meant to
describe the spectrum of investments that Deutsche Investment Management
Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the "Advisor") in its discretion might, but is not
required to, use in managing the Fund's portfolio assets. The Advisor may in its
discretion at any time employ such a practice, technique or instrument for one
or more funds, but not for all funds advised by it. The Fund may be restricted
by its Financial Warranty Agreement (the "Warranty Agreement") by and among the
Fund, the Advisor and Main Place Funding, LLC ("Main Place" or the "Warranty
Provider") from making certain investments and pursuing certain investment
strategies and may be limited in the amount of equity exposure it may incur.
Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of financial instruments or
investment techniques described herein may not be available, permissible under
the Fund's Warranty Agreement or otherwise, economically feasible or effective
for their intended purposes in all markets or because of limitations contained
in the Fund's Warranty Agreement. Certain practices, techniques or instruments
may not be principal activities of the Fund, but, to the extent employed, could
from time to time have a material impact on the Fund's performance.

The Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion with respect to
such Fund from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the
Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or
regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. The Fund will invest in stock index
futures that are listed and traded on recognized US-based exchanges, including,
but not limited to, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Board of
Trade, the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Board Options Exchange and ICE
Futures U.S. These futures contracts are standardized contracts for the future
delivery of a cash settlement with reference to a specified multiplier times the
change in the index. The Fund currently intends to invest in futures on the
following stock indices: S&P 500 Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index,
S&P MidCap 400 Index and MSCI EAFE Index.

The Fund will use stock index futures to obtain equity market exposure. By
buying and rolling these contracts, the Fund participates in equity market
returns (gains or losses) that are roughly comparable to allocating a portion of
portfolio assets directly to shares of stock comprising the underlying stock
index. By holding futures contracts, rather than shares of stock, the Fund can
rebalance its exposure to the equity markets daily with lower transaction costs
than if invested directly in stocks. These contracts generally provide a high
degree of liquidity and a low level of counterparty performance and settlement
risk. While the use of stock index futures by the Fund can amplify gains, it can
also amplify losses. These losses can be substantially more money than the
initial margin posted by a Fund pursuant to the contracts.

Upon entering into a futures transaction, the Fund must allocate cash or liquid
securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin") with the futures commission
merchant (the "futures broker"). As the futures contract is marked-to-market to
reflect changes in its market value, subsequent margin payments, called
variation margin, will be paid to or by the futures broker on a daily basis.
Prior to expiration of the futures contract, if a Fund elects to close out its
position by taking an offsetting position, a final determination of variation
margin is made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to such
Fund, and any loss or gain is realized for federal income tax purposes. All
futures transactions are effected through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the futures are traded.


The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due to
differences in the nature of those markets, are subject to distortions. First,
all participants in the futures market are subject to initial deposit and
variation margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting
transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and
futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on most
participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent that many participants decide to make or take delivery,
liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion.
Third, from the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in
the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the broader
securities markets. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the
futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of
distortion, a correct forecast of securities price, general interest rate or
currency exchange rate trends by the Advisor may not result in a successful
transaction.

Position limits also apply to futures. An exchange may order the liquidation of
positions found to be in violation of those limits and may impose certain other
sanctions. See "Derivatives - Futures Contracts and Related Options" for more
information on futures contracts.


Asset Coverage for Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. The Fund will cover
its respective open positions on futures contracts on securities indices, which
are contractually required to "cash-settle," by setting aside liquid assets,
primarily US government securities, shares of the DWS Cash Management QP Trust
or other similarly liquid assets, in an amount equal to such Fund's daily
marked-to-market (net) obligation (i.e., a Fund's daily net liability, if any),
rather than the notional value. The Fund bases its respective asset segregation
policies on methods permitted by the staff of the SEC and may modify these
policies in the future to comply with changes in the guidance articulated from
time to time by the SEC or its staff.

Fund Structure. The Fund may invest in securities of other DWS Funds,
non-affiliated exchange-traded funds, other securities and derivatives in
reliance on an exemptive order obtained from the SEC. With respect to other DWS
Funds, the Fund currently intends to invest in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and
DWS Cash Management QP Trust, both of which are discussed in more detail below.
It should be noted that investment companies, including ETFs, incur certain
expenses, such as management, custodian, and transfer agency fees, and therefore
any investment by a Fund in shares of other investment companies would be
subject to such expenses. Generally, a Fund will indirectly bear its
proportionate share of any management or other fees paid by investment companies
in which it invests, in addition to its own fees. However, no advisory fee is
charged on assets invested in affiliated money market funds, and the Advisor has
agreed to reimburse the Fund for its proportionate share of the management fees
incurred in connection with its investment in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund.


Cash Management QP Trust. DWS Cash Management QP Trust ("QP Trust") is an
unregistered money market fund managed by the Advisor. QP Trust's investment
objective is to provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with
the preservation of capital and the maintenance of liquidity. QP Trust maintains
a dollar-weighted average portfolio of 90 days or less and only purchases
investments having remaining maturities of 13 months or less. Its investments
must be rated in one of the two highest categories by a nationally recognized
statistical rating organization ("NRSRO") (or, if unrated, determined by the
Advisor to be of similar quality). The Advisor does not charge a fee for
managing the QP Trust, although as noted above, a Fund individually bears a
proportionate share of the expenses of QP Trust.


Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). The Fund may invest in ETFs as a means of
achieving equity market exposure. ETFs are investment companies, unit investment
trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that are
traded on an exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or stocks (the
"underlying securities"). The shares of ETFs may at times trade at a premium or
discount to their net asset value. The underlying securities are typically
selected to correspond to the stocks or other securities that comprise a
particular broad based, sector or index, or that are otherwise representative of
a particular industry sector. The Fund may invest in ETFs based on the following
indices: the S&P 500 Index, the Russell 1000 Index, the Russell 2000 Index, the
S&P MidCap 400 Index, and the MSCI EAFE Index. An investment in an ETF involves
risks similar to investing directly in each of the underlying securities,
including the risk that the value of the underlying securities may fluctuate in
accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value
of stocks and other securities generally, and other market factors.


Index-based ETFs may not replicate exactly the performance of their specified
index because of transaction costs and because of the temporary unavailability
of certain component securities of the index or for other reasons.


The performance of an ETF will be reduced by transaction and other expenses,
including management fees, operating expenses, licensing fees, trustee fees,
marketing fees and other fees paid by the ETF to service providers. Accordingly,
the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and
other expenses paid by such ETFs. Investors in ETFs are eligible to receive
their portion of dividends, if any, accumulated on the securities held in the
portfolio, less fees and expenses of the ETF. The Fund will also incur brokerage
costs when purchasing or selling shares of ETFs.


With respect to ETFs structured as investment companies, other investment
companies generally are limited by the 1940 Act as to the amount in which they
may invest in such ETFs. However, either Fund may invest in securities of
certain types of investment companies without limit pursuant to an exemptive
order obtained from the SEC. The order allows either Fund to invest in
securities of registered open-end investment companies managed by the Advisor
and securities of ETFs that are not part of the DWS fund complex. If either
Fund's investments in ETFs exceed the limits of the 1940 Act, such investments
are subject to the conditions of the exemptive order obtained by such Fund.


Borrowing. The Fund may borrow money for temporary, emergency or other purposes,
including investment leverage purposes, as determined by the Fund's Board. The
1940 Act requires borrowings to have 300% asset coverage. The Warranty Agreement
also restricts the Fund's ability to borrow.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund. The Fund intends to invest a portion of assets
allocated to the Reserve Component (the Reserve Component provides a Fund with
exposure to the US fixed income markets) in shares of DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's investment objective is to provide high
income while also seeking to maintain a high degree of stability of
shareholders' capital. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests in securities of
varying maturities and normally seeks to maintain an average portfolio duration
of no longer than three years. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests, under
normal market conditions, at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income
securities rated, at the time of purchase, within the top four long-term rating
categories by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by DIMA to be of similar
quality).


DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in US
dollar-denominated, domestic and foreign below investment-grade fixed income
securities (junk bonds) rated in the fifth and sixth long-term rating categories
by a NRSRO (or, if unrated, determined by DIMA to be of similar quality),
including those whose issuers are located in countries with new or emerging
securities markets.

In an attempt to enhance return, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund also employs a
global asset allocation strategy, which invests in instruments across domestic
and international fixed income and currency markets. When employing this
strategy, which the Advisor calls iGAP, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use
various derivatives to attempt to enhance returns. For a discussion of the
characteristics and risks of derivatives and other instruments used in
connection with the iGAP strategy, see "Investment Techniques- Derivatives."


The Fund may make the following investments directly or indirectly through DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund and, as a result, the following disclosure uses the
term "fund" to include DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund and/or DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund, as appropriate.


Short-Term Instruments. When a fund experiences large cash inflows -- for
example, through the sale of securities -- and attractive investments are
unavailable in sufficient quantities, a fund may hold short-term instruments (or
shares of money market mutual funds) for a limited time pending availability of
such investments. In addition, with respect to DWS Short Duration Plus Fund,
when in the Advisor's opinion it is advisable to adopt a temporary defensive
position because of unusual and adverse market or other conditions, up to 100%
of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's assets may be invested in such short-term
instruments.

Short-term instruments consist of foreign and domestic: (1) short-term
obligations of sovereign governments and their agencies, instrumentalities,
authorities or political subdivisions; (2) other short-term debt securities
rated AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or, if unrated, deemed to
be of comparable quality in the opinion of the Advisor; (3) commercial paper;
(4) bank obligations, including negotiable certificates of deposit, time
deposits and bankers' acceptances; and (5) repurchase agreements. At the time a
fund invests in commercial paper, bank obligations or repurchase agreements, the
issuer or the issuer's parent must have outstanding debt rated AA or higher by
the Standard & Poor's Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or Aa
or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); outstanding commercial
paper or bank obligations rated A-1 by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody's; or, if no such
ratings are available, the instrument must be deemed to be of comparable quality
in the opinion of the Advisor. These instruments may be denominated in US
dollars or in foreign currencies.

US Government Securities. A fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed
by the US government including: (1) direct obligations of the US Treasury and
(2) obligations issued by US government agencies and instrumentalities. Included
among direct obligations of the US are Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and
Treasury Bonds, which differ in terms of their interest rates, maturities and
dates of issuance. Treasury Bills have maturities of less than one year,
Treasury Notes have maturities of one to 10 years and Treasury Bonds generally
have maturities of greater than 10 years at the date of issuance. Included among
the obligations issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the United States
are: instruments that are supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States (such as certificates issued by the Government National Mortgage
Association ("GNMA" or "Ginnie Mae")); instruments that are supported by the
right of the issuer to borrow from the US Treasury (such as securities of
Federal Home Loan Banks); and instruments that are supported solely by the
credit of the agency or instrumentality (such as Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA" or "Fannie Mae") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac").

A fund may also invest in separately traded principal and interest components of
securities guaranteed or issued by the US government or its agencies,
instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if such components trade
independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
Securities program ("STRIPS") or any similar program sponsored by the US
Government. STRIPS may be sold as zero coupon securities. See "Zero Coupon
Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds."

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers' Acceptances. A fund may invest in
certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances. Certificates of deposit are
receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers' acceptances
typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an
acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to
obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be
held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have
maturities of six months or less.

Commercial Paper. A fund may invest in commercial paper. It may invest in fixed
rate or variable rate commercial paper, issued by US or foreign entities.
Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured
promissory notes issued by US or foreign corporations in order to finance their
current operations. Any commercial paper issued by a foreign entity corporation
and purchased by the fund must be US dollar-denominated and must not be subject
to foreign withholding tax at the time of purchase.

Commercial paper, when purchased by a fund, must be rated in the highest
short-term rating category by any two NRSROs (or one NRSRO if that NRSRO is the
only such NRSRO which rates such security) or, if not so rated, must be believed
by the Advisor, acting under the supervision of such Fund's Board, to be of
comparable quality. Investing in foreign commercial paper generally involves
risks similar to those described below relating to obligations of foreign banks
or foreign branches and subsidiaries of US and foreign banks.

A fund may also invest in variable rate master demand notes. A variable rate
master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct
borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under
a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender
pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts.


Eurodollar Instruments. The Fund may make investments in Eurodollar instruments
for hedging purposes or to enhance potential gain. Eurodollar instruments are US
dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon which are linked to the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), although foreign currency-denominated
instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable
purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain
a fixed rate for borrowings. The Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and
options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate
swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.


US Dollar-Denominated Foreign Fixed Income Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund may invest in the dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign companies.
Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves more risks than
investing in securities of US companies. Their value is subject to economic and
political developments in the countries where the companies operate and to
changes in foreign currency values. Values may also be affected by foreign tax
laws, changes in foreign economic or monetary policies, exchange control
regulations and regulations involving prohibitions on the repatriation of
foreign currencies.

In addition, the relative performance of various countries' fixed income markets
historically has reflected wide variations relating to the unique
characteristics of each country's economy. Year-to-year fluctuations in certain
markets have been significant, and negative returns have been experienced in
various markets from time to time.

US Dollar-Denominated Sovereign and Supranational Fixed Income Securities. DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in US dollar-denominated foreign government
debt securities, which include debt obligations issued or guaranteed by
national, state or provincial governments or similar political subdivisions and
quasi-governmental and supranational entities (collectively, "sovereign debt
obligations"). Sovereign debt obligations may involve a high degree of risk. The
issuer of such an obligation or the governmental authorities that control the
repayment of the obligation may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and
interest when due and may require renegotiations or rescheduling of debt
payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and interest may
depend on political as well as economic factors. Quasi-governmental and
supranational entities include international organizations designated or
supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or
development and international banking institutions and related government
agencies. Examples include (but are not limited to) the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development (the "World Bank"), the Japanese Development
Bank, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank.
Foreign government securities also include mortgage-related securities issued or
guaranteed by national, state or provincial governmental instrumentalities,
including quasi-governmental agencies.

Fixed Income Security Risk. Fixed income securities generally expose a fund to
four types of risk: (1) interest rate risk (the potential for fluctuations in
bond prices due to changing interest rates); (2) income risk (the potential for
a decline in the fund's income due to falling market interest rates); (3) credit
risk (the possibility that a bond issuer will fail to make timely payments of
either interest or principal to the fund); and (4) prepayment risk or call risk
(the likelihood that, during a period of falling interest rates, securities with
high stated interest rates will be prepaid, or "called" prior to maturity,
requiring the fund to invest the proceeds at generally lower interest rates).

Foreign Securities Risk. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest a portion of
its assets in US dollar-denominated and non-US dollar-denominated debt
securities of foreign companies. Investing in the securities of foreign
companies involves more risks than investing in securities of US companies.
Their value is subject to economic and political developments in the countries
where the companies operate and to changes in foreign currency values. Values
may also be affected by foreign tax laws, changes in foreign economic or
monetary policies, exchange control regulations and regulations involving
prohibitions on the repatriation of foreign currencies.

In general, less information may be available about foreign companies than about
US companies, and foreign companies are generally not subject to the same
accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are US companies.
Foreign securities markets may be less liquid and subject to less regulation
than the US securities markets. The costs of investing outside the United States
frequently are higher than those in the United States. These costs include
relatively higher brokerage commissions and foreign custody expenses.

Put Bonds. A put bond (also referred to as a tender option or third party bond)
is a bond created by coupling an intermediate or long-term fixed rate bond with
an agreement giving the holder the option of tendering the bond to receive its
par value. As consideration for providing this tender option, the sponsor of the
bond (usually a bank, broker-dealer or other financial intermediary) receives
periodic fees that equal the difference between the bond's fixed coupon rate and
the rate (determined by a remarketing or similar agent) that would cause the
bond, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par. By paying the tender
offer fees, a fund in effect holds a demand obligation that bears interest at
the prevailing short-term rate.

In selecting put bonds, the Advisor takes into consideration the
creditworthiness of the issuers of the underlying bonds and the creditworthiness
of the providers of the tender option features. A sponsor may withdraw the
tender option feature if the issuer of the underlying bond defaults on interest
or principal payments or the bond's rating is downgraded.

Bank Loans. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also invest in bank loans, which
are typically senior debt obligations of borrowers (issuers) and as such, are
considered to hold a senior position in the capital structure of the borrower.
These may include loans which hold the most senior position, that hold an equal
ranking with other senior debt, or loans that are, in the judgment of the
Advisor, in the category of senior debt of the borrower. This capital structure
position generally gives the holders of these loans a priority claim on some or
all of the borrower's assets in the event of a default. In most cases, these
loans are either partially or fully collateralized by the assets of a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, or
by cash flow that the Advisor believes has a market value at the time of
acquisition that equals or exceeds the principal amount of the loan. These loans
are often issued in connection with recapitalizations, acquisitions, leveraged
buy-outs and refinancings. It is important to note that Moody's and S&P may rate
bank loans higher than high yield bonds of the same issuer to reflect their more
senior position. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in both fixed- and
floating-rate loans. In addition, bank loans can trade either as an "assignment"
or "participation." When it buys an assignment, it is essentially becoming a
party to the bank agreement. The vast majority of all trades are assignments and
would therefore generally represent the preponderance of bank loans held by the
fund. In certain cases, the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may buy bank loans on a
participation basis; if for example, the fund did not want to become party to
the bank agreement. However, in all cases, it will not purchase bank loans where
Deutsche Bank, or an affiliate, serves as an agent bank.

Participations and assignments involve credit risk, interest rate risk,
liquidity risk, and the risk of being a lender. If the DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights
through the lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the
borrower.

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution's
interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks. For example, if a
loan is foreclosed, the purchaser could become part owner of any collateral, and
would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the
collateral. In addition, it is at least conceivable that under emerging legal
theories of lender liability, a purchaser could be held liable as a co-lender.

In the case of loans administered by a bank or other financial institution that
acts as agent for all holders, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a
purchaser are determined to be subject to the claims of the agent's general
creditors, the purchaser might incur certain costs and delays in realizing
payment on the loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal
or interest.

In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution
serves as financial intermediary between the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund and
the borrower, if the participation does not shift to the fund the direct
debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, interpretations of the SEC
require the fund, in some circumstances, to treat both the lending bank or other
lending institution and the borrower as issuers for purposes of the fund's
investment policies. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of
indebtedness may restrict the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's ability to invest
in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of
intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers
represent many different companies and industries.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest
in variable or floating rate instruments and variable rate demand instruments,
including variable amount master demand notes. These instruments will normally
involve industrial development or revenue bonds that provide that the rate of
interest is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate (such as the
prime rate) at a major commercial bank. In addition, the interest rate on these
securities may be reset daily, weekly or on some other reset period and may have
a floor or ceiling on interest rate changes. The fund can demand payment of the
obligation at all times or at stipulated dates on short notice (not to exceed 30
days) at par plus accrued interest. Generally, changes in interest rates will
have a smaller effect on the market value of these instruments than on the
market value of fixed income securities and, thus, may allow for less
opportunity for capital appreciation or depreciation.

Debt instruments purchased by the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may be structured
to have variable or floating interest rates. These instruments may include
variable amount master demand notes that permit the indebtedness to vary in
addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rates. The
Advisor will consider the earning power, cash flows and other liquidity ratios
of the issuers and guarantors of such instruments and, if the instrument is
subject to a demand feature, will continuously monitor their financial ability
to meet payment on demand. Where necessary to ensure that a variable or floating
rate instrument is equivalent to the quality standards applicable to the fund's
fixed income investments, the issuer's obligation to pay the principal of the
instrument will be backed by an unconditional bank letter or line of credit,
guarantee or commitment to lend. Any bank providing such a bank letter, line of
credit, guarantee or loan commitment will meet the fund's investment quality
standards relating to investments in bank obligations. The Advisor will also
continuously monitor the creditworthiness of issuers of such instruments to
determine whether the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund should continue to hold the
investments.

Other variable and floating rate instruments include but are not limited to
corporates, ABS, CMBS, MBS, CMOs, government and agency securities.

The absence of an active secondary market for certain variable and floating rate
notes could make it difficult to dispose of the instruments, and the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund could suffer a loss if the issuer defaults or during periods
in which the fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights.

Variable and floating rate instruments held by the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will be subject to the fund's limitation on investments in illiquid securities
when a reliable trading market for the instruments does not exist and the fund
may not demand payment of the principal amount of such instruments within seven
days.

Warrants. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in warrants. Warrants
generally entitle the holder to buy a specified number of shares of common stock
at a specified price, which is often higher than the market price at the time of
issuance, for a period of years or in perpetuity. Warrants may be issued in
units with other securities or separately, and may be freely transferable and
traded on exchanges. While the market value of a warrant tends to be more
volatile than that of the securities underlying the warrant, the market value of
a warrant may not necessarily change with that of the underlying security. A
warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to any expiration date
to which the warrant is subject. The purchase of warrants involves a risk that
the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant if
the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the
warrant's expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the
effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the
related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price,
such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in
mortgage-backed securities. A mortgage-backed security consists of a pool of
mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first
deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on
owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied one-unit to four-unit residential
properties, multifamily (i.e., five or more units) properties, agricultural
properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties.

The investment characteristics of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed
securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. The major
differences include the payment of interest and principal on mortgage-backed
securities on a more frequent (usually monthly) schedule, and the possibility
that principal may be prepaid at any time due to prepayments on the underlying
mortgage loans or other assets. These differences can result in significantly
greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional
fixed-income securities. As a result, if the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, a faster-than-expected
prepayment rate will decrease both the market value and the yield to maturity
from those which were anticipated. A prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity and
market value. Conversely, if the fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a
discount, faster-than-expected prepayments will increase, while
slower-than-expected prepayments will decrease, yield to maturity and market
values. To the extent that the fund invests in mortgage-backed securities, the
Advisor may seek to manage these potential risks by investing in a variety of
mortgage-backed securities and by using certain hedging techniques.

Asset-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in securities
generally referred to as asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are
secured by and payable from, or directly or indirectly represent undivided
fractional interests in, pools of corporate, consumer and/or commercial loans
held in a trust. Asset-backed securities may provide periodic payments that
consist of interest and/or principal payments. Consequently, the life of an
asset-backed security can vary with the prepayment and loss experience of the
underlying assets. Payments of principal and interest are typically supported by
some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond,
limited guarantee or senior/subordination. The degree of credit enhancement
varies, but generally amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security's
par value until exhausted. If the credit enhancement is exhausted, certificate
holders may experience losses or delays in payment if the required payments of
principal and interest are not made to the trust with respect to the underlying
loans. The value of the securities also may fluctuate because of changes in the
market's perception of creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the loan
pool, the originator of the loans or the financial institution providing the
credit enhancement. Asset-backed securities are ultimately dependent upon
payment of business, government, corporate and consumer loans, leases, etc., and
the certificate holder generally has no recourse against the entity that
originated the loans.

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to
mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities include assets such as (but
not limited to) motor vehicle installment sale contracts, other installment sale
contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of real and personal
property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements. Such
assets are securitized through the use of trusts or special purpose
corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on
asset-backed securities may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a
certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a
financial institution unaffiliated with the issuer, or other credit enhancements
may be present.

Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not presented
by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have the
benefit of the same type of security interest in the related collateral. Credit
card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the
protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which
give such debtors the right to avoid payment of certain amounts owed on the
credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile
receivables permit the servicer to retain possession of the underlying
obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party,
there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of
the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the
large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical
requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile
receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations
backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on
repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments
on these securities.

The market for privately issued asset-backed securities is smaller and less
liquid than the market for US government mortgage-backed securities. The
asset-backed securities in which the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest are
limited to those which usually are readily marketable, dollar-denominated and
rated BBB category or higher by S&P or Baa category or higher by Moody's.

The yield characteristics of the mortgage- and asset-backed securities in which
the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest differ from those of traditional
debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal
payments are made more frequently on the mortgage- and asset-backed securities
(usually monthly) and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the
underlying assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund
purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than
expected will reduce their yield, while a prepayment rate that is slower than
expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield. Conversely, if the
fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster-than-expected prepayments
will increase, while slower-than-expected prepayments will reduce, the yield on
these securities. Amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to
be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are
likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising
interest rates.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and Asset-Backed Securities -- Types of Credit
Support. Mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities are often backed
by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different
parties. To lessen the effect of failure by obligors on underlying assets to
make payments, such securities may contain elements of credit support. Such
credit support falls into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2)
protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the
underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances,
generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the
pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion.
Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the
likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the
assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees,
insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from
third parties; through various means of structuring the transaction; or through
a combination of such approaches. The DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may pay any
additional fees for such credit support, although the existence of credit
support may increase the price of a security.

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities for which
third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection
against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued
creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such
securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the
creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the
delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than
expected.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction
include "senior-subordinated securities" (multiple class securities with one or
more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof
and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are
borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of "reserve
funds" (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the
payments on the underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses)
and "over-collateralization" (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal
amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the
securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support
provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with
respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets.
Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely
affect the return on an investment in such a security.

Government Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's
investments in mortgage-backed securities may include securities issued or
guaranteed by the US government or one of its agencies, authorities,
instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac. There are several types of guaranteed mortgage-backed securities
currently available, including guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and
multiple class securities, which include guaranteed Real Estate Mortgage
Investment Conduit Certificates ("REMIC Certificates"), collateralized mortgage
obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. The fund is permitted to
invest in other types of mortgage-backed securities that may be available in the
future to the extent consistent with its investment policies and objective.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned corporate instrumentality
of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The
National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"), authorizes Ginnie
Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on
certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by
the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the
Housing Act of 1949 ("FHA Loans"), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans
Affairs under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended ("VA
Loans"), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides
that the full faith and credit of the US government is pledged to the payment of
all amounts that may be required to be paid under any Ginnie Mae guaranty. In
order to meet its obligations under such guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to
borrow from the US Treasury with no limitations as to amount.

The Ginnie Mae Certificates in which a fund invests will represent a pro rata
interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (1)
fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate graduated payment
mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate growing equity mortgage loans; (4) fixed-rate
mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (5) mortgage loans on
multifamily residential properties under construction; (6) mortgage loans on
completed multifamily projects; (7) fixed-rate mortgage loans as to which
escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower's monthly payments during the
early years of the mortgage loans ("buy down" mortgage loans); (8) mortgage
loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in
interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (9)
mortgage-backed serial notes.


Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered corporation
organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter
Act of 1938. The obligations of Fannie Mae are obligations solely of Fannie Mae
and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US government.


Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more
pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage
loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the
following types: (1) fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans; (2) fixed-rate
growing equity mortgage loans; (3) fixed-rate graduated payment mortgage loans;
(4) variable rate mortgage loans; (5) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and
(6) fixed-rate and adjustable mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.


Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a federally chartered corporation of
the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as
amended (the "FHLMC Act"). The obligations of Freddie Mac are obligations solely
of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the US
government.


Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage
loans (a "Freddie Mac Certificate group") purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage
loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed-rate or
adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten
and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-
to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage
loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie
Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participating interests in whole
loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising
another Freddie Mac Certificate group.


The value of the companies' securities fell sharply in 2008 due to concerns that
the firms did not have sufficient capital to offset losses. In mid-2008, the
U.S. Treasury was authorized to increase the size of home loans that FNMA and
FHLMC could purchase in certain residential areas and, until 2009, to lend FNMA
and FHLMC emergency funds and to purchase the companies' stock. More recently,
in September 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced that FNMA and FHLMC had been
placed in conservatorship by the Federal Housing Finance Agency ("FHFA"), a
newly created independent regulator. In addition to placing the companies in
conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury announced three additional steps that it
intended to take with respect to FNMA and FHLMC. First, the U.S. Treasury has
entered into preferred stock purchase agreements ("PSPAs") under which, if the
FHFA determines that FNMA's or FHLMC's liabilities have exceeded its assets
under generally accepted accounting principles, the U.S. Treasury will
contribute cash capital to the company in an amount equal to the difference
between liabilities and assets. The PSPAs are designed to provide protection to
the senior and subordinated debt and the mortgage-backed securities issued by
FNMA and FHLMC. Second, the U.S. Treasury established a new secured lending
credit facility that is available to FNMA and FHLMC until December 2009. Third,
the U.S. Treasury initiated a temporary program to purchase FNMA and FHLMC
mortgage-backed securities, which is expected to continue until December 2009.
No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives discussed above
with respect to the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC
will be successful.


Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
invest in multiple class mortgage-backed securities including collateralized
mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and REMIC Certificates. These securities may be
issued by US government agencies and instrumentalities such as Fannie Mae or
Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in,
mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers,
commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose
subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal
entity that are collateralized by a pool of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed
securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or
multiple class mortgage-backed securities. REMIC Certificates represent
beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of
mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed
mortgage-backed securities (the "Mortgage Assets"). The obligations of Fannie
Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are
obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively. Although
investors may purchase beneficial interests in REMICs, which are known as
"regular" interests or "residual" interests, the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
does not intend to purchase such residual interests in REMICs.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely
distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. These certificates are
obligations solely of Fannie Mae and are not backed by the full faith and credit
of the US government. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute
the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or
not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC
Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are
required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates
("PCs"). These certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not
backed by the full faith and credit of the US government. PCs represent
undivided interests in specified level payment residential mortgages or
participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With
respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate
collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or
deduction. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain
PCs.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs
or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a "tranche," is issued at a specific
adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its
final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans
or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some
or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially
earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or
accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the
several tranches in various ways. In certain structures (known as "sequential
pay" CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal
prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs
or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates.
Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs
or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final
distribution date have been paid in full. Additional structures of CMOs and
REMIC Certificates include, among others, "parallel pay" CMOs and REMIC
Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are
structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to
two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis.
These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final
distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential
pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as
"Z-Bonds"), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other
certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are
converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization
class ("PAC") certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that
generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment
date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the "PAC Certificates"), even
though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are
then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC
Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates
generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has
been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if
any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC
Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final
distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or
more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in
the underlying Mortgage Assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and
yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase
stripped mortgage-backed securities ("SMBS"), which are derivative multiclass
mortgage securities. Although the market for such securities is increasingly
liquid, certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered
illiquid for purposes of the fund's limitation on investments in illiquid
securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal
payments generally is highly volatile in response to changes in interest rates.
The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from the
Mortgage Assets are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other
mortgage-backed securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile
and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully
recouped.

Adjustable Rate Mortgages-Interest Rate Indices. Adjustable rate mortgages in
which DWS Short Duration Plus Fund invests may be adjusted on the basis of one
of several indices. The One Year Treasury Index is the figure derived from the
average weekly quoted yield on US Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year. The Cost of Funds Index reflects the monthly weighted
average cost of funds of savings and loan associations and savings banks whose
home offices are located in Arizona, California and Nevada (the "FHLB Eleventh
District") that are member institutions of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco (the "FHLB of San Francisco"), as computed from statistics tabulated
and published by the FHLB of San Francisco. The FHLB of San Francisco normally
announces the Cost of Funds Index on the last working day of the month following
the month in which the cost of funds was incurred.

A number of factors affect the performance of the Cost of Funds Index and may
cause the Cost of Funds Index to move in a manner different from indices based
upon specific interest rates, such as the One Year Treasury Index. Because of
the various origination dates and maturities of the liabilities of members of
the FHLB Eleventh District upon which the Cost of Funds Index is based, among
other things, the Cost of Funds Index may not reflect at any given time the
average prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of similar
maturities. There can be no assurance that the Cost of Funds Index will
necessarily move in the same direction or at the same rate as prevailing
interest rates since as longer term deposits or borrowings mature and are
renewed at market interest rates, the Cost of Funds Index will rise or fall
depending upon the differential between the prior and the new rates on such
deposits and borrowings. In addition, dislocations in the thrift industry in
recent years have caused and may continue to cause the cost of funds of thrift
institutions to change for reasons unrelated to changes in general interest rate
levels. Furthermore, any movement in the Cost of Funds Index as compared to
other indices based upon specific interest rates may be affected by changes
instituted by the FHLB of San Francisco in the method used to calculate the Cost
of Funds Index. To the extent that the Cost of Funds Index may reflect interest
changes on a more delayed basis than other indices, in a period of rising
interest rates, any increase may produce a higher yield later than would be
produced by such other indices, and in a period of declining interest rates, the
Cost of Funds Index may remain higher than other market interest rates, which
may result in a higher level of principal prepayments on mortgage loans which
adjust in accordance with the Cost of Funds Index than mortgage loans which
adjust in accordance with other indices.

LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the interest rate that the most
creditworthy international banks dealing in US dollar-denominated deposits and
loans charge each other for large dollar-denominated loans. LIBOR is also
usually the base rate for large dollar-denominated loans in the international
market. LIBOR is generally quoted for loans having rate adjustments at one,
three, six or twelve month intervals.

Impact of Sub-Prime Mortgage Market. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in
mortgage-backed, asset-backed and other fixed-income securities whose value and
liquidity may be adversely affected by the critical downturn in the sub-prime
mortgage lending market in the US. Sub-prime loans, which, have higher interest
rates, are made to borrowers with low credit ratings or other factors that
increase the risk of default. Concerns about widespread defaults on sub-prime
loans have also created heightened volatility and turmoil in the general credit
markets. As a result, a Fund's investments in certain fixed-income securities
may decline in value, their market value may be more difficult to determine, and
a Fund may have more difficulty disposing of them.

Zero Coupon Securities and Deferred Interest Bonds. A fund may invest in zero
coupon securities that are "stripped" US Treasury notes and bonds and in
deferred interest bonds. Zero coupon securities are the separate income or
principal components of a debt instrument. Zero coupon and deferred interest
bonds are debt obligations which are issued at a significant discount from face
value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds
will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest
accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at
the time of issuance. Zero coupon securities are redeemed at face value at their
maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. The amount
of this discount is accrued over the life of the security, and the accrual
constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and federal
income tax purposes. Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon
securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that
have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.

While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest,
deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the
regular payment of interest begins. Although this period of delay is different
for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of
the bond's term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating
its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher
rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such
cash.


The Fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes,
as required, which will generally be prior to the receipt of the corresponding
cash payments. Because the Fund is required to distribute to shareholders
substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income,
to avoid federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to liquidate
other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund's distribution obligations. See
"Federal Income Taxes."


Illiquid Securities. Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not
been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements
having a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been
registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or
restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the
secondary market. Non-publicly traded securities (including Rule 144A
Securities) may involve a high degree of business and financial risk and may
result in substantial losses. These securities may be less liquid than publicly
traded securities, and it may take longer to liquidate these positions than
would be the case for publicly traded securities. Companies whose securities are
not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor
protection requirements applicable to companies whose securities are publicly
traded. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of
portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted
or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby
experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. An investment in
illiquid securities is subject to the risk that should a fund desire to sell any
of these securities when a ready buyer is not available at a price that is
deemed to be representative of their value, the value of the fund's net assets
could be adversely affected.

Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or
other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and
uncertainty in valuation. A mutual fund might also have to register such
restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not
registered under the 1933 Act, including but not limited to repurchase
agreements, commercial paper, non-US securities, municipal securities and
corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient
institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or
on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are
contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the general
public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which allows a broader institutional trading
market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on their resale to the
general public. Rule 144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration
requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified
institutional buyers. The Advisor anticipates that the market for certain
restricted securities such as institutional commercial paper will expand further
as a result of this regulation and the development of automated systems for the
trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and
non-US issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

An investment in Rule 144A Securities will be considered illiquid and therefore
subject to a fund's limit on the purchase of illiquid securities unless the
Board or its delegates determines that the Rule 144A Securities are liquid. In
reaching liquidity decisions, the Board and its delegates may consider, inter
alia, the following factors: (i) the unregistered nature of the security; (ii)
the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (iii) the number of dealers
wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential
purchasers; (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (v)
the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the
time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the
mechanics of the transfer).

Investing in Rule 144A Securities could have the effect of increasing the level
of illiquidity in a fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers are
unavailable or uninterested in purchasing such securities from the fund. The
Board has adopted guidelines and delegated to the Advisor the daily function of
determining and monitoring the liquidity of Rule 144A Securities, although the
Board will retain ultimate responsibility for any liquidity determinations.

TBA Purchase Commitments. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into "To Be
Announced" ("TBA") purchase commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price
at a future date, typically not exceeding 75-90 days. TBA purchase commitments
may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the
value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date, which
risk is in addition to the risk of decline in the value of the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund's other assets. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued
at the current market value of the underlying securities. To facilitate such
acquisitions, the fund identifies on its book cash or liquid assets in an amount
at least equal to such commitments. It may be expected that the fund's net
assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio
securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. On
delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from
maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the
fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could,
as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss
due to market fluctuation.

When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and
payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will
be received on when-issued and delayed delivery securities are fixed at the time
the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of
securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, the
yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields
available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered
to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a
"when, as and if issued" basis, under which the issuance of the security depends
on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate
reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to
market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable,
accrues to the fund until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect
the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if
applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from
that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at
less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund identifies on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at
least equal to such commitments. It may be expected that the fund's net assets
will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to
cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash. On delivery dates
for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or
sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to
dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition,
it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a
gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other
party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the
fund's incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered
advantageous.

Lower-Rated Debt Securities ("Junk Bonds"). DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
invest in debt securities rated in the fifth and sixth long-term rating
categories by S&P, Moody's and Fitch Inc. ("Fitch"), or comparably rated by
another NRSRO, or if not rated by a NRSRO, of comparable quality as determined
by the Advisor in its sole discretion.

These securities, often referred to as "junk bonds" or "high yield debt
securities," are considered speculative and, while generally offering greater
income than investments in higher quality securities, involve greater risk of
loss of principal and income, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy
of the issuers of such securities, and have greater price volatility, especially
during periods of economic uncertainty or change. These lower quality bonds tend
to be affected by economic changes and short-term corporate and industry
developments, as well as public perception of those changes and developments, to
a greater extent than higher quality securities, which react primarily to
fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.

In addition, the market for lower-rated debt securities may be thinner and less
active than that for higher-rated debt securities, which can adversely affect
the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available,
lower-rated debt securities will be valued in accordance with procedures
established by the Board of Trustees of the fund, including the use of outside
pricing services. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing high yield corporate
debt securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources
for quotations and last sale information is available. Adverse publicity and
changing investor perception may also affect the availability of outside pricing
services to value lower-rated debt securities and the DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund's ability to dispose of these securities. In addition, such securities
generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of lower-rated debt
securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods
of financing available to them so that their ability to service their
obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising
interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers
is significantly greater because below investment grade securities generally are
unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior
indebtedness.

Since the risk of default is higher for lower-rated debt securities, the
Advisor's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of
managing securities of this type held by the fund. In considering investments
for the DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, the Advisor will attempt to identify those
issuers of high yield debt securities whose financial conditions are adequate to
meet future obligations, have improved or are expected to improve in the future.
The Advisor's analysis focuses on relative values based on such factors as
interest on dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and the
experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

While the market for high yield corporate debt securities has been in existence
for many years and has weathered previous economic downturns, past experience
may not provide an accurate indication of future performance of the high yield
bond market, especially during periods of economic recession.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may choose, at its expense or in conjunction with
others, to pursue litigation or otherwise exercise its rights as a security
holder to seek to protect the interest of security holders if it determines this
to be in the interest of the fund.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in an affiliated mutual fund to gain
exposure to lower rated debt securities. The affiliated fund is permitted to
invest in securities of lower credit ratings than the fund could invest in if it
makes direct purchases of high yield debt securities.

Inverse Floaters. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in inverse floaters.
Inverse floaters are debt instruments with a floating rate of interest that
bears an inverse relationship to changes in short-term market interest rates.
Investments in this type of security involve special risks as compared to
investments in, for example, a fixed rate municipal security. A Fund could lose
money and its net asset value ("NAV") could decline if movements in interest
rates are incorrectly anticipated. Moreover, the markets for securities of this
type may be less developed and may have less liquidity than the markets for more
traditional municipal securities.

Indexed Securities. The indexed securities in which a fund may invest include
debt securities whose value at maturity is determined by reference to the
relative prices of various currencies or to the price of a stock index. The
value of such securities depends on the price of foreign currencies, securities
indices or other financial values or statistics. These securities may be
positively or negatively indexed; that is, their value may increase or decrease
if the underlying instrument appreciates.

Securities Representing Securities of Foreign Issuers. A fund's investments in
the securities of foreign issuers may be made directly or in the form of
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), Global Depositary Receipts ("GDRs," also
referred to as International Depositary Receipts or "IDRs"), European Depositary
Receipts ("EDRs") or other similar securities representing securities of foreign
issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same
currency as the securities they represent, and while designed for use as
alternatives to the purchase of the underlying securities in their national
markets and currencies, are subject to the same risks as the foreign securities
to which they relate.

ADRs are receipts, typically issued by a US bank or trust company, which
evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation.
EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depository Receipts
("CDRs"), are receipts issued in Europe, and GDRs or IDRs are issued outside the
United States. EDRs (CDRs) and GDRs (IDRs) are typically issued by non-US banks
and trust companies and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic
securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in US
securities markets, and EDRs (CDRs) and GDRs (IDRs) in bearer form are designed
for use in European and non-US securities markets, respectively. For purposes of
the fund's investment policies, depository receipts generally are deemed to have
the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, a
depository receipt representing ownership of common stock will be treated as
common stock.

ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States
and are issued through "sponsored" or "unsponsored" arrangements. In a sponsored
ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of
the depository's transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the
foreign issuer assumes no obligations and the depository's transaction fees are
paid directly by the ADR holders. In addition, less information is available in
the United States about an unsponsored ADR than about a sponsored ADR.

Investments in foreign securities incur higher costs than investments in US
securities, including higher costs in making securities transactions as well as
foreign taxes which may reduce the investment return of the fund. In addition,
foreign investments may include risks associated with currency exchange rates,
less complete information about additional companies, less market liquidity and
political instability.

Repurchase Agreements. A fund may engage in repurchase agreement transactions
with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and certain non-bank dealers,
including governmental securities dealers approved by the Board. Under the terms
of a typical repurchase agreement, a fund would acquire any underlying security
for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week), subject to an
obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation
at an agreed price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund's
holding period. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not
subject to market fluctuations during the fund's holding period. The value of
the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total
amount of the repurchase obligations, including interest. The fund bears a risk
of loss in the event of default by or bankruptcy of the other party to a
repurchase agreement. The fund may be delayed in, or prevented from, exercising
its rights to dispose of the collateralized securities. To the extent that, in
the meantime, the value of the securities repurchased had decreased or the value
of the securities had increased, the fund could experience a loss. The Advisor
reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which a fund enters
into repurchase agreements and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the
securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that it is maintained at
the required level. A repurchase agreement is considered to be a loan under the
1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may borrow funds for
temporary or emergency purposes, such as meeting larger than anticipated
redemption requests, and not for leverage, by, among other things, agreeing to
sell portfolio securities to financial institutions such as member banks of the
Federal Reserve System and certain non-bank dealers and to repurchase them at a
mutually agreed date and price (a "reverse repurchase agreement"). At the time
the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement it will segregate cash or
liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price, including
accrued interest. The segregated assets will be marked-to-market daily and
additional assets will be segregated on any day in which the assets fall below
the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). The fund's liquidity and ability
to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio
securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below
the repurchase price of those securities. In the event the buyer of securities
under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent,
such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to
determine whether to enforce the fund's obligation to repurchase the securities,
and the fund's use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may
effectively be restricted pending such decision. Reverse repurchase agreements
are considered to be borrowings by the fund.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into mortgage
"dollar rolls" in which the fund sells securities for delivery in the current
month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same
dealer, type, coupon and maturity), but not identical, securities on a specified
future date. During the roll period, the fund forgoes principal and interest
paid on the securities. The fund is compensated by the difference between the
current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often
referred to as the "drop") or fee income and by the interest earned on the cash
proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll" is a specific type of dollar roll
for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security
position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar
roll transaction. The fund may enter into both covered and uncovered rolls. At
the time the fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it will segregate, with
an approved custodian, cash or liquid securities having a value not less than
the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor
the segregated assets to ensure that its value is maintained.

Investment of Uninvested Cash Balances. A Fund may have cash balances that have
not been invested in portfolio securities ("Uninvested Cash"). Uninvested Cash
may result from a variety of sources, including dividends or interest received
from portfolio securities, unsettled securities transactions, reserves held for
investment strategy purposes, assets to cover a fund's open futures and other
derivatives positions, scheduled maturity of investments, liquidation of
investment securities to meet anticipated redemptions and dividend payments, and
new cash received from investors. Uninvested Cash may be invested directly in
money market instruments or other short-term debt obligations. A Fund may use
Uninvested Cash to purchase shares of affiliated money market funds or shares of
QP Trust, or other entities for which the Advisor may act as investment advisor
now or in the future that operate as cash management investment vehicles but are
excluded from the definition of "investment company" pursuant to Section 3(c)(1)
or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (collectively, the "Central Funds"), provided that
any Central Funds will operate in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Investments in such cash management vehicles may exceed the limits of Rule
12(d)(1)(A).

Derivatives


As noted above, the Fund will invest in futures contracts and ETFs based on
stock indices as a primary investment technique. Due to the Fund's investment
strategy and/or limitations imposed by the Fund's Warranty Agreement, the
likelihood or ability of the Fund to invest in derivative instruments other than
futures contracts is limited. However, the Fund may have exposure to the
following derivatives transactions indirectly through DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund.

General. If the Fund's Warranty Agreement is terminated, the Fund may elect to
engage in derivatives transactions other than futures contracts in the future.
Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based
on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset or market index. Some
derivatives, such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, are in
many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile
and/or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are, in fact,
many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them. There
are a range of risks associated with those uses. For example, a fund may use
futures and options as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities and for
traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect the fund from exposure to
changing interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates and for
cash management or other investment purposes. The funds will use derivatives for
non-hedging purpose, such as to enhance return. The use of derivatives may
result in leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an instrument's price
changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount
of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can in some
circumstances lead to significant losses. A fund will limit the leverage created
by its use of derivatives for investment purposes by "covering" such positions
as required by the SEC. The Advisor may use derivatives in circumstances where
the Advisor believes they offer an economical means of gaining exposure to a
particular asset class. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be
considered speculative. The Funds intend to use futures on securities indices
and options on such futures primarily for investment purposes and not for
hedging purposes.


A fund's investments in options, futures, forward contracts and similar
strategies depend on the Advisor's judgment as to the potential risks and
rewards of different types of strategies. Options and futures can be volatile
investments, and may not perform as expected. If the Advisor applies a hedge at
an inappropriate time or judges price trends incorrectly, options and futures
strategies may lower the fund's return. A fund could also experience losses if
the prices of its options and futures positions were poorly correlated with its
other investments, or if it could not close out its positions because of an
illiquid secondary market. Options and futures traded on foreign exchanges
generally are not regulated by US authorities, and may offer less liquidity and
less protection to a fund in the event of default by the other party to the
contract.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is operated by persons who have claimed an
exclusion with respect to the fund from the definition of the term "commodity
pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject
to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange
Act.

Options on Securities. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase and write
(sell) put and call options on securities. A call option gives the purchaser of
the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying
security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. Similarly,
a put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and obligates
the writer to buy, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time
during the option period.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options to a
limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in an attempt to
increase income through the premiums it receives for writing the option(s).
However, in return for the premium, the fund may forgo the benefits of
appreciation on securities sold or may pay more than the market price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the fund.

A call option written by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is "covered" if the fund
owns the underlying security covered by the call or has an absolute and
immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration
(or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its
custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held in its
portfolio. A call option is also covered if the fund holds a call option on the
same security and in the same principal amount as the written call option where
the exercise price of the call option so held (a) is equal to or less than the
exercise price of the written call option or (b) is greater than the exercise
price of the written call option if the difference is segregated by the fund in
cash or liquid securities.

When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund writes a covered call option, it gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy the underlying security at the price
specified in the option (the "exercise price") by exercising the option at any
time during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the fund will
realize income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the
option. If the option is exercised, a decision over which DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund has no control, the fund must sell the underlying security to the
option holder at the exercise price. By writing a covered call option, the fund
forgoes, in exchange for the premium less the commission ("net premium"), the
opportunity to profit during the option period from an increase in the market
value of the underlying security above the exercise price. In addition, the fund
may continue to hold a security which might otherwise have been sold to protect
against depreciation in the market price of the security.

A put option written by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is "covered" when, among
other things, cash or liquid securities acceptable to the broker are placed in a
segregated account to fulfill the obligations undertaken. When the fund writes a
covered put option, it gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell the
underlying security to the fund at the specified exercise price at any time
during the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the fund will
realize income in the amount of the net premium received for writing the option.
If the put option is exercised, a decision over which the fund has no control,
the fund must purchase the underlying security from the option holder at the
exercise price. By writing a covered put option, the fund, in exchange for the
net premium received, accepts the risk of a decline in the market value of the
underlying security below the exercise price. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will
only write put options involving securities for which a determination is made at
the time the option is written that the fund wishes to acquire the securities at
the exercise price.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may terminate its obligation as the writer of a
call or put option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and
expiration date as the option previously written. This transaction is called a
"closing purchase transaction." The fund will realize a profit or loss on a
closing purchase transaction if the amount paid to purchase an option is less or
more, as the case may be, than the amount received from the sale thereof. To
close out a position as a purchaser of an option, the fund may enter into a
"closing sale transaction," which involves liquidating the fund's position by
selling the option previously purchased. When the fund cannot effect a closing
purchase transaction, it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When DWS Short Duration Plus Fund writes an option, an amount equal to the net
premium received by the fund is included in the liability section of the fund's
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount of the
deferred credit will be subsequently marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price. If an option expires on its stipulated expiration
date or if the fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, the fund will
realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds
the premium received when the option was sold), and the deferred credit related
to such option will be eliminated. If a call option is exercised, the fund will
realize a gain or loss from the sale of the underlying security, and the
proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally received. The
writing of covered call options may be deemed to involve the pledge of the
securities against which the option is being written. Securities against which
call options are written will be identified on the fund's books.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also purchase call and put options on any
securities in which it may invest. The fund would normally purchase a call
option in anticipation of an increase in the market value of such securities.
The purchase of a call option would entitle the fund, in exchange for the
premium paid, to purchase a security at a specified price during the option
period. The fund would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities
increased above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would
have a loss if the value of the securities remained at or below the exercise
price during the option period.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation
of a decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio ("protective
puts") or securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The
purchase of a put option would entitle the fund, in exchange for the premium
paid, to sell a security, which may or may not be held by the fund at a
specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is
designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
fund. Put options also may be purchased by the fund for the purpose of
affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities that the fund
does not own. The fund would ordinarily recognize a gain if the value of the
securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium
and would recognize a loss if the value of the securities remained at or above
the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options
would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying
portfolio securities.

The hours of trading for options on securities and securities indices may not
conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the
extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying
securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the
underlying securities markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets. It
is impossible to predict the volume of trading that may exist in such options,
and there can be no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or
continue.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also engage in options transactions in the
over-the-counter ("OTC") market with broker-dealers who make markets in these
options. The ability to terminate OTC option positions is more limited than with
exchange-traded option positions because the predominant market is the issuing
broker rather than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers
participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. To reduce
this risk, the fund will purchase such options only from broker-dealers who are
primary US government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York and who agree to (and are expected to be capable of) entering into
closing transactions, although there can be no guarantee that any such option
will be liquidated at a favorable price prior to expiration. The Advisor will
monitor the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the fund enters into such
options transactions under the general supervision of the fund's Board of
Trustees. Unless the Board of Trustees conclude otherwise, DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund intends to treat OTC options purchased and the assets used to "cover"
OTC options written as not readily marketable and, therefore, subject to the
fund's limit on investments in illiquid securities.

Options on Securities Indices. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may also purchase
and write exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities indices. A
securities index measures the movement of a certain group of securities by
assigning relative values to the securities included in the index, which will
fluctuate with changes in the market values of the securities included in the
index. Some securities index options are based on a broad market index, such as
the NYSE Composite Index, or a narrower market index, such as the S&P 100.
Indices may also be based on a particular industry or market segment.

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities except that
(1) the expiration cycles of securities index options are monthly, while those
of securities options are currently quarterly, and (2) the delivery requirements
are different. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at
a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to
receive a cash "exercise settlement amount" equal to (a) the amount, if any, by
which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or
is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index
on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed "index multiplier." Receipt
of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the securities index
upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or
less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the index and the
exercise price of the option times a specified multiple. The writer of the
option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of
this amount. Securities index options may be offset by entering into closing
transactions as described above for securities options.

As discussed in "Options on Securities," DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would
normally purchase a call option in anticipation of an increase in the market
value of the relevant index. The purchase of a call option would entitle the
fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to purchase the underlying securities at
a specified price during the option period. The fund would ordinarily have a
gain if the value of the underlying securities increased above the exercise
price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss if the value of
the securities remained at or below the exercise price during the option period.

As discussed in "Options on Securities," DWS Short Duration Plus Fund would
normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value
of the relevant index ("protective puts"). The purchase of a put option would
entitle the fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell the underlying
securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of
protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the
market value of the index. The fund would ordinarily recognize a gain if the
value of the index decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the
premium and would recognize a loss if the value of the index remained at or
above the exercise price. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective puts
would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the index.

Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the
index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize
a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon
movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the
case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements
in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of
options on stock indices will be subject to the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a
particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than
predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

Options on securities indices entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on securities. The absence of a liquid secondary market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur, although the fund
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Advisor believes the
option can be closed out. Use of options on securities indices also entails the
risk that trading in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain
securities included in the index is interrupted. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will not purchase such options unless the Advisor believes the market is
sufficiently developed such that the risk of trading in such options is no
greater than the risk of trading in options on securities.

Price movements in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund's investment portfolio may not
correlate precisely with movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the
use of options on indices cannot serve as a complete hedge. Because options on
securities indices require settlement in cash, the Advisor may be forced to
liquidate portfolio securities to meet settlement obligations. DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund's activities in index options may also be restricted by the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), for
qualification as a regulated investment company.

Hedging Strategies. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use certain strategies
designed to adjust the overall risk of its investment portfolio. These "hedging"
strategies involve derivative contracts, including (but not limited to) US
Treasury and Eurodollar futures contracts and exchange-traded put and call
options on such futures contracts. New financial products and risk management
techniques continue to be developed and may be used if consistent with the
fund's investment objective and policies. Among other purposes, these hedging
strategies may be used to effectively maintain desired portfolio duration or to
protect against market risk should the fund reallocate its investments among
different types of fixed income securities.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund might not use any hedging strategies, and there can
be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed. If the Advisor is incorrect
in its judgment on market values, interest rates or other economic factors in
using a hedging strategy, the fund may have lower net income and a net loss on
the investment. Each of these strategies involves certain risks, which include:

o        the fact that the skills needed to use hedging instruments are
         different from those needed to select securities for the fund;

o        the possibility of imperfect correlation, or even no correlation,
         between the price movements of hedging instruments and price movements
         of the securities or currencies being hedged;

o        possible constraints placed on the fund's ability to purchase or sell
         portfolio investments at advantageous times due to the need for the
         fund to maintain "cover" or to segregate securities; and

o        the possibility that the fund will be unable to close out or liquidate
         its hedged position.

A hedge is designed to offset a loss in a portfolio position with a gain in the
hedged position. At the same time, however, a properly correlated hedge will
result in a gain in the portfolio position being offset by a loss in the hedged
position. As a result, the use of options, futures and currency exchange
transactions for hedging purposes could limit any potential gain from an
increase in the value of the position hedged. With respect to futures contracts,
since the value of portfolio securities will far exceed the value of the futures
contracts sold by the fund, an increase in the value of the futures contracts
could only mitigate, but not totally offset, the decline in the value of the
fund's assets.

To the extent that DWS Short Duration Plus Fund engages in the strategies
described above, the fund may experience losses greater than if these strategies
had not been utilized. In addition to the risks described above, these
instruments may be illiquid and/or subject to trading limits, and the fund may
be unable to close out a position without incurring substantial losses, if at
all. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is also subject to the risk of default by a
counterparty to an off-exchange transaction. See "Illiquid Securities."

Currency Management Techniques. The instruments involved in currency-related
transactions may be considered derivative instruments. The DWS Short Duration
Plus Fund may enter into currency-related transactions to attempt to protect
against an anticipated rise in the US dollar price of securities that it intends
to purchase. In addition, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into
currency-related transactions to attempt to protect against the decline in value
of its foreign currency denominated or quoted portfolio securities, or a decline
in the value of anticipated dividends or interest from such securities, due to a
decline in the value of the foreign currency against the US dollar. The
forecasting of currency market movements is extremely difficult and there can be
no assurance that currency hedging strategies will be successful. If the Advisor
is incorrect in its forecast, currency hedging strategies may result in
investment performance worse than if the strategies were not attempted. In
addition, forward contracts and over-the-counter currency options may be
illiquid and are subject to the risk that the counterparty will default on its
obligations.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may
exchange currencies in the normal course of managing its investments in foreign
securities and may incur costs in doing so because a foreign exchange dealer may
charge a fee for conversion. The fund may conduct foreign currency exchange
transactions on a "spot" basis (i.e., for prompt delivery and settlement) at the
prevailing spot rate for purchasing or selling currency in the foreign currency
exchange market. The fund also may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
contracts ("forward currency contracts") or other contracts to purchase and sell
currencies for settlement at a future date. A foreign exchange dealer, in that
situation, will expect to realize a profit based on the difference between the
price at which a foreign currency is sold to the fund and the price at which the
dealer will cover the purchase in the foreign currency market. Foreign exchange
transactions are entered into at prices quoted by dealers, which may include a
mark-up over the price that the dealer must pay for the currency.

A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a
specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from
the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time
of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted
directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their
customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no
commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades, but currency dealers
seek to obtain a "spread" or profit on each transaction.

At the maturity of a forward contract, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may either
accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or
prior to maturity, enter into a closing purchase transaction involving the
purchase or sale of an offsetting contract.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use forward currency transactions in an attempt
to hedge against losses, or where possible, to add to investment returns. For
the purposes of hedging, when the fund enters into a contract for the purchase
or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, or when the fund
anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments
on such a security which it holds, the fund may desire to "lock in" the US
dollar price of the security or the US dollar equivalent of such dividend or
interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for
the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of US dollars, of the amount of foreign
currency involved in the underlying transactions, the fund will attempt to
protect itself against an adverse change in the relationship between the US
dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on
which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest
payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Additionally, when management of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund believes that the
currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline
against the US dollar, it may cause the fund to enter into a forward contract to
sell, for a fixed amount of US dollars, the amount of foreign currency
approximating the value of some or all of the fund's portfolio securities
denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will
change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities
between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures.

Using forward currency contracts in an attempt to protect the value of a fund's
portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not
eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply
establishes a rate of exchange which the fund can achieve at some future point
in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not
possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the dollar value of
only a portion of the fund's foreign assets.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will cover the amount of its commitments to
purchase foreign currencies under forward currency contracts with liquid
securities. If the value of such securities declines below the value of the
fund's commitments under forward currency contracts, additional liquid
securities will be used as cover so that the value of such securities will equal
the amount of the fund's commitments. The securities will be marked-to-market on
a daily basis.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund generally will not enter into a forward currency
contract with a term of greater than one year. The forecasting of short-term
currency market movements is extremely difficult and there can be no assurance
that short-term hedging strategies will be successful.

While DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will enter into forward currency contracts to
reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve
certain other risks. Thus, while the fund may benefit from currency
transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer
overall performance for the fund than if it had not engaged in any such
transactions. Moreover, there may be an imperfect correlation between the fund's
holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward
contracts entered into by the fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause the
fund to sustain losses which will prevent the fund from achieving a complete
hedge or expose the fund to risk of foreign currency exchange loss. Forward
currency contracts may be considered derivative instruments.

Futures Contracts and Related Options


The Fund will invest in futures contracts based on stock indices as a primary
investment technique. To the extent consistent with the Fund's investment
objective, policies and restrictions, the following disclosure applies to the
Fund. In addition, the Fund may have exposure to the following instruments and
techniques indirectly through DWS Short Duration Plus Fund.


General. A fund may enter into futures contracts on securities, securities
indices, foreign currencies and interest rates, and purchase and write (sell)
options thereon that are traded on exchanges designated by the Commodities
Futures Trading Commission "CFTC") or, if consistent with CFTC regulations, on
foreign exchanges. These futures contracts are standardized contracts for the
future delivery of, among other things, a commodity, a non-US currency, an
interest rate sensitive security or, in the case of index futures contracts or
certain other futures contracts, a cash settlement with reference to a specified
multiplier times the change in the index. An option on a futures contract gives
the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in
a futures contract.

A fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts on
securities, securities indices and currencies to manage its exposure to changing
interest rates, security prices and currency exchange rates, as an efficient
means of managing allocations between asset classes and to enhance return. DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund intends to use futures and options on futures primarily
to manage asset allocation between asset classes and to enhance return.

The successful use of futures contracts and options thereon draws upon the
Advisor's skill and experience with respect to such instruments and are subject
to special risk considerations. A liquid secondary market for any futures or
options contract may not be available when a futures or options position is
sought to be closed. In addition, there may be an imperfect correlation between
movements in the securities or currency in a fund. Successful use of futures or
options contracts is further dependent on the Advisor's ability to predict
correctly movements in the securities or foreign currency markets and no
assurance can be given that its judgment will be correct.

Futures Contracts. Futures contracts are contracts to purchase or sell a fixed
amount of an underlying instrument, commodity or index at a fixed time and place
in the future. US futures contracts have been designed by exchanges which have
been designated "contracts markets" by the CFTC, and must be executed through a
futures commission merchant, or brokerage firm, which is a member of the
relevant contract market. Futures contracts trade on a number of exchange
markets, and, through their clearing corporations, the exchanges guarantee
performance of the contracts as between the clearing members of the exchange. A
fund may enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery of
fixed-income securities, foreign currencies, or financial indices, including any
index of US government securities, foreign government securities or corporate
debt securities. A fund may enter into futures contracts that are based on debt
securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the US government,
such as long-term US Treasury Bonds, Treasury Notes and US Treasury Bills. A
fund may also enter into futures contracts which are based on bonds issued by
governments other than the US government. Futures contracts on foreign
currencies may be used to hedge against securities that are denominated in
foreign currencies.

At the same time a futures contract is entered into, a fund must post the
initial margin with the futures broker. Daily thereafter, the futures contract
is valued and the payment of "variation margin" may be required, since each day
the fund would provide or receive cash that reflects any decline or increase in
the contract's value.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to such a contract, adjustments
are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of
securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract.
In some, but not many, cases, securities called for by a futures contract may
not have been issued when the contract was written.

Although futures contracts (other than those that settle in cash, such as index
futures) by their terms call for the actual delivery or acquisition of the
instrument underlying the contract, in most cases the contractual obligation is
fulfilled by offset before the date of the contract without a fund's having to
make or take delivery of the instrument underlying the contract. The offsetting
of a contractual obligation is accomplished by entering into an opposite
position in an identical futures contract on the commodities exchange on which
the futures contract was entered into (or a linked exchange) calling for
delivery in the same month. Such a transaction, which is effected through a
member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the
instrument underlying the contract. Since all transactions in the futures market
are made, offset or fulfilled through a clearinghouse associated with the
exchange on which the contracts are traded, the fund will incur brokerage fees
when it enters into futures contracts.

The purpose of the acquisition or sale of a futures contract, in cases where a
fund holds or intends to acquire fixed-income securities, is to attempt to
protect the fund from fluctuations in interest or foreign exchange rates without
actually buying or selling fixed-income securities or foreign currencies. For
example, if interest rates were expected to increase (which thus would cause the
prices of debt securities to decline), the fund might enter into futures
contracts for the sale of debt securities. Such a sale would have much the same
effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund.
If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt security in the fund would
decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at
approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of the fund
from declining as much as it otherwise would have.

Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline (thus increasing
the value of debt securities), futures contracts may be purchased to attempt to
hedge against anticipated purchases of debt securities at higher prices. Since
the fluctuations in the value of futures contracts should be similar to those of
debt securities, a fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the
value of debt securities without actually buying them until the market had
stabilized. At that time, the futures contracts could be liquidated and the fund
could then buy debt securities on the cash market. The segregated assets
maintained to cover a fund's obligations with respect to non "cash settled"
futures contracts will consist of cash or liquid securities acceptable to the
broker from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the
fluctuating notional market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate
value of the initial and variation margin payments made by the fund with respect
to such futures contracts.

In addition, futures contracts entail significant risks. Although the Advisor
believes that use of such contracts will benefit a fund, if the Advisor's
investment judgment about the general direction of interest rates or an index is
incorrect, the fund's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not
entered into any such contract. For example, if the fund has hedged against the
possibility of an increase in interest rates or a decrease in an index which
would adversely affect the value of securities held in its portfolio and
interest rates decrease or securities prices increase instead, the fund will
lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities which
it has hedged because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions.
In addition, in such situations, if the fund has insufficient cash, it may have
to sell securities from its portfolio to meet daily variation margin
requirements. Such sales of securities may, but will not necessarily, be at
increased prices which reflect the rising market. The fund may have to sell
securities at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.


The Fund has claimed exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool
operator" under the regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Therefore, the Fund is not subject to commodity pool operator registration and
regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act. Futures and options on futures may
be entered into for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration
management) or other portfolio and return enhancement management purposes to the
extent consistent with the exclusion from commodity pool operator registration.
Typically, maintaining a futures contract or selling an option thereon requires
a Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary as security for its obligations
an amount of cash or other specified assets (initial margin) which initially is
typically 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in
some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (variation margin) may be
required to be deposited thereafter on a daily basis as the marked to market
value of the contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on financial futures
involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on
the part of a Fund. If a Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will
be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin)
for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position. Futures
contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an
offsetting transaction but there can be no assurance that the position can be
offset prior to settlement at an advantageous price, nor that delivery will
occur.


Futures Contracts on Securities Indices. A fund may also enter into futures
contracts providing for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement based
upon changes in the value of an index of US or non-US securities. This
investment technique may be used as a low-cost method of gaining exposure to a
particular securities market without investing directly in those securities or
to hedge against anticipated future changes in general market prices that
otherwise might either adversely affect the value of securities held by the fund
or adversely affect the prices of securities which are intended to be purchased
at a later date for the fund or as an efficient means of managing allocation
between asset classes. A futures contract may also be entered into to close out
or offset an existing futures position.

When used for hedging purposes, each futures contract on a securities index
transaction involves the establishment of a position which the Advisor believes
will move in a direction opposite to that of the investment being hedged. If
these hedging transactions are successful, the futures positions taken for a
fund will rise in value by an amount which approximately offsets the decline in
value of the portion of the fund's investments that are being hedged. Should
general market prices move in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated
benefits of futures contracts may not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

Options on Futures Contracts (including Futures Contracts on Securities
Indices). DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase and write (sell) options on
futures contracts for hedging purposes. For example, as with the purchase of
futures contracts, when the fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call
option on an interest rate sensitive futures contract to hedge against a
potential price increase on debt securities due to declining interest rates.

The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects
to the purchase of a call option on an index or individual security. Depending
on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures
contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities,
it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or
underlying debt securities.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract may constitute a partial
hedge against declining prices of the underlying portfolio securities which are
the same as or correlate with the security or foreign currency that is
deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at
expiration of the option is below the price specified in the premium received
for writing the option ("exercise price"), DWS Short Duration Plus Fund will
retain the full amount of the net premium (the premium received for writing the
option less any commission), which provides a partial hedge against any decline
that may have occurred in the fund's holdings.

The writing of a put option on an index futures contract may constitute a
partial hedge against increasing prices of the underlying securities or foreign
currency that are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If the
futures price at expiration of the option is higher than the exercise price, DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund will retain the full amount of the option net premium,
which provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities
that the fund intends to purchase.

If a put or call option DWS Short Duration Plus Fund has written is exercised,
the fund will incur a loss that will be reduced by the amount of the net premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of its futures positions,
the fund's losses from existing options on futures may to some extent be reduced
or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract with respect to an
index is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call or protective put
option on an index. For example, DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may purchase a put
option on an index futures contract to hedge against the risk of lowering
securities values.

The amount of risk DWS Short Duration Plus Fund assumes when it purchases an
option on a futures contract with respect to an index is the premium paid for
the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks
discussed above, the purchase of such an option also entails the risk that
changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully
reflected in the value of the option purchased.

Other Considerations. A fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the
futures contracts and options on futures used by it are substantially related to
price fluctuations in securities or instruments held by the fund or securities
or instruments which it expects to purchase.

A fund will be required, in connection with transactions in futures contracts
and the writing of options on futures contracts, to make margin deposits, which
will be held by its custodian for the benefit of the futures commission merchant
through whom the fund engages in such futures and option transactions. These
transactions involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case
of futures contracts and options obligating the fund to purchase securities,
require the fund to segregate cash or liquid securities in an account maintained
with its custodian to cover such contracts and options.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce
certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus,
unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a
poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not entered into any
futures contracts or options transactions. The other risks associated with the
use of futures contracts and options thereon are (i) imperfect correlation
between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the
prices of the futures and options and (ii) the possible absence of a liquid
secondary market for a futures contract or option and the resulting inability to
close a futures position prior to its maturity date.

In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and
portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may
not be obtained and a fund may be exposed to risk of loss. The risk of imperfect
correlation may be minimized by investing in contracts whose price behavior is
expected to resemble that of the fund's underlying securities. A fund will
attempt to minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out futures
positions by entering into such transactions on a national exchange with an
active and liquid secondary market.

Limitations and Risks Associated with Transactions in Options, Futures Contracts
and Options on Futures Contracts for Hedging Purposes. Options and futures
transactions involve (1) liquidity risk that contractual positions cannot be
easily closed out in the event of market changes or generally in the absence of
a liquid secondary market, (2) correlation risk that changes in the value of
hedging positions may not match the securities market fluctuations intended to
be hedged, and (3) market risk that an incorrect prediction of securities prices
by the Advisor may cause a fund to perform worse than if such positions had not
been taken. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited
than with exchange traded options and may involve the risk that the counterparty
to the option will not fulfill its obligations. In accordance with a position
taken by the SEC, a fund will limit its investments in illiquid securities to
15% of the fund's net assets.

Options and futures transactions are highly specialized activities which involve
investment techniques and risks that are different from those associated with
ordinary portfolio transactions. Gains and losses on investments in options and
futures depend on the Advisor's ability to predict the direction of interest
rates, security prices, currencies and other economic factors. The loss that may
be incurred by a fund in entering into futures contracts and written options
thereon is potentially unlimited. There is no assurance that higher than
anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times,
render certain facilities of an options clearing entity or other entity
performing the regulatory and liquidity functions of an options clearing entity
inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special
procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customers' orders.
Most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in a futures
contract's prices during a single trading day. Once the limit has been reached
no further trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. The price
limit will not limit potential losses, and may in fact prevent the prompt
liquidation of futures positions, ultimately resulting in further losses.

Asset Coverage. A fund will comply with the segregation or coverage guidelines
established by the SEC and other applicable regulatory bodies with respect to
certain transactions, including (but not limited to) options written on
securities and indexes; currency, interest rate and security index futures
contracts and options on these futures contracts; and forward currency
contracts. These guidelines may, in certain instances, require a fund to cover
the fund's obligations with respect to these strategies with cash or liquid
securities to the extent they are not otherwise covered through ownership of the
underlying security or financial instrument, by other portfolio positions or by
other means consistent with applicable regulatory policies.

For example, a call option written on securities may require a fund to hold the
securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into such securities
without additional consideration) or to use assets as cover (as described above)
sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A
call option written on an index may require a fund to own portfolio securities
that correlate with the index or to use assets as cover (as described above)
equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current
basis. A put option written by a fund may require the fund to use assets as
cover (as described above) equal to the exercise price. A fund could purchase a
put option if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the
strike price of a put option sold by the fund. If a fund holds a futures
contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract with
a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. A fund may
enter into fully or partially offsetting transactions so that its net position,
coupled with any assets used as cover (equal to any remaining obligation),
equals its net obligation. Asset coverage may be achieved by other means when
consistent with applicable regulatory policies.

A fund's transactions in options, forward currency contracts, futures contracts
and options on futures contracts may be limited by the requirements for
qualification of the fund as a regulated investment company for federal income
tax purposes. See "Federal Income Taxes." There can be no assurance that the use
of these portfolio strategies will be successful.

Swaps. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may enter into currency and other types of
swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars. The fund
expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or
spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect
against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect
against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing
at a later date. The fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it
does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the
fund may be obligated to pay. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the
fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive
interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments
with respect to a notional amount of principal. A currency swap is an agreement
to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on
the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to
swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the
reference indices. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive
payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the
extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount.
The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional
principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a
specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount. A collar is
a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a
predetermined range of interest rates or values.

Swaps have special risks associated including possible default by the
counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, where swaps are used for
hedges, the risk that the use of a swap could result in losses greater than if
the swap had not been employed. Whether the use of swap agreements will be
successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisor's
ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to
produce greater returns than other investments. Certain swap agreements may be
considered to be illiquid because they are two party contracts and because they
may have terms of greater than seven days. Moreover, DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap
agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement
counterparty.

Credit Default Swaps. DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may invest in credit default
swaps. A credit default swap is a contract between a buyer and a seller of
protection against a pre-defined credit event. The buyer of protection pays the
seller a fixed regular fee provided that no event of default on an underlying
reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller
must pay the buyer the full notional value, or "par value" of the reference
obligation in exchange for the reference obligation. Credit default swaps are
used as a means of "buying" credit protection, i.e., attempting to mitigate the
risk of default or credit quality deterioration in some portion of the fund's
holdings, or "selling" credit protection, i.e., attempting to gain exposure to
an underlying issuer's credit quality characteristics without directly investing
in that issuer. No more than 5% of the fund's assets may be invested in credit
default swaps for purposes of buying credit protection for non-hedging purposes.
Where DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is a seller of credit protection, it
effectively adds leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net
assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount
of the swap. The fund will only sell credit protection with respect to
securities in which it would be authorized to invest directly. The fund
currently considers credit default swaps to be illiquid and treats the market
value of the contract as illiquid for purposes of determining compliance with
the fund's restrictions on investing in illiquid securities.

If DWS Short Duration Plus Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no event
of default occurs, the fund will lose its investment and recover nothing.
However, if the fund is a buyer and an event of default occurs, the fund will
receive the full notional value of the reference obligation that may have little
or no value. As a seller, the fund receives a fixed rate of income through the
term of the contract (typically between six months and three years), provided
that there is no default event. If an event of default occurs, the seller must
pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation. Credit
default swaps involve greater risks than if the fund had invested in the
reference obligation directly.

DWS Short Duration Plus Fund may use credit default swaps to gain exposure to
particular issuers or particular markets through investments in portfolios of
credit default swaps, such as Dow Jones CDX.NA.HY certificates. By investing in
certificates representing interests in a basket of credit default swaps, the
fund is taking credit risk with respect to an entity or group of entities and
providing credit protection to the swap counterparties. For example, the CDX EM
is a tradable basket of 19 credit default swaps on country credits which seeks
to replicate the returns on the indices of a broad group of emerging markets
countries. The credits are a subset of the countries represented by the JPMorgan
Emerging Markets Bond Index Global Diversified. By purchasing interests in CDX
EM, the fund is gaining emerging markets exposure through a single investment.
Unlike other types of credit default swaps which are generally considered
illiquid, credit default swap certificates generally can be sold within seven
days and are not subject to the fund's restrictions on investing in illiquid
securities.

Portfolio Holdings


In addition to the public disclosure of Fund portfolio holdings through required
SEC quarterly filings, the Fund may make its portfolio holdings information
publicly available on the DWS Funds' Web site as described in a Fund's
prospectus. The Fund does not disseminate non-public information about portfolio
holdings except in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by a Fund.

The Fund's procedures permit non-public portfolio holdings information to be
shared with Deutsche Asset Management and its affiliates (collectively "DeAM"),
subadvisors, if any, custodians, independent registered public accounting firms,
attorneys, officers and trustees/directors and each of their respective
affiliates and advisers who require access to this information to fulfill their
duties to a Fund and are subject to the duties of confidentiality, including the
duty not to trade on non-public information, imposed by law or contract, or by a
Fund's procedures. This non-public information may also be disclosed, subject to
the requirements described below, to certain third parties, such as securities
lending agents, financial printers, proxy voting firms, mutual fund analysts and
rating and tracking agencies, or to shareholders in connection with in-kind
redemptions (collectively, "Authorized Third Parties").

Prior to any disclosure of the Fund's non-public portfolio holdings information
to Authorized Third Parties, a person authorized by the Board must make a good
faith determination in light of the facts then known that the Fund has a
legitimate business purpose for providing the information, that the disclosure
is in the best interest of the Fund, and that the recipient assents or otherwise
has a duty to keep the information confidential and to not trade based on the
information received while the information remains non-public. No compensation
is received by the Fund or DeAM for disclosing non-public holdings information.
Periodic reports regarding these procedures will be provided to the Board.

Portfolio holdings information distributed by the trading desks of DeAM or a
subadvisor for the purpose of facilitating efficient trading of such securities
and receipt of relevant research is not subject to the foregoing requirements.
Non-public portfolio holding information does not include portfolio
characteristics (other than holdings or subsets of holdings) about the Fund and
information derived therefrom, including, but not limited to, how the Fund's
investments are divided among various sectors, industries, countries, value and
growth stocks, bonds, currencies and cash, types of bonds, bond maturities,
duration, bond coupons and bond credit quality ratings so long as the identify
of the Fund's holdings could not be derived from such information.

Registered investment companies that are subadvised by DeAM may be subject to
different portfolio holdings disclosure policies, and neither DeAM nor the Board
exercise control over such policies. In addition, separate account clients of
DeAM have access to their portfolio holdings and are not subject to the Fund's
portfolio holdings disclosure policy. The portfolio holdings of some of the
funds subadvised by DeAM and some of the separate accounts managed by DeAM may
substantially overlap with the portfolio holdings of the Fund.

DeAM also manages certain unregistered commingled trusts and creates model
portfolios, the portfolio holdings of which may substantially overlap with the
portfolio holdings of the Fund. To the extent that investors in these commingled
trusts or recipients of model portfolio holdings information may receive
portfolio holdings information of their trust or of a model portfolio on a
different basis from that on which Fund portfolio holdings information is made
public, DeAM has implemented procedures reasonably designed to encourage such
investors and recipients to keep such information confidential, and to prevent
those investors from trading on the basis of non-public holdings information.

There is no assurance that the Fund's policies and procedures with respect to
the disclosure of portfolio holdings information will protect the Fund from the
potential misuse of portfolio holdings information by those in possession of
that information.


                             MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

Investment Advisor


Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. ("DIMA" or the "Advisor"), which is
part of Deutsche Asset Management ("DeAM"), is the investment advisor for the
Fund. Under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, with headquarters at 345
Park Avenue, New York, New York, DIMA makes the Fund's investment decisions,
buys and sells securities for a Fund and conducts research that leads to these
purchase and sale decisions. The Advisor manages the Fund's daily investment and
business affairs subject to the policies established by the Trust's Board of
Trustees. DIMA and its predecessors have more than 80 years of experience
managing mutual funds. DIMA provides a full range of investment advisory
services to institutional and retail clients. The Fund's investment advisor is
also responsible for selecting brokers and dealers and for negotiating brokerage
commissions and dealer charges.


DeAM is the marketing name in the US for the asset management activities of
Deutsche Bank AG, DIMA, Deutsche Asset Management Inc., Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas and DWS Trust Company. DeAM is a global asset management
organization that offers a wide range of investing expertise and resources,
including hundreds of portfolio managers and analysts and an office network that
reaches the world's major investment centers. This well-resourced global
investment platform brings together a wide variety of experience and investment
insight, across industries, regions, asset classes and investing styles. DIMA is
an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. Deutsche Bank AG is a
major global banking institution that is engaged in a wide range of financial
services, including investment management, mutual fund, retail, private and
commercial banking, investment banking and insurance. DWS Investments is part of
Deutsche Bank's Asset Management division and, within the US, represents the
retail asset management activities of Deutsche Bank AG, Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and DWS Trust
Company.


Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement (the "Agreement"), the Advisor
provides continuing investment management of the assets for the Fund. In
addition to the investment management of the assets of the Fund, the Advisor
determines the investments to be made for the Fund, including what portion of
its assets remain uninvested in cash or cash equivalents, and with whom the
orders for investments are placed, consistent with the Fund's policies as stated
in its Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information or as adopted by the
Fund's Board. The Advisor will also monitor, to the extent not monitored by the
Fund's administrator or other agent, the Fund's compliance with their investment
and tax guidelines and other compliance policies.

The Advisor provides assistance to the Fund's Board in valuing the securities
and other instruments held by the Fund, to the extent reasonably required by
valuation policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Fund.

Pursuant to the Agreement, (unless otherwise provided in the agreement or as
determined by the Fund's Board and to the extent permitted by applicable law),
the Advisor pays the compensation and expenses of all the Board members,
officers, and executive employees of the Fund, including the Fund's share of
payroll taxes, who are affiliated persons of the Advisor.

The Agreement provides that the Fund is generally responsible for expenses that
include: fees payable to the Advisor; outside legal, accounting or auditing
expenses, including with respect to expenses related to negotiation, acquisition
or distribution of portfolio investments; maintenance of books and records that
are maintained by the Fund, the Fund's custodian, or other agents of the Fund;
taxes and governmental fees; fees and expenses of the Fund's accounting agent,
custodian, sub-custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing
agents and registrars; payment for portfolio pricing or valuation services to
pricing agents, accountants, bankers and other specialists, if any; brokerage
commissions or other costs of acquiring or disposing of any portfolio securities
or other instruments of the Fund; and litigation expenses and other
extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's
business.

The Agreement allows the Advisor to delegate any of its duties under the
Agreement to a subadvisor, subject to a majority vote of the Board of the Fund,
including a majority of the Board who are not interested persons of the Fund,
and, if required by applicable law, subject to a majority vote of the Fund's
shareholders.

The Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or the Fund in
connection with matters to which the Agreement relates, except a loss resulting
from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the
Advisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the
Advisor of its obligations and duties under the Agreement. The Agreement may be
terminated at any time, without payment of penalty, by either party or by vote
of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by either the
Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees on 60 days' written notice.


The Advisor provides investment counsel for many individuals and institutions,
including insurance companies, industrial corporations, and financial and
banking organizations, as well as providing investment advice to open- and
closed-end SEC registered funds.


In certain cases, the investments for the Fund are managed by the same
individuals who manage one or more other mutual funds advised by the Advisor
that have similar names, objectives and investment styles. You should be aware
that the Fund is likely to differ from these other mutual funds in size, cash
flow pattern and tax matters. Accordingly, the holdings and performance of the
Fund can be expected to vary from those of these other mutual funds.

Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other clients
advised by the Advisor. Investment decisions for the Fund and other clients are
made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after
consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash
for investment and the size of their investments generally. Frequently, a
particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different
amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients.
Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one
or more other clients are selling the security. In addition, purchases or sales
of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In
such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner
believed by the Advisor to be equitable to each. In some cases, this procedure
could have an adverse effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased
or sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined with
those of other clients of the Advisor in the interest of achieving the most
favorable net results to the Fund.

The Agreement continues in effect from year to year only if its continuance is
approved annually by the vote of a majority of those Board Members who are not
parties to the Agreement or interested persons of the Advisor or the Trust, cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and
either by a vote of the Board or of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund.

The Fund pays the Advisor an advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.60% of the
Fund's average daily net assets. The fee is payable monthly, provided that a
Fund will make such interim payments as may be requested by the Advisor not to
exceed 75% of the amount of the fee then accrued on the books of the Fund and
unpaid. All of the Fund's expenses are paid out of gross investment income.

In the event that all of the Fund's assets are completely and irreversibly
allocated to the Reserve Component, a Fund's 0.60% management fee will decrease
to 0.30%.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund's net annual operating expenses include other
operating expenses, which the Advisor has contractually agreed to cap at 1.50%
for Class S shares through September 30, 2009. The fee cap does not include
acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, or extraordinary expenses, brokerage,
taxes and interest.





For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
incurred $______ in investment management fees. For the fiscal year ended April
30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund incurred $77,169 (of which $77,169
was waived) in investment management fees.


Pursuant to DeAM procedures approved by the Boards on behalf of the DWS funds,
proof of claim forms are routinely filed on behalf of the DWS funds by a third
party service provider, with certain limited exceptions. The Boards of the DWS
funds receive periodic reports regarding the implementation of these procedures.

The Advisor may enter into arrangements with affiliates and third-party service
providers to perform various administrative, back-office and other services
relating to client accounts. Such service providers may be located in the US or
in non-US jurisdictions.


From time to time, Deutsche Bank or an affiliate (collectively, "DB") may at its
sole discretion invest its own assets in shares of the Fund ("proprietary
investment") for such purposes it deems appropriate, including investments
designed to assist in the management of the Fund's portfolio. Any proprietary
investment may be hedged and, in that event, the return on the proprietary
investment, net of the effect of the hedge, would be expected to differ from the
return of the Fund. DB has no obligation to make any proprietary investments and
the amount of any proprietary investment that is made may or may not be
significant in comparison to the level of assets of the Fund. In the event that
a proprietary investment is made, except as otherwise required under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, DB would be permitted to redeem the investment
at such time that it deems appropriate.


Codes of Ethics


The Fund, the Advisor and the Fund's principal underwriter have each adopted
codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Board Members, officers of
the Trust and employees of the Advisor and principal underwriter are permitted
to make personal securities transactions, including transactions in securities
that may be purchased or held by the Fund, subject to certain requirements and
restrictions set forth in the applicable Code of Ethics. The Advisor's Code of
Ethics contains provisions and requirements designed to identify and address
certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the
interests of the Fund. Among other things, the Advisor's Code of Ethics
prohibits certain types of transactions absent prior approval, imposes time
periods during which personal transactions may not be made in certain
securities, and requires the submission of duplicate broker confirmations and
quarterly reporting of securities transactions. Additional restrictions apply to
portfolio managers, traders, research analysts and others involved in the
investment advisory process. Exceptions to these and other provisions of the
Advisor's Code of Ethics may be granted in particular circumstances after review
by appropriate personnel.


Regulatory Matters and Legal Proceedings

On December 21, 2006, Deutsche Asset Management ("DeAM") settled proceedings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and the New York Attorney
General on behalf of Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. ("DAMI") and DIMA, the
investment advisors to many of the DWS Investments funds, regarding allegations
of improper trading of fund shares at DeAM and at the legacy Scudder and Kemper
organizations prior to their acquisition by DeAM in April 2002. These regulators
alleged that although the prospectuses for certain funds in the regulators' view
indicated that the funds did not permit market timing, DAMI and DIMA breached
their fiduciary duty to those funds in that their efforts to limit trading
activity in the funds were not effective at certain times. The regulators also
alleged that DAMI and DIMA breached their fiduciary duty to certain funds by
entering into certain market timing arrangements with investors. These trading
arrangements originated in businesses that existed prior to the currently
constituted DeAM organization, which came together as a result of various
mergers of the legacy Scudder, Kemper and Deutsche fund groups, and all of the
arrangements were terminated prior to the start of the regulatory investigations
that began in the summer of 2003. No current DeAM employee approved these
trading arrangements. Under the terms of the settlements, DAMI and DIMA neither
admitted nor denied any wrongdoing.

The terms of the SEC settlement, which identified improper trading in the legacy
Deutsche and Kemper mutual funds only, provide for payment of disgorgement in
the amount of $17.2 million. The terms of the settlement with the New York
Attorney General provide for payment of disgorgement in the amount of $102.3
million, which is inclusive of the amount payable under the SEC settlement, plus
a civil penalty in the amount of $20 million. The total amount payable by DeAM,
approximately $122.3 million, will be distributed to shareholders of the
affected funds in accordance with a distribution plan to be developed by a
distribution consultant. The funds' investment advisors do not believe these
amounts will have a material adverse financial impact on them or materially
affect their ability to perform under their investment management agreements
with the DWS funds. The above-described amounts are not material to Deutsche
Bank, and have already been reserved.

Among the terms of the settled orders, DeAM is subject to certain undertakings
regarding the conduct of its business in the future, including formation of a
Code of Ethics Oversight Committee to oversee all matters relating to issues
arising under the advisors' Code of Ethics; establishment of an Internal
Compliance Controls Committee having overall compliance oversight responsibility
of the advisors; engagement of an Independent Compliance Consultant to conduct a
comprehensive review of the advisors' supervisory compliance and other policies
and procedures designed to prevent and detect breaches of fiduciary duty,
breaches of the Code of Ethics and federal securities law violations by the
advisors and their employees; and commencing in 2008, the advisors shall undergo
a compliance review by an independent third party.

In addition, DeAM is subject to certain further undertakings relating to the
governance of the mutual funds, including that at least 75% of the members of
the Boards of Trustees/Directors overseeing the DWS Funds continue to be
independent of DeAM; the Chairmen of the DWS Funds' Boards of Trustees/Directors
continue to be independent of DeAM; DeAM maintain existing management fee
reductions for certain funds for a period of five years and not increase
management fees for these certain funds during this period; the funds retain a
senior officer (or independent consultants, as applicable) responsible for
assisting in the review of fee arrangements and monitoring compliance by the
funds and the investment advisors with securities laws, fiduciary duties, codes
of ethics and other compliance policies, the expense of which shall be borne by
DeAM; and periodic account statements, fund prospectuses and the mutual funds'
web site contain additional disclosure and/or tools that assist investors in
understanding the fees and costs associated with an investment in the funds and
the impact of fees and expenses on fund returns.

DeAM has also settled proceedings with the Illinois Secretary of State regarding
market timing matters. The terms of the Illinois settlement provide for investor
education contributions totaling approximately $4 million and a payment in the
amount of $2 million to the Securities Audit and Enforcement Fund.

On September 28, 2006, the SEC and the National Association of Securities
Dealers ("NASD") (now known as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or
"FINRA") announced final agreements in which Deutsche Investment Management
Americas Inc. ("DIMA"), Deutsche Asset Management, Inc. ("DAMI") and DWS Scudder
Distributors, Inc. ("DWS-SDI") (now known as DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.
("DIDI") settled administrative proceedings regarding disclosure of brokerage
allocation practices in connection with sales of the DWS Funds' (now known as
the DWS Investments Funds) shares during 2001-2003. The agreements with the SEC
and NASD are reflected in orders which state, among other things, that DIMA and
DAMI failed to disclose potential conflicts of interest to the funds' Boards and
to shareholders relating to DIDI's use of certain funds' brokerage commissions
to reduce revenue sharing costs to broker-dealer firms with whom it had
arrangements to market and distribute DWS Fund shares. These directed brokerage
practices were discontinued in October 2003.

Under the terms of the settlements, in which DIMA, DAMI and DIDI neither
admitted nor denied any of the regulators' findings, DIMA, DAMI and DIDI agreed
to pay disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil penalties in the total
amount of $19.3 million. The portion of the settlements distributed to the funds
was approximately $17.8 million and was paid to the funds as prescribed by the
settlement orders based upon the amount of brokerage commissions from each fund
used to satisfy revenue sharing agreements with broker-dealers who sold fund
shares.

As part of the settlements, DIMA, DAMI and DIDI also agreed to implement certain
measures and undertakings relating to revenue sharing payments including making
additional disclosures in the funds' Prospectuses or Statements of Additional
Information, adopting or modifying relevant policies and procedures and
providing regular reporting to the fund Boards.

Additional information announced by DeAM regarding the terms of the settlements
is available at www.dws-investments.com/regulatory_settlements.

The matters alleged in the regulatory settlements described above also serve as
the general basis of a number of private class action lawsuits involving the DWS
funds. These lawsuits name as defendants various persons, including certain DWS
funds, the funds' investment advisors and their affiliates, and certain
individuals, including in some cases fund Trustees/Directors, officers, and
other parties. Each DWS fund's investment advisor has agreed to indemnify the
applicable DWS funds in connection with these lawsuits, or other lawsuits or
regulatory actions that may be filed making similar allegations.

Based on currently available information, the funds' investment advisors believe
the likelihood that the pending lawsuits will have a material adverse financial
impact on a DWS fund is remote and such actions are not likely to materially
affect their ability to perform under their investment management agreements
with the DWS funds.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers


Portfolio managers are eligible for total compensation comprised of base salary
and variable compensation.

Base Salary - Base salary is linked to job functions, responsibilities and
financial services industry peer comparison through the use of extensive market
data surveys.

Variable Compensation - Generally, variable compensation comprises a greater
proportion of total compensation as a portfolio manager's seniority and
compensation levels increase. Variable Compensation may include a cash bonus
incentive, and potential participation in long-term incentive programs including
but not limited to, Deutsche Bank equity, equity linked vehicle, and restricted
cash. Variable compensation is determined based on an analysis of a number of
factors, including among other things, the performance of Deutsche Bank, the
performance of the Asset Management division, and the portfolio manager's
individual contribution. In evaluating individual contribution, management will
consider a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors. Top performing
investment professionals earn a total compensation package that is highly
competitive. As variable compensation increases, the percentage awarded in
long-term incentives also increases. Long-term incentives are subject to a
clawback provision for unvested portions only during the three-year life of the
plan should the individual engage in any conduct that is a significant breach of
DB policies and procedures.

o        The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager's individual
         performance is based on, among other factors, performance of all of the
         accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the fund and
         any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-,
         three-, and five-year period relative to the appropriate Morningstar
         and Lipper peer group universes and/or benchmark index(es) with respect
         to each account. Additionally, the portfolio manager's
         retail/institutional asset mix is weighted, as appropriate for
         evaluation purposes. Generally the benchmark index used is a benchmark
         index set forth in the fund's prospectus to which the fund's
         performance is compared. Additional or different appropriate peer group
         or benchmark indices may also be used. Primary weight is given to
         pre-tax portfolio performance over three-year and five-year time
         periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served
         for less than five years) with lesser consideration given to portfolio
         performance over a one-year period. The increase or decrease in a
         fund's assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not
         considered a material factor.

o        The qualitative analysis of a portfolio manager's individual
         performance is based on, among other things, the results of an annual
         management and internal peer review process, and management's
         assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor
         relations, the investment process and overall performance (distinct
         from fund and other account performance). Other factors, including
         contributions made to the investment team, as well as adherence to
         Compliance Policies and Procedures, Risk Management procedures, the
         firm's Code of Ethics and "living the values" of the Advisor are also
         factors.

The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager's performance is given more
weight in determining variable compensation than the qualitative portion.

Fund Ownership of Portfolio Managers

The following table shows the dollar range of shares owned beneficially and of
record by each member of the Fund's portfolio management team in the Fund as
well as in all DWS Funds as a group (i.e., those funds advised by Deutsche Asset
Management or its affiliates), including investments by their immediate family
members sharing the same household and amounts invested through retirement and
deferred compensation plans. This information is provided as of the Fund's most
recent fiscal year end.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Dollar Range of                    Dollar Range of All DWS
Name of Portfolio Manager                        Fund Shares Owned                      Fund Shares Owned
-------------------------                        -----------------                      -----------------

<S>                                                 <C>  <C>                           <C>        <C>
Inna Okounkova                                      $1 - $10,000                       $100,001 - $500,000
William Chepolis                                         $0                            $100,001 - $500,000
Robert Wang                                         $1 - $10,000                        $50,001 - $100,000
</TABLE>

Conflicts of Interest

In addition to managing the assets of the Fund, the Fund's portfolio managers
may have responsibility for managing other client accounts of the Advisor or its
affiliates. The tables below show, for each portfolio manager, the number and
asset size of (1) SEC registered investment companies (or series thereof) other
than the Fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment
companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed for individuals or
organizations) managed by each portfolio manager. Total assets attributed to
each portfolio manager in the tables below include total assets of each account
managed by them, although the manager may only manage a portion of such
account's assets. The tables also show the number of performance based fee
accounts, as well as the total assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee
is based on the performance of the account. This information is as of the Fund's
most recent fiscal year end.

Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Number of
                                      Number of        Total Assets of          Investment          Total Assets of
                                     Registered           Registered         Company Accounts        Performance-
                                     Investment           Investment         with Performance-         Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Companies           Companies              Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             ---------           ---------              ---------             --------

<S>                                       <C>            <C>                         <C>                  <C>
Inna Okounkova                            15             $2,694,404,330              0                    $0
William Chepolis                          17             $8,981,264,915              0                    $0
Robert Wang                               45            $12,036,397,287              0                    $0

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed:

                                                                              Number of Pooled
                                                                                 Investment
                                      Number of                               Vehicle Accounts      Total Assets of
                                       Pooled          Total Assets of              with             Performance-
                                     Investment       Pooled Investment         Performance-           Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Vehicles             Vehicles              Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             --------             --------              ---------             --------

Inna Okounkova                              3                $55,774,995             0                         $0
William Chepolis                            0                         $0             0                         $0
Robert Wang                                35             $1,432,408,332             1                    $31,529

Other Accounts Managed:

                                                                                 Number of
                                                                               Other Accounts       Total Assets of
                                      Number of                                     with             Performance-
                                        Other          Total Assets of          Performance-           Based Fee
Name of Portfolio Manager             Accounts          Other Accounts           Based Fee             Accounts
-------------------------             --------          --------------           ---------             --------

Inna Okounkova                              0                     $0                 0                         $0
William Chepolis                            1            $91,714,302                 0                         $0
Robert Wang                                41         $6,353,164,851                 5               $109,016,659
</TABLE>

In addition to the accounts above, an investment professional may manage
accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to,
or the same as, those of the Fund. The Advisor has in place a Code of Ethics
that is designed to address conflicts of interest and that, among other things,
imposes restrictions on the ability of portfolio managers and other "access
persons" to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the Funds
and other client accounts.

Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio
manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to
more than one fund or account, including the following:

o        Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other
         clients advised by the Advisor, including other client accounts managed
         by the Fund's portfolio management team. Investment decisions for the
         Fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their
         respective investment objectives and after consideration of such
         factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment
         and the size of their investments generally. A particular security may
         be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at
         different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise,
         because clients of the Advisor may have differing investment
         strategies, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients
         when one or more other clients are selling the security. The investment
         results achieved for the Fund may differ from the results achieved for
         other clients of the Advisor. In addition, purchases or sales of the
         same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In
         such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a
         manner believed by the Advisor to be most equitable to each client,
         generally utilizing a pro rata allocation methodology. In some cases,
         the allocation procedure could potentially have an adverse effect or
         positive effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or
         sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined
         with those of other clients of the Advisor in the interest of achieving
         the most favorable net results to the Fund and the other clients.

o        To the extent that a portfolio manager has responsibilities for
         managing multiple client accounts, a portfolio manager will need to
         divide time and attention among relevant accounts. The Advisor attempts
         to minimize these conflicts by aligning its portfolio management teams
         by investment strategy and by employing similar investment models
         across multiple client accounts.

o        In some cases, an apparent conflict may arise where the Advisor has an
         incentive, such as a performance-based fee, in managing one account and
         not with respect to other accounts it manages. The Advisor will not
         determine allocations based on whether it receives a performance-based
         fee from the client. Additionally, the Advisor has in place supervisory
         oversight processes to periodically monitor performance deviations for
         accounts with like strategies.

o        The Advisor and its affiliates and the investment team of the Funds may
         manage other mutual funds and separate accounts on a long-short basis.
         The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates
         potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale
         activity could adversely affect the market value of the long
         positions(and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in
         long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving
         opposing orders at the same time. The Advisor has adopted procedures
         that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these potential
         conflicts of interest. Included in these procedures are specific
         guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all
         clients whose accounts are managed by each Fund's portfolio management
         team. The Advisor and the portfolio management team have established
         monitoring procedures, a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as
         compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest
         relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

The Advisor is owned by Deutsche Bank AG, a multi-national financial services
company. Therefore, the Advisor is affiliated with a variety of entities that
provide, and/or engage in commercial banking, insurance, brokerage, investment
banking, financial advisory, broker-dealer activities (including sales and
trading), hedge funds, real estate and private equity investing, in addition to
the provision of investment management services to institutional and individual
investors. Since Deutsche Bank AG, its affiliates, directors, officers and
employees (the "Firm") are engaged in businesses and have interests other than
managing asset management accounts, such other activities involve real,
potential or apparent conflicts of interest. These interests and activities
include potential advisory, transactional and financial activities and other
interests in securities and companies that may be directly or indirectly
purchased or sold by the Firm for its clients' advisory accounts. These are
considerations of which advisory clients should be aware and which may cause
conflicts that could be to the disadvantage of the Advisor's advisory clients.
The Advisor has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and
disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of
interest and, as appropriate, to report them to the Fund's Board.




Administrator


The Fund entered into an administrative services agreement with the Advisor (the
"Administrative Services Agreement"), pursuant to which the Advisor provides
administrative services to the Fund including, among others, providing the Fund
with personnel, preparing and making required filings on behalf of the Fund,
maintaining books and records for the Fund, and monitoring the valuation of Fund
securities. For all services provided under the Administrative Services
Agreement, the Fund pays the Advisor a fee, computed daily and paid monthly, of
0.100% of the Fund's average daily net assets.

Under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Advisor is obligated on a
continuous basis to provide such administrative services as the Board of the
Fund reasonably deems necessary for the proper administration of the Fund. The
Advisor provides the Fund with personnel; arranges for the preparation and
filing of the Fund's tax returns; prepares and submits reports and meeting
materials to the Board and the shareholders; prepares and files updates to the
Fund's prospectus and statement of additional information as well as other
reports required to be filed by the SEC; maintains the Fund's records; provides
the Fund with office space, equipment and services; supervises, negotiates the
contracts of and monitors the performance of third parties contractors; oversees
the tabulation of proxies; monitors the valuation of portfolio securities and
monitors compliance with Board-approved valuation procedures; assists in
establishing the accounting and tax policies of the Fund; assists in the
resolution of accounting issues that may arise with respect to the Fund;
establishes and monitors the Fund's operating expense budgets; reviews and
processes the Fund's bills; assists in determining the amount of dividends and
distributions available to be paid by the Fund, prepares and arranges dividend
notifications and provides information to agents to effect payments thereof;
provides to the Board periodic and special reports; provides assistance with
investor and public relations matters; and monitors the registration of shares
under applicable federal and state law. The Advisor also performs certain fund
accounting services under the Administrative Services Agreement. The
Administrative Services Agreement provides that the Advisor will not be liable
under the Administrative Services Agreement except for willful misfeasance, bad
faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or from the reckless
disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
incurred $_______ in administration fees. For the fiscal year ended April 30,
2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund incurred $12,862 (of which $6,669 was
waived) in administration fees.

Pursuant to an agreement between the Administrator and State Street Bank and
Trust Company ("SSB"), the Administrator has delegated certain administrative
functions to SSB. The costs and expenses of such delegation are borne by the
Administrator, not by the Fund.




                             FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS

Distributor and Underwriter


The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has entered into an Underwriting and
Distribution Services Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement," pursuant to which
DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. ("DIDI" or the "Distributor"), 222 South
Riverside Plaza, Chicago, IL 60606 as agent, serves as principal underwriter for
the continuous offering of shares of the Fund. DIDI, an affiliate of the
Advisor, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. DIDI has agreed to
use its best efforts to solicit orders for the purchase of shares of the Fund,
although it is not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares.

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Fund is responsible for: the payment of
all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing with the SEC
of its registration statement and prospectus and any amendments and supplements
thereto; the registration and qualification of shares for sale in the various
states, including registering the Fund as a broker or dealer in various states,
as required; the fees and expenses of preparing, printing and mailing
prospectuses annually to existing shareholders (see below for expenses relating
to prospectuses paid by the Distributor); notices, proxy statements, reports or
other communications to shareholders of the Fund; the cost of printing and
mailing confirmations of purchases of shares and any prospectuses accompanying
such confirmations; any issuance taxes and/or any initial transfer taxes; a
portion of shareholder toll-free telephone charges and expenses of shareholder
service representatives; the cost of wiring funds for share purchases and
redemptions (unless paid by the shareholder who initiates the transaction); the
cost of printing and postage of business reply envelopes; and a portion of the
cost of computer terminals used by both the Fund and the Distributor.

The Distributor will pay for printing and distributing prospectuses or reports
prepared for its use in connection with the offering of the Fund's shares to the
public and preparing, printing and mailing any other literature or advertising
in connection with the offering of shares of the Fund to the public. The
Distributor will pay all fees and expenses in connection with its qualification
and registration as a broker or dealer under federal and state laws, a portion
of the cost of toll-free telephone service and expenses of shareholder service
representatives, a portion of the cost of computer terminals, and expenses of
any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued
by the Fund, unless a Rule 12b-1 Plan is in effect which provides that the Fund
shall bear some or all of such expenses.

Although the Fund does not currently have a 12b-1 Plan for Class S shares, and
the Trustees have no current intention of adopting one, the Fund will also pay
those fees and expenses permitted to be paid or assumed by the Trust pursuant to
a 12b-1 Plan, if any, adopted by the Trust, notwithstanding any other provision
to the contrary in the underwriting agreement.

The Distributor currently offers shares of the Fund on a continuous basis to
investors in all states in which shares of the Fund may from time to time be
registered or where permitted by applicable law. The underwriting agreement
provides that the Distributor accepts orders for shares at net asset value
because no sales commission or load is charged to the investor. The Distributor
has made no firm commitment to acquire shares of the Fund.


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The financial highlights of the Fund included in the Fund's prospectuses and the
financial statements incorporated by reference in this SAI have been so included
or incorporated by reference in reliance on the reports of [auditor's name and
address], independent registered public accounting firm, given on said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting. _________ audits the financial statements of
the Fund and provides other audit, tax and related services. Shareholders will
receive annual audited financial statements and semi-annual unaudited financial
statements.

DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

Assignment of Warranty Agreement

Effective June 30, 2009, pursuant to the terms of the Warranty Agreement,
Merrill Lynch Bank USA ("MLBUSA"), the Fund's original financial warranty
provider, assigned all of its rights, interests, and obligations under the
Warranty Agreement to an affiliated entity, Main Place Funding, LLC.
Accordingly, effective as of June 30, 2009, Main Place replaced MLBUSA as the
Fund's warranty provider.

Information Regarding the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

Warranty Provider. As of June 30, 2009, the Warranty Provider is Main Place. In
connection with the above-described assignment, Main Place has issued a stand-by
letter of credit to the Fund, on which the Fund may draw up to $1 billion (the
"Financial Warranty"), provided the terms and conditions of the Warranty
Agreement are satisfied.

The Fund pays to the Warranty Provider, under the Warranty Agreement, an annual
fee equal to 0.57% of the Fund's average daily net assets. In the event that the
Fund becomes completely and irreversibly invested in the Reserve Component, the
fee under the Warranty Agreement will be reduced to an annual rate of 0.30% of
the average daily net assets of the Fund.

Main Place is a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the
State of Delaware. Main Place is an operating subsidiary of Bank of America,
N.A. and, as such, has all of the powers of Bank of America, N.A, other than the
power to take deposits. Bank of America, N.A. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Bank of America Corporation and is licensed as a national banking association by
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") pursuant to the National
Bank Act and is regulated and examined by the OCC.

Bank of America, N.A.'s long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are
currently rated Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and A+ by
each of Fitch Ratings, a division of Fitch, Inc. ("Fitch"), and Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"),
each a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The Warranty
Provider has not received ratings from any ratings organization.

Guarantor. In connection with the above-described assignment, Bank of America
Corporation (the "Guarantor") has provided an unconditional guarantee of Main
Place's performance of its obligations under the Warranty Agreement. The
Guarantor is organized as a Delaware corporation and operates as a bank holding
company and financial services holding company regulated by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Guarantor's guarantee is not an
obligation of, or guaranteed by, Bank of America, N.A. or any other bank and is
not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government
agency.

The Guarantor's long-term unsecured senior debt obligations are currently rated
A2 by Moody's, A+ by Fitch, and A by S&P.

Additional Information Regarding the Warranty Provider and the Guarantor

The Warranty Provider, the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A have not
participated in the organization of the Fund and make no representations
regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

The Warranty Provider's address is c/o Bank of America Merrill Lynch - Global
Equity Linked Products, Bank of America Tower, One Bryant Park, New York, NY
10036.

The head offices of the Guarantor and Bank of America, N.A. are located at 100
North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.





The Warranty Provider's and the Guarantor's respective audited financial
statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, and their respective
unaudited financial statements for the periods ended ______________ are each
included as an exhibit to the Fund's registration statement. You may request a
copy of the most recent financial statements of the Warranty Provider and the
Guarantor, free of charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 728-3337.


Legal Counsel


Vedder Price P.C., 222 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, serves as
legal counsel to the Fund.

Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2624, serves as a
counsel to the Independent Trustees.


Custodian


State Street Bank and Trust Company, Lafayette Corporate Center, 2 Avenue De
Lafayette, Boston, MA 02111 (the "Custodian" or "SSB") serves as the Fund's
custodian pursuant to a Custodian Agreement. Under its custody agreement with
the Trust, the Custodian (i) maintains separate accounts in the US in the name
of a Fund, (ii) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of a Fund
held in the US, (iii) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on
behalf of a Fund, (iv) collects and receives all income and other payments and
distributions on account of a Fund's portfolio securities, and (v) makes
periodic reports to the Trust's Board of Trustees concerning a Fund's
operations, including the placement of a Fund's foreign assets with each
eligible foreign custodian. The Custodian is authorized to select one or more
foreign or domestic banks or companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of a
Fund, pursuant to Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.


Transfer Agent and Shareholder Service Agent


DWS Investments Service Company ("DISC" or the "Transfer Agent"), 210 W. 10th
Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1614, an affiliate of the Advisor, is the
transfer agent, dividend-paying agent and shareholder service agent for a Fund
pursuant to an agency agreement (the "Agency Agreement"), under which the
Transfer Agent (i) maintains record shareholder accounts, and (ii) makes
periodic reports to Board concerning the operations of the Fund.

The Transfer Agent receives an annual service fee for each account of the Fund,
based on the type of account. For open retail accounts, the fee is a flat fee
ranging from $20.00 to $27.50 per account, for open wholesale money funds the
fee is $35.05 per account, while for certain retirement accounts serviced on the
recordkeeping system of ADP, Inc., the fee is a flat fee up to $3.80 per account
(as of 2008, indexed to inflation) plus an asset based fee of up to 0.25% of
average net assets. 1/12th of the annual service charge for each account is
charged and payable to the Transfer Agent each month. A fee is charged for any
account which at any time during the month had a share balance in the Fund.
Smaller fees are also charged for closed accounts for which information must be
retained on the Transfer Agent's system for up to 18 months after closing for
tax reporting purposes.

Certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent, including
expenses of printing and mailing routine fund disclosure documents, costs of
record retention and transaction processing costs are reimbursed by the Fund or
are paid directly by the Fund. Certain additional out-of-pocket expenses,
including costs of computer hardware and software, third party record-keeping
and processing of proxy statements, may only be reimbursed by the Fund with the
prior approval of the Fund's Board.

Pursuant to a sub-transfer agency agreement between DISC and DST Systems, Inc.
("DST"), DISC has delegated certain transfer agent, dividend paying agent and
shareholder servicing agent functions to DST. The costs and expenses of such
delegation are borne by DISC, not by the Fund.

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund
aggregated fees payable to DISC in the amount of $________ for Class S. For the
fiscal year ended April 30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund aggregated
fees payable to DISC in the amount of $30 (of which $30 was waived) for Class S.

The Fund, or the Advisor (including any affiliate of the Advisor), or both, may
pay unaffiliated third parties for providing recordkeeping and other
administrative services with respect to beneficial owners of Fund shares whose
interests are generally held in an omnibus account.


                             PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The Advisor is generally responsible for placing the orders for the purchase and
sale of portfolio securities, including the allocation of brokerage. With
respect to those funds for which a sub-investment advisor manages the fund's
investments, references in this section to the "Advisor" should be read to mean
the Sub-Advisor, except as noted below.


The policy of the Advisor in placing orders for the purchase and sale of
securities for a Fund is to seek best execution, taking into account such
factors, among others, as price; commission (where applicable); the
broker-dealer's ability to ensure that securities will be delivered on
settlement date; the willingness of the broker-dealer to commit its capital and
purchase a thinly traded security for its own inventory; whether the
broker-dealer specializes in block orders or large program trades; the
broker-dealer's knowledge of the market and the security; the broker-dealer's
ability to maintain confidentiality; the broker-dealer's ability to provide
access to new issues; the broker-dealer's ability to provide support when
placing a difficult trade; the financial condition of the broker-dealer; and
whether the broker-dealer has the infrastructure and operational capabilities to
execute and settle the trade. The Advisor seeks to evaluate the overall
reasonableness of brokerage commissions with commissions charged on comparable
transactions and compares the brokerage commissions (if any) paid by the Fund to
reported commissions paid by others. The Advisor routinely reviews commission
rates, execution and settlement services performed and makes internal and
external comparisons.


Commission rates on transactions in equity securities on US securities exchanges
are subject to negotiation. Commission rates on transactions in equity
securities on foreign securities exchanges are generally fixed. Purchases and
sales of fixed-income securities and certain over-the-counter securities are
effected on a net basis, without the payment of brokerage commissions.
Transactions in fixed income and certain over-the-counter securities are
generally placed by the Advisor with the principal market makers for these
securities unless the Advisor reasonably believes more favorable results are
available elsewhere. Transactions with dealers serving as market makers reflect
the spread between the bid and asked prices. Purchases of underwritten issues
will include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter. Money market
instruments are normally purchased in principal transactions directly from the
issuer or from an underwriter or market maker.


It is likely that the broker-dealers selected based on the considerations
described in this section will include firms that also sell shares of the Fund
to their customers. However, the Advisor does not consider sales of shares of
the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute portfolio
transactions for the Fund and, accordingly, has implemented policies and
procedures reasonably designed to prevent its traders from considering sales of
shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute
portfolio transactions for the Fund.

The Advisor is permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), when placing portfolio transactions for the Fund,
to cause the Fund to pay brokerage commissions in excess of that which another
broker-dealer might charge for executing the same transaction in order to obtain
research and brokerage services if the Advisor determines that such commissions
are reasonable in relation to the overall services provided. The Advisor may
from time to time, in reliance on Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, execute
portfolio transactions with broker-dealers that provide research and brokerage
services to the Advisor. Consistent with the Advisor's policy regarding best
execution, where more than one broker is believed to be capable of providing
best execution for a particular trade, the Advisor may take into consideration
the receipt of research and brokerage services in selecting the broker-dealer to
execute the trade. Although certain research and brokerage services from
broker-dealers may be useful to the Fund and to the Advisor, it is the opinion
of the Advisor that such information only supplements its own research effort
since the information must still be analyzed, weighed and reviewed by the
Advisor's staff. To the extent that research and brokerage services of value are
received by the Advisor, the Advisor may avoid expenses that it might otherwise
incur. Research and brokerage services received from a broker-dealer may be
useful to the Advisor and its affiliates in providing investment management
services to all or some of its clients, which includes a Fund. Services received
from broker-dealers that executed securities transactions for a Portfolio will
not necessarily be used by the Advisor specifically to service the Fund.


Research and brokerage services provided by broker-dealers may include, but are
not limited to, information on the economy, industries, groups of securities,
individual companies, statistical information, accounting and tax law
interpretations, political developments, legal developments affecting portfolio
securities, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit
analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance analysis and measurement and
analysis of corporate responsibility issues. Research and brokerage services are
typically received in the form of written or electronic reports, access to
specialized financial publications, telephone contacts and personal meetings
with security analysts, but may also be provided in the form of access to
various computer software and meetings arranged with corporate and industry
representatives.

The Advisor may also select broker-dealers and obtain from them research and
brokerage services that are used in connection with executing trades provided
that such services are consistent with interpretations under Section 28(e) of
the 1934 Act. Typically, these services take the form of computer software
and/or electronic communication services used by the Advisor to facilitate
trading activity with those broker-dealers.


Research and brokerage services may include products obtained from third parties
if the Advisor determines that such product or service constitutes brokerage and
research as defined in Section 28(e) and interpretations thereunder. Provided a
Subadvisor is acting in accordance with any instructions and directions of the
Advisor or the Board, the Subadvisor is authorized to pay to a broker or dealer
who provides third party brokerage and research services a commission for
executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund, if the Subadvisor determines in
good faith that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the
third party brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer.




The Advisor may use brokerage commissions to obtain certain brokerage products
or services that have a mixed use (i.e., it also serves a function that does not
relate to the investment decision-making process). In those circumstances, the
Advisor will make a good faith judgment to evaluate the various benefits and
uses to which it intends to put the mixed use product or service and will pay
for that portion of the mixed use product or service that it reasonably believes
does not constitute research and brokerage services with its own resources.

DIMA will monitor regulatory developments and market practice in the use of
client commissions to obtain research and brokerage services and may adjust its
portfolio transactions policies in response thereto.


Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by
the Advisor are made independently of each other in light of differing
conditions. However, the same investment decision may be made for two or more of
such accounts. In such cases, simultaneous transactions are inevitable. To the
extent permitted by law, the Advisor may aggregate the securities to be sold or
purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other accounts in
executing transactions. Purchases or sales are then averaged as to price and
commission and allocated as to amount in a manner deemed equitable to each
account. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect on
the price paid or received by, or on the size of the position obtained or
disposed of for, the Fund, in other cases it is believed that the ability to
engage in volume transactions will be beneficial to the Fund.

DIMA and its affiliates and the Fund's management team manage other mutual funds
and separate accounts, some of which use short sales of securities as a part of
its investment strategy. The simultaneous management of long and short
portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short
sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and
vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short
positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same
time.


DIMA has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate
these potential conflicts of interest. Incorporated in the procedures are
specific guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all
clients. DIMA and the investment team have established monitoring procedures and
a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure
that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are
properly addressed.


Deutsche Bank AG or one of its affiliates (or in the case of a Sub-Advisor, the
Sub-Advisor or one of its affiliates) may act as a broker for the Fund and
receive brokerage commissions or other transaction-related compensation from the
Fund in the purchase and sale of securities, options or futures contracts when,
in the judgment of the Advisor, and in accordance with procedures approved by
the Fund's Boards, the affiliated broker will be able to obtain a price and
execution at least as favorable as those obtained from other qualified brokers
and if, in the transaction, the affiliated broker charges a Fund a rate
consistent with that charged to comparable unaffiliated customers in similar
transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Percentage of            Percentage of         Dollar Amount of
                                             Commissions Paid to    Transactions Involving   Commissions Paid to
                                                  Affiliated          Commissions Paid to        Brokers for
Name of Fund                                       Brokers            Affiliated Brokers      Research Services
------------                                       -------            ------------------      -----------------

<S>                     <C>                           <C>                     <C>                     <C>
DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund                     0%                      0%                      0%

</TABLE>


For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2009 and April 30, 2008, DWS LifeCompass
Protect 2017 Fund paid $_____ and $3,304, respectively, in commissions.

The Fund is required to identify any securities of its "regular brokers or
dealers" (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) that the Fund has acquired
during the most recent fiscal year. As of April 30, the Fund held no securities
of its regular brokers or dealers.


Portfolio Turnover

Portfolio turnover rate is defined by the SEC as the ratio of the lesser of
sales or purchases to the monthly average value of securities owned during the
year, excluding all securities whose remaining maturities at the time of
acquisition were one year or less.


Higher levels of activity by the Fund result in higher transaction costs and may
also result in taxes on realized capital gains to be borne by the Fund's
shareholders. Purchases and sales are made whenever necessary, in the Advisor's
discretion, to meet the Fund's objective.

The portfolio turnover rates of the Fund for the fiscal year ended April 30,
2009 is as follows:


                                                            FY 2009 Portfolio
Fund                                                         Turnover Rate
----                                                         -------------


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund                                ___%



                        PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

General Information


Policies and procedures affecting transactions in Fund shares can be changed at
any time without notice, subject to applicable law. Transactions may be
contingent upon proper completion of application forms and other documents by
shareholders and their receipt by the Fund's agents. Transaction delays in
processing (and changing account features) due to circumstances within or beyond
the control of the Fund and its agents may occur. Shareholders (or their
financial service firms) are responsible for all losses and fees resulting from
bad checks, cancelled orders or the failure to consummate transactions effected
pursuant to instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.

Orders will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value of the Fund
next determined after receipt in good order by DIDI of the order accompanied by
payment. However, orders received by dealers or other financial services firms
prior to the determination of net asset value and received in good order by DIDI
prior to the determination of net asset value next determined after receipt by
DIDI will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value ("trade date").

Additional Minimum Balance Policies. For fiduciary accounts such as IRAs, and
custodial accounts such as Uniform Gifts to Minor Act and Uniform Transfers to
Minor Act accounts, the minimum balance is $1,000 for Class S. A shareholder may
open an account with at least $1,000, if an automatic investment plan (AIP) of
$50/month is established. DWS Investments group retirement plans and certain
other accounts have similar or lower minimum share balance requirements.


Shareholders with a combined household account balance in any of the DWS Funds
of $100,000 or more, as well as group retirement and certain other accounts,
will not be subject to an automatic redemption.

Fiduciary (e.g., IRA or Roth IRA) and custodial accounts (e.g., UGMA or UTMA)
with balances below $1,000 are subject to automatic redemption following 60
days' written notice to applicable shareholders.


Use of Financial Services Firms. Investment dealers and other firms provide
varying arrangements for their clients to purchase and redeem the Fund's shares,
including higher minimum investments, and may assess transaction or other fees.
Firms may arrange with their clients for other investment or administrative
services. Such firms may independently establish and charge additional amounts
to their clients for such services. Firms also may hold a Fund's shares in
nominee or street name as agent for and on behalf of their customers. In such
instances, the Fund's Transfer Agent will have no information with respect to or
control over the accounts of specific shareholders. Such shareholders may obtain
access to their accounts and information about their accounts only from their
firm. Certain of these firms may receive compensation from the Fund through the
Shareholder Service Agent for record-keeping and other expenses relating to
these nominee accounts. In addition, certain privileges with respect to the
purchase and redemption of shares or the reinvestment of dividends may not be
available through such firms. Some firms may participate in a program allowing
them access to their clients' accounts for servicing including, without
limitation, transfers of registration and dividend payee changes; and may
perform functions such as generation of confirmation statements and disbursement
of cash dividends. Such firms, including affiliates of DIDI, may receive
compensation from the Fund through the Shareholder Service Agent for these
services.

The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an
authorized broker, service organization or, if applicable, an authorized
designee, accepts the order. Shares of the Fund may be purchased or redeemed on
any business day at the net asset value next determined after receipt of the
order, in good order, by the Transfer Agent. Investors who invest through
authorized brokers, service organizations or their designated intermediaries
should submit purchase and redemption orders directly to their broker, service
organization or designated intermediary. The broker or intermediary may charge
you a transaction fee.

The Fund has authorized one or more financial service institutions, including
certain members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") other
than the Distributor ("financial institutions"), to accept purchase and
redemption orders for the Fund's shares. Such financial institutions may also
designate other parties, including plan administrator intermediaries, to accept
purchase and redemption orders on the Fund's behalf. Orders for purchases or
redemptions will be deemed to have been received by the Fund when such financial
institutions or, if applicable, their authorized designees accept the orders.
Subject to the terms of the contract between the Fund and the financial
institution, ordinarily orders will be priced at the Fund's net asset value next
computed after acceptance by such financial institution or its authorized
designees and accepted by the Fund. Further, if purchases or redemptions of the
Fund's shares are arranged and settlement is made at an investor's election
through any other authorized financial institution, that financial institution
may, at its discretion, charge a fee for that service. The Board and the
Distributor, also the Fund's principal underwriter, each has the right to limit
the amount of purchases by, and to refuse to sell to, any person. The Board and
the Distributor may suspend or terminate the offering of shares of the Fund at
any time for any reason.

DIDI has adopted an Incentive Plan (the "Plan") covering wholesalers that are
regional vice presidents ("DWS Investments Wholesalers"). Generally, DWS
Investments Wholesalers market shares of the DWS funds to financial advisors,
who in turn may recommend that investors purchase shares of a DWS fund. The Plan
is an incentive program that combines a monthly incentive component with a
quarterly strategic bonus component. Under the Plan, DWS Investments Wholesalers
will receive a monetary monthly incentive based on the amount of sales generated
from their marketing of the funds, and that incentive will differ depending on
the product category of the fund. Each fund is assigned to one of three product
categories -- "Focus list funds," "Extended list funds" or "Index funds" --
taking into consideration, among other things, the following criteria, where
applicable:

o        The Fund's consistency with DWS Investments' branding and long-term
         strategy.

o        The Fund's competitive performance;

o        The Fund's Morningstar rating;

o        The length of time the Fund's Portfolio Managers have managed the
         Fund/Strategy

o        Market size for the fund category;

o        The Fund's size, including sales and redemptions of the Fund's shares

This information and other factors are presented to a committee comprised of
representatives from various groups within DWS Investments, who review on a
quarterly basis the funds assigned to each product category described above, and
make any changes to those assignments at that time. No one factor, whether
positive or negative, determines a fund's placement in a given category; all
these factors together are considered, and the designation of funds on the Focus
list and Extended list represents management's judgment based on the above
criteria. In addition, management may consider a fund's profile over the course
of several review periods before making a change to its category assignment.
These category assignments will be posted quarterly to the DWS funds' Web site
at www.dws-investments.com, approximately one month after the end of each
quarter. DWS Investments Wholesalers receive the highest compensation for Focus
list funds, less for Extended list funds and the lowest for Index funds. The
level of compensation among these categories may differ significantly.

In the normal course of business, DWS Investments will from time to time
introduce new funds into the DWS family of funds. As a general rule, new funds
will be assigned to the Focus list compensation category. As described above,
the fund category assignments are reviewed periodically and are subject to
change.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation by a DWS
Investments Wholesaler under the Plan may provide an incentive to favor
marketing the Focus list or Extended list funds over Index funds. The Plan,
however, will not change the price that investors pay for shares of a fund. The
DWS Investments Compliance Department monitors DWS Investments Wholesaler sales
and other activity in an effort to detect unusual activity in the context of the
compensation structure under the Plan. However, investors may wish to take the
Plan and the product category of the fund into account when considering
purchasing a fund or evaluating any recommendations relating to fund shares.





Telephone and Electronic Transaction Procedures. Shareholders have various
telephone, Internet, wire and other electronic privileges available. The Fund or
its agents will not be liable for any losses, expenses or costs arising out of
fraudulent or unauthorized instructions pursuant to these privileges if a Fund
or its agents reasonably believe, based upon reasonable verification procedures,
that the instructions were genuine. Verification procedures include recording
instructions, requiring certain identifying information before acting upon
instructions and sending written confirmations. During periods when it is
difficult to contact the Shareholder Service Agent, it may be difficult to use
telephone, wire and other privileges.


QuickBuy and QuickSell. QuickBuy and QuickSell permits the transfer of money via
the Automated Clearing House System (minimum $50 and maximum $250,000) from or
to a shareholder's bank, savings and loan, or credit union account in connection
with the purchase or redemption of Fund shares. Shares purchased by check or
through QuickBuy and QuickSell or Direct Deposit may not be redeemed under this
privilege until such Shares have been owned for at least 10 calendar days.
QuickBuy and QuickSell cannot be used with passbook savings accounts or for
certain tax-deferred plans.

Dividend Payment Option. Investors may have dividends and distributions
automatically deposited to their predesignated bank account through DWS
Investments' Dividend Payment Option request form Direct Distributions Program.
Shareholders who elect to participate in the Direct Distributions Program, and
whose predesignated checking account of record is with a member bank of
Automated Clearing House Network (ACH) can have income and capital gain
distributions automatically deposited to their personal bank account usually
within three business days after a Fund pays its distribution. A Dividend
Payment Option Direct Distributions request form can be obtained by visiting our
Web site at: www.dws-investments.com or calling 1-800-728-3337. Confirmation
Statements will be mailed to shareholders as notification that distributions
have been deposited.

Tax-Deferred Retirement Plans. The Shareholder Service Agent provides retirement
plan services and documents and DIDI can establish investor accounts in any of
the following types of retirement plans:

o        Traditional, Roth and Education IRAs. This includes Savings Incentive
         Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers ("SIMPLE"), Simplified
         Employee Pension Plan ("SEP") IRA accounts and prototype documents.

o        403(b)(7) Custodial Accounts. This type of plan is available to
         employees of most non-profit organizations.

o        Prototype money purchase pension and profit-sharing plans may be
         adopted by employers.

Brochures describing these plans as well as model defined benefit plans, target
benefit plans, 457 plans, 401(k) plans, simple 401(k) plans and materials for
establishing them are available from the Shareholder Service Agent upon request.
Additional fees and transaction policies and procedures may apply to such plans.
Investors should consult with their own tax advisors before establishing a
retirement plan.

Purchases


The Fund reserves the right to withdraw all or any part of the offering made by
its Prospectus and to reject purchase orders for any reason. Also, from time to
time, the Fund may temporarily suspend the offering of any class of its shares
to new investors. During the period of such suspension, persons who are already
shareholders of such class of such Fund may be permitted to continue to purchase
additional shares of such class and to have dividends reinvested.


To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering
activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify
and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For
more information, please see "Policies You Should Know About" in a Fund's
Prospectus.


The Fund may waive the minimum for purchases by trustees, directors, officers or
employees of the Fund or the Advisor and its affiliates.

Class S shares of the Fund will generally not be available to new investors.


Eligible Class S Investors.

Only certain investors are eligible to buy Class S shares, as described in
greater detail below.


A.        The following investors may purchase Class S shares of DWS Funds
          either (i) directly from DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. ("DIDI"),
          the Fund's principal underwriter; or (ii) through an intermediary
          relationship with a financial services firm established with respect
          to the DWS Funds as of December 31, 2004.


          1.      Existing shareholders of Class S shares of any DWS Fund as of
                  December 31, 2004, and household members residing at the same
                  address.

          2.      Shareholders of Class S of any DWS Fund who became Class S
                  shareholders in connection with the consolidation of Class
                  AARP and Class S on July 17, 2006 and household members
                  residing at the same address.

          3.      Shareholders who have owned Class S shares continuously since
                  December 31, 2004 and household members residing at the same
                  address may open new accounts for Class S shares of any DWS
                  Fund.

          4.      Any participant who has owned Class S shares of any DWS Fund
                  through an employee sponsored retirement, employee stock,
                  bonus, pension or profit sharing plan continuously since
                  December 31, 2004 may open a new individual account for Class
                  S shares of any DWS Fund.

          5.      Any participant who owns Class S shares of any DWS Fund
                  through a retirement, employee stock, bonus, pension or profit
                  sharing plan may complete a direct rollover to an IRA account
                  that will hold Class S shares. This applies to individuals who
                  begin their retirement plan investments with a DWS Fund at any
                  time, including after December 31, 2004.

          6.      Officers, Fund Trustees and Directors, and full-time employees
                  and their family members, of the Advisor and its affiliates.


          7.      Class S shares are available to any accounts managed by the
                  Advisor, any advisory products offered by the Advisor or DIDI
                  and to DWS Allocation Series or other fund of funds managed by
                  the Advisor or its affiliates.


          8.      Shareholders of Class S of DWS Emerging Markets Equity Fund
                  who became shareholders of the fund in connection with the
                  fund's acquisition of Scudder New Asia Fund, Inc. on April 17,
                  2006.

          9.      Shareholders of Class S of any DWS Fund who became Class S
                  shareholders in connection with the consolidation of Class M
                  and Class S on August 18, 2006 and household members residing
                  at the same address.

          10.     Shareholders of Class S of any DWS Fund who became Class S
                  shareholders in connection with the renaming or conversion of
                  Investment Class to Class S on October 23, 2006.

B. The following additional investors may purchase Class S shares of DWS Funds.

          1.      Broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisors
                  ("RIAs") may purchase Class S shares in connection with a
                  comprehensive or "wrap" fee program or other fee based
                  program.

          2.      Any group retirement, employee stock, bonus, pension or
                  profit-sharing plans.

         3.       Persons who purchase shares as part of an investment only
                  placement in a 529 College Savings Plan.

          4.      Persons who purchase shares through a Health Savings Account
                  or a Voluntary Employees' Benefit Association ("VEBA") Trust.

DIDI may, at its discretion, require appropriate documentation that shows an
investor is eligible to purchase Class S shares.

Clients having a regular investment counsel account with the Advisor or its
affiliates and members of their immediate families, officers and employees of
the Advisor or of any affiliated organization and members of their immediate
families, members of FINRA and banks may, if they prefer, subscribe initially
for at least $2,500 through DeAM Investor Services, Inc. by letter, fax, or
telephone.


Automatic Investment Plan. A shareholder may purchase shares of the Fund through
an automatic investment plan. Investments are made automatically (minimum $500
and maximum $250,000 for initial investments and a minimum of $50 and maximum
$250,000 for subsequent investments) from the shareholder's account at a bank,
savings and loan or credit union into the shareholder's Fund account.
Termination by a shareholder will become effective within thirty days after the
Shareholder Service Agent has received the request. The Fund may immediately
terminate a shareholder's automatic investment plan in the event that any item
is unpaid by the shareholder's financial institution.





Payroll Investment Plans. A shareholder may purchase shares through Payroll
Direct Deposit or Government Direct Deposit. Under these programs, all or a
portion of a shareholder's net pay or government check is invested each payment
period. A shareholder may terminate participation in these programs by giving
written notice to the shareholder's employer or government agency, as
appropriate. (A reasonable time to act is required.) The Fund is not responsible
for the efficiency of the employer or government agency making the payment or
any financial institutions transmitting payments.


Revenue Sharing


In light of recent regulatory developments, the Advisor, the Distributor and
their affiliates have undertaken to furnish certain additional information below
regarding the level of payments made by them to selected affiliated and
unaffiliated brokers, dealers, participating insurance companies or other
financial intermediaries ("financial advisors") in connection with the sale
and/or distribution of Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of
investors and Fund shares ("revenue sharing").

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may pay additional
compensation, out of their own assets and not as an additional charge to each
Fund, to financial advisors in connection with the sale and/or distribution of
Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of Fund investors and Fund shares.
Such revenue sharing payments are in addition to any distribution or service
fees payable under any Rule 12b-1 or service plan of any fund, any record
keeping/sub-transfer agency/networking fees payable by each Fund (generally
through the Distributor or an affiliate) and/or the Distributor to certain
financial advisors for performing such services and any sales charges,
commissions, non-cash compensation arrangements expressly permitted under
applicable rules of FINRA or other concessions described in the fee table or
elsewhere in the Prospectuses or the SAI as payable to all financial advisors.
For example, the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may compensate
financial advisors for providing each Fund with "shelf space" or access to a
third party platform or fund offering list, or other marketing programs
including, without limitation, inclusion of each Fund on preferred or
recommended sales lists, mutual fund "supermarket" platforms and other formal
sales programs; granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's sales
force; granting the Distributor access to the financial advisor's conferences
and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial advisor's
personnel; and, obtaining other forms of marketing support. The level of revenue
sharing payments made to financial advisors may be a fixed fee or based upon one
or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of
accounts of each Fund attributable to the financial advisor, the particular fund
or fund type or other measures as agreed to by the Advisor, the Distributor
and/or their affiliates and the financial advisors or any combination thereof.
The amount of these payments is determined at the discretion of the Advisor, the
Distributor and/or their affiliates from time to time, may be substantial, and
may be different for different financial advisors based on, for example, the
nature of the services provided by the financial advisor.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates currently make revenue
sharing payments from their own assets in connection with the sale and/or
distribution of DWS fund shares, or the retention and/or servicing of investors,
to financial advisors in amounts that generally range from .01% up to .50% of
assets of the Fund serviced and maintained by the financial advisor, .05% to
..25% of sales of the Fund attributable to the financial advisor, a flat fee of
$13,350 up to $500,000, or any combination thereof. These amounts are annual
figures typically paid on a quarterly basis and are subject to change at the
discretion of the Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates. Receipt of,
or the prospect of receiving, this additional compensation, may influence your
financial advisor's recommendation of this Fund or of any particular share class
of the Fund. You should review your financial advisor's compensation disclosure
and/or talk to your financial advisor to obtain more information on how this
compensation may have influenced your financial advisor's recommendation of this
Fund.

The Advisor, the Distributor and/or their affiliates may also make such revenue
sharing payments to financial advisors under the terms discussed above in
connection with the distribution of both DWS funds and non-DWS funds by
financial advisors to retirement plans that obtain record keeping services from
ADP, Inc. on the DWS Investments branded retirement plan platform (the
"Platform") with the level of revenue sharing payments being based upon sales of
both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds by the financial advisor on the
Platform or current assets of both the DWS funds and the non-DWS funds serviced
and maintained by the financial advisor on the Platform.

As of the date hereof, the Fund has been advised that the Advisor, the
Distributor and their affiliates expect that the following firms will receive
revenue sharing payments at different points during the coming year as described
above:

Channel: Broker-Dealers and Financial Advisors
----------------------------------------------
AIG Advisors Group
Ameriprise
Cadaret, Grant & Co. Inc.
Capital Analyst, Incorporated
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (dba Smith Barney)
Commonwealth Equity Services, LLP (dba Commonwealth Financial Network) Deutsche
Bank Group Ensemble Financial Services First Allied Securities First
Clearing/Wachovia Securities HD Vest Investment Securities, Inc.
ING Advisors Network
John Hancock Distributors LLC
LPL Financial
M.L. Stern & Co.
Meridien Financial Group
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.
Morgan Stanley
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
PlanMember Services
Prime Capital Inc.
Raymond James & Associates
Raymond James Financial Services
RBC Dain Rauscher, Inc
Securities America, Inc.
UBS Financial Services
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC

Channel: Cash Product Platform
------------------------------
Allegheny Investments LTD
Bank of America
Bank of New York (Hare & Co.)
BMO Capital Markets
Brown Brothers Harriman
Brown Investment Advisory & Trust Company
Cadaret Grant & Co.
Chicago Mercantile Exchange
D.A. Davidson & Company
Deutsche Bank Group
Emmett A. Larkin Company
Fiduciary Trust Co. - International
First Southwest Company
J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp.
Legent Clearing LLC
Lincoln Investment Planning
LPL Financial
Mellon Financial Markets LLC
Mesirow Financial, Inc.
Penson Financial Services
Pershing Choice Platform
ProFunds Distributors, Inc.
Ridge Clearing & Outsourcing Solutions
Robert W. Baird & Co.
Romano Brothers and Company
SAMCO Capital Markets
Smith Moore & Company
Sungard Institutional Brokerage Inc.
Treasury Curve LLC
US Bancorp
UBS Financial Services
William Blair & Company

Channel: Third Party Insurance Platforms
----------------------------------------
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
Ameritas Life Insurance Group
Annuity Investors Life Insurance Company
Columbus Life Insurance Company
Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company
Companion Life Insurance Company
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
EquiTrust Life Insurance Company
Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company
Farmers New World Life Insurance Company
Fidelity Security Life Insurance Company
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
First Great West Life and Annuity Company
Genworth Life Insurance Company of New York
Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Great West Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Hartford Life Insurance Company
Integrity Life Insurance Company
John Hancock Life Insurance companies
Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company
Lincoln Benefit Life Insurance Company
Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Group
MetLife Group
Minnesota Life Insurance Company
National Life Insurance Company
National Integrity Life Insurance Company
Nationwide Group
New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation
Phoenix Life Insurance Company
Protective Life Insurance
Provident Mutual Life Insurance
Prudential Insurance Company of America
Sun Life Group
Symetra Life Insurance Company
Transamerica Life Insurance Company
Union Central Life Insurance Company
United of Omaha Life Insurance Company
United Investors Life Insurance Company
Western Southern Life Assurance Company

Any additions, modifications or deletions to the financial advisors identified
above that have occurred since the date hereof are not reflected.

The Advisor, the Distributor or their affiliates may enter into additional
revenue sharing arrangements or change or discontinue existing arrangements with
financial advisors at any time without notice.

The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of additional compensation or
promotional incentives described above by financial advisors may provide such
financial advisors and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of
shares of the DWS funds or a particular DWS fund over sales of shares of mutual
funds (or non-mutual fund investments) with respect to which the financial
advisor does not receive additional compensation or promotional incentives, or
receives lower levels of additional compensation or promotional incentives.
Similarly, financial advisors may receive different compensation or incentives
that may influence their recommendation of any particular share class of the
Fund or of other funds. These payment arrangements, however, will not change the
price that an investor pays for Fund shares or the amount that the Fund receives
to invest on behalf of an investor and will not increase Fund expenses. You may
wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and
evaluating any recommendations relating to Fund shares and you should discuss
this matter with your financial advisor and review your financial advisor's
disclosures.





Minimum Subsequent Investment Policies. For current shareholders there is a $50
minimum investment requirement for subsequent investments in the Fund. There is
no minimum subsequent investment requirement for investments on behalf of
participants in certain fee-based and wrap programs offered through financial
intermediaries approved by the Advisor.

Expedited Purchase Procedures for Existing Shareholders. Shareholders of other
DWS funds who have submitted an account application and have certified a tax
identification number, clients having a regular investment counsel account with
the Advisor or its affiliates and members of their immediate families, officers
and employees of the Advisor or of any affiliated organization and their
immediate families, members of FINRA, and banks may open an account by wire by
calling (800) 728-3337 for instructions. The investor must send a duly completed
and signed application to the Fund promptly. A subsequent purchase order may be
placed by established shareholders (except by DWS Investments Individual
Retirement Account (IRA), DWS Simplified Profit Sharing and Money Purchase
Pension Plans, DWS Investments 401(k) and DWS Investments 403(b) Plan holders),
members of FINRA, and banks.


It is our policy to offer purchase privileges to current or former directors or
trustees of the Deutsche or DWS mutual funds, employees, their spouses or life
partners and children or step-children age 21 or younger of Deutsche Bank or its
affiliates or a sub-advisor to any fund in the DWS family of funds or a
broker-dealer authorized to sell shares of the funds. Qualified individuals will
generally be allowed to purchase shares in the class with the lowest expense
ratio, usually the Institutional Class shares. If a fund does not offer
Institutional Class shares, these individuals will be allowed to buy Class A
shares at NAV. The fund also reserves the right to waive the minimum account
balance requirement for employee and director accounts. Fees generally charged
to IRA accounts will be charged to accounts of employees and directors.

Redemptions


Policies and procedures affecting transactions in Fund shares can be changed at
any time without notice, subject to applicable law. Transactions may be
contingent upon proper completion of application forms and other documents by
shareholders and their receipt by the Fund's agents. Transaction delays in
processing (and changing account features) due to circumstances within or beyond
the control of the Fund and its agents may occur. Shareholders (or their
financial service firms) are responsible for all losses and fees resulting from
bad checks, cancelled orders or the failure to consummate transactions effected
pursuant to instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.


A distribution will be reinvested in shares of the same fund and class if the
distribution check is returned as undeliverable.

Orders will be confirmed at a price based on the net asset value of a Fund next
determined after receipt in good order by DIDI of the order accompanied by
payment. However, orders received by dealers or other financial services firms
prior to the determination of net asset value and received in good order by DIDI
prior to the close of its business day will be confirmed at a price based on the
net asset value effective on that day ("trade date").


The Fund may suspend the right of redemption or delay payment more than seven
days (a) during any period when the Exchange is closed other than customary
weekend and holiday closings or during any period in which trading on the
Exchange is restricted, (b) during any period when an emergency exists as a
result of which (i) disposal of a Fund's investments is not reasonably
practicable, or (ii) it is not reasonably practicable for a Fund to determine
the value of its net assets, or (c) for such other periods as the SEC may by
order permit for the protection of a Fund's shareholders.


A request for repurchase (confirmed redemption) may be communicated by a
shareholder through a financial services firm to DIDI, which firms must promptly
submit orders to be effective.

Redemption requests must be unconditional. Redemption requests must be duly
endorsed by the account holder. As specified in the prospectus, signatures may
need to be guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust company, savings and loan
association, federal savings bank, member firm of a national securities exchange
or other financial institution permitted by SEC rule. Additional documentation
may be required, particularly from institutional and fiduciary account holders,
such as corporations, custodians (e.g., under the Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act), executors, administrators, trustees or guardians.

If the proceeds of the redemption (prior to the imposition of any contingent
deferred sales charge) are $100,000 or less and the proceeds are payable to the
shareholder of record at the address of record, normally a telephone request or
a written request by any one account holder without a signature guarantee is
sufficient for redemptions by individual or joint account holders, and trust,
executor and guardian account holders, provided the trustee, executor or
guardian is named in the account registration. Other institutional account
holders may exercise this special privilege of redeeming shares by telephone
request or written request without signature guarantee subject to the same
conditions as individual account holders, provided that this privilege has been
pre-authorized by the institutional account holder by written instruction to the
Shareholder Service Agent with signatures guaranteed. This privilege may not be
used to redeem shares held in certificated form and may not be used if the
shareholder's account has had an address change within 15 days of the redemption
request.


Wires. Delivery of the proceeds of a wire redemption of $250,000 or more may be
delayed by a Fund for up to seven days if a Fund or the Shareholder Service
Agent deems it appropriate under then-current market conditions. The ability to
send wires is limited by the business hours and holidays of the firms involved.
The Fund is not responsible for the efficiency of the federal wire system or the
account holder's financial services firm or bank. The account holder is
responsible for any charges imposed by the account holder's firm or bank. To
change the designated account to receive wire redemption proceeds, send a
written request to the Fund's Shareholder Service Agent with signatures
guaranteed as described above or contact the firm through which Fund shares were
purchased.

Automatic Withdrawal Plan. The owner of $5,000 or more of a class of the Fund's
shares at the offering price may provide for the payment from the owner's
account of any requested dollar amount to be paid to the owner or a designated
payee monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually. The $5,000 minimum account
size is not applicable to IRAs. The minimum periodic payment is $50. Shares are
redeemed so that the payee should receive payment approximately on the first of
the month. Investors using this Plan must reinvest Fund distributions.

Non-retirement plan shareholders may establish an Automatic Withdrawal Plan (the
"Plan") to receive monthly, quarterly or periodic redemptions from his or her
account for any designated amount of $50 or more. Shareholders may designate
which day they want the automatic withdrawal to be processed. The check amounts
may be based on the redemption of a fixed dollar amount, fixed share amount,
percent of account value or declining balance. The redemption may result in
taxable gain or loss being recognized for federal income tax purposes. The Plan
provides for income dividends and capital gains distributions, if any, to be
reinvested in additional shares. Shares are then liquidated as necessary to
provide for withdrawal payments. Since the withdrawals are in amounts selected
by the investor and have no relationship to yield or income, payments received
cannot be considered as yield or income on the investment and the resulting
liquidations may deplete or possibly extinguish the initial investment and any
reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions. Any such requests must be
received by the Fund's Transfer Agent ten days prior to the date of the first
automatic withdrawal. An Automatic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time
by the shareholder, the Trust or its agent on written notice, and will be
terminated when all shares of a Fund under the Plan have been liquidated or upon
receipt by the Trust of notice of death of the shareholder.


Exchanges


Shareholders may request a taxable exchange of their shares for shares of the
corresponding class of certain other DWS funds without imposition of a sales
charge, subject to the provisions below. For purposes of calculating any CDSC,
amounts exchanged retain their original cost and purchase date.

Shareholders who exchange their shares out of a DWS money market fund (not
including shares acquired by dividend reinvestment or by exchange from Class A
shares of another DWS fund) into Class A shares of certain other DWS funds, will
generally be subject to the applicable sales charge.

Certain DWS funds may not be available to shareholders on an exchange. To learn
more about which DWS funds may be available on exchange, please contact your
financial services firm or visit our Web site at: www.dws-investments.com or
call (800) 728-3337 for S.

Shareholders may obtain prospectus(es) of the DWS fund they are exchanging into
from dealers, other firms or DIDI.




Automatic Exchange Plan. The owner of $1,000 or more of any class of shares of a
DWS fund may authorize the automatic exchange of a specified amount ($50
minimum) of such shares for shares of the same class of another such DWS fund.
Exchanges will be made automatically until the shareholder or a Fund terminates
the privilege. Exchanges are subject to the terms and conditions described above
and are taxable transactions for federal income tax purposes.


In-kind Redemptions. The Fund reserves the right to honor any request for
redemption or repurchase by making payment in whole or in part in securities.
These securities will be chosen by a Fund and valued as they are for purposes of
computing a Fund's net asset value. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses
in converting these securities to cash. The redemption in-kind is taxable for
federal income tax purposes to the same extent as a redemption for cash.


                                    DIVIDENDS


The Fund intends to follow the practice of distributing substantially all of its
investment company income (determined without regard to the deduction for
dividends paid), which includes any excess of net realized short-term capital
gains over net realized long-term capital losses. The Fund may follow the
practice of distributing the entire excess of net realized long-term capital
gains over net realized short-term capital losses. However, the Fund may retain
all or part of such gain for reinvestment, after paying the related federal
taxes on such gain. Shareholders may then be required to include in their gross
incomes their share of such gains, but also may be able to claim a credit
against their federal income tax liability for the federal income tax paid by
the Fund. If the Fund does not distribute the amount of capital gain and/or
ordinary income required to be distributed by an excise tax provision of the
Code that Fund may be subject to a 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts.
In certain circumstances, the Fund may determine that it is in the interest of
shareholders to distribute less than the required amount.




Any dividends or capital gains distributions declared in October, November or
December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following
January will be treated for federal income tax purposes as if received by
shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year declared.

Income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, of a Fund will be
credited to shareholder accounts in full and fractional shares of the same class
of a Fund at net asset value on the reinvestment date, except that, upon written
request to the Shareholder Service Agent, a shareholder may select one of the
following options:

1.        To receive income and short-term capital gain dividends in cash and
          long-term capital gain dividends in shares of the same class at net
          asset value; or

2.        To receive income and capital gain dividends in cash.


For DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, dividends will be reinvested in shares of
the same class of the Fund unless shareholders indicate in writing that they
wish to receive them in cash or in shares of other DWS funds with multiple
classes of shares or DWS funds as provided in the Prospectus. To use the
privilege of investing dividends of a Fund in shares of another DWS fund,
shareholders must maintain a minimum account value of $1,000 in the Fund
distributing the dividends. The Fund will reinvest dividend checks (and future
dividends) in shares of that same Fund and class if checks are returned as
undeliverable. Dividends and other distributions of the Fund in the aggregate
amount of $10 or less are automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund unless
the shareholder requests in writing that a check be issued for that particular
distribution.


If an investment is in the form of a retirement plan, all dividends and capital
gains distributions must be reinvested into the shareholder's account.


If a shareholder has elected to reinvest any dividends and/or other
distributions, such distributions will be made in shares of the Fund and
confirmations will be mailed to each shareholder. If a shareholder has chosen to
receive cash, a check will be sent. Distributions of investment income and net
realized capital gains are taxable for federal income tax purposes, whether made
in shares or cash.

Each distribution is accompanied by a brief explanation of the form and
character of the distribution. The characterization of distributions on such
correspondence may differ from the characterization for federal income tax
purposes. In January of each year the Fund issues to each shareholder a
statement of the federal income tax status of all distributions in the prior
calendar year.

The Fund may at any time vary its foregoing dividend practices and, therefore,
reserves the right from time to time to either distribute or retain for
reinvestment such of its net investment income and its net short-term and net
long-term capital gains as its Board determines appropriate under the then
current circumstances. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, the
Fund may make additional distributions of net investment income or net capital
gain in order to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements contained in the
Code.


                              FEDERAL INCOME TAXES


The following is intended to be a general summary of certain federal income tax
consequences of investing in a Fund. It is not intended as a complete discussion
of all such consequences, nor does it purport to deal with all categories of
investors. Investors are therefore advised to consult with their tax advisors
before making an investment in the Fund. This summary is based on the laws in
effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information and existing
judicial and administrative interpretation thereof, all of which are subject to
change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund has elected to be treated and has qualified, and intends to continue to
qualify, as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In
order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment
companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:


(a)       derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i)
          dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities
          loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities
          or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to
          gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with
          respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or
          currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in "qualified
          publicly traded partnerships" (as defined below);

(b)       distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its
          investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code
          without regard to the deduction for dividends paid--generally, taxable
          ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital
          gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt
          interest income, for such year; and


(c)      diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the the
         Fund's taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's
         total assets is represented by cash and cash items, US government
         securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and
         other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not
         greater than 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and not more
         than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii)
         not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's total assets is invested
         (x) in the securities (other than those of the US government or other
         regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more
         issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same,
         similar, or related trades or businesses, or (y) in the securities of
         one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below).


In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in
paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as
qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of
income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by the
regulated investment company. In addition, 100% of the net income derived from
an interest in a "qualified publicly traded partnership" (defined as a
partnership (i) interests in which are traded on an established securities
market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent
thereof and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the
qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) is treated as qualifying
income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do
not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated
investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a
qualified publicly traded partnership. Finally, for purposes of paragraph (c)
above, the term "outstanding voting securities of such issuer" will include the
equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.


If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company for federal income tax
purposes, that Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income
distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends
(including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment
company, all of its taxable income will be subject to federal income tax at
regular corporate rates (without any deduction for distributions to its
shareholders), and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any
distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, will be
taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Such distributions, however, would
be eligible, provided certain holding period and other conditions are satisfied;
(i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed
as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of
corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize
unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest charges and make
substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company
that is accorded special federal income tax treatment.

The Fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on amounts that
have been retained rather than distributed, as required, under a prescribed
formula. The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of
distributions representing at least 98% of the Fund's taxable ordinary income
for the calendar year and at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over
capital losses realized during the one-year period ending October 31 (in most
cases) of such year as well as amounts that were neither distributed nor taxed
to the Fund during the prior calendar year. Although the Fund's distribution
policies should enable it to avoid excise tax liability, a Fund may retain (and
be subject to income or excise tax on) a portion of its capital gain or other
income if it appears to be in the interest of a Fund.

Taxation of Fund Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, distributions
of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on
distributions of capital gains are generally determined by how long a Fund owned
the investments that generated the gain, rather than how long a shareholder has
owned his or her shares of the Fund. Distributions of net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term capital gain for the year over net short-term capital
loss) from the sale of investments owned by a Fund that are properly designated
by a Fund as capital gain dividends ("Capital Gain Dividends") will be taxable
as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains derived from net short-term
capital from the sale of investments by the Fund will be taxable as ordinary
income. For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, distributions of
investment income designated by the Fund as derived from "qualified dividend
income" will be taxed for federal income tax purposes in the hands of
individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided certain
holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund
level.


Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest
them in additional shares through the reinvestment privilege. A shareholder
whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received
a dividend equal to the fair market value of the new shares issued to the
shareholder. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of Fund shares
generally will be taxable as capital gain.

Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily
reduced -- in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10%
and 15% rate brackets -- for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011.


In order for some portion of the dividends received by a shareholder to be
"qualified dividend income," the Fund must meet certain holding period and other
requirements with respect to the stocks in its portfolio generating such
dividend income and the shareholder must meet certain holding period and other
requirements with respect to a Fund's shares. A dividend will not be treated as
qualified dividend income (at either a Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the
dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61
days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the
date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or,
in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period
beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is
under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make
related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related
property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as
investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitation, or (4) if
the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for
the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with
the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation readily
tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b)
treated as a passive foreign investment company.

For purposes of determining the holding period for stock on which a dividend is
received, such holding period is reduced for any period the holder has an option
to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, or has made (and not closed)
a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain
other circumstances. In addition, qualified dividend income does not include any
dividends to the extent the holder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a
short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in
substantially similar or related properties. These rules may cause a portion of
the dividends received by the Fund to not be eligible for treatment as qualified
dividend income.

A portion of the investment income distributions of a Fund may be eligible for
the 70% deduction for dividends received by corporations. Shareholders will be
informed of the portion of dividends which so qualify. The dividends received
deduction is reduced to the extent the shares of the Fund with respect to which
the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax
law and is eliminated if either those shares or the shares of a Fund are deemed
to have been held by the Fund or the shareholder, as the case may be, for less
than 46 days during the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become
ex-dividend (or in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181
day period beginning 90 days before such date). For purposes of determining the
holding period for stock on which a dividend is received, such holding period is
reduced for any period the holder has an obligation to sell, is under a
contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of
substantially identical stock or securities, and in certain other circumstances.
This rule may cause a portion of the dividends received by a Fund to not be
eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction.

Capital gains distributions may be reduced if Fund capital loss carryforwards
are available. Any capital loss carryforwards to which the Fund is entitled will
be disclosed in the Fund's annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.

All distributions by the Fund result in a reduction in the net asset value of
the Fund's shares. Should a distribution reduce the net asset value below a
shareholder's cost basis, such distribution would nevertheless be taxable to the
shareholder as ordinary income or capital gain as described above, even though,
from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. In
particular, investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of
buying shares just prior to a distribution. The price of shares purchased at
that time includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing
just prior to a distribution will receive a partial return of capital upon the
distribution, which will nevertheless be taxable to them.

Transactions in Fund Shares. The sale, exchange or redemption of shares of the
Fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon
a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or
loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain
or loss on the taxable disposition of shares of the Fund will be treated as
short-term gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition
of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than
short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received
(or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a
portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares of the Fund
will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased within
30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly
purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.


Foreign Taxation. Foreign withholding or other foreign taxes with respect to
income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) on certain foreign
securities may occur. These taxes may be reduced or eliminated under the terms
of an applicable US income tax treaty.


Taxation of Certain Investments in Passive Foreign Investment Companies. Equity
investments by a Fund in certain "passive foreign investment companies"
("PFICs") could potentially subject the Fund to a US federal income tax
(including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on
proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company, which tax
cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the
Fund may elect to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, the Fund may
elect to treat a PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" (a "QEF election"), in
which case the Fund would be required to include its share of the company's
income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any
distribution from the company. The Fund also may make an election to mark the
gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings "to the market" as
though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day
of the Fund's taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income
and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of
income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be
distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation.

Tax Effects of Certain Transactions. The Fund's transactions in futures
contracts and, if any, in forward contracts, options, and hedged investments
will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may
affect the character of gain and loss realized by a Fund (i.e., may affect
whether gain or loss is ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income
to the Fund, defer a Fund's losses, and affect whether capital gain and loss is
characterized as long-term or short-term. These rules could therefore affect the
character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions
also may require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions (i.e.,
treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize
income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts
necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and
excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, make the appropriate tax
elections, and make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it
acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract, or hedged investment in
order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the
Fund as a regulated investment company, and minimize the imposition of income
and excise taxes.

The Fund's transactions in broad-based equity index futures contracts, exchange
traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts are generally
treated under the Code as "Section 1256 contracts. " Section 1256 contracts held
by a Fund at the end of each taxable year (and on October 31 of each year for
purposes of the 4% excise tax) are "marked-to-market" with the result that the
unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized. Sixty
percent of the resulting gain or loss is treated as long-term capital gain or
loss and the remainder is treated as short-term capital gain or loss (60/40 gain
or loss). Any gain or loss arising from actual sales of section 1256 contracts
will also be treated as 60/40 gain or loss.


Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates
which occur between the time a Fund accrues income or other receivables or
accrues expenses or other liability denominated in a foreign currency and the
time a Fund actually collects such receivable or pays such liabilities generally
are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, on disposition of securities
denominated in a foreign currency, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations
in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the
security or contract and the date of disposition also may be treated as ordinary
gain or loss. These gains and losses may increase or decrease the amount of the
Fund's investment company taxable income to be distributed to its shareholders
as ordinary income.


The Fund's entry into a short sale transaction or an option or other contract
could be treated as the "constructive sale" of an "appreciated financial
position," causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

The Fund's investment in zero coupon bonds and other debt obligations having
original issue discount may cause a Fund to recognize taxable income in excess
of any cash received from the investment. A portion of the difference between
the issue price of zero coupon securities and their face value ("original issue
discount") is considered to be income to a Fund each year, even though a Fund
will not receive cash interest payments from these securities. This original
issue discount imputed income will comprise a part of the investment company
taxable income of a Fund, which must be distributed to shareholders in order to
maintain the qualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company and to
avoid federal income tax at a Fund's level.


Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market
discount bond is generally a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price
below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if issued with original
issue discount). Absent an election to include the market discount in income as
it accrues, gain on the disposition of such an obligation will be treated as
ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of accrued market
discount.


The Fund's investment in lower-rated or unrated debt securities may present
issues for the Fund if the issuers of these securities default on their
obligations, because the federal income tax consequences to a holder of such
securities are not certain.

The Fund's investment in DWS Short Duration Plus Fund could affect the amount,
timing and character of distributions from the Fund and, therefore, may increase
the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Generally, the character of the
income or capital gains that the Fund receives from DWS Short Duration Plus Fund
will pass through to the Fund's shareholders so long as the Fund and DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund each qualify as a regulated investment company under the
Code. However, to the extent that DWS Short Duration Plus Fund realizes net
losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to
recognize its share of those losses (so as to offset distributions of net income
or capital gains from other investments) until it disposes of shares of DWS
Short Duration Plus Fund. Moreover, even when the Fund does make such a
disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital
loss, which will not be treated as favorably for federal income tax purposes as
an ordinary deduction. In particular, the Fund will not be able to offset any
capital losses from its dispositions of DWS Short Duration Plus Fund shares
against ordinary income. As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other
special rules, it is possible that the amounts of the net investment income and
net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders
will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly
in the securities held by DWS Short Duration Plus Fund, rather than investing in
shares of the fund. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a
Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, eligibility for
dividends received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would
have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by DWS Short
Duration Plus Fund.

The federal income tax treatment of any payment made by the Warranty Provider to
a Fund is uncertain. The Fund may take the position that its right to receive
payment under a Warranty Agreement is itself a capital asset and that the
payment in termination of this right gives rise to capital gain rather than to
ordinary income, although the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with this
position.

Fees paid by the Fund to the Warranty Provider, if viewed as a carrying charge
for a position substantially diminishing the risk of the Fund's portfolio, could
be deemed nondeductible under certain circumstances during the term of the
relevant Warranty Agreement. Similarly, a Warranty Agreement may be considered a
straddle with respect to the respective Fund's portfolio under certain
circumstances, resulting in the deferral of realized losses of such Fund, the
recharacterization of such Fund's short-term losses to long-term losses and
long-term gains to short-term gains and the reduction or elimination of a Fund's
holding periods in its portfolio securities.

Withholding and Other Tax Considerations. The Fund may be required to withhold
US federal income tax on distributions and redemption proceeds payable to
shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number,
fail to make certain required certifications, or who have been notified (or when
the Fund is notified) by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to
backup withholding. The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

Shareholders of the Fund may be subject to state and local taxes on
distributions received from the Fund and on redemptions of the Fund's shares.


Special tax rules apply to investments though defined contribution plans and
other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisor to
determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such
plans and the precise effect of and investment on their particular tax
situation.


Under certain circumstances, shareholders of the Fund may exchange their shares
for shares of the same class of certain other funds (the "reinvested shares").
If a shareholder (other than tax-exempt accounts) makes such an exchange, the
shareholder will recognize a capital gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes measured by the difference between the value of the reinvested shares
and the basis of the exchanged shares. Upon the exchange of shares that were
purchased subject to a sales charge and held for less than 91 days, the lesser
of (i) the sales charge incurred on the exchanged shares or (ii) the sales
charge waived on the reinvested shares is included in the basis of the
reinvested shares and is not included in the basis of the exchanged shares.


Treasury Regulations provide that if a shareholder recognizes a loss with
respect to a Fund's shares of $2 million or more in a single taxable year (or $4
million or more in any combination of taxable years) for shareholders who are
individuals, S corporations or trusts, or $10 million or more in a single
taxable year (or $20 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for a
corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue
Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio
securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under
current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not
excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting
requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The
fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal
determination of whether the taxpayer's treatment of the loss is proper.
Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of
these regulations in light of their particular circumstances.

Non-US Shareholders. In general, dividends (other than Capital Gain Dividends)
paid by a Fund to a shareholder that is not a "US person" within the meaning of
the Code (such shareholder, a "foreign person") are subject to withholding of US
federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if
they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term
capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to
a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding.

If a beneficial holder who is a foreign person has a trade or business in the
United States, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by
the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividend
will be subject to US federal income taxation at on a net basis at regular
income tax rates.

                                 NET ASSET VALUE


The net asset value of shares of the Fund is computed as of the close of regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") on each day the Exchange
is open for trading (the "Value Time"). The Exchange is scheduled to be closed
on the following holidays: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Day,
Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday
when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Net
asset value per share is determined separately for each class of shares by
dividing the value of the total assets of a Fund attributable to the shares of
that class, less all liabilities attributable to that class, by the total number
of shares of that class outstanding. The net asset value may be lower for
certain classes of a Fund because of higher expenses borne by these classes.


An equity security is valued at its most recent sale price on the security's
primary exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time. Lacking any sales, the
security is valued at the calculated mean between the most recent bid quotation
and the most recent asked quotation (the "Calculated Mean") on such exchange or
OTC market as of the Value Time. If it is not possible to determine the
Calculated Mean, the security is valued at the most recent bid quotation on such
exchange or OTC market as of the Value Time. In the case of certain foreign
exchanges or OTC markets, the closing price reported by the exchange or OTC
market (which may sometimes be referred to as the "official close" or the
"official closing price" or other similar term) will be considered the most
recent sale price.

Debt securities are valued as follows. Money market instruments purchased with
an original or remaining maturity of 60 days or less, maturing at par, are
valued at amortized cost. Other money market instruments are valued based on
information obtained from an independent pricing service or, if such information
is not readily available, by using matrix pricing techniques (formula driven
calculations based primarily on current market yields). Bank loans are valued at
prices supplied by an independent pricing service (which are intended to reflect
the mean between the bid and asked prices), if available, and otherwise at the
mean of the most recent bid and asked quotations or evaluated prices, as
applicable, based on quotations or evaluated prices obtained from one or more
broker-dealers. Privately placed debt securities, other than Rule 144A debt
securities, initially are valued at cost and thereafter based on all relevant
factors including type of security, size of holding and restrictions on
disposition. Municipal debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an
approved pricing agent (which are intended to reflect the mean between the bid
and asked prices), if available, and otherwise the mean of the most recent bid
and asked quotations or evaluated price obtained from a broker-dealer. Other
debt securities are valued at prices supplied by an independent pricing service,
if available, and otherwise at the most recent bid quotation or evaluated price,
as applicable, obtained from one or more broker-dealers. If it is not possible
to value a particular debt security pursuant to the above methods, the security
is valued on the basis of factors including (but not limited to) maturity,
coupon, creditworthiness, currency denomination, and the movement of the market
in which the security is normally traded.

An exchange-traded option contract on securities, currencies and other financial
instruments is valued at its most recent sale price on the relevant exchange.
Lacking any sales, the option contract is valued at the Calculated Mean. If it
is not possible to determine the Calculated Mean, the option contract is valued
at the most recent bid quotation in the case of a purchased option contract or
the most recent asked quotation in the case of a written option contract, in
each case as of the Value Time. An option contract on securities, currencies and
other financial instruments traded in the OTC market is valued on the Value Date
at the evaluated price provided by the broker-dealer with which it was traded.
Futures contracts (and options thereon) are valued at the most recent settlement
price, if available on the exchange on which they are traded most extensively.
With the exception of stock index futures contracts which trade on the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement times are prior to the close of trading
on the New York Stock Exchange. For stock index futures contracts which trade on
the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, closing settlement prices are normally
available at approximately 4:20 Eastern time. If no settlement price is
available, the last traded price on such exchange will be used.


If market quotations for portfolio assets are not readily available or the value
of a portfolio asset as determined in accordance with Board approved procedures
does not represent the fair market value of the portfolio asset, the value of
the portfolio asset is taken to be an amount which, in the opinion of the Fund's
Pricing Committee (or, in some cases, the Board's Valuation Committee),
represents fair market value. The value of other portfolio holdings owned by a
Fund is determined in a manner which is intended to fairly reflect the fair
market value of the asset on the valuation date, based on valuation procedures
adopted by a Fund's Board and overseen primarily by a Fund's Pricing Committee.

                           BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS

The following table presents certain information regarding the Board Members of
the Trust. Each Board Member's year of birth is set forth in parentheses after
his or her name. Unless otherwise noted, (i) each Board Member has engaged in
the principal occupation(s) noted in the table for at least the most recent five
years, although not necessarily in the same capacity, and (ii) the address of
each Board Member that is not an "interested person" (as defined in the 1940
Act) of the Trust or the Advisor (each, an "Independent Board Member") is c/o
Dawn-Marie Driscoll, PO Box 100176, Cape Coral, FL 33904. The term of office for
each Board Member is until the election and qualification of a successor, or
until such Board Member sooner dies, resigns, is removed or as otherwise
provided in the governing documents of the Trust. Because the Fund does not hold
an annual meeting of shareholders, each Board Member will hold office for an
indeterminate period. The Board Members may also serve in similar capacities
with other funds in the DWS fund complex.

Independent Board Members

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position                                                                   Number of Funds
 with the Trust and Length of     Business Experience and                                        in DWS Fund
 Time Served(1)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years                          Complex Overseen
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                                                                   <C>
Paul K. Freeman                   Consultant, World Bank/Inter-American Development Bank;               125
(1950)                            Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council
Chairperson since 2009, and       (governance, executive committees); formerly: Project Leader,
Board Member since 1993           International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis
                                  (1998-2001); Chief Executive Officer, The Eric Group, Inc.
                                  (environmental insurance) (1986-1998)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John W. Ballantine (1946)         Retired; formerly: Executive Vice President and Chief Risk            125
Board Member since 1999           Management Officer, First Chicago NBD Corporation/The First
                                  National Bank of Chicago (1996-1998); Executive Vice
                                  President and Head of International Banking (1995-1996);
                                  Directorships: Healthways Inc. (provider of disease and care
                                  management services); Portland General Electric (utility
                                  company); Stockwell Capital Investments PLC (private equity);
                                  former Directorships: First Oak Brook Bancshares, Inc. and
                                  Oak Brook Bank
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Henry P. Becton, Jr. (1943)      Vice Chair, WGBH Educational Foundation; Directorships:               125
 Board Member since               Association of Public Television Stations; Becton Dickinson
 1990                             and Company(2) (medical technology company); Belo
                                  Corporation(2) (media company); Boston Museum of Science;
                                  Public Radio International; PRX, The Public Radio Exchange;
                                  The PBS Foundation; former Directorships: American Public
                                  Television; Concord Academy; New England Aquarium; Mass.
                                  Corporation for Educational Telecommunications; Committee for
                                  Economic Development; Public Broadcasting Service
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dawn-Marie Driscoll (1946)        President, Driscoll Associates (consulting firm); Executive           125
Board Member since 1987           Fellow, Center for Business Ethics, Bentley University;
                                  formerly: Partner, Palmer & Dodge (1988-1990); Vice President
                                  of Corporate Affairs and General Counsel, Filene's
                                  (1978-1988); Directorships: Trustee of 20 open-end mutual
                                  funds managed by Sun Capital Advisers, Inc. (since 2007);
                                  Director of ICI Mutual Insurance Company (since 2007);
                                  Advisory Board, Center for Business Ethics, Bentley
                                  University; Trustee, Southwest Florida Community Foundation
                                  (charitable organization); former Directorships: Investment
                                  Company Institute (audit, executive, nominating committees)
                                  and Independent Directors Council (governance, executive
                                  committees)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Keith R. Fox (1954)               Managing General Partner, Exeter Capital Partners (a series           125
Board Member since                of private equity funds); Directorships: Progressive Holding
1996                              Corporation (kitchen goods importer and distributor); Natural
                                  History, Inc. (magazine publisher); Box Top Media Inc.
                                  (advertising); The Kennel Shop (retailer)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kenneth C. Froewiss               Clinical Professor of Finance, NYU Stern School of Business           125
(1945)                            (1997-present); Member, Finance Committee, Association for
Board Member since                Asian Studies (2002-present); Director, Mitsui Sumitomo
2001                              Insurance Group (US) (2004-present); prior thereto, Managing
                                  Director, J.P. Morgan (investment banking firm) (until 1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Richard J. Herring                Jacob Safra Professor of International Banking and Professor,         125
(1946)                            Finance Department, The Wharton School, University of
Board Member since                Pennsylvania (since July 1972); Co-Director, Wharton
1990                              Financial Institutions Center (since July 2000); Director,
                                  Japan Equity Fund, Inc. (since September 2007), Thai Capital
                                  Fund, Inc. (since September 2007), Singapore Fund, Inc.
                                  (since September 2007); formerly: Vice Dean and Director,
                                  Wharton Undergraduate Division (July 1995-June 2000);
                                  Director, Lauder Institute of International Management
                                  Studies (July 2000-June 2006)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William McClayton (1944)          Managing Director, Diamond Management & Technology                    125
Board Member since 2004           Consultants, Inc. (global management consulting firm)
                                  (2001-present); Directorship: Board of Managers, YMCA of
                                  Metropolitan Chicago; formerly: Senior Partner, Arthur
                                  Andersen LLP (accounting) (1966-2001); Trustee, Ravinia
                                  Festival
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rebecca W. Rimel                  President and Chief Executive Officer, The Pew Charitable             125
(1951)                            Trusts (charitable organization) (1994 to present); Trustee,
Board Member since                Thomas Jefferson Foundation (charitable organization) (1994
1995                              to present); Trustee, Executive Committee, Philadelphia
                                  Chamber of Commerce (2001 to 2007); Trustee, Pro Publica
                                  (2007-present) (charitable organization); Director,
                                  CardioNet, Inc.(2) (2009-present) (health care); formerly:
                                  Executive Vice President, The Glenmede Trust Company
                                  (investment trust and wealth management) (1983 to 2004);
                                  Board Member, Investor Education (charitable organization)
                                  (2004-2005); Director, Viasys Health Care(2) (January
                                  2007-June 2007)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William N. Searcy, Jr.            Private investor since October 2003; Trustee of 20 open-end           125
(1946)                            mutual funds managed by Sun Capital Advisers, Inc. (since
Board Member since                October 1998); formerly: Pension & Savings Trust Officer,
1993                              Sprint Corporation(2) (telecommunications) (November
                                  1989-September 2003)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jean Gleason Stromberg            Retired; formerly: Consultant (1997-2001); Director, US               125
(1943)                            Government Accountability Office (1996-1997); Partner,
Board Member since                Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (law firm) (1978-1996);
1997                              Directorships: The William and Flora Hewlett Foundation;
                                  Business Leadership Council, Wellesley College; former
                                  Directorships: Service Source, Inc., Mutual Fund Directors
                                  Forum (2002-2004), American Bar Retirement Association
                                  (funding vehicle for retirement plans) (1987-1990 and
                                  1994-1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert H. Wadsworth (1940)        President, Robert H. Wadsworth & Associates, Inc. (consulting         128
Board Member since 1999           firm) (1983 to present); Director, The Phoenix Boys Choir
                                  Association
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interested Board Member

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position    Business Experience and                                        Number of Funds
 with the Trust and Length of                                                                    in DWS Fund
 Time Served(1)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years                          Complex Overseen
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Axel Schwarzer(3)                Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management; Head of              125
 (1958)                           Deutsche Asset Management Americas; CEO of DWS Investments;
 Board Member since               relocated to Germany in July 2009 as Vice Chairman(4) of
 2006                             Deutsche Asset Management and Member of the Management Board
                                  of DWS Investments, responsible for Global Relationship
                                  Management; formerly: board member of DWS Investments,
                                  Germany (1999-2005); Head of Sales and Product Management for
                                  the Retail and Private Banking Division of Deutsche Bank in
                                  Germany (1997-1999); various strategic and operational
                                  positions for Deutsche Bank Germany Retail and Private
                                  Banking Division in the field of investment funds, tax driven
                                  instruments and asset management for corporates (1989-1996)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Officers(5)


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Name, Year of Birth, Position
 with the Trust and Length of     Business Experience and
 Time Served(6)                   Directorships During the Past 5 Years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Michael G. Clark(7) (1965)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2006-present); President of
 President, 2006-present          DWS family of funds; Director, ICI Mutual Insurance Company (since
                                  October 2007); formerly: Director of Fund Board Relations (2004-2006) and
                                  Director of Product Development (2000-2004), Merrill Lynch Investment Managers;
                                  Senior Vice President Operations, Merrill Lynch Asset Management (1999-2000)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 John Millette(8) (1962)          Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 Vice President and Secretary,
 1999-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Paul H. Schubert(7) (1963)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since July 2004); formerly:
 Chief Financial Officer,         Executive Director, Head of Mutual Fund Services and Treasurer for UBS Family
 2004-present                     of Funds (1998-2004); Vice President and Director of Mutual Fund Finance at UBS
 Treasurer, 2005-present          Global Asset Management (1994-1998)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Caroline Pearson(8) (1962)       Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 Assistant Secretary,
 1997-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Rita Rubin(9) (1970)             Vice President and Counsel, Deutsche Asset Management (since October 2007);
 Assistant Secretary,             formerly, Vice President, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2004-2007);
 2009-present                     Attorney, Shearman & Sterling LLP (2004); Vice President and Associate General
                                  Counsel, UBS Global Asset Management (2001-2004)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Paul Antosca(8)                  Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since 2006); formerly: Vice President,
 (1957)                           The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (1990-2006)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jack Clark (8)                   Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (since 2007); formerly: Vice President,
 (1967)                           State Street Corporation (2002-2007)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Diane Kenneally(8)               Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management
 (1966)
 Assistant Treasurer,
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Jason Vazquez(9) (1972)          Vice President, Deutsche Asset Management (since 2006); formerly: AML
 Anti-Money Laundering            Operations Manager for Bear Stearns (2004-2006); Supervising Compliance
 Compliance Officer,              Principal and Operations Manager for AXA Financial (1999-2004)
 2007-present
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Robert Kloby(9) (1962)           Managing Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2004-present); formerly: Chief
 Chief Compliance Officer,        Compliance Officer/Chief Risk Officer, Robeco USA (2000-2004); Vice President,
 2006-present                     The Prudential Insurance Company of America (1988-2000); E.F. Hutton and
                                  Company (1984-1988)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 J. Christopher Jackson(9)        Director(4), Deutsche Asset Management (2006-present); formerly: Director,
 (1951)                           Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Assistant Secretary, Hansberger
 Chief Legal Officer,             Global Investors, Inc. (1996-2006); Director, National Society of Compliance
 2006-present                     Professionals (2002-2005) (2006-2009)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      The length of time served represents the year in which the Board Member
         joined the board of one or more DWS funds currently overseen by the
         Board.

(2)      A publicly held company with securities registered pursuant to Section
         12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(3)      The mailing address of Axel Schwarzer is DWS Investment GmbH, Mainzer
         Landstr. 178-190, Floor 5C, 60327 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. Mr.
         Schwarzer is an interested Board Member by virtue of his positions with
         Deutsche Asset Management. As an interested person, Mr. Schwarzer
         receives no compensation from the Fund.

(4)      Executive title, not a board directorship.

(5)      As a result of their respective positions held with the Advisor, these
         individuals are considered "interested persons" of the Advisor within
         the meaning of the 1940 Act. Interested persons receive no compensation
         from the Fund.

(6)      The length of time served represents the year in which the officer was
         first elected in such capacity for one or more DWS funds.

(7)      Address:  345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(8)      Address: One Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

(9)      Address:  280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

Certain officers hold similar positions for other investment companies for which
DIMA or an affiliate serves as the Advisor.

Officer's Role with Principal Underwriter:  DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.

 Paul H. Schubert:              Vice President
 Jason Vazquez:                 Vice President and AML Compliance Officer
 Caroline Pearson:              Secretary

Board Members' Responsibilities. The officers of the Trust manage its day-to-day
operations under the direction of the Board. The primary responsibility of the
Board is to represent the interests of the Fund and to provide oversight of the
management of the Fund.

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees:
Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Contract Committee, Equity
Oversight Committee, Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee, Marketing and
Shareholder Services Committee, and Operations Committee. For each committee,
the Board has adopted a written charter setting forth each committee's
responsibilities. Each committee was reconstituted effective April 1, 2008.

Audit Committee: The Audit Committee, which consists entirely of Independent
Board Members, assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight
of (1) the integrity of the financial statements, (2) the Fund's accounting and
financial reporting policies and procedures, (3) the Fund's compliance with
legal and regulatory requirements related to accounting and financial reporting
and (4) the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent
registered public accounting firm for the Fund. It also approves and recommends
to the Board the appointment, retention or termination of the independent
registered public accounting firm for the Fund, reviews the scope of audit and
internal controls, considers and reports to the Board on matters relating to the
Fund's accounting and financial reporting practices, and performs such other
tasks as the full Board deems necessary or appropriate. The Audit Committee
receives annual representations from the independent registered public
accounting firm as to its independence. The members of the Audit Committee are
William McClayton (Chair), Kenneth C. Froewiss (Vice Chair), John W. Ballantine,
Henry P. Becton, Jr., Keith R. Fox and William N. Searcy, Jr. During the
calendar year 2008, the Audit Committee of the Fund's Board held six (6)
meetings.

Nominating and Governance Committee: The Nominating and Governance Committee,
which consists entirely of Independent Board Members, recommends individuals for
membership on the Board, nominates officers, Board and committee chairs, vice
chairs and committee members, and oversees the operations of the Board. The
Nominating and Governance Committee also reviews recommendations by shareholders
for candidates for Board positions. Shareholders may recommend candidates for
Board positions by forwarding their correspondence by US mail or courier service
to Dawn-Marie Driscoll, P.O. Box 100176, Cape Coral, FL 33904. The members of
the Nominating and Governance Committee are Henry P. Becton, Jr. (Chair),
Rebecca W. Rimel (Vice Chair), Paul K. Freeman and William McClayton. During the
calendar year 2008, the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Fund's Board
held five (5) meetings.

Contract Committee: The Contract Committee, which consists entirely of
Independent Board Members, reviews at least annually, (a) the Fund's financial
arrangements with DIMA and its affiliates, and (b) the Fund's expense ratios.
The members of the Contract Committee are Robert H. Wadsworth (Chair), Keith R.
Fox (Vice Chair), Henry P. Becton, Jr., Richard J. Herring, William McClayton
and Jean Gleason Stromberg. During the calendar year 2008, the Contract Review
Committee of the Fund's Board held seven (7) meetings.

Equity Oversight Committee: The Equity Oversight Committee reviews the
investment operations of those funds that primarily invest in equity securities
(except for those funds managed by a quantitative investment team). The members
of the Equity Oversight Committee are John W. Ballantine (Chair), William
McClayton (Vice Chair), Henry P. Becton, Jr., Keith R. Fox, Richard J. Herring
and Rebecca W. Rimel. During the calendar year 2008, the Equity Oversight
Committee of the Fund's Board held five (5) meetings.

Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee: The Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight
Committee reviews the investment operations of those funds that primarily invest
in fixed-income securities or are managed by a quantitative investment team. The
members of the Fixed-Income and Quant Oversight Committee are William N. Searcy,
Jr. (Chair), Jean Gleason Stromberg (Vice Chair), Dawn-Marie Driscoll, Kenneth
C. Froewiss and Robert H. Wadsworth. During the calendar year 2008, the
Fixed-Income Oversight Committee of the Fund's Board held five (5) meetings.

Marketing and Shareholder Services Committee: The Marketing and Shareholder
Services Committee reviews the Fund's marketing program, sales practices and
literature and shareholder services. The Marketing and Shareholder Services
Committee also considers matters relating to fund mergers and liquidations and
the organization of new funds. The members of the Marketing and Shareholder
Services Committee are Richard J. Herring (Chair), Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Vice
Chair), Rebecca W. Rimel, Jean Gleason Stromberg and Robert H. Wadsworth. During
the calendar year 2008, the Marketing/Distribution/Shareholder Service Committee
of the Fund's Board held four (4) meetings.

The Operations Committee: The Operations Committee reviews the administrative
operations, legal affairs and general compliance matters of the Fund. The
Operations Committee reviews administrative matters related to the operations of
the Fund, policies and procedures relating to portfolio transactions, custody
arrangements, fidelity bond and insurance arrangements, valuation of Fund assets
and securities and such other tasks as the full Board deems necessary or
appropriate. The Operations Committee also oversees the valuation of the Fund's
securities and other assets and determines, as needed, the fair value of Fund
securities or other assets under certain circumstances as described in the
Fund's Valuation Procedures. The Operations Committee has appointed a Valuation
Sub-Committee, which may make determinations of fair value required when the
Operations Committee is not in session. The members of the Operations Committee
are Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Chair), John W. Ballantine (Vice Chair), Kenneth C.
Froewiss, Rebecca W. Rimel and William N. Searcy, Jr. The members of the
Valuation Sub-Committee are Kenneth C. Froewiss (Chair), John W. Ballantine,
Dawn-Marie Driscoll (Alternate), Rebecca W. Rimel (Alternate) and William N.
Searcy, Jr. (Alternate). During the calendar year 2008, the Operations Committee
held five (5) meetings and the Valuation Sub-Committee held no meetings.

Ad Hoc Committees. In addition to the standing committees described above, from
time to time the Board may also form ad hoc committees to consider specific
issues.

Remuneration. Each Independent Board Member receives compensation from the Fund
for his or her services, which includes retainer fees and specified amounts for
various committee services and for the Board Chairperson. No additional
compensation is paid to any Independent Board Member for travel time to
meetings, attendance at directors' educational seminars or conferences, service
on industry or association committees, participation as speakers at directors'
conferences or service on special fund industry director task forces or
subcommittees. Independent Board Members do not receive any employee benefits
such as pension or retirement benefits or health insurance from the Fund or any
fund in the DWS fund complex.

Board Members who are officers, directors, employees or stockholders of Deutsche
Asset Management or its affiliates receive no direct compensation from the Fund,
although they are compensated as employees of Deutsche Asset Management, or its
affiliates, and as a result may be deemed to participate in fees paid by the
Fund. The following tables show compensation from the Fund and aggregate
compensation from all of the funds in the DWS fund complex received by each
Independent Board Member during the calendar year 2008. Mr. Schwarzer is an
interested person of the Fund and received no compensation from the Fund or any
fund in the DWS fund complex during the relevant periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Aggregate Compensation           Total Compensation
                                    from DWS LifeCompass Protect            from Fund and
  Name of Board Member                        2017 Fund                  DWS Fund Complex(1)
  --------------------                        ---------                  -------------------

<S>                                              <C>                            <C>
  John W. Ballantine                             $494                           $237,500
  Henry P. Becton, Jr.(2)                       $1,089                          $246,000
  Dawn-Marie Driscoll(2)(3)                     $1,273                          $292,500
  Keith R. Fox(2)                               $1,017                          $229,500
  Paul K. Freeman                                $537                           $255,000
  Kenneth C. Froewiss                           $1,002                          $226,750
  Richard J. Herring(2)                         $1,056                          $240,000
  William McClayton(4)                           $573                           $257,500
  Rebecca W. Rimel(2)                           $1,040                          $233,500
  William N. Searcy, Jr.                        $1,044                          $238,000
  Jean Gleason Stromberg                         $995                           $225,500
  Robert H. Wadsworth                            $476                           $273,500
</TABLE>

(1)      The DWS fund complex is composed of 136 funds as of December 31, 2008.

(2)      Aggregate compensation includes amounts paid to the Board Members for
         special meetings of ad hoc committees of the Board in connection with
         the consolidation of the DWS fund boards and various funds, meetings
         for considering fund expense simplification initiatives, and
         consideration of issues specific to the Fund's direct shareholders
         (i.e., those shareholders who did not purchase shares through financial
         intermediaries). Such amounts totaled $8,000 for Mr. Becton, $2,000 for
         Ms. Driscoll, $2,000 for Mr. Fox, $2,000 for Dr. Herring and $8,000 for
         Ms. Rimel. These meeting fees were borne by the funds.

(3)      Includes $70,000 in annual retainer fees received by Ms. Driscoll as
         Chairperson of DWS funds.

(4)      Includes $15,000 paid to Mr. McClayton for numerous special meetings of
         an ad hoc committee of the former Chicago Board in connection with
         board consolidation initiatives.

Board Member Ownership in the Fund

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially
owned by each Board Member in the Fund and DWS fund complex as of December 31,
2008.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Dollar Range of Beneficial            Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                     Ownership               Ownership in all Funds Overseen by
                                                in DWS LifeCompass                      Board Member
Board Member                                         2017 Fund                   in the DWS Fund Complex(1)
------------                                         ---------                   --------------------------

Independent Board Member:
-------------------------

<S>                                                    <C>                                 <C>
John W. Ballantine                                     None                                Over $100,000
Henry P. Becton, Jr.                                   None                                Over $100,000
Dawn-Marie Driscoll                                $1 - $10,000                            Over $100,000
Keith R. Fox                                           None                                Over $100,000
Paul K. Freeman                                        None                                Over $100,000
Kenneth C. Froewiss                                    None                                Over $100,000
Richard J. Herring                                     None                                Over $100,000
William McClayton                                      None                                Over $100,000
Rebecca W. Rimel                                       None                                Over $100,000
William N. Searcy, Jr.                                 None                                Over $100,000
Jean Gleason Stromberg                                 None                                Over $100,000
Robert H. Wadsworth                                    None                                Over $100,000

Interested Board Member:
------------------------

Axel Schwarzer                                         None                                Over $100,000
</TABLE>

(1)      Securities beneficially owned as defined under the 1934 Act include
         direct and/or indirect ownership of securities where the Board Member's
         economic interest is tied to the securities, employment ownership and
         securities when the Board Member can exert voting power, and when the
         Board Member has authority to sell the securities. The dollar ranges
         are: None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000 and over
         $100,000.

Ownership in Securities of the Advisor and Related Companies

As reported to the Fund, the information in the following table reflects
ownership by the Independent Board Members and their immediate family members of
certain securities as of December 31, 2008. Immediate family members can be a
spouse, children residing in the same household including step and adoptive
children, and any dependents. The securities represent ownership in the Advisor
or principal underwriter of the Fund and any persons (other than a registered
investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under
common control with the Advisor or principal underwriter of the Fund (including
Deutsche Bank AG).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Value of        Percent of
                                   Owner and                                     Securities on     Class on an
        Independent             Relationship to                     Title of     an Aggregate       Aggregate
        Board Member              Board Member         Company        Class          Basis            Basis
        ------------              ------------         -------        -----          -----            -----

<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
John W. Ballantine                                      None
Henry P. Becton, Jr.                                    None
Dawn-Marie Driscoll                                     None
Keith R. Fox                                            None
Paul K. Freeman                                         None
Kenneth C. Froewiss                                     None
Richard J. Herring                                      None
William McClayton                                       None
Rebecca W. Rimel                                        None
William N. Searcy, Jr.                                  None
Jean Gleason Stromberg                                  None
Robert H. Wadsworth                                     None
</TABLE>

Securities Beneficially Owned

As of [Date within 30 days of filing], the Board Members and officers of the
Trust owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Fund.

To the best of the Fund's knowledge, as of [Date within 30 days of filing], no
person owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of the Fund's
outstanding shares, except as noted below.




Agreement to Indemnify Independent Trustees for Certain Expenses


In connection with litigation or regulatory action related to possible improper
market timing or other improper trading activity or possible improper marketing
and sales activity in certain DWS Funds (the "Affected Funds"), DIMA has agreed
to indemnify and hold harmless the Affected Funds ("Fund Indemnification
Agreement") against any and all loss, damage, liability and expense, arising
from market timing or marketing and sales matters alleged in any enforcement
actions brought by governmental authorities involving or potentially affecting
the Affected Funds or DIMA ("Enforcement Actions") or that are the basis for
private actions brought by shareholders of the Affected Funds against the
Affected Funds, their directors and officers, DIMA and/or certain other parties
("Private Litigation"), or any proceedings or actions that may be threatened or
commenced in the future by any person (including governmental authorities),
arising from or similar to the matters alleged in the Enforcement Actions or
Private Litigation. In recognition of its undertaking to indemnify the Affected
Funds and in light of the rebuttable presumption generally afforded to
independent directors/trustees of investment companies that they have not
engaged in disabling conduct, DIMA has also agreed, subject to applicable law
and regulation, to indemnify certain (or, with respect to certain Affected
Funds, all) of the Independent Trustees of the Affected Funds, against certain
liabilities the Independent Trustees may incur from the matters alleged in any
Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation or arising from or similar to the
matters alleged in the Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation, and advance
expenses that may be incurred by the Independent Trustees in connection with any
Enforcement Actions or Private Litigation. DIMA is not, however, required to
provide indemnification and advancement of expenses: (1) with respect to any
proceeding or action which the Affected Funds' Board determines that the
Independent Trustees ultimately would not be entitled to indemnification or (2)
for any liability of the Independent Trustees to the Fund or their shareholders
to which the Independent Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the
Independent Trustee's duties as a director or trustee of the Affected Funds as
determined in a final adjudication in such action or proceeding. The estimated
amount of any expenses that may be advanced to the Independent Trustees or
indemnity that may be payable under the indemnity agreements is currently
unknown. These agreements by DIMA will survive the termination of the investment
management agreements between DIMA and the Affected Funds.


                               TRUST ORGANIZATION

Organizational Description


DWS Target Fund (the "Trust") is an open-end, management investment company,
organized as a business trust under the laws of Massachusetts on August 3, 1988.
Effective May 1, 1994, the Trust changed its name from Kemper Retirement Fund to
Kemper Target Equity Fund. Subsequently, the Trust changed its name to Scudder
Target Equity Fund and to Scudder Target Fund effective February 15, 2002. The
Trust name was changed to DWS Target Fund as of February 6, 2006. The Trust may
issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest in one or more
series, all having no par value. The Trust currently has six series of shares.
The following five series are no longer offered: DWS Target 2010 Fund, DWS
Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target 2013 Fund and DWS Target 2014
Fund. DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund was organized in June 2007, and
commenced operations on November 1, 2007. The Fund has the authority to create
additional portfolios of the Trust. To the extent that the Fund offers
additional share classes, these classes will be offered in a separate prospectus
and have different fees, requirements and services.


The Trust is a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of
Massachusetts and is governed by an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
that was approved by shareholders in the second quarter of 2008, as may be
further amended from time to time (the "Declaration of Trust"). All shares
issued and outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable, transferable, have no
pre-emptive or conversion rights (except as may be determined by the Board of
Trustees) and are redeemable as described in the SAI and a Fund's prospectus.
Each share has equal rights with each other share of the same class of the Fund
as to voting, dividends, exchanges, conversion features and liquidation.
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional
votes for fractional shares held.


The Fund generally is not required to hold meetings of its shareholders. Under
the Declaration of Trust, however, shareholder meetings will be held in
connection with the following matters to the extent and as provided in the
Declaration of Trust and as required by applicable law: (a) the election or
removal of trustees if a meeting is called for such purpose; (b) the termination
of the Trust or a Fund thereof; (c) an amendment of the Declaration of Trust
that (i) would affect a shareholder right to vote, (ii) may be required by law
to be approved by shareholders, and (iii) is submitted to shareholders by the
Board of Trustees; (d) such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be
required by law; and (e) such additional matters as the Board of Trustees may
determine to be necessary or desirable. Shareholders also vote upon changes in
fundamental policies or restrictions.


Except as noted above, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of
Trustees may amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an
amendment, a supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of
Trust by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the Board of
Trustees, provided that any provision of the Declaration of Trust that requires
the approval of more than a majority of the Board of Trustees for any matter may
be amended only with the approval of such greater number of the Board of
Trustees. The Board of Trustees may, without any shareholder vote, amend the
Declaration of Trust (x) to supply any omission, to cure, correct or supplement
any ambiguous, defective or inconsistent provision hereof, or (y) if they deem
it necessary or advisable, to conform the Declaration of Trust to the
requirements of applicable law, including the 1940 Act or the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, but the Board of Trustees shall not be liable for
failing to do so, or (z) with respect to an amendment affecting a Fund or class,
for any reason at any time, if there are no shares of such Fund or class
outstanding at that time. In the event that the Board of Trustees, without
shareholder approval, make any material amendment to the Declaration of Trust
that affects the rights of shareholders, as determined by the Board of Trustees,
notice of the substance of such amendment shall be provided to shareholders
affected by such amendment at such time and in such manner as the Board of
Trustees determine to be appropriate, provided, however, that the failure to
provide such notice in any particular instance shall not affect the validity of
such amendment.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees, subject to
applicable law, may authorize the Trust or any Fund or class thereof to merge,
reorganize or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or series
thereof (including another Fund or class of the Trust) or other entity (in each
case, the "Surviving Entity") or the Board of Trustees may sell, lease or
exchange all or substantially all of the property owned or held for the account
of the Trust (or all or substantially all of the property allocated or belonging
to a particular Fund or class) including its good will to any Surviving Entity,
upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration as authorized by the
Board of Trustees. Such transactions may be effected through share-for-share
exchanges, transfers or sales of assets, in-kind redemptions and purchases,
exchange offers, or any other method approved by the Board of Trustees. The
Board of Trustees shall provide notice to affected shareholders of each
transaction. The authority granted to the Board of Trustees under this provision
of the Declaration of Trust remains subject to the requirements of the law. For
example, rules under the 1940 Act require reorganizations involving affiliated
funds to be approved by the shareholders of the fund being acquired unless
certain conditions are satisfied. As a result, some transactions will require
shareholder approval even though the Declaration of Trust may not otherwise
require it. Such transactions could, in certain circumstances, adversely affect
a Fund's or class' expense ratio or other aspects of a shareholder's investment.

The Declaration of Trust also provides that shareholder meeting quorum
requirements shall be established in the Trust's By-laws. The By-laws currently
in effect provide that the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of
thirty percent of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting (or of an individual
series or class if required to vote separately) shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business at meetings of shareholders of the Trust.

On any matter submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Trust
entitled to vote shall, except as otherwise provided in the Trust's By-Laws, be
voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or classes of
shares, except (a) when required by applicable law or when the Trustees shall
have determined that the matter affects one or more series or classes of shares
materially differently, shares shall be voted by individual series or class; and
(b) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests
of one or more series or classes, only shareholders of such series or classes
shall be entitled to vote thereon.

                             PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES


The Fund has delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Advisor, subject to
the Board's general oversight. The Advisor votes proxies pursuant to the proxy
voting policy and guidelines set forth in Appendix A to this SAI).

You may obtain information about how a fund voted proxies related to its
portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 by visiting the
Securities and Exchange Commission's Web site at www.sec.gov or by visiting our
Web site at: www.dws-investments.com (click on "proxy voting" at the bottom of
the page).




                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The financial statements, including the portfolio of investments, of DWS
LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund, together with the Reports of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm, Financial Highlights and notes to financial
statements in the Annual Report to the Shareholders of the Fund dated April 30,
2009 are incorporated herein by reference and are hereby deemed to be a part of
this Statement of Additional Information.


     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The CUSIP number of the class of the Fund offered herein is:


DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund Class S: 23337N832.

The Fund has a fiscal year ending April 30.


Many of the investment changes in a Fund will be made at prices different from
those prevailing at the time they may be reflected in a regular report to
shareholders of a Fund. These transactions will reflect investment decisions
made by the Advisor in light of a Fund's investment objective and policies, its
other portfolio holdings and tax considerations, and should not be construed as
recommendations for similar action by other investors.


The Fund's Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional Information omit
certain information contained in the Registration Statement which the Fund has
filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act and reference is hereby made to the
Registration Statement for further information with respect to the Fund and the
securities offered hereby. This Registration Statement and its amendments are
available for inspection by the public at the SEC in Washington, D.C.





                                   APPENDIX A

       Summary of Warranty Agreement for DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund


The following is a summary of certain material terms of the Warranty Agreement.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the complete Warranty Agreement,
which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of the Trust. Any
terms not defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Warranty Agreement.

Trigger Defeasance Events

The Warranty Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain Trigger
Defeasance Events, the Warranty Provider may cause the Fund to invest in a
defeasance portfolio, which is comprised predominantly of US government
securities with maturities within a range around the Maturity Date, or to take
steps to limit the equity exposure of the Fund. The term Trigger Defeasance
Event includes the following events:

         1.       The Aggregate Protected Amount exceeds the Financial Warranty
                  Amount Limit of $1 billion;

         2.       Any failure to (a) comply with limitations regarding eligible
                  investments, investment limitations, allocation or
                  re-allocation requirements, (b) provide the Warranty Provider
                  with continuous access to portfolio holdings via the Fund's
                  custodian, or (c) comply with trading restrictions, which
                  generally preclude the Advisor from trading after normal
                  market hours or on days that are not Exchange Business Days;

         3.       Any failure by the Advisor to provide a daily report regarding
                  portfolio information and outstanding share information unless
                  such failure is due solely to a force majeure event and
                  subject to applicable cure periods;

         4.       The Fund fails to pay the warranty fee when due and such
                  failure remains unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business
                  Days;

         5.       (a) The Advisor resigns; (b) the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor, (c) the Fund
                  appoints a successor investment advisor (including a
                  subadvisor) without the prior consent of the Warranty
                  Provider; (d) the Investment Management Agreement terminates
                  in accordance with its terms; or (e) the Advisor becomes
                  prohibited from serving as investment advisor to the Fund by
                  Section 9 of the 1940 Act; and in each of the cases of (a)
                  through (e) above, any successor investment advisor (including
                  the Advisor) that agrees to be bound by the terms of the
                  Warranty Agreement is appointed by the Board of the Trust or
                  the Shareholders, in each case without the prior written
                  consent of the Warranty Provider in its reasonable discretion;

         6.       The Advisor resigns, the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor or the
                  Investment Management Agreement terminates in accordance with
                  its terms and either (a) the Advisor is no longer obligated to
                  manage the Fund and a successor investment advisor acceptable
                  to the Warranty Provider has not entered into a management
                  agreement with the Fund, or (b) the termination of the
                  Investment Management Agreement is not yet effective and the
                  Board of Trustees has indicated its intention to appoint a
                  successor advisor notwithstanding that the Warranty Provider
                  has advised the Board that such successor would not be
                  acceptable to the Warranty Provider;

         7.       The Advisor does not otherwise manage in all material respects
                  the assets of the Fund in accordance with the investment
                  objective, policies and strategies set forth in the
                  registration statement of the Trust and/or the Investment
                  Management Agreement;

         8.       Any representation or warranty made by the Advisor or Trust in
                  any transaction document or certification relating to, or
                  provided in connection with, the issuance of the Financial
                  Warranty shall have been incorrect or misleading when made or
                  when deemed made, except where such incorrect or misleading
                  representation or warranty could not reasonably be expected to
                  have an Adverse Effect;

         9.       The Advisor, the Trust, or the Fund's custodian shall fail to
                  perform any obligation, or breach any covenant under the
                  Warranty Agreement or any transaction document not otherwise
                  provided for above, which failure could reasonably be expected
                  to have an Adverse Effect and such violation is not cured in
                  accordance with the provisions of the Warranty Agreement;

         10.      The occurrence of (a) a regulatory event or litigation event
                  with respect to the Fund or Advisor that can reasonably be
                  expected to have an Adverse Effect, (b) an act of insolvency
                  of the Fund or Advisor, (c) the Trust ceases to be a duly
                  registered as an open-end management investment company under
                  the 1940 Act, an investment company for purposes of the
                  Commodity Exchange Act, or a regulated investment company
                  under the Internal Revenue Code, or (d) the adoption by the
                  Fund of a new share class without the express written consent
                  of the Warranty Provider;

         11.      Any change in circumstances in an underlying fund in which the
                  Fund is authorized to invest that could have an Adverse
                  Effect, and the Fund fails to liquidate its investment within
                  two (2) Business Days;

         12.      If the Advisor fails at any time to maintain a certain minimum
                  amount of assets under management unless the Advisor obtains
                  an unconditional guarantee of its obligations under the
                  Warranty Agreement acceptable to the Warranty Provider;

         13.      Any failure of a money market fund in which the Fund is
                  invested to be managed pursuant to the requirements of Rule
                  2a-7 or Rule 12d1-(b), unless such failure is remedied within
                  two (2) Business Days.

Termination Events

The Warranty Agreement and the Financial Warranty may be terminated by the Fund
or the Advisor by written notice to the Warranty Provider at any time upon the
occurrence of (a) an act of insolvency with respect to the Warranty Provider;
(b) in the event that the Warranty Provider ceases to be "well capitalized"
(based on its most recent Call Report filed with its primary Federal banking
regulator) within the meaning of the capital maintenance regulations of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); or (c) a failure by the Warranty
Provider to maintain a certain minimum long term financial strength and claims
paying ability rating, provided that the Warranty Provider shall be required to
be rated by no more than one of three ratings agencies and provided that, in
certain circumstances, the Warranty Provide may substitute an unconditional
guarantee that is acceptable to the Fund and the Advisor.

The Warranty Provider may terminate the Warranty Agreement and the Financial
Warranty upon the occurrence of the following events:

         o        The Advisor resigns; (b) the Fund elects to terminate the
                  Investment Management Agreement with the Advisor, (c) the Fund
                  appoints a successor investment advisor (including a
                  subadvisor) without the prior consent of the Warranty
                  Provider; (d) the Investment Management Agreement terminates
                  in accordance with its terms; or (e) the Advisor becomes
                  prohibited from serving as investment advisor to the Fund by
                  Section 9 of the 1940 Act; and in each of the cases any
                  successor advisor (including the Advisor) that agrees to be
                  bound by the terms of the Warranty Agreement is appointed by
                  the Board of the Trust or the Shareholders, in each case
                  without the prior written consent of the Warranty Provider in
                  its sole discretion and the successor advisor fails to agree
                  to the terms of the Warranty Agreement and other transaction
                  documents, fails to meet the credit approval of the Warranty
                  Provider, is subject to litigation or regulatory action that
                  may affect its ability to perform its obligations or its is
                  not reasonably believed by the Warranty Provider to be capable
                  of managing the Fund;

         o        The Fund terminates the Custodian Agreement and fails to
                  engage a successor custodian or engages a successor custodian
                  that does not agree to be bound by the transaction documents
                  and to provide the Warranty Provider with substantially
                  equivalent access to portfolio information as the custodian,
                  or the Fund amends the Custodian Agreement so that the
                  custodian is no longer bound by such provisions, or the
                  successor custodian is not a nationally recognized custodian
                  of assets of US registered investment companies;

         o        The Fund's assets are not, for any reason, within a reasonable
                  time (but not to exceed one Business Day) invested in a
                  defeasance portfolio upon the Warranty Provider's election to
                  invoke that remedy;

         o        If upon an allegation of negligence, recklessness, bad faith
                  or willful misconduct of the Advisor that contributes to a
                  shortfall in the Aggregate Protected Amount, the Advisor does
                  not pay, in full, certain amounts into escrow pending
                  resolution of such allegations by the Warranty Provider;

         o        A determination of negligence, recklessness, bad faith or
                  willful misconduct on the part of the Advisor or Fund under
                  any transaction document by any court of competent
                  jurisdiction or board of arbitration;

         o        The Advisor or the Trust does not deliver to the Warranty
                  Provider certain information in connection with assessing a
                  potential shortfall amount or after a trigger event within two
                  (2) Business Days of a request for such information;

         o        The Advisor fails to manage the assets of the Fund in
                  accordance with the investment objective, policies and
                  strategies set forth in the registration statement if such
                  failure would have an Adverse Effect on the Warranty Provider;

         o        The Advisor fails to deliver certain information and
                  instructions to the Custodian upon receipt of notice that the
                  Warranty Provider has exercised its right to deliver
                  irrevocable instructions to defease the portfolio;

         o        The Fund is no longer registered, or permitted to be
                  registered, as an investment company; or

         o        The Fund becomes subject to registration as a commodity pool
                  under the Commodity Exchange Act; provided that there is no
                  ability to terminate if the Fund can take action to avoid
                  registration under the Commodity Exchange Act or the Advisor
                  voluntarily defeases the portfolio.

Investment Limitations

So long as the Warranty Agreement and the Financial Warranty are in effect, the
Fund's portfolio must be managed by the Advisor in accordance with specific
investment limitations as provided in the Warranty Agreement. The investment
limitations summarized below are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
investment limitations set forth in the Warranty Agreement.

Eligible Investments. At all times, the Fund's assets may only be invested in
Eligible Equity Investments and Eligible Fixed-Income Investments. Eligible
Equity Investments include: (i) futures contacts on any of the following
indices: S&P 500 Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index, S&P Mid-Cap 400
Index and MSCI EAFE Index or such other indices as may be agreed to by the
Warranty Provider and the Advisor ("Designated Indices"), (ii) exchange-traded
funds based on the Designated Indices that are organized as open-end investment
companies and trade on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE Arca Exchange or
the American Stock Exchange ("ETFs"), (iii) shares of DWS Short Duration Plus
Fund, or any other DWS Fund as may be agreed to by the Warranty Provider and the
Advisor ("Underlying Funds") and (iv) cash and cash equivalents, including
shares of the QP Trust or any other money market fund (whether or not registered
under the 1940 Act) managed in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act
("Eligible Money Market Funds"). Eligible Fixed-Income Investments include: (i)
non-callable general obligations of the United States Treasury backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States of America that pay no interest or
dividend and have a single lump-sum maturity payment, including regular Separate
Trading of Registered Interest and Principal Securities ("STRIPS") or Principal
STRIPS, each with a maturity date within a range of the Fund's Maturity Date
(collectively, "US Zeroes"), (ii) shares of Underlying Funds and (iii) cash and
cash equivalents, including shares of Eligible Money Market Funds.

Active Component Restrictions. As of the close of business on each day the Fund
is open, the Fund's total equity exposure (as a percentage of the Fund's total
assets) is limited to an amount determined by a formula that takes into account,
among other things, the difference between current net asset value of the Fund
and the present value of the current Protected High NAV. Although the
permissible amount of total equity exposure will vary over time, in no event may
it exceed 130% of the Fund's total assets. With respect to the Fund's
investments in futures contracts and ETFs, on the last business day of each
month: (i) no more than 25% of the Fund's total equity exposure may be
represented by futures contracts and ETFs that track the performance of each of
the Russell 2000 Index, S&P 400 Mid-Cap Index and the MSCI EAFE Index, with the
25% limit applying to each such index individually; and (ii) no more than 50% of
the Fund's total equity exposure may be represented by futures contracts and
ETFs that track the performance of the Russell 1000 Index, Russell 2000 Index,
S&P 400 Mid-Cap Index and MSCI EAFE Index, with the 50% limit applying to such
indices in the aggregate. To the extent the Fund invests in futures contracts,
the Fund must earmark or segregate unencumbered cash and cash equivalents
sufficient to cover margin requirements, based on the marked-to-market value of
such futures contracts, and for asset coverage requirements as specified in the
Warranty Agreement or such greater amount as required by law. No futures
contract or ETF may be purchased by the Fund if at the time of purchase the
Fund's net long holdings of such investment would be equal or greater than 30%
of the average trading day volume of such investment.

Reserve Component Restrictions. As of the close of business on each day the Fund
is open, cash and cash equivalents held by the Fund and allocated to the Reserve
Component (that is not a defeasance portfolio) may not exceed three percent (3%)
of total assets provided that if the Reserve Component is equal to 70% or more
of the Fund's total assets, cash and cash equivalents may not exceed two percent
(2%) of the Fund's total assets.

Other Restrictions. Investments in the Underlying Funds are generally limited to
a percentage of each of the Active Component and/or the Reserve Component.
Additionally, based upon the percentage of the Fund's total assets allocated to
the Reserve Component or year remaining until the Maturity Date, any investment
in Underlying Funds will be allocated entirely to the Active Component. The Fund
may not borrow for investment purposes, although the Fund may borrow, after
consultation with the Warranty Provider, for temporary or emergency purposes
when it has insufficient cash to meet redemption requests. Other than as a
result of investing in Underlying Funds, futures contracts or entering into the
Warranty Agreement, the Fund may not invest in instruments that have the effect
of producing leverage.



                      APPENDIX B -- PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

       Deutsche Asset Management ("AM") Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines


I.       INTRODUCTION

AM has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures, which it
believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best
economic interest of clients, in accordance with its fiduciary duties and local
regulation. These Proxy Voting Policies, Procedures and Guidelines shall apply
to all accounts managed by US domiciled advisers and to all US client accounts
managed by non US regional offices. Non US regional offices are required to
maintain procedures and to vote proxies as may be required by law on behalf of
their non US clients. In addition, AM's proxy policies reflect the fiduciary
standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.

The attached guidelines represent a set of global recommendations that were
determined by the Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee ("the GPVSC"). These
guidelines were developed to provide AM with a comprehensive list of
recommendations that represent how AM will generally vote proxies for its
clients. The recommendations derived from the application of these guidelines
are not intended to influence the various AM legal entities either directly or
indirectly by parent or affiliated companies. In addition, the organizational
structures and documents of the various AM legal entities allows, where
necessary or appropriate, the execution by individual AM subsidiaries of the
proxy voting rights independently of any DB parent or affiliated company. This
applies in particular to non U.S. fund management companies. The individuals
that make proxy voting decisions are also free to act independently, subject to
the normal and customary supervision by the management/boards of these AM legal
entities.


II.      AM'S PROXY VOTING RESPONSIBILITIES

Proxy votes are the property of AM's advisory clients.(1) As such, AM's
authority and responsibility to vote such proxies depend upon its contractual
relationships with its clients. AM has delegated responsibility for effecting
its advisory clients' proxy votes to Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS"),
an independent third-party proxy voting specialist. ISS votes AM's advisory
clients' proxies in accordance with AM's proxy guidelines or AM's specific
instructions. Where a client has given specific instructions as to how a proxy
should be voted, AM will notify ISS to carry out those instructions. Where no
specific instruction exists, AM will follow the procedures in voting the proxies
set forth in this document. Certain Taft-Hartley clients may direct AM to have
ISS vote their proxies in accordance with Taft Hartley voting Guidelines

_____________________

(1)      For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, "clients" refers to
         persons or entities: for which AM serves as investment adviser or
         sub-adviser; for which AM votes proxies; and that have an economic or
         beneficial ownership interest in the portfolio securities of issuers
         soliciting such proxies.

Clients may in certain instances contract with their custodial agent and notify
AM that they wish to engage in securities lending transactions. In such cases,
it is the responsibility of the custodian to deduct the number of shares that
are on loan so that they do not get voted twice.


III.     POLICIES

1.       Proxy voting activities are conducted in the best economic interest of
         clients

AM has adopted the following policies and procedures to ensure that proxies are
voted in accordance with the best economic interest of its clients, as
determined by AM in good faith after appropriate review.

2.       The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee

The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (the "GPVSC") is an internal working group
established by the applicable AM's Investment Risk Oversight Committee pursuant
to a written charter. The GPVSC is responsible for overseeing AM's proxy voting
activities, including:

(i)    adopting, monitoring and updating guidelines, attached as Exhibit A (the
       "Guidelines"), that provide how AM will generally vote proxies pertaining
       to a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters;

(ii)   voting proxies where (A) the issues are not covered by specific client
       instruction or the Guidelines; (B) the Guidelines specify that the issues
       are to be determined on a case-by-case basis; or (C) where an exception
       to the Guidelines may be in the best economic interest of AM's clients;
       and

(iii)  monitoring the Proxy Vendor Oversight's proxy voting activities (see
       below).

AM's Proxy Vendor Oversight, a function of AM's Operations Group, is responsible
for coordinating with ISS to administer AM's proxy voting process and for voting
proxies in accordance with any specific client instructions or, if there are
none, the Guidelines, and overseeing ISS' proxy responsibilities in this regard.

3.       Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and proxy voting
         record

Copies of these Policies and Procedures, as they may be updated from time to
time, are made available to clients as required by law and otherwise at AM's
discretion. Clients may also obtain information on how their proxies were voted
by AM as required by law and otherwise at AM's discretion; however, AM must not
selectively disclose its investment company clients' proxy voting records. The
Proxy Vendor Oversight will make proxy voting reports available to advisory
clients upon request. The investment companies' proxy voting records will be
disclosed to shareholders by means of publicly-available annual filings of each
company's proxy voting record for 12-month periods ended June 30 (see
"Recordkeeping" below), if so required by relevant law.


IV.      PROCEDURES

The key aspects of AM's proxy voting process are as follows:

1.       The GPVSC's Proxy Voting Guidelines

The Guidelines set forth the GPVSC's standard voting positions on a
comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters. The GPVSC has developed, and
continues to update the Guidelines based on consideration of current corporate
governance principles, industry standards, client feedback, and the impact of
the matter on issuers and the value of the investments.

The GPVSC will review the Guidelines as necessary to support the best economic
interests of AM's clients and, in any event, at least annually. The GPVSC will
make changes to the Guidelines, whether as a result of the annual review or
otherwise, taking solely into account the best economic interests of clients.
Before changing the Guidelines, the GPVSC will thoroughly review and evaluate
the proposed change and the reasons therefore, and the GPVSC Chair will ask
GPVSC members whether anyone outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche
Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory
client has requested or attempted to influence the proposed change and whether
any member has a conflict of interest with respect to the proposed change. If
any such matter is reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify
the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee (see below) and will defer
the approval, if possible. Lastly, the GPVSC will fully document its rationale
for approving any change to the Guidelines.

The Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual
practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of
the investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment
adviser or sponsor. Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment
companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences
may call for differences in voting positions on the same matter. Further, the
manner in which AM votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals
for which a AM-advised or sponsored investment company solicits proxies from its
shareholders. As reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end
(and open-end) investment companies are generally voted in accordance with the
pre-determined guidelines of ISS. See Section IV.3.B.

Funds ("Underlying Funds") in which Topiary Fund Management Fund of Funds (each,
a "Fund") invest, may from time to time seek to revise their investment terms
(i.e. liquidity, fees, etc.) or investment structure. In such event, the
Underlying Funds may require approval/consent from its investors to effect the
relevant changes. Topiary Fund Management has adopted Proxy Voting Procedures
which outline the process for these approvals.

2.       Specific proxy voting decisions made by the GPVSC

The Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to the GPVSC all proxy proposals (i) that
are not covered by specific client instructions or the Guidelines; or (ii) that,
according to the Guidelines, should be evaluated and voted on a case-by-case
basis.

Additionally, if, the Proxy Vendor Oversight, the GPVSC Chair or any member of
the GPVSC, a portfolio manager, a research analyst or a sub-adviser believes
that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in
the best economic interests of clients, that individual may bring the matter to
the attention of the GPVSC Chair and/or the Proxy Vendor Oversight.(2)

_____________________

(2)      The Proxy Vendor Oversight generally monitors upcoming proxy
         solicitations for heightened attention from the press or the industry
         and for novel or unusual proposals or circumstances, which may prompt
         the Proxy Vendor Oversight to bring the solicitation to the attention
         of the GPVSC Chair. AM portfolio managers, AM research analysts and
         sub-advisers also may bring a particular proxy vote to the attention of
         the GPVSC Chair, as a result of their ongoing monitoring of portfolio
         securities held by advisory clients and/or their review of the periodic
         proxy voting record reports that the GPVSC Chair distributes to AM
         portfolio managers and AM research analysts.

If the Proxy Vendor Oversight refers a proxy proposal to the GPVSC or the GPVSC
determines that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines is
not in the best economic interests of clients, the GPVSC will evaluate and vote
the proxy, subject to the procedures below regarding conflicts.

The GPVSC endeavors to hold meetings to decide how to vote particular proxies
sufficiently before the voting deadline so that the procedures below regarding
conflicts can be completed before the GPVSC's voting determination.

3.       Certain proxy votes may not be cast

In some cases, the GPVSC may determine that it is in the best economic interests
of its clients not to vote certain proxies. If the conditions below are met with
regard to a proxy proposal, AM will abstain from voting:

o        Neither the Guidelines nor specific client instructions cover an issue;

o        ISS does not make a recommendation on the issue;

o        The GPVSC cannot convene on the proxy proposal at issue to make a
         determination as to what would be in the client's best interest. (This
         could happen, for example, if the Conflicts of Interest Management
         Sub-committee found that there was a material conflict or if despite
         all best efforts being made, the GPVSC quorum requirement could not be
         met).

In addition, it is AM's policy not to vote proxies of issuers subject to laws of
those jurisdictions that impose restrictions upon selling shares after proxies
are voted, in order to preserve liquidity. In other cases, it may not be
possible to vote certain proxies, despite good faith efforts to do so. For
example, some jurisdictions do not provide adequate notice to shareholders so
that proxies may be voted on a timely basis. Voting rights on securities that
have been loaned to third-parties transfer to those third-parties, with loan
termination often being the only way to attempt to vote proxies on the loaned
securities. Lastly, the GPVSC may determine that the costs to the client(s)
associated with voting a particular proxy or group of proxies outweighs the
economic benefits expected from voting the proxy or group of proxies.

The Proxy Vendor Oversight will coordinate with the GPVSC Chair regarding any
specific proxies and any categories of proxies that will not or cannot be voted.
The reasons for not voting any proxy shall be documented.

4.       Conflict of Interest Procedures

A. Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence

Overriding Principle. In the limited circumstances where the GPVSC votes
proxies,(3) the GPVSC will vote those proxies in accordance with what it, in
good faith, determines to be the best economic interests of AM's clients.(4)

_____________________

(3)      As mentioned above, the GPVSC votes proxies (i) where neither a
         specific client instruction nor a Guideline directs how the proxy
         should be voted, (ii) where the Guidelines specify that an issue is to
         be determined on a case by case basis or (iii) where voting in
         accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic
         interests of clients.

(4)      The Proxy Vendor Oversight, who serves as the non-voting secretary of
         the GPVSC, may receive routine calls from proxy solicitors and other
         parties interested in a particular proxy vote. Any contact that
         attempts to exert improper pressure or influence shall be reported to
         the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

Independence of the GPVSC. As a matter of Compliance policy, the GPVSC and the
Proxy Vendor Oversight are structured to be independent from other parts of
Deutsche Bank. Members of the GPVSC and the employee responsible for Proxy
Vendor Oversight are employees of AM. As such, they may not be subject to the
supervision or control of any employees of Deutsche Bank Corporate and
Investment Banking division ("CIB"). Their compensation cannot be based upon
their contribution to any business activity outside of AM without prior approval
of Legal and Compliance. They can have no contact with employees of Deutsche
Bank outside of the Private Client and Asset Management division ("PCAM")
regarding specific clients, business matters or initiatives without the prior
approval of Legal and Compliance. They furthermore may not discuss proxy votes
with any person outside of AM (and within AM only on a need to know basis).

Conflict Review Procedures. There will be a committee (the "Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee") established within AM that will monitor for
potential material conflicts of interest in connection with proxy proposals that
are to be evaluated by the GPVSC. Promptly upon a determination that a vote
shall be presented to the GPVSC, the GPVSC Chair shall notify the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee. The Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee shall promptly collect and review any information deemed
reasonably appropriate to evaluate, in its reasonable judgment, if AM or any
person participating in the proxy voting process has, or has the appearance of,
a material conflict of interest. For the purposes of this policy, a conflict of
interest shall be considered "material" to the extent that a reasonable person
could expect the conflict to influence, or appear to influence, the GPVSC's
decision on the particular vote at issue. GPVSC should provide the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee a reasonable amount of time (no less than 24
hours) to perform all necessary and appropriate reviews. To the extent that a
conflicts review can not be sufficiently completed by the Conflicts of Interest
Management Sub-Committee the proxies will be voted in accordance with the
standard guidelines.

The information considered by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee
may include without limitation information regarding (i) AM client
relationships; (ii) any relevant personal conflict known by the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee or brought to the attention of that
sub-committee; (iii) and any communications with members of the GPVSC (or anyone
participating or providing information to the GPVSC) and any person outside of
the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity
that identifies itself as a AM advisory client regarding the vote at issue. In
the context of any determination, the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee may consult with, and shall be entitled to rely upon, all
applicable outside experts, including legal counsel.

Upon completion of the investigation, the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee will document its findings and conclusions. If the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee determines that (i) AM has a material conflict
of interest that would prevent it from deciding how to vote the proxies
concerned without further client consent or (ii) certain individuals should be
recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, the Conflicts of Interest
Management Sub-Committee will so inform the GPVSC chair.

If notified that AM has a material conflict of interest as described above, the
GPVSC chair will obtain instructions as to how the proxies should be voted
either from (i) if time permits, the effected clients, or (ii) in accordance
with the standard guidelines. If notified that certain individuals should be
recused from the proxy vote at issue, the GPVSC Chair shall do so in accordance
with the procedures set forth below.

Note: Any AM employee who becomes aware of a potential, material conflict of
interest in respect of any proxy vote to be made on behalf of clients shall
notify Compliance. Compliance shall call a meeting of the conflict review
committee to evaluate such conflict and determine a recommended course of
action.

Procedures to be followed by the GPVSC. At the beginning of any discussion
regarding how to vote any proxy, the GPVSC Chair (or his or her delegate) will
inquire as to whether any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio) or any
person participating in the proxy voting process has a personal conflict of
interest or has actual knowledge of an actual or apparent conflict that has not
been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

The GPVSC Chair also will inquire of these same parties whether they have actual
knowledge regarding whether any director, officer or employee outside of the AM
organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that
identifies itself as a AM advisory client, has: (i) requested that AM, the Proxy
Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof) or a GPVSC member vote a particular
proxy in a certain manner; (ii) attempted to influence AM, the Proxy Vendor
Oversight (or any member thereof), a GPVSC member or any other person in
connection with proxy voting activities; or (iii) otherwise communicated with a
GPVSC member or any other person participating or providing information to the
GPVSC regarding the particular proxy vote at issue, and which incident has not
yet been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub- Committee.

If any such incidents are reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly
notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and, if possible, will
delay the vote until the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee can
complete the conflicts report. If a delay is not possible, the Conflicts of
Interest Management Sub-Committee will instruct the GPVSC whether anyone should
be recused from the proxy voting process, or whether AM should vote the proxy in
accordance with the standard guidelines, seek instructions as to how to vote the
proxy at issue from ISS or, if time permits, the effected clients. These
inquiries and discussions will be properly reflected in the GPVSC's minutes.

Duty to Report. Any AM employee, including any GPVSC member (whether voting or
ex officio), that is aware of any actual or apparent conflict of interest
relevant to, or any attempt by any person outside of the AM organization (but
within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as
a AM advisory client to influence, how AM votes its proxies has a duty to
disclose the existence of the situation to the GPVSC Chair (or his or her
designee) and the details of the matter to the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee. In the case of any person participating in the deliberations on a
specific vote, such disclosure should be made before engaging in any activities
or participating in any discussion pertaining to that vote.

Recusal of Members. The GPVSC will recuse from participating in a specific proxy
vote any GPVSC members (whether voting or ex officio) and/or any other person
who (i) are personally involved in a material conflict of interest; or (ii) who,
as determined by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee, have actual
knowledge of a circumstance or fact that could effect their independent
judgment, in respect of such vote. The GPVSC will also exclude from
consideration the views of any person (whether requested or volunteered) if the
GPVSC or any member thereof knows, or if the Conflicts of Interest Management
Sub-Committee has determined, that such other person has a material conflict of
interest with respect to the particular proxy, or has attempted to influence the
vote in any manner prohibited by these policies.

If, after excluding all relevant GPVSC voting members pursuant to the paragraph
above, there are three or more GPVSC voting members remaining, those remaining
GPVSC members will determine how to vote the proxy in accordance with these
Policies and Procedures. If there are fewer than three GPVSC voting members
remaining, the GPVSC Chair will vote the proxy in accordance with the standard
guidelines, will obtain instructions as to how to have the proxy voted from, if
time permits, the effected clients and otherwise from ISS.

B.       Investment Companies and Affiliated Public Companies

Investment Companies. As reflected in the Guidelines, all proxies solicited by
open-end and closed-end investment companies are voted in accordance with the
pre-determined guidelines of ISS, unless the investment company client directs
AM to vote differently on a specific proxy or specific categories of proxies.
However, regarding investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as
investment adviser or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same
proportion as the vote of all other shareholders (i.e., "mirror" or "echo"
voting). Master fund proxies solicited from feeder funds are voted in accordance
with applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds ("ETF")
issuers that have received exemptive orders from the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission allowing investing DWS funds to exceed the limits set forth
in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, DeAM will
echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of
outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation
agreements and SEC orders.

Affiliated Public Companies. For proxies solicited by non-investment company
issuers of or within the Deutsche Bank organization, e.g., Deutsche bank itself,
these proxies will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of other
shareholders (i.e., "mirror" or "echo" voting).

Note: With respect to the QP Trust (not registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the
investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to
the QP Trust, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent
with the Fund's best interest.

C.       Other Procedures That Limit Conflicts of Interest

AM and other entities in the Deutsche Bank organization have adopted a number of
policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to avoid various
conflicts of interest, including those that may arise in connection with proxy
voting, including:

o        Deutsche Bank Americas Restricted Activities Policy. This policy
         provides for, among other things, independence of AM employees from
         CIB, and information barriers between AM and other affiliates.
         Specifically, no AM employee may be subject to the supervision or
         control of any employee of CIB. No AM employee shall have his or her
         compensation based upon his or her contribution to any business
         activity within the Bank outside of the business of AM, without the
         prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Further, no employee of CIB
         shall have any input into the compensation of a AM employee without the
         prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Under the information barriers
         section of this policy, as a general rule, AM employees who are
         associated with the investment process should have no contact with
         employees of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, outside of PCAM,
         regarding specific clients, business matters, or initiatives. Further,
         under no circumstances should proxy votes be discussed with any
         Deutsche Bank employee outside of AM (and should only be discussed on a
         need-to-know basis within AM).

Other relevant internal policies include the Deutsche Bank Americas Code of
Professional Conduct, the Deutsche Asset Management Information Sharing
Procedures, the Deutsche Asset Management Code of Ethics, the Sarbanes-Oxley
Senior Officer Code of Ethics, and the Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct. The
GPVSC expects that these policies, procedures and internal controls will greatly
reduce the chance that the GPVSC (or, its members) would be involved in, aware
of or influenced by, an actual or apparent conflict of interest.


V.       RECORDKEEPING

At a minimum, the following types of records must be properly maintained and
readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.

o        AM will maintain a record of each vote cast by AM that includes among
         other things, company name, meeting date, proposals presented, vote
         cast and shares voted.

o        The Proxy Vendor Oversight maintains records for each of the proxy
         ballots it votes. Specifically, the records include, but are not
         limited to:

         -        The proxy statement (and any additional solicitation
                  materials) and relevant portions of annual statements.

         -        Any additional information considered in the voting process
                  that may be obtained from an issuing company, its agents or
                  proxy research firms.

         -        Analyst worksheets created for stock option plan and share
                  increase analyses.

         -        Proxy Edge print-screen of actual vote election.

o        AM will retain these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines; will
         maintain records of client requests for proxy voting information; and
         will retain any documents the Proxy Vendor Oversight or the GPVSC
         prepared that were material to making a voting decision or that
         memorialized the basis for a proxy voting decision.

o        The GPVSC also will create and maintain appropriate records documenting
         its compliance with these Policies and Procedures, including records of
         its deliberations and decisions regarding conflicts of interest and
         their resolution.

o        With respect to AM's investment company clients, ISS will create and
         maintain records of each company's proxy voting record for 12-month
         periods ended June 30. AM will compile the following information for
         each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any
         shareholder meeting held during the period covered by the report and
         with respect to which the company was entitled to vote:

         -        The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;

         -        The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if
                  symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);

         -        The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures
                  number for the portfolio security (if the number is available
                  through reasonably practicable means);

         -        The shareholder meeting date;

         -        A brief identification of the matter voted on;

         -        Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security
                  holder;

         -        Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;

         -        How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal,
                  or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors);
                  and

         -        Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.

Note: This list is intended to provide guidance only in terms of the records
that must be maintained in accordance with this policy. In addition, please note
that records must be maintained in accordance with the applicable AM Records
Management Policy.

With respect to electronically stored records, "properly maintained" is defined
as complete, authentic (unalterable) usable and backed-up. At a minimum, records
should be retained for a period of not less than six years (or longer, if
necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements), the first three
years in an appropriate AM office.


VI.      THE GPVSC'S OVERSIGHT ROLE

In addition to adopting the Guidelines and making proxy voting decisions on
matters referred to it as set forth above, the GPVSC will monitor the proxy
voting process by reviewing summary proxy information presented by ISS. The
GPVSC will use this review process to determine, among other things, whether any
changes should be made to the Guidelines. This review will take place at least
quarterly and will be documented in the GPVSC's minutes.


Attachment A - Global Proxy Voting Guidelines







                            Deutsche Asset Management

                         Global Proxy Voting Guidelines



                             As Amended October 2008


                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Table of contents

I        Board Of Directors And Executives

         A        Election Of Directors

         B        Classified Boards Of Directors

         C        Board And Committee Independence

         D        Liability And Indemnification Of Directors

         E        Qualifications Of Directors

         F        Removal Of Directors And Filling Of Vacancies

         G        Proposals To Fix The Size Of The Board

         H        Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer's Service on

                  Multiple Boards

         I        Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on

                  Multiple Boards

         J        Proposals to Establish Audit Committees

II       Capital Structure

         A        Authorization Of Additional Shares

         B        Authorization Of "Blank Check" Preferred Stock

         C        Stock Splits/Reverse Stock Splits

         D        Dual Class/Supervoting Stock

         E        Large Block Issuance

         F        Recapitalization Into A Single Class Of Stock

         G        Share Repurchases

         H        Reductions In Par Value

III      Corporate Governance Issues

         A        Confidential Voting

         B        Cumulative Voting

         C        Supermajority Voting Requirements

         D        Shareholder Right To Vote

IV       Compensation

         A        Establishment of a Remuneration Committee

         B        Executive And Director Stock Option Plans

         C        Employee Stock Option/Purchase Plans

         D        Golden Parachutes

         E        Proposals To Limit Benefits Or Executive Compensation

         F        Option Expensing

         G        Management board election and motion

         H        Remuneration (variable pay)

         I        Long-term incentive plans

         J        Shareholder Proposals Concerning "Pay For Superior
                  Performance"

         K        Executive Compensation Advisory

V        Anti-Takeover Related Issues

         A        Shareholder Rights Plans ("Poison Pills")

         B        Reincorporation

         C        Fair-Price Proposals

         D        Exemption From State Takeover Laws

         E        Non-Financial Effects Of Takeover Bids

VI       Mergers & Acquisitions

VII      Social & Political Issues

         A        Labor & Human Rights

         B        Diversity & Equality

         C        Health & Safety

         D        Government/Military

         E        Tobacco

VIII     Environmental Issues

IX       Miscellaneous Items

         A        Ratification Of Auditors

         B        Limitation Of Non-Audit Services Provided By Independent
                  Auditor

         C        Audit Firm Rotation

         D        Transaction Of Other Business

         E        Motions To Adjourn The Meeting

         F        Bundled Proposals

         G        Change Of Company Name

         H        Proposals Related To The Annual Meeting

         I        Reimbursement Of Expenses Incurred From Candidate Nomination

         J        Investment Company Proxies

         K        International Proxy Voting


These Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual
practices of the public company (ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or
of the investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment
adviser or sponsor.

NOTE: Because of the unique structure and regulatory scheme applicable to
closed-end investment companies, the voting guidelines (particularly those
related to governance issues) generally will be inapplicable to holdings of
closed-end investment companies. As a result, determinations on the appropriate
voting recommendation for closed-end investment company shares will be made on a
case-by-case basis.


I.       Board of Directors and Executives

A.       Election of Directors

Routine: AM Policy is to vote "for" the uncontested election of directors. Votes
for a director in an uncontested election will be withheld in cases where a
director has shown an inability to perform his/her duties in the best interests
of the shareholders.

Proxy contest: In a proxy contest involving election of directors, a
case-by-case voting decision will be made based upon analysis of the issues
involved and the merits of the incumbent and dissident slates of directors. AM
will incorporate the decisions of a third party proxy research vendor,
currently, Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") subject to review by the
Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (GPVSC) as set forth in the AM's Proxy Voting
Policies and Procedures.

Rationale: The large majority of corporate directors fulfill their fiduciary
obligation and in most cases support for management's nominees is warranted. As
the issues relevant to a contested election differ in each instance, those cases
must be addressed as they arise.

B.       Classified Boards of Directors

AM policy is to vote against proposals to classify the board and for proposals
to repeal classified boards and elect directors annually.

Rationale: Directors should be held accountable on an annual basis. By
entrenching the incumbent board, a classified board may be used as an
anti-takeover device to the detriment of the shareholders in a hostile take-over
situation.

C.       Board and Committee Independence

AM policy is to vote:

1.       "For" proposals that require that a certain percentage (majority up to
         66 2/3%) of members of a board of directors be comprised of independent
         or unaffiliated directors.

2.       "For" proposals that require all members of a company's compensation,
         audit, nominating, or other similar committees be comprised of
         independent or unaffiliated directors.

3.       "Against" shareholder proposals to require the addition of special
         interest, or constituency, representatives to boards of directors.

4.       "For" separation of the Chairman and CEO positions.

5.       "Against" proposals that require a company to appoint a Chairman who is
         an independent director.

Rationale: Board independence is a cornerstone of effective governance and
accountability. A board that is sufficiently independent from management assures
that shareholders' interests are adequately represented. However, the Chairman
of the board must have sufficient involvement in and experience with the
operations of the company to perform the functions required of that position and
lead the company.

No director qualifies as 'independent' unless the board of directors
affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the
listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an
organization that has a relationship with the company).

Whether a director is in fact not "independent" will depend on the laws and
regulations of the primary market for the security and the exchanges, if any, on
which the security trades.

D.       Liability and Indemnification of Directors

AM policy is to vote "for" management proposals to limit directors' liability
and to broaden the indemnification of directors, unless broader indemnification
or limitations on directors' liability would effect shareholders' interests in
pending litigation.

Rationale: While shareholders want directors and officers to be responsible for
their actions, it is not in the best interests of the shareholders for them to
be to risk averse. If the risk of personal liability is too great, companies may
not be able to find capable directors willing to serve. We support expanding
coverage only for actions taken in good faith and not for serious violations of
fiduciary obligation or negligence.

E.       Qualifications of Directors

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on either management or
shareholder proposals that set retirement ages for directors or require specific
levels of stock ownership by directors.

Rationale: As a general rule, the board of directors, and not the shareholders,
is most qualified to establish qualification policies.

F.       Removal of Directors and Filling of Vacancies

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals that include provisions that directors
may be removed only for cause or proposals that include provisions that only
continuing directors may fill board vacancies.

Rationale: Differing state statutes permit removal of directors with or without
cause. Removal of directors for cause usually requires proof of self-dealing,
fraud or misappropriation of corporate assets, limiting shareholders' ability to
remove directors except under extreme circumstances. Removal without cause
requires no such showing.

Allowing only incumbent directors to fill vacancies can serve as an
anti-takeover device, precluding shareholders from filling the board until the
next regular election.

G.       Proposals to Fix the Size of the Board

AM policy is to vote:

1.       "For" proposals to fix the size of the board unless: (a) no specific
         reason for the proposed change is given; or (b) the proposal is part of
         a package of takeover defenses.

2.       "Against" proposals allowing management to fix the size of the board
         without shareholder approval.

Rationale: Absent danger of anti-takeover use, companies should be granted a
reasonable amount of flexibility in fixing the size of its board.

H.       Proposals to Restrict Chief Executive Officer's Service on Multiple
         Boards

AM policy is to vote "For" proposals to restrict a Chief Executive Officer from
serving on more than three outside boards of directors.

Rationale: Chief Executive Officer must have sufficient time to ensure that
shareholders' interests are represented adequately.

Note: A director's service on multiple closed-end fund boards within a fund
complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy
voting guidelines.

I.       Proposals to Restrict Supervisory Board Members Service on Multiple
         Boards (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to restrict a Supervisory Board Member from
serving on more than five supervisory boards.

Rationale: We consider a strong, independent and knowledgeable supervisory board
as important counter-balance to executive management to ensure that the
interests of shareholders are fully reflected by the company.

Full information should be disclosed in the annual reports and accounts to allow
all shareholders to judge the success of the supervisory board controlling their
company.

Supervisory Board Member must have sufficient time to ensure that shareholders'
interests are represented adequately.

Note: A director's service on multiple closed-end fund boards within a fund
complex are treated as service on a single Board for the purpose of the proxy
voting guidelines.

J.       Proposals to Establish Audit Committees (For FFT and U.S. Securities)
         AM policy is to vote "for" proposals that require the establishment of
         audit committees.

Rationale: The audit committee should deal with accounting and risk management
related questions, verifies the independence of the auditor with due regard to
possible conflicts of interest. It also should determine the procedure of the
audit process.


II.      Capital Structure

A.       Authorization of Additional Shares (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to increase the authorization of existing
classes of stock that do not exceed a 3:1 ratio of shares authorized to shares
outstanding for a large cap company, and do not exceed a 4:1 ratio of shares
authorized to shares outstanding for a small-midcap company (companies having a
market capitalization under one billion U.S. dollars.).

Rationale: While companies need an adequate number of shares in order to carry
on business, increases requested for general financial flexibility must be
limited to protect shareholders from their potential use as an anti-takeover
device. Requested increases for specifically designated, reasonable business
purposes (stock split, merger, etc.) will be considered in light of those
purposes and the number of shares required.

B.       Authorization of "Blank Check" Preferred Stock (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote:

1.   "Against" proposals to create blank check preferred stock or to increase
     the number of authorized shares of blank check preferred stock unless the
     company expressly states that the stock will not be used for anti-takeover
     purposes and will not be issued without shareholder approval.

2.   "For" proposals mandating shareholder approval of blank check stock
     placement.

Rationale: Shareholders should be permitted to monitor the issuance of classes
of preferred stock in which the board of directors is given unfettered
discretion to set voting, dividend, conversion and other rights for the shares
issued.

C.       Stock Splits/Reverse Stock Splits

AM policy is to vote "for" stock splits if a legitimate business purpose is set
forth and the split is in the shareholders' best interests. A vote is cast "for"
a reverse stock split only if the number of shares authorized is reduced in the
same proportion as the reverse split or if the effective increase in authorized
shares (relative to outstanding shares) complies with the proxy guidelines for
common stock increases (see, Section II.A, above.)

Rationale: Generally, stock splits do not detrimentally effect shareholders.
Reverse stock splits, however, may have the same result as an increase in
authorized shares and should be analyzed accordingly.

D.       Dual Class/Supervoting Stock

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals to create or authorize additional
shares of super-voting stock or stock with unequal voting rights.

Rationale: The "one share, one vote" principal ensures that no shareholder
maintains a voting interest exceeding their equity interest in the company.

E.       Large Block Issuance (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to address large block issuances of stock on a case-by-case basis,
incorporating the recommendation of an independent third party proxy research
firm (currently ISS) subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in AM's Proxy
Policies and Procedures.

Additionally, AM supports proposals requiring shareholder approval of large
block issuances.

Rationale: Stock issuances must be reviewed in light of the business
circumstances leading to the request and the potential impact on shareholder
value.

F.       Recapitalization into a Single Class of Stock

AM policy is to vote "for" recapitalization plans to provide for a single class
of common stock, provided the terms are fair, with no class of stock being
unduly disadvantaged.

Rationale: Consolidation of multiple classes of stock is a business decision
that may be left to the board and/management if there is no adverse effect on
shareholders.

G.       Share Repurchases

AM policy is to vote "for" share repurchase plans provided all shareholders are
able to participate on equal terms.

Rationale: Buybacks are generally considered beneficial to shareholders because
they tend to increase returns to the remaining shareholders.

H.       Reductions in Par Value

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to reduce par value, provided a legitimate
business purpose is stated (e.g., the reduction of corporate tax
responsibility.)

Rationale: Usually, adjustments to par value are a routine financial decision
with no substantial impact on shareholders.


III.     Corporate Governance Issues

A.       Confidential Voting

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to provide for confidential voting and
independent tabulation of voting results and to vote "against" proposals to
repeal such provisions.

Rationale: Confidential voting protects the privacy rights of all shareholders.
This is particularly important for employee-shareholders or shareholders with
business or other affiliations with the company, who may be vulnerable to
coercion or retaliation when opposing management. Confidential voting does not
interfere with the ability of corporations to communicate with all shareholders,
nor does it prohibit shareholders from making their views known directly to
management.

B.       Cumulative Voting (For U.S. Securities)

AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals requesting cumulative
voting and "for" management proposals to eliminate it. The protections afforded
shareholders by cumulative voting are not necessary when a company has a history
of good performance and does not have a concentrated ownership interest.
Accordingly, a vote is cast "against" cumulative voting and "for" proposals to
eliminate it if:

a)       The company has a five year return on investment greater than the
         relevant industry index,

b)       All directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own less
         than 10% of the outstanding stock, and

c)       No shareholder (or voting block) beneficially owns 15% or more of the
         company.

Thus, failure of any one of the three criteria results in a vote for cumulative
voting in accordance with the general policy.

Rationale: Cumulative voting is a tool that should be used to ensure that
holders of a significant number of shares may have board representation;
however, the presence of other safeguards may make their use unnecessary.

C.       Supermajority Voting Requirements

AM policy is to vote "against" management proposals to require a supermajority
vote to amend the charter or bylaws and to vote "for" shareholder proposals to
modify or rescind existing supermajority requirements.

*Exception made when company holds a controlling position and seeks to lower
threshold to maintain control and/or make changes to corporate by-laws.

Rationale: Supermajority voting provisions violate the democratic principle that
a simple majority should carry the vote. Setting supermajority requirements may
make it difficult or impossible for shareholders to remove egregious by-law or
charter provisions. Occasionally, a company with a significant insider held
position might attempt to lower a supermajority threshold to make it easier for
management to approve provisions that may be detrimental to shareholders. In
that case, it may not be in the shareholders interests to lower the
supermajority provision.

D.       Shareholder Right to Vote

AM policy is to vote "against" proposals that restrict the right of shareholders
to call special meetings, amend the bylaws, or act by written consent. Policy is
to vote "for" proposals that remove such restrictions.

Rationale: Any reasonable means whereby shareholders can make their views known
to management or effect the governance process should be supported.


IV.      Compensation

Annual Incentive Plans or Bonus Plans are often submitted to shareholders for
approval. These plans typically award cash to executives based on company
performance. Deutsche Bank believes that the responsibility for executive
compensation decisions rest with the board of directors and/or the compensation
committee, and its policy is not to second-guess the board's award of cash
compensation amounts to executives unless a particular award or series of awards
is deemed excessive. If stock options are awarded as part of these bonus or
incentive plans, the provisions must meet Deutsche Bank's criteria regarding
stock option plans, or similar stock-based incentive compensation schemes, as
set forth below.

A.       Establishment of a Remuneration Committee (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals that require the establishment of a
remuneration committee.

Rationale: Corporations should disclose in each annual report or proxy statement
their policies on remuneration. Essential details regarding executive
remuneration including share options, long-term incentive plans and bonuses,
should be disclosed in the annual report, so that investors can judge whether
corporate pay policies and practices meet the standard.

The remuneration committee shall not comprise any board members and should be
sensitive to the wider scene on executive pay. It should ensure that
performance-based elements of executive pay are designed to align the interests
of shareholders.

B.       Executive and Director Stock Option Plans

AM policy is to vote "for" stock option plans that meet the following criteria:

(1)      The resulting dilution of existing shares is less than (a) 15 percent
         of outstanding shares for large capital corporations or (b) 20 percent
         of outstanding shares for small-mid capital companies (companies having
         a market capitalization under one billion U.S. dollars.)

(2)      The transfer of equity resulting from granting options at less than FMV
         is no greater than 3% of the over-all market capitalization of large
         capital corporations, or 5% of market cap for small-mid capital
         companies.

(3)      The plan does not contain express repricing provisions and, in the
         absence of an express statement that options will not be repriced; the
         company does not have a history of repricing options.

(4)      The plan does not grant options on super-voting stock.

AM will support performance-based option proposals as long as a) they do not
mandate that all options granted by the company must be performance based, and
b) only certain high-level executives are subject to receive the performance
based options.

AM will support proposals to eliminate the payment of outside director pensions.

Rationale: Determining the cost to the company and to shareholders of
stock-based incentive plans raises significant issues not encountered with
cash-based compensation plans. These include the potential dilution of existing
shareholders' voting power, the transfer of equity out of the company resulting
from the grant and execution of options at less than FMV and the authority to
reprice or replace underwater options. Our stock option plan analysis model
seeks to allow reasonable levels of flexibility for a company yet still protect
shareholders from the negative impact of excessive stock compensation.
Acknowledging that small mid-capital corporations often rely more heavily on
stock option plans as their main source of executive compensation and may not be
able to compete with their large capital competitors with cash compensation, we
provide slightly more flexibility for those companies.

C.       Employee Stock Option/Purchase Plans

AM policy is to vote for employee stock purchase plans (ESPP's) when the plan
complies with Internal Revenue Code 423, allowing non-management employees to
purchase stock at 85% of FMV.

AM policy is to vote "for" employee stock option plans (ESOPs) provided they
meet the standards for stock option plans in general. However, when computing
dilution and transfer of equity, ESOPs are considered independently from
executive and director option plans.

Rationale: ESOPs and ESPP's encourage rank-and-file employees to acquire an
ownership stake in the companies they work for and have been shown to promote
employee loyalty and improve productivity.

D.       Golden Parachutes

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to require shareholder approval of golden
parachutes and for proposals that would limit golden parachutes to no more than
three times base compensation. Policy is to vote "against" more restrictive
shareholder proposals to limit golden parachutes.

Rationale: In setting a reasonable limitation, AM considers that an effective
parachute should be less attractive than continued employment and that the IRS
has opined that amounts greater than three times annual salary, are excessive.

E.       Proposals to Limit Benefits or Executive Compensation

AM policy is to vote "against"

1.   Proposals to limit benefits, pensions or compensation and

2.   Proposals that request or require disclosure of executive compensation
     greater than the disclosure required by Securities and Exchange Commission
     (SEC) regulations.

Rationale: Levels of compensation and benefits are generally considered to be
day-to-day operations of the company, and are best left unrestricted by
arbitrary limitations proposed by shareholders.

F.       Option Expensing

AM policy is to support proposals requesting companies to expense stock options.

Rationale: Although companies can choose to expense options voluntarily, the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) does not yet require it, instead
allowing companies to disclose the theoretical value of options as a footnote.
Because the expensing of stock options lowers earnings, most companies elect not
to do so. Given the fact that options have become an integral component of
compensation and their exercise results in a transfer of shareholder value, AM
agrees that their value should not be ignored and treated as "no cost"
compensation. The expensing of stock options would promote more modest and
appropriate use of stock options in executive compensation plans and present a
more accurate picture of company operational earnings.

G.        Management board election and motion (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "against":

o        the election of board members with positions on either remuneration or
         audit committees;

o        the election of supervisory board members with too many supervisory
         board mandates;

o        "automatic" election of former board members into the supervisory
         board.

Rationale: Management as an entity, and each of its members, are responsible for
all actions of the company, and are - subject to applicable laws and regulations
- accountable to the shareholders as a whole for their actions.

Sufficient information should be disclosed in the annual company report and
account to allow shareholders to judge the success of the company.

H.       Remuneration (variable pay): (For FFT Securities)

Executive remuneration for Management Board

AM policy is to vote "for" remuneration for Management Board that is transparent
and linked to results.

Rationale: Executive compensation should motivate management and align the
interests of management with the shareholders. The focus should be on criteria
that prevent excessive remuneration; but enable the company to hire and retain
first-class professionals.

Shareholder interests are normally best served when management is remunerated to
optimise long-term returns. Criteria should include suitable measurements like
return on capital employed or economic value added.

Interests should generally also be correctly aligned when management own shares
in the company - even more so if these shares represent a substantial portion of
their own wealth.

Its disclosure shall differentiate between fixed pay, variable (performance
related) pay and long-term incentives, including stock option plans with
valuation ranges as well as pension and any other significant arrangements.

Executive remuneration for Supervisory Board

AM policy is to vote "for" remuneration for Supervisory Board that is at least
50% in fixed form.

Rationale: It would normally be preferable if performance linked compensation
were not based on dividend payments, but linked to suitable result based
parameters. Consulting and procurement services should also be published in the
company report.

I.       Long-term incentive plans (For FFT Securities)

AM policy is to vote "for" long-term incentive plans for members of a management
board that reward for above average company performance.

Rationale: Incentive plans will normally be supported if they:

o        directly align the interests of members of management boards with those
         of shareholders;

o        establish challenging performance criteria to reward only above average
         performance;

o        measure performance by total shareholder return in relation to the
         market or a range of comparable companies;

o        are long-term in nature and encourage long-term ownership of the shares
         once exercised through minimum holding periods;

o        do not allow a repricing of the exercise price in stock option plans.

J.       Shareholder Proposals Concerning "Pay for Superior Performance"

AM policy is to address pay for superior performance proposals on a case-by-case
basis, incorporating the recommendation of an independent third party proxy
research firm (currently ISS) subject to review by the GPVSC as set forth in
AM's Proxy Policies and Procedures.

Rationale: While AM agrees that compensation issues are better left to the
discretion of management, they appreciate the need to monitor for excessive
compensation practices on a case by case basis. If, after a review of the ISS
metrics, AM is comfortable with ISS's applying this calculation and will vote
according to their recommendation.

K.       Executive Compensation Advisory

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on shareholder proposals to
propose an advisory resolution seeking to ratify the compensation of the
company's named executive officers (NEOs) on an annual basis.

Rationale: AM believes that controls exist within senior management and
corporate compensation committees, ensuring fair compensation to executives.
This might allow shareholders to require approval for all levels of management's
compensation.

V.       Anti-Takeover Related Issues

A.       Shareholder Rights Plans ("Poison Pills")

AM policy is to vote "for" proposals to require shareholder ratification of
poison pills or that request boards to redeem poison pills, and to vote
"against" the adoption of poison pills if they are submitted for shareholder
ratification.

Rationale: Poison pills are the most prevalent form of corporate takeover
defenses and can be (and usually are) adopted without shareholder review or
consent. The potential cost of poison pills to shareholders during an attempted
takeover outweighs the benefits.

B.       Reincorporation

AM policy is to examine reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis. The
voting decision is based on: (1) differences in state law between the existing
state of incorporation and the proposed state of incorporation; and (2)
differences between the existing and the proposed charter/bylaws/articles of
incorporation and their effect on shareholder rights. If changes resulting from
the proposed reincorporation violate the corporate governance principles set
forth in these guidelines, the reincorporation will be deemed contrary to
shareholder's interests and a vote cast "against."

Rationale: Reincorporations can be properly analyzed only by looking at the
advantages and disadvantages to their shareholders. Care must be taken that
anti-takeover protection is not the sole or primary result of a proposed change.

C.       Fair-Price Proposals

AM policy is to vote "for" management fair-price proposals, provided that: (1)
the proposal applies only to two-tier offers; (2) the proposal sets an objective
fair-price test based on the highest price that the acquirer has paid for a
company's shares; (3) the supermajority requirement for bids that fail the
fair-price test is no higher than two-thirds of the outstanding shares; (4) the
proposal contains no other anti-takeover provisions or provisions that restrict
shareholders rights.

A vote is cast for shareholder proposals that would modify or repeal existing
fair-price requirements that do not meet these standards.

Rationale: While fair price provisions may be used as anti-takeover devices, if
adequate provisions are included, they provide some protection to shareholders
who have some say in their application and the ability to reject those
protections if desired.

D.       Exemption from state takeover laws

AM policy is to vote "for" shareholder proposals to opt out of state takeover
laws and to vote "against" management proposals requesting to opt out of state
takeover laws.

Rationale: Control share statutes, enacted at the state level, may harm
long-term share value by entrenching management. They also unfairly deny certain
shares their inherent voting rights.

E.       Non-financial Effects of Takeover Bids

Policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to require consideration of
non-financial effects of merger or acquisition proposals.

Rationale: Non-financial effects may often be subjective and are secondary to
AM's stated purpose of acting in its client's best economic interest.


VI.      Mergers & Acquisitions

Evaluation of mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions
(i.e., takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings
and recapitalizations) are performed on a case-by-case basis incorporating
information from an independent proxy research source (currently ISS.)
Additional resources including portfolio management and research analysts may be
considered as set forth in AM's Policies and Procedures.


VII.     Social, Environmental & Political Issues

Social and environmental issues are becoming increasingly important to corporate
success. We incorporate social and environmental considerations into both our
investment decisions and our proxy voting decisions - particularly if the
financial performance of the company could be impacted.

With increasing frequency, shareholder proposals are submitted relating to
social and political responsibility issues. Almost universally, the company
management will recommend a vote "against" these proposals. These types of
proposals cover an extremely wide range of issues. Many of the issues tend to be
controversial and are subject to more than one reasonable, yet opposing, theory
of support. More so than with other types of proxy proposals, social and
political responsibility issues may not have a connection to the economic and
corporate governance principles effecting shareholders' interests. AM's policy
regarding social and political responsibility issues, as with any other issue,
is designed to protect our client shareholders' economic interests.

Occasionally, a distinction is made between a shareholder proposal requesting
direct action on behalf of the board and a request for a report on (or
disclosure of) some information. In order to avoid unduly burdening any company
with reporting requirements, AM's policy is to vote against shareholder
proposals that demand additional disclosure or reporting than is required by the
Securities and Exchange Commission unless it appears there is a legitimate issue
and the company has not adequately addressed shareholders' concerns.

A.       Labor & Human Rights

AM policy is to vote "against" adopting global codes of conduct or workplace
standards exceeding those mandated by law.

Rationale: Additional requirements beyond those mandated by law are deemed
unnecessary and potentially burdensome to companies

B.       Diversity & Equality

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to force equal
         employment opportunity, affirmative action or board diversity.

Rationale: Compliance with State and Federal legislation along with information
made available through filings with the EEOC provides sufficient assurance that
companies act responsibly and make information public.

2.       AM policy is also to vote "against" proposals to adopt the Mac Bride
         Principles. The Mac Bride Principles promote fair employment,
         specifically regarding religious discrimination.

Rationale: Compliance with the Fair Employment Act of 1989 makes adoption of the
Mac Bride Principles redundant. Their adoption could potentially lead to charges
of reverse discrimination.

C.       Health & Safety

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" adopting a pharmaceutical price
         restraint policy or reporting pricing policy changes.

Rationale: Pricing is an integral part of business for pharmaceutical companies
and should not be dictated by shareholders (particularly pursuant to an
arbitrary formula.) Disclosing pricing policies may also jeopardize a company's
competitive position in the marketplace.

2.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals to control the use
         or labeling of and reporting on genetically engineered products.

Rationale: Additional requirements beyond those mandated by law are deemed
unnecessary and potentially burdensome to companies.

D.       Government/Military

1.       AM policy is to vote against shareholder proposals regarding the
         production or sale of military arms or nuclear or space-based weapons,
         including proposals seeking to dictate a company's interaction with a
         particular foreign country or agency.

Rationale: Generally, management is in a better position to determine what
products or industries a company can and should participate in. Regulation of
the production or distribution of military supplies is, or should be, a matter
of government policy.

2.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals regarding
         political contributions and donations.

Rationale: The Board of Directors and Management, not shareholders, should
evaluate and determine the recipients of any contributions made by the company.

3.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals regarding
         charitable contributions and donations.

Rationale: The Board of Directors and Management, not shareholders, should
evaluate and determine the recipients of any contributions made by the company.

E.       Tobacco

1.       AM policy is to vote "against" shareholder proposals requesting
         additional standards or reporting requirements for tobacco companies as
         well as "against" requesting companies to report on the intentional
         manipulation of nicotine content.

Rationale: Where a tobacco company's actions meet the requirements of legal and
industry standards, imposing additional burdens may detrimentally effect a
company's ability to compete. The disclosure of nicotine content information
could affect the company's rights in any pending or future litigation.

2.       Shareholder requests to spin-off or restructure tobacco businesses will
         be opposed.

Rationale: These decisions are more appropriately left to the Board and
management, and not to shareholder mandate.


VIII.    Environmental Issues

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on CERES Principles or
other similar environmental mandates (e.g., those relating to Greenhouse gas
emissions or the use of nuclear power).

Rationale: Environmental issues are extensively regulated by outside agencies
and compliance with additional requirements often involves significant cost to
companies.


IX.      Miscellaneous Items

A.       Ratification of Auditors

AM policy is to vote "for" a) the management recommended selection of auditors
and b) proposals to require shareholder approval of auditors.

Rationale: Absent evidence that auditors have not performed their duties
adequately, support for management's nomination is warranted.

B.       Limitation of non-audit services provided by independent auditor

AM policy is to support proposals limiting non-audit fees to 50% of the
aggregate annual fees earned by the firm retained as a company's independent
auditor.

Rationale: In the wake of financial reporting problems and alleged audit
failures at a number of companies, AM supports the general principle that
companies should retain separate firms for audit and consulting services to
avoid potential conflicts of interest. However, given the protections afforded
by the recently enacted Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (which requires Audit
Committee pre-approval for non-audit services and prohibits auditors from
providing specific types of services), and the fact that some non-audit services
are legitimate audit-related services, complete separation of audit and
consulting fees may not be warranted. A reasonable limitation is appropriate to
help ensure auditor independence and it is reasonable to expect that audit fees
exceed non-audit fees.

C.       Audit firm rotation

AM policy is to support proposals seeking audit firm rotation unless the
rotation period sought is less than five years.

Rationale: While the Sarbanes-Oxley Act mandates that the lead audit partner be
switched every five years, AM believes that rotation of the actual audit firm
would provide an even stronger system of checks and balances on the audit
function.

D.       Transaction of Other Business

AM policy is to vote against "transaction of other business" proposals.

Rationale: This is a routine item to allow shareholders to raise other issues
and discuss them at the meeting. As the nature of these issues may not be
disclosed prior to the meeting, we recommend a vote against these proposals.
This protects shareholders voting by proxy (and not physically present at a
meeting) from having action taken at the meeting that they did not receive
proper notification of or sufficient opportunity to consider.

E.       Motions to Adjourn the Meeting

AM Policy is to vote against proposals to adjourn the meeting.

Rationale: Management may seek authority to adjourn the meeting if a favorable
outcome is not secured. Shareholders should already have had enough information
to make a decision. Once votes have been cast, there is no justification for
management to continue spending time and money to press shareholders for
support.

F.       Bundled Proposals

AM policy is to vote against bundled proposals if any bundled issue would
require a vote against it if proposed individually.

Rationale: Shareholders should not be forced to "take the good with the bad" in
cases where the proposals could reasonably have been submitted separately.

G.       Change of Company Name

AM policy is to support management on proposals to change the company name.

Rationale: This is generally considered a business decision for a company.

H.       Proposals Related to the Annual Meeting

AM Policy is to vote in favor of management for proposals related to the conduct
of the annual meeting (meeting time, place, etc.)

Rationale: These are considered routine administrative proposals.

I.       Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred from Candidate Nomination

AM policy is to follow management's recommended vote on shareholder proposals
related to the amending of company bylaws to provide for the reimbursement of
reasonable expenses incurred in connection with nominating one or more
candidates in a contested election of directors to the corporation's board of
directors.

Rationale: Corporations should not be liable for costs associated with
shareholder proposals for directors.

J.       Investment Company Proxies

Proxies solicited by investment companies are voted in accordance with the
recommendations of an independent third party, currently ISS. However, regarding
investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment adviser
or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the
vote of all other shareholders. Proxies solicited by master funds from feeder
funds will be voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of
the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are
different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for
differences in voting positions on the same matter. For example, AM could vote
"for" staggered boards of closed-end investment companies, although AM generally
votes "against" staggered boards for operating companies. Further, the manner in
which AM votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals for which a
AM-advised investment company solicits proxies from its shareholders. As
reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end (and open-end)
investment companies are voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines
of an independent third-party.

Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds ("ETF")
issuers that have received exemptive orders from the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission allowing investing DWS funds to exceed the limits set forth
in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, DeAM will
echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of
outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation
agreements and SEC orders.

Note: With respect to the QP Trust (not registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the
investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to
the QP Trust, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent
with the Fund's best interest.


K.       International Proxy Voting

The above guidelines pertain to issuers organized in the United States, Canada
and Germany. Proxies solicited by other issuers are voted in accordance with
international guidelines or the recommendation of ISS and in accordance with
applicable law and regulation.







<PAGE>

                                 DWS TARGET FUND
                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Item 23.      Exhibits.
   --------      ---------

<S>  <C>           <C>                      <C>
     (a)           (a)(1)                   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of DWS Target Fund, dated June 24,
                                            2008 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (a)(2)                   Written Instrument Establishing and Designating Kemper Retirement Fund
                                            Series VII Trust is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                                            No. 22 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(3)                   Written Instrument Redesignating Kemper Retirement Fund Series I as Kemper
                                            Target Equity Fund 2010 is incorporated by referenced to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 28 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(4)                   Written Instrument, dated May 24, 2000, Redesignating Kemper Retirement Fund
                                            Series II as Kemper Target 2011 Fund, effective August 15, 2000, is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (a)(5)                   Written Instrument Redesignating Kemper Target 2011 Fund as Scudder Target
                                            2011 Fund, dated May 23, 2001, is incorporated by reference to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(6)                   Written Instrument Redesignating Scudder Retirement Fund - Series III as
                                            Scudder Target 2012 Fund, dated February 15, 2002 is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(7)                   Written Instrument Redesignating Scudder Retirement Fund - Series IV as
                                            Scudder Target 2013 Fund, dated November 20, 2002 is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(8)                   Amended and Restated Establishment and Designation of Series of Shares of
                                            Beneficial Interest, on behalf of DWS Target 2014 Fund, DWS Target 2013
                                            Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2010 Fund, DWS
                                            Target 2009 Fund, DWS Target 2008 Fund, DWS Target 2006 Fund, DWS
                                            LifeCompass Protect Fund and DWS LifeCompass Income Fund, is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registration Statement.

                   (a)(9)                   Amended and Restated Establishment and Designation of Classes of Shares of
                                            Beneficial Interest, Without Par Value, dated June 24, 2008, on behalf of
                                            DWS LifeCompass Protect 2017 Fund and DWS LifeCompass Income Fund, is filed
                                            herein.

     (b)                                    By-Laws dated April 1, 2008 are incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 53 to the Registration Statement.

     (c)                                    Inapplicable.



                                       3
<PAGE>

     (d)           (d)(1)                   Investment Management Agreement, between DWS Target Fund, on behalf of DWS
                                            LifeCompass Protect Fund and DWS LifeCompass Income Fund, and Deutsche
                                            Investment Management Americas Inc., dated November 1, 2007, is incorporated
                                            by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration
                                            Statement.

                   (d)(2)                   Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, between DWS Target
                                            Fund, on behalf of DWS Target 2010 Fund, DWS Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target
                                            2012 Fund, DWS Target 2013 Fund and DWS Target 2014 Fund, dated May 1, 2008
                                            and revised July 1, 2008, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement.

     (e)           (e)(1)                   Underwriting and Distribution Service Agreement between the Registrant and
                                            Scudder Distributors, Inc., dated April 5, 2002, is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement.

     (f)           (f)(1)                   Indemnification and Reimbursement Agreement between the Registrant and DIMA
                                            dated November 14, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 50 to the Registration Statement.

     (g)           (g)(1)                   Master Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and
                                            Trust Company, dated November 17, 2008, is filed herein.

     (h)           (h)(1)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series I is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(2)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series II is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(3)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series III is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(4)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series IV is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(5)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series V is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(6)                   Guaranty Agreement -- Kemper Retirement Fund Series VII is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(7)                   Agreement -- Kemper Target 2010 Fund is incorporated by referenced to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registration Statement.

                   (h)(8)                   Letter of Indemnity to the Scudder Funds dated September 10, 2004 is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (h)(9)                   Letter of Indemnity to the Scudder Funds dated September 10, 2004 is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to the
                                            Registration Statement.



                                       4
<PAGE>

                  (h)(10)                   Letter of Indemnity to the Independent Directors/Trustees dated September
                                            10, 2004 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 to
                                            the Registration Statement.

                  (h)(11)                   Form of Financial Warranty Agreement by and among DWS Target Fund, on behalf
                                            of DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund, Merrill Lynch Bank (USA) and Deutsche
                                            Investment Management Americas Inc., is incorporated by reference to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement.

                  (h)(12)                   Administrative Services Agreement between DWS Target Fund, on behalf of DWS
                                            LifeCompass Protect Fund and DWS LifeCompass Income Fund, dated November 1,
                                            2007, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                  (h)(13)                   Administrative Services Agreement between DWS Target Fund, on behalf of DWS
                                            Target 2010 Fund, DWS Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target
                                            2013 Fund and DWS Target 2014 Fund, dated May 1, 2008 and as revised July 1,
                                            2008, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                  (h)(14)                   Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement between the
                                            Registrant and Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc., dated October
                                            1, 2008, is filed herein.

                  (h)(15)                   Agency Agreement between DWS Target Fund and DWS Scudder Investments Service
                                            Company, dated April 1, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 49 to the Registration Statement.

                  (h)(16)                   Form of Mutual Fund Rule 22c-2 Information Sharing Agreement between DWS
                                            Scudder Distributors, Inc. and certain financial intermediaries is filed
                                            herein.

                  (h)(17)                   Expense Limitation Agreement between DWS Target Fund, on behalf of DWS
                                            LifeCompass Protect Fund, and Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.,
                                            dated November 1, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
                                            Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement.

                  (h)(18)                   Expense Limitation Agreement between DWS Target Fund, on behalf of DWS
                                            Target 2010 Fund, DWS Target 2011 Fund, DWS Target 2012 Fund, DWS Target
                                            2013 Fund and DWS Target 2014 Fund, and Deutsche Investment Management
                                            Americas Inc., dated November 1, 2007, is incorporated by reference to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registration Statement.

     (i)           (i)(1)                   Legal Opinion and Consent of Counsel is incorporated by reference to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registration Statement.

                   (i)(2)                   Legal Opinion and Consent of Counsel in regards to DWS LifeCompass Protect
                                            Fund is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (i)(3)                   Legal Opinion and Consent of Counsel in regards to DWS LifeCompass Income
                                            Fund is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to the
                                            Registration Statement.



                                       5
<PAGE>

     (j)                                    Not applicable.

     (k)           (k)(1)                   Main Place Funding, LLC's Audited Financial Statements for the fiscal year
                                            ended December 31, 2008 to be filed by amendment.

                   (k)(2)                   Main Place Funding, LLC's Unaudited Financial Statements for the period
                                            ended March 31, 2009 to be filed by amendment.

                   (k)(3)                   Bank of America Corporation's Audited Financial Statements for the fiscal
                                            year ended December 31, 2008 to be filed by amendment.

                   (k)(4)                   Bank of America Corporation's Unaudited Financial Statements for the period
                                            ended March 31, 2009 to be filed by amendment.

     (l)            (l)                     Inapplicable.

     (m)           (m)(1)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Target 2011 Fund Class A Shares, dated
                                            July 1, 2001 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 33
                                            to the Registration Statement.

                   (m)(2)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Retirement Fund -- Series III Class A Shares,
                                            dated July 1, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                                            No. 35 to the Registration Statement.

                   (m)(3)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Retirement Fund -- Series IV Class A Shares,
                                            dated July 1, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                                            No. 35 to the Registration Statement.

                   (m)(4)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Retirement Fund -- Series V Class A Shares, dated
                                            July 1, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.
                                            35 to the Registration Statement.

                   (m)(5)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Retirement Fund -- Series VII Class A Shares,
                                            dated July 1, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
                                            No. 35 to the Registration Statement.

                   (m)(6)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Scudder Target 2010 Fund Class A Shares, dated July 1,
                                            2001, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (m)(7)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Class A shares of DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (m)(8)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Class C shares of DWS LifeCompass Protect Fund is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                   (m)(9)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Class A shares of DWS LifeCompass Income Fund is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the
                                            Registration Statement.

                  (m)(10)                   Rule 12b-1 Plan for Class C shares of DWS LifeCompass Income Fund is
                                            incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the
                                            Registration Statement.



                                       6
<PAGE>

     (n)           (n)(1)                   18f-3 Plan for DWS Target Fund, dated November 1, 2007 is incorporated by
                                            reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to the Registration Statement.

     (p)           (p)(1)                   Deutsche Asset Management - U.S. Code of Ethics, dated January 1, 2009, is
                                            filed herein.

                   (p)(2)                   Consolidated Fund Code of Ethics (All Funds) is incorporated by reference to
                                            Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registration Statement.
</TABLE>
`
Item 24.          Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
--------          -------------------------------------------------------------

                  None

Item 25.          Indemnification
--------          ---------------

                           Article IV of the Registrant's Amended and Restated
                  Declaration of Trust provides in effect that the Registrant
                  will indemnify its officers and trustees under certain
                  circumstances. However, in accordance with Section 17(h) and
                  17(i) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and its own terms,
                  said Article of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust does
                  not protect any person against any liability to the Registrant
                  or its shareholders to which such Trustee would otherwise be
                  subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
                  negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
                  the conduct of his or her office.

                           Each of the trustees who is not an "interested
                  person" (as defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940)
                  of Registrant (a "Non-interested Trustee") has entered into an
                  indemnification agreement with Registrant, which agreement
                  provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the
                  Non-interested Trustee against certain liabilities which such
                  Trustee may incur while acting in the capacity as a trustee,
                  officer or employee of the Registrant to the fullest extent
                  permitted by law, now or in the future, and requires
                  indemnification and advancement of expenses unless prohibited
                  by law. The indemnification agreement cannot be altered
                  without the consent of the Non-interested Trustee and is not
                  affected by amendment of the Amended and Restated Declaration
                  of Trust. In addition, the indemnification agreement adopts
                  certain presumptions and procedures which may make the process
                  of indemnification and advancement of expenses, more timely,
                  efficient and certain. In accordance with Section 17(h) of the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940, the indemnification agreement
                  does not protect a Non-interested Trustee against any
                  liability to the Registrant or its shareholders to which such
                  Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful
                  misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
                  disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her
                  office.

                           The Registrant has purchased insurance policies
                  insuring its officers and trustees against certain liabilities
                  which such officers and trustees may incur while acting in
                  such capacities and providing reimbursement to the Registrant
                  for sums which it may be permitted or required to pay to its
                  officers and trustees by way of indemnification against such
                  liabilities, subject to certain deductibles.

                           On April 5, 2002, Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc.
                  ("Scudder"), the investment adviser, now known as Deutsche
                  Investment Management Americas Inc., was acquired by Deutsche
                  Bank AG, not including certain U.K. Operations (the
                  "Transaction"). In connection with the Trustees' evaluation of
                  the Transaction, Deutsche Bank agreed to indemnify, defend and
                  hold harmless Registrant and the trustees who were not
                  "interested persons" of Scudder, Deutsche Bank or Registrant
                  (the "Independent Trustees") for and against any liability and
                  claims and expenses based upon or arising from, whether in
                  whole or in part, or directly or indirectly, any untrue
                  statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact made
                  to the Independent Trustees by Deutsche Bank in connection
                  with the Independent Trustees' consideration of the
                  Transaction, or any omission or alleged omission of a material
                  fact necessary in order to make statements made, in light of
                  the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.



                                       7
<PAGE>

                           Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
                  ("DIMA"), the investment advisor, has agreed, subject to
                  applicable law and regulation, to indemnify and hold harmless
                  the Registrant against any loss, damage, liability and
                  expense, including, without limitation, the advancement and
                  payment, as incurred, of reasonable fees and expenses of
                  counsel (including counsel to the Registrant and counsel to
                  the Non-interested Trustees) and consultants, whether retained
                  by the Registrant or the Non-interested Trustees, and other
                  customary costs and expenses incurred by the Registrant in
                  connection with any litigation or regulatory action related to
                  possible improper market timing or other improper trading
                  activity or possible improper marketing and sales activity in
                  the Registrant ("Private Litigation and Enforcement Actions").
                  In the event that this indemnification is unavailable to the
                  Registrant for any reason, then DIMA has agreed to contribute
                  to the amount paid or payable by the Registrant as a result of
                  any loss, damage, liability or expense in such proportion as
                  is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of DIMA and the
                  Registrant with respect to the matters which resulted in such
                  loss, damage, liability or expense, as well as any other
                  relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, if no
                  final determination is made in such action or proceeding as to
                  the relative fault of DIMA and the Registrant, then DIMA shall
                  pay the entire amount of such loss, damage, liability or
                  expense.

                           In recognition of its undertaking to indemnify the
                  Registrant, DIMA has also agreed, subject to applicable law
                  and regulation, to indemnify and hold harmless each of the
                  Non-interested Trustees against any and all loss, damage,
                  liability and expense, including without limitation the
                  advancement and payment as incurred of reasonable fees and
                  expenses of counsel and consultants, and other customary costs
                  and expenses incurred by the Non-interested Trustees, arising
                  from the Private Litigation and Enforcement, including without
                  limitation:

                           1. all reasonable legal and other expenses incurred
                           by the Non-interested Trustees in connection with the
                           Private Litigation and Enforcement Actions, and any
                           actions that may be threatened or commenced in the
                           future by any person (including any governmental
                           authority), arising from or similar to the matters
                           alleged in the Private Litigation and Enforcement
                           Actions, including without limitation expenses
                           related to the defense of, service as a witness in,
                           or monitoring of such proceedings or actions;

                           2. all liabilities and expenses incurred by any
                           Non-interested Trustee in connection with any
                           judgment resulting from, or settlement of, any such
                           proceeding, action or matter;

                           3. any loss or expense incurred by any Non-interested
                           Trustee as a result of the denial of, or dispute
                           about, any insurance claim under, or actual or
                           purported rescission or termination of, any policy of
                           insurance arranged by DIMA (or by a representative of
                           DIMA acting as such, acting as a representative of
                           the Registrant or of the Non-interested Trustees or
                           acting otherwise) for the benefit of the
                           Non-interested Trustee, to the extent that such
                           denial, dispute or rescission is based in whole or in
                           part upon any alleged misrepresentation made in the
                           application for such policy or any other alleged
                           improper conduct on the part of DIMA, any of its
                           corporate affiliates, or any of their directors,
                           officers or employees;

                           4. any loss or expense incurred by any Non-interested
                           Trustee, whether or not such loss or expense is
                           otherwise covered under the terms of a policy of
                           insurance, but for which the Non-interested Trustee
                           is unable to obtain advancement of expenses or
                           indemnification under that policy of insurance, due
                           to the exhaustion of policy limits which is due in
                           whole or in part to DIMA or any affiliate thereof
                           having received advancement of expenses or
                           indemnification under that policy for or with respect
                           to a matter which is the subject of the
                           indemnification agreement; provided, however, the
                           total amount which DIMA will be obligated to pay
                           under this provision for all loss or expense, will
                           not exceed the amount that DIMA and any of its
                           affiliate actually receive under that policy or
                           insurance for or with respect to a matter which is
                           the subject of the indemnification agreement; and



                                       8
<PAGE>

                           5. all liabilities and expenses incurred by any
                           Non-interested Trustee in connection with any
                           proceeding or action to enforce his or her rights
                           under the agreement, unless DIMA prevails on the
                           merits of any such dispute in a final, nonappealable
                           court order.

                           DIMA is not required to pay costs or expenses or
                  provide indemnification to or for any individual
                  Non-interested Trustee (i) with respect to any particular
                  proceeding or action as to which the Board of the Registrant
                  has determined that such Non-interested Trustee ultimately
                  will not be entitled to indemnification with respect thereto,
                  or (ii) for any liability of the Non-interested Trustee to the
                  Registrant or its shareholders to which such Non-interested
                  Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful
                  misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
                  disregard of the Non-interested Trustee's duties as a Trustee
                  of the Registrant as determined in a final adjudication in
                  such proceeding or action. In addition, to the extent that
                  DeAM has paid costs or expenses under the agreement to any
                  individual Non-interested Trustee with respect to a particular
                  proceeding or action, and there is a final adjudication in
                  such proceeding or action of the Non-interested Trustee's
                  liability to the Registrant or its shareholders by reason of
                  willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
                  disregard of the Non-interested Trustee's duties as a Trustee
                  of the Registrant, such Non-interested Trustee has undertaken
                  to repay such costs or expenses to DIMA.


Item 26.          Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor
--------          ----------------------------------------------------

                  During the last two fiscal years, no director or officer of
                  Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc., the investment
                  advisor, has engaged in any other business, profession,
                  vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than that
                  of the business of investment management and, through
                  affiliates, investment banking.

Item 27.          Principal Underwriters
--------          ----------------------

                  (a)

                  DWS Investments Distributors, Inc. acts as principal
                  underwriter of the Registrant's shares and acts as principal
                  underwriter for registered open-end management investment
                  companies other funds managed by Deutsche Investment
                  Management Americas Inc.

                  (b)

                  Information on the officers and directors of DWS Investments
                  Distributors, Inc., principal underwriter for the Registrant,
                  is set forth below. The principal business address is 222
                  South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      (1)                             (2)                                  (3)
          DWS Investments
          Distributors, Inc.
          Name and Principal             Positions and Offices with               Positions and
          Business Address               DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.       Offices with Registrant
          ----------------               ----------------------------------       -----------------------

<S>      <C>                            <C>                                       <C>
         Philipp Hensler                Director, Chairman of the Board and CEO   None
         345 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10154

         Michael Colon                  Director and Chief Operating Officer      None
         345 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10154



                                       9
<PAGE>

                      (1)                             (2)                                  (3)
          DWS Investments
          Distributors, Inc.
          Name and Principal             Positions and Offices with               Positions and
          Business Address               DWS Investments Distributors, Inc.       Offices with Registrant
          ----------------               ----------------------------------       -----------------------

         Thomas Winnick                 Director and President                    None
         345 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10154

         Cliff Goldstein                Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer     None
         100 Plaza One
         Jersey City, NJ 07311

         Paul Schubert                  Vice President                            Chief Financial Officer
         345 Park Avenue                                                          and Treasurer
         New York, NY 10154

         Mark Perrelli                  Vice President                            None
         345 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10154

         Donna White                    Chief Compliance Officer                  None
         280 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10017

         Jason Vazquez                  Vice President and AML Compliance Officer Anti-Money Laundering
         280 Park Avenue                                                          Compliance Officer
         New York, NY 10017

         Caroline Pearson               Secretary                                 Assistant Secretary
         One Beacon Street
         Boston, MA 02108

         Philip J. Collora              Assistant Secretary                       Vice President and
         222 South Riverside Plaza                                                Assistant Secretary
         Chicago, IL 60606

         Patricia DeFilippis            Assistant Secretary                       None
         280 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10017

         Anjie LaRocca                  Assistant Secretary                       None
         280 Park Avenue
         New York, NY 10017
</TABLE>

         (c)      Not applicable

Item 28.          Location of Accounts and Records
--------          --------------------------------

                  Accounts, books and other documents are maintained at the
                  offices of the Registrant, the offices of Registrant's
                  investment adviser, Deutsche Investment Management Americas
                  Inc., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10154, at the
                  offices of the Registrant's principal underwriter, DWS
                  Investments Distributors, Inc., 222 South Riverside Plaza,
                  Chicago, Illinois 60606 or, in the case of records concerning
                  custodial functions, at the offices of the custodian, State
                  Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street"), Lafayette
                  Corporate Center, 2 Avenue De Lafayette, Boston, MA 02111 or,


                                       10
<PAGE>

                  in the case of records concerning transfer agency and the
                  shareholder service agent, at the offices of DWS Investments
                  Service Company, 811 Main Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105.

Item 29.          Management Services
--------          -------------------

                  Not applicable.

Item 30.          Undertakings
--------          ------------

                  None.



                                       11
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to
its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereto duly authorized, in the City of New York and the State of New York on
the 19th day of June 2009.

                                          DWS TARGET FUND

                                          By:  /s/Michael G. Clark
                                               -------------------
                                          Michael G. Clark*


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment to its Registration Statement has been signed below by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                                        DATE
 ---------                                  -----                                        ----

<S>                                         <C>                                          <C>
 /s/Michael G. Clark
 -------------------------------------
 Michael G. Clark*                          President                                    June 19, 2009

 /s/Paul H. Schubert
 -------------------------------------
 Paul H. Schubert                           Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer        June 19, 2009

 /s/John W. Ballantine
 -------------------------------------
 John W. Ballantine*                        Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Henry P. Becton, Jr.
 -------------------------------------
 Henry P. Becton, Jr.*                      Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

  /s/Dawn-Marie Driscoll
 -------------------------------------
 Dawn-Marie Driscoll*                       Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Keith R. Fox
 -------------------------------------
 Keith R. Fox*                              Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Paul K. Freeman
 -------------------------------------
 Paul K. Freeman*                           Chairperson and Trustee                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Kenneth C. Froewiss
 -------------------------------------
 Kenneth C. Froewiss*                       Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Richard J. Herring
 -------------------------------------
 Richard J. Herring*                        Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/William McClayton
 -------------------------------------
 William McClayton*                         Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Rebecca W. Rimel
 -------------------------------------
 Rebecca W. Rimel*                          Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/William N. Searcy, Jr.
 -------------------------------------
 William N. Searcy, Jr.*                    Trustee                                      June 19, 2009



<PAGE>

 SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                                        DATE
 ---------                                  -----                                        ----

 /s/Jean Gleason Stromberg
 -------------------------------------
 Jean Gleason Stromberg*                    Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Robert H. Wadsworth
 -------------------------------------
 Robert H. Wadsworth*                       Trustee                                      June 19, 2009

 /s/Axel Schwarzer
 -------------------------------------
 Axel Schwarzer*                            Trustee                                      June 19, 2009
</TABLE>

*By:     /s/Caroline Pearson
         -----------------------------
         Caroline Pearson**
         Assistant Secretary

**       Attorney-in-fact pursuant to the powers of attorney as filed on
         November 26, 2008 in Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 and as filed on
         August 28, 2008 in Post-Effective Amendment No. 52.



                                       2
<PAGE>

                                              1933 Act Registration No. 33-30876
                                             1940 Act Registration No. 811-05896




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                    EXHIBITS

                                       TO

                                    FORM N-1A



                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 54

                            TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                       AND

                                AMENDMENT NO. 56

                            TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      UNDER

                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940



                                 DWS TARGET FUND



                                       12
<PAGE>

                                 DWS TARGET FUND

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                                     (a)(9)

                                     (g)(1)

                                     (h)(14)

                                     (h)(16)

                                     (p)(1)





                                       13